CURRICULUM FACULTY OF SCIENCES
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN CURRICULUM OF CHEMISTRY
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
BS (4-YEAR) PROGRAMME IN CHEMISTRY
SCHEME OF STUDIES
Course Title Credit hours
Semester-I Theory Lab.
ENG-100: English-I (Functional) 3 0
GEN-100: General-I 3 0
GEN-101: General-II 3 0
MATH-100: Mathematics-I/Functional Biology 3 0
COMP-100: Computer Applications 3 0
CHEM-151: Inorganic Chemistry 3 1
Total 18 1
Semester-II Theory Lab.
ENG-200: English-II (Functional) 3 0
GEN-200: Islamic Studies / Ethics 2 0
GEN-201: General-III 3 0
MATH-200: Mathematics-II/Functional 3 0
Biology/University Optional
STAT-100: Statistics 3 0
CHEM-161: Organic Chemistry 3 1
Total 17 1
Semester -III Theory Lab.
ENG-300: English-III (Report Writing) 3 0
GEN-300: Pakistan Studies 2 0
GEN-301: General-IV 3 0
GEN-302: General-V 3 0
CHEM-141: Environmental Chemistry 3 0
CHEM-171: Physical Chemistry 3 1
Total 17 1
Semester -IV Theory Lab.
ENG-400: English-IV / University Optional 3 0
GEN-401: General-VI 3 0
GEN-401: General-VII 3 0
CHEM-111: Analytical Chemistry 2 1
CHEM-121: Applied Chemistry 2 0
CHEM-131: Biochemistry 2 1
Total 15 2
Course Title Credit hours
Semester-V Theory Lab.
CHEM-251: Inorganic Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-261: Organic Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-271: Physical Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-211: Analytical Chemistry 3 1
Total 12 4
Semester-VI Theory Lab.
CHEM-351: Inorganic Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-361: Organic Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-371: Physical Chemistry 3 1
CHEM-*: Biochemistry/Applied 3 1
Chemistry/Fuel Chemistry etc.
Total 12 4
Semester-VII:
Specialization (Inorganic/Organic/Physical/ Theory Lab.
Analytical/Biochemistry/Applied Chemistry/
Fuel Chemistry etc.)
Paper-I 3 0
Paper-II 3 0
Paper-III 3 0
Lab-I 0 1
Elective Course-I (other than the field of 3 0 specialization)
Research Thesis / Research Project /
Advanced Lab. / Position Paper (literature 0 3 survey)
Total 12 4
Semester - VIII:
Specialization (Inorganic/ Organic/Physical/ Theory Lab
Applied/Analytical-/Biochemistry/ Fuel
Chemistry etc.)
Paper-IV 3 0
Paper-V 3 0
Paper-VI 3 0
Lab-II 0 1
Elective Course - II (other than the field of 3 0 specialization)
Research Thesis / Research Project / 0 3
Advanced Lab / Position Paper (write-up)
Total 12 4
Total Credit Hours: 136
Notes: i) This revised curriculum provides baseline information for designing a befitting BS program; the institutions may include any appropriate topic at an appropriate place or reschedule any course as per institutional convenience. ii) * The course codes may also be allocated as per institutional policy and may be coded as appropriate.
DETAIL OF COURSES st BS 1 Year
Semester-I
Course Title: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-151
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the key introductory concepts of chemical bonding, acid-base chemistry, and properties of p-block elements as well as using this knowledge for qualitative and quantitative analysis of inorganic compounds during laboratory work.
Course Content:
Chemical Bonding:
Types of chemical bonding, ionic and covalent bonding, localized bond approach, theories of chemical bonding, valence bond theory (VBT), hybridization and resonance, prediction of molecular shapes using Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) model, molecular orbital theory (MOT) applied to diatomic molecules, delocalized approach to bonding, bonding in electron deficient compounds,hydrogen bonding.
Acids and Bases:
Brief concepts of chemical equilibrium, acids and bases including soft and hard acids and bases (SHAB),concept of relative strength of acids and bases, significance of pH, pKa, pKb and buffer solutions, theory of indicators, solubility, solubility product, common ion effect and their industrial applications.
p-Block Elements:
Physical and chemical properties of p-block elements with emphasis on some representative compounds, inter-halogens, pseudo-halogens and polyhalides.
CHEM-151 Lab.
Lab safety and good laboratory practices, knowledge about material safety data sheets (MSD), disposal of chemical waste and first-aid practices, qualitative analysis of salt mixtures, quantitative analysis, acid- base titrations, preparation and standardization of acid and alkali solutions, redox titrations, preparation and standardization of potassium permanganate solution and its use for the determination of purity of commercial potassium oxalate or oxalic acid, preparation and standardization of sodium thiosulfate solution and its use in determination of copper in a given sample, gravimetric analysis, determination of barium in a given sample, determination of chloride in a given solution.
Recommended Books:
1. Shriver, D. F., Atkins, P. W., Langford, C. H., Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, (1994).
2. Cotton, F. A. and Wilkinson, G., Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 6th ed., John- Wiley & Sons, New York, (2007).
3. Huheey, J. E., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 3rd ed., Harper International SI Edition, (2006).
4. House, J. E., Inorganic Chemistry, Academic Press. USA, (2008).
5. Lee, J. D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., Chapman and Hall, (1996). 6. Miessler, G. L., Tarr, D. A., Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson Education, India, (2008). 7. Huheey, J. E., Kieter E. A., Keiter L. R., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of th Structure and Reactivity, 4 ed., Benjamin-Cummings Pub Co., (1993). 8. Sharpe, A. G., Inorganic chemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson Education India, (1981). 9. Chaudhary S. U., Ilmi Textbook of Inorganic Chemistry, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Lahore, (2013). 10. Catherine E. House crdft, Alan G. Sharpe, Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, (2008). 11. Kathleen A. H., James E. H., Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Brooks Cole, (2010). 12. Wulfsberg G., Principles of Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry, 1st ed., University Science Books, (1991). 13. Hill, R. H. JR and Fister, D. C., Laboratory Safety for Chemistry Students, John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2010). 14. Mendham, J., Denny, R. C., Barnes, J. D., Thomas, M. and Sivasankar, B., Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th ed., Pearson Education, Ltd., (2000). 15. Svehla, G., Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th ed., (7th imp.), Pearson Education, Ltd., (2009).
st BS 1 Year
Semester-II
Course Title: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-161
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about basic concepts of organic chemistry, chemistry of hydrocarbons and functional groups and the mechanism of organic reactions. Such information will be useful for qualitative analysis and synthesis of organic compounds.
Course Content:
Basic Concepts of Organic Chemistry:
Bonding and hybridization, localized and delocalized bonding, structure-aromaticity, inductive effect, dipole moment, resonance and its rules, hyperconjugation, classification and nomenclature of organic compounds including IUPAC system, types of organic reactions (an overview).
Chemistry of Hydrocarbons:
Saturated, unsaturated and aromatic hydrocarbons with emphasis on synthesis and free radical, electrophilic addition and electrophilic substitution reactions.
Chemistry of Functional Groups:
Hydroxyl, ether and amino groups, preparation and properties of alcohols, phenols, ethers, and amines with focus on reaction mechanism and applications, carbonyl compounds, preparations and reaction mechanism of aldehydes and ketones and their applications, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, acidity of carboxylic acids and effect of substituents on their acidity, preparation and reactions of carboxylic acids and their derivatives including esters, amides, acid halides and acid anhydrides.
CHEM-161 Lab.
Qualitative analysis of compounds with different functional groups, synthesis of organic compounds using as a tool for understanding techniques like reflux, distillation, filtration, recrystallization and yield calculation, organic syntheses may include preparation of benzanilide from benzoyl chloride, succinic anhydride from succinic acid, phthalimide from phthalic anhydride, oximes and hydrazones from carbonyl compounds, and an ester from a carboxylic acid and alcohol etc.
Recommended Books:
1. Brown, W. and Poon, T., Introduction to Organic Chemistry, 3rd ed., John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2005).
2. John, E. M. Organic Chemistry, 8th ed., Brooks/Cole Publishing Co, USA, (2012). 3. Robert, T. M. and Robert, N. B., Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (1992). 4. Younus, M., A Textbook of Organic Chemistry, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, Pakistan, (2006). 5. Sykes, P., A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Pearson Education Limited, England, (1986). 6. Solomons, T. W. G. and Fryhle, C. B., Organic Chemistry, 10th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2011). 7. Furniss, B. S., Hannaford , A. J., Smith, P. W. G., Tatchell, A. R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th ed., Longman, UK, (1989).
8. Pavia, D. L., Kriz, G. S., Lampman, G. M. and Engel, R. G., A Microscale Approach to Organic Laboratory Techniques, 5th ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2013). 9. Mayo, D. W., Pike, R. M. and Forbes, D. C., Microscale Organic to Laboratory with Multistep and Multisacle Syntheses, 5th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2011). 10. Gilbert, J. C. and Martin, S. F., Experimental Organic Chemistry: A Miniscale and Microscale Approach, 5th ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2010). 11. Brown, W. H., Fotte, C. S., Iverson, B. L. and Anslyn, E. V., Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2012).
nd BS 2 Year
Semester-III
Course Title: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-141
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to acquire knowledge and develop understanding about the fundamental principles of environmental chemistry and different types of pollutions. Such information will be useful in studying and solving pollution related issues and experiments in the laboratory.
Course Contents:
Atmospheric Pollution:
The atmosphere, composition, temperature and pressure profile, role of free radicals in the atmosphere, temperature inversion and photochemical smog, particulate matter in the atmosphere, Industrial pollutants, atmospheric aerosols, acid-rain major sources, mechanism, control measures and effects on buildings and vegetation, global warming, major greenhouse gases, mechanism, control measures and global impact, the stratospheric ozone–the ozone hole, CFCs, ozone protection, biological consequences of ozone depletion.
Water Pollution:
Water pollution and waste water treatment, municipal, industrial and agricultural sources of pollution, heavy metals contamination of water, eutrophication, detergents and phosphates in water, water quality criteria, water purification: primary, secondary and advanced treatment, removal of nitrogen and phosphorous compounds from polluted water, organic matter in water and its decomposition.
Land pollution:
Soil and mineral resources, general principles of metal extraction, heavy metals contamination of soil, toxicity of heavy metals, bio-accumulation of heavy metals, organic matter in soil, macro and micro-nutrients in soil, ion-exchange in soil, soil pH and nutrients availability.
Green Chemistry:
Atom economy, integrated pests management control (IPMC), ionic liquids, super critical extraction technology, green synthesis, recycling, carbon dioxide sequestering, water based paints.
Recommended Books: 1. Baird, C. and Cann, M., Environmental Chemistry, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman & Company, (2012). 2. Dara, S. S. and Mihsra, D. D., A Text Book of Environmental Chemistry and th Pollution Control, 9 ed., S. Chand & Co. Ltd., (2004). 3. Singhi, R. and Singh, V., Green Chemistry for Environmental Remediation, John-Willey & Sons, Inc., (2011). 4. Holloway, A. M. and Wayne, R. P., Atmospheric Chemistry, 1st ed., Royal Society of Chemistry, (2010). 5. Vaclavikova, M., Vitale, K., Gallios, G. P. and Ivanicova, L. Water Treatment Technologies for Removal of High Toxicity Pollutants, Springerlink, UK, ( 2010). 6. Manahan, S. E., Environmental Chemistry, 9th ed., CRC press, Taylor & Francis group, USA, (2009). 7. Girard, J. E., Principles of Environmental Chemistry, 2nd ed., Jones and Bartlett publishers, (2010). 8. Harrison, R. M., Monks, P., Farmer, J. G., Graham, M. C., Mora, S. J., Pulford, I. and Hulsal, C., Principles of Environmental Chemistry, 1st ed., Royal Society of Chemistry, (2007). nd 9. Matalack, A., Introduction to Green Chemistry, 2 ed., CRC press, Taylor & Francis group, USA, (2010). 10. Wright, J., Environmental Chemistry, Routledge, (2003). 11. O’Neill, P., Environmental Chemistry, 3rd ed., Blackie Academic & Professional, (1998).
12. Elsom, D. M., Atmospheric Pollution: A Global Problem, 2nd ed., Wiley- Blackwell, (1992).
BS 2nd Year
Semester-III
Course Title: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-171
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge to enable themselves to understand the fundamental principles and laws of thermodynamics and chemical equilibria and to investigate the physical properties of ideal/non-ideal binary solutions. Students will also be able to study the rates of reactions and perform related calculations.
Chemical Thermodynamics:
Equation of states, ideal and real gases, the virial equation and the van der Waals equation for real gases, critical phenomena and critical constants, four laws of thermodynamics and their applications, thermochemistry, calorimetry, heat capacities and their dependence on temperature, pressure and volume, reversible and non- reversible processes, spontaneous and non-spontaneous processes, relations of entropy and Gibbs free energy with equilibrium constant, Gibbs Helmholtz equation, fugacity and activity.
Chemical Equilibrium:
General equilibrium expressions, reaction quotients, examples of equilibrium reactions in solid, liquid and gas phases, extent of reactions and equilibrium constants, Gibbs energies of formation and calculations of equilibrium constants, effect of temperature and pressure on the equilibrium constants/compositions, van’t Hoff equation, Le- Chatelier’s principle.
Solution Chemistry:
Physical properties of liquids, surface tension, viscosity, refractive index, dipole moment etc. and their applications, brief account of interactions among the molecules in liquids, ideal and non-ideal solutions, Raoult’s law and its applications, lowering of vapor pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression of freezing point, osmotic pressure, vapor pressure of non-ideal solutions and Henry’s law, abnormal colligative properties, degrees of association and dissociation of solutes, osmotic pressure and its measurement, fractional distillation and concept of azeotropic mixtures.
Chemical Kinetics:
The rates of reactions, zero, first, second and third order reactions with same and different initial concentrations, half-lives of reactions, experimental techniques for rate determination and methods for determination of order of reaction (integration, half- life, initial rate, and graphical methods), Arrhenius equation.
CHEM-171 Lab.
Determination of viscosity and refractive index of liquids.
Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions viscometrically.
Determination of refractive index and molar refractivity.
Determination of percent composition of liquid solutions by refractive index measurements.
Determination of molecular weight of a compound by elevation of boiling point (ebullioscopic method).
Determination of molecular weight of a compound by lowering of freezing point (cryoscopic method).
Determination of heat of solution by solubility method.
Determination of heat of neutralization of an acid with a base.
Kinetic study of acid catalyzed hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.
Determination of partition coefficient of a substance between two immiscible liquids.
Recommended Books:
1. McQuarrie, D. A. and Simon, J. D., Physical Chemistry – A Molecular st Approach,1 ed., University Science Books,(1997). 2. Atkins,P. and Paula,J.D., Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University Press, (2010). 3. Shoemaker, D., Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8th ed., McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, (2003). 4. Silbey, R., Alberty, R. and Bawendi, M., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed., (2005). 5. Glasstone, S., Textbook of Physical Chemistry, Macmillan London (1960). 6. James, A. M., Prichard, F. E., Practical Physical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Longman Group Limited, New York, (1974). 7. Chaudhary, S. U., Ilmi Textbook of Physical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Ilmi Kitab Khana, Lahore, (2013). 8. Atkins, P., Jones, L., Chemical Principles: The Quest for Insight, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman, New York, (2010). 9. Linder, B., Elementary Physical Chemistry, World Scientific Publishing Co. Ptv. Ltd., (2011). 10. Davis, W. M., Dykstra, C. E., Physical Chemistry: A Modern Introduction, 2nd ed., CRC Press, (2011).
nd BS 2 Year
Semester-IV
Course Title: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-111
Credit Hours: 2+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about sampling and their handling and preparation and results calculation and data reporting. In addition they will learn and develop understanding about the classical techniques of analytical chemistry and quality control and quality assurance
Course Contents:
Chemometrics:
Sampling, significant figures, stoichiometric calculations, measurement errors, analysis of variance (ANOVA), arithmetic mean, median, mode, standard deviation/relative standard deviation, confidence limits, Gaussian distribution, least square method, tests for significance, outliers
Quality Control and Quality Assurance:
Definitions, seven tools for quality control, the concept of quality assurance, quality assurance techniques, validations based on design qualification (DQ), installation qualification (IQ), operational qualification (OQ) and performance qualification (PQ), calibrations, monitoring and quality reviews, periodical trainings, six sigma concept, ISO standards.
Classical Analytical Methods:
Acid-base, complexometric and redox titrations, gravimetric analysis.
CHEM-111 Lab.
Calibration of volumetric glassware, electronic and analytical equipment, statistical evaluation of analytical data including linear regression analysis, constructing a calibration curve from a given analytical data using spread sheet software, determination of hardness of water using EDTA, determination of chloride in tap water sample, estimation of copper, arsenic, hydrogen peroxide and vitamin C using iodometry, gravimetric analysis, determination of barium in barium nitrate, determination of nickel in a given steel sample, determination of bicarbonates in a clinical sample using back-titration, determination of cation in a mixture by complexometric titration, studying the effect of common ions on solubility of sparingly soluble salts (e. g. AgCl / PbSO4).
Recommended Books:
1. Skoog, D. A., West, P. M., Holler, F. J., Crouch, S. R., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 9th ed., Brooks Cole Publishing Company, (2013). 2. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry. 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2006). 3. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 8th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York,USA, (2011). 4. Kealey, D. and Haines, P. J,Instant Notes., Analytical Chemistry, Bios Scientific Publishers Limited, Oxford, UK, (2002). 5. Matthios, Otto, CHEMOMETRICS-Statistics and Computed applications in Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Wiley-VCH, Germany, (2007). 6. Mitra A., Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, 3rd ed., John- Wiley & Sons, (2008). 7. Miller, J. and Miller, J., Statistics and Chemometrics for Analytical Chemistry, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, (2005).
nd BS 2 Year
Semester-IV
Course Title: APPLIED CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-121
Credit Hours: 2
Course Objectives:
The objectives of the course are to educate the students about the fundamentals of chemical industry, raw materials, manufacturing and industrial processes.
Fundamentals of Chemical Industry:
Basic principles and parameters for industrial plant unit operations and unit processes.
Chemical Industries:
Raw materials, flow sheet diagrams and unit operations and unit processes of sulphuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, oxalic acid, formic acid, caustic soda and washing soda, cement industry, petroleum, textile, polymer and fuel industries, applications of these industries.
Recommended Books:
1. Kent, J. A., Riegel's Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, 10th ed., Kluwer Academic/ Plenum Publishers, (2003). 2. Vermani, O. P. and Narula, A. K., Applied Chemistry; Theory and Practice, New Age International Pvt. Ltd. Publishers, (2008). 3. Hede, P. D., Bier. S.P., Inorganic and Applied Chemistry, Ventus publishing app., (2007). 4. Sharma, J., Ndi., Applied Industrial Chemistry, Arise publishers & Distributors, (2012). 5. Heaton, A., An introduction to Industrial Chemistry, 3rd ed., Chapman & Hall, (1996).
n d BS 2 Year
Semester-IV
Course Title: BIOCHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-131
Credit Hours: 2+1
Course Objectives:
Students will gain knowledge about fundamental concepts of biochemistry as well as be able to learn about the structures, properties and functions of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids.
Introduction to Biochemistry:
Brief introduction to the scope and history of Biochemistry, molecular logic of the living organism, cell structures and their functions, origin and nature of biomolecules.
Acid–Base and Electrolyte Chemistry:
Intracellular and extracellular electrolytes, body fluids as electrolyte solutions, pH, Henderson-Hasselbalch equation and buffers, amino acids, peptides and proteins, buffer capacity, buffers of body fluids, haemoglobin as an acid-base system, renal control of acid-base, balance, acid-base disorders: acidosis, alkalosis. haemoglobin and + + - omeostasis, variation of Na , K , Cl in acid-base disturbances.
Carbohydrates, Lipids and Proteins:
Definition and classification, chemistry, physical and chemical properties of various classes of carbohydrates, biological functions of starch, glycogen, cellulose, and cell wall polysaccharides, acid mucopolysaccharides and proteoglycans.
Definition and classification of lipids, chemistry and biological importance of fatty acids, waxes, glycerides, phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, sterols and prostaglandins.
Significance of lipids in biological membranes and transport mechanism.
Chemistry and classification of amino acids, physical and chemical properties of amino acids, biological significance of amino acids, peptides, proteins, their classification, properties and biological significance, primary, secondary tertiary and quatenary structure of proteins, denaturation of proteins.
Nucleic Acids:
Chemical composition of nucleic acids, structure and biological significance of nucleic acids, chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides, nucleic acids hydrolysis, isolation and separation of nucleic acids, introduction to recombinant DNA technology.
CHEM-131 Lab.
Qualitative and quantitative analysis of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. Laboratory work illustrating topics covered in the lecture of Chem.131, Determination of pH, Preparation of buffers.
Enzyme catalysis, Progress curve for enzyme catalyzed reactions,
Determination of values. To study the effect of different factors on the rate of enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Recommended Books:
1. R. C. Alkire, D. M. Kolb, J. Lipkowski, Biselectro chemistry, volume 13, 13th ed., Publisher: Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. ISSN: 0938-5193. 2. Nelson,D.L., Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 6th ed., Publisher: Macmillan Higher Education, (2008). ISBN: 149222638, 9781429222631. th 3. Voet, D. and Voet, J.D., Biochemistry, 4 ed., illustrated. Publisher: John- Wiley & Sons Canada, Limited, (2011). ISBN: 0470917458, 9780470917459. 4. Murray, R.M. and Harper, H.A., Harper’s Biochemistry, 25th ed., Publisher:Appleton & Lange, (2000). ISBN: 0838536840, 9780838536841. 5. Zubay, G. L., Biochemistry, 4th ed., illustrated, Publisher W. M. C. Brown Publishers, (1998), Digitized (2008). ISBN: 0697219003, 9780697219008. 6. Guyton, A. C. & Hall, J. E., Guyton & Hall Textbook of Medical Physiology, 12th ed., Publishers: Saunders Elsevier, (2011). ISBN: 978-1-4160-4574-8. 7. Harvey, R. A., Ferrier, DR, Karandish S., Lippincott’s illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry, 5th ed., and Biochemistry Map (Med maps) Bundle. Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (2010). ISBN: 1451116314, 9781451116311.
BS 3rd Year
Semester-V
Course Title: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Code: CHEM-251
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the physical and chemical properties of d- & f- block elements on the basis of their electronic configurations and will be able to work out structures of coordination compounds through development of understanding of VBT, CFT and MOT.
Course Contents:
Chemistry of d-block elements and coordination complexes:
Back ground of coordination chemistry, nomenclature and structure of coordination complexes with coordination number 2-6, chelates and chelate effect, theories of coordination complexes, Werner's theory, valence bond theory (VBT), crystal field theory (CFT) and molecular orbital theory (MOT), Jahn-Teller theorem, magnetic properties, spectral properties, isomerism, stereochemistry, and stability constants of coordination complexes.
Chemistry of f-block elements:
i. Lanthanides: General characteristics, occurrence, extraction and general principles of separation, electronic structure and position in the periodic table, lanthanides contraction, oxidation states, spectral and magnetic properties and uses. ii. Actinides: General characteristics, electronic structure, oxidation state and position in the periodic table, half-life and decay law.
CHEM-251 Lab.
Preparations of following Inorganic Complexes; Tetraamminecopper (II) sulphate. Potassiumtrioxalatochromate (III). Potassiumtrioxalatoaluminate (III). cis-Potassium dioxalatodiaquachromate (III).
Determination of zinc and cadmium by complexometric titration Chromatographic separations of transition metals; 2+ 2+ Separation of Ni & Co ions in a mixture by paper chromatography. 2+ 2+ Separation of Ni & Cu ions in a mixture by paper chromatography. 2+ 2+ Separation of Cu & Fe ions in a mixture by paper chromatography.
Spectrophotometric determination of iron, manganese and nickel.
Recommended Books:
1. Cotton, F. A., Wilkinson, G., Murillo, C. A. and Bochmann, M., Advanced th Inorganic Chemistry, 6 ed., Wiley-Interscience, (1999). 2. Housecraft, C. and Sharpe, A. G., Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, (2012). 3. Miessler, G. L. and Tarr, D.A., Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Pearson- Prentice Hall International, (2010). 4. Douglas, B., McDanial, D., Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of Inorganic rd Chemistry, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (1994). 5. Shriver, D. and Atkins, P., Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman & Company, (2010). 6. Lee, J. D., Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., Blackwell Science Ltd., (1996). 7. Atkins, P. and Jones, L., Chemicals Principles, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman & Company, (2010). 8. Svehla, G., Vogel’s Textbook of Macro and Semimicro Qualitative th Inorganic Analysis, 5 ed., Longman Group Limited, (1979).
9. Huheey, J. E., Kieter, E. A. and Kieter, R. L., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 10. Pass, G., Sutcliffe, H., Practical Inorganic Chemistry, Preparations, Reactions and Instrumental Methods, 2nd ed., Chapman and Hall (1974).
11. Müller, U., Inorganic Structural Chemistry, 2nd ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (2006). 12. Marusak R. A., Doan K., Cummings S. D., Integrated Approach to st Coordination Chemistry, 1 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2007). 13. Chaudhary, S. U., Ilmi Textbook of Inorganic Chemistry, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, (2013).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-V
Course Title: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-261 Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will gain knowledge about the stereochemical behavior of organic molecules and acquire an ability to propose mechanism of simple reactions.
Course Contents:
Stereochemistry:
Types of stereoisomers, RS and EZ notation, optical activity, stereoselectivity and stereospecificity, conformational analysis.
Organic Reactions and Mechanism:
Detailed mechanism of aliphatic reactions including addition, substitution, and elimination reactions, concept of energy profile, transition state and intermediate.
CHEM-261 Lab.
Experiments using polarimeter such as to determine optical activity of a sugar solution and to determine sugar concentration by polarimeter, isomerization of maleic acid.
Experiments involving aliphatic addition, elimination and substitution reactions, e.g., synthesis of cyclohexene from cyclohexanol, addition reaction to cyclohexene etc.
Synthesis of a chalcone explaining the concept of condensation and dehydration, N- Alkylation of phthalimide, etc.
Recommended Books:
1. Robert, T. M., and Robert, N. B., Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (1992). 2. John, E. M., Organic Chemistry, 8th ed., Brooks/Cole Publishing Co, USA, (2012). 3. Younas, M., A Textbook of Organic Chemistry, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, (2006).
4. Morris, D. G., Stereochemistry (Basic Concepts in Chemistry), Wiley-RSC, (2002). 5. Mislow, K., Introduction to Stereochemistry, Dover Publications Inc., (2003). 6. David M., Stereochemistry (Tutorial Chemistry Texts), Royal Society of Chemistry, (2002). 7. Furniss, B. S, Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G., Tatchell, A. R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th ed., Longman, UK, (1989). 8. Mohan J., Organic Analytical Chemistry, Theory and Practice, 1st ed. Alpha Science International, Ltd. (2003). 9. Seiler, J. P., Good Laboratory Practice: The Why and the How, 2nd ed., Springer, (2005). 10. Brown, W. H., Fotte, C. S., Iverson, B. L. and Anslyn, E. V., Organic th Chemistry, 6 ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2012). 11. Solomons, T. W. G. and Fryhle, C. B., Organic Chemistry, 10th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2011). 12. Pavia, D. L., Kriz, G. S., Lampman, G. M. and Engel, R. G., A Microscale Approach to Organic Laboratory Techniques, 5th ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2013). 13. Eames, J. and Peach, J. M., Stereochemistry at a Glance, Blackwell Science, Ltd., (2003). 14. Eliel, E. L., Wilen, S. H. and Doyle, M. P., Basic Organic Chemistry, John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2001). 15. Eliel, E. L. and Wilen, S. H., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (1994).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-V
Course Title: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-271
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will be able to understand and acquire knowledge about the principles and theoretical background of quantum chemistry, kinetics theory of gases and phase equilibrium. The knowledge gained thus can be applied to study various aspects of quantum mechanics, gas kinetic behavior and thermodynamics and phase equilibrium.
Course Contents:
Quantum Chemistry:
Black body radiation, photoelectric effect, line spectra of elements, Bohr atomic model, wave and particle nature of matter, de Broglie’s equation, Young’s double slit experiment, Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, wavefunctions and Born interpretation of wavefunctions, probability density, eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, Hamiltonian operator, Schrödinger wave equation, wavefunctions for hydrogen-like atomic orbitals, radial distribution functions, shielding and penetration, effective nuclear charge, orbital energies, periodic trends in the properties of the elements in the periodic table.
Kinetic Theory of Gases:
Probability density for molecular speeds of gas molecules, Maxwell distribution of molecular speeds, average speeds, pressure of an ideal gas, calculation of molecular speeds, binary collisions, effusion and mean free paths, Maxwell- Boltzmann’s law of energy distribution, method for the determination of the Avogadro’s number (NA), statistical probability and entropy.
Phase Equilibrium:
Gibbs phase rule, Phase diagrams of one component and two component systems, Gibbs energy and the phase diagram of a substance, location of phase boundaries, Clausius-Clapeyron equation, vapor-liquid equilibrium of binary liquid mixtures, binary phase diagrams and lever rule.
CHEM-271 Lab.
Equilibrium constant of the KI + I2 = KI3 reaction.
Kinetics of saponification of ethyl acetate.
Acid catalyzed hydrolysis of sucrose.
Study of the adsorption isotherms of acetic acid-charcoal system.
Study of the charge transfer complex formation between iodine and benzene. Determination of activation energy for the acid catalyzed hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.
Determination of partial molar volumes.
Characterization of the given compound by UV-Vis spectroscopy.
Recommended Books:
1. Silbey, R. J., Alberty, R. A., and Bawendi, M. G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed., Jojn-Wiley & Sons, (2005). 2. McQuarrie, D. A. and Simon, J. D., Physical Chemistry – A Molecular Approach, 1st ed., University Science Books, (1997).
3. Atkins, P. and Paula, J. D., Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University Press, (2010). th 4. Moore. W. J., Physical Chemistry, 4 ed., Longman Publisher (1972). 5. Coulson C. A., Vanlence, Oxford University Press (1980). 6. Keeler. J. and Wothers, P., Chemical Structure and Reactivity: An st Integrated Approach, 1 ed., Oxford University Press, (2008). 7. Helpern, A. M., Experimental Physical Chemistry: A Laboratory Textbook nd 2 ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 8. Garland, C. W., Nibler, J. W. and Shoemaker, D., P., Experiments in th Physical Chemistry, 8 ed., McGraw-Hill, (2003). 9. Born, Max., Atomic Physics, 8th ed., Blackie & Son Ltd., (1969). 10. Atkins, P., Jones, L., Chemical Principles: The Quest for Insight, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman, New York, (2010).
11. James, A. M., Prichard, F. E., Practical Physical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Longman Group Limited, New York, (1974).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-V
Course Title: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-211 Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to introduce the students to the basics principles, instrumental aspects and applications of separation and spectrophotometric analytical methods
Course Contents:
Separation Methods:
Principle of solvent extraction, solvent extraction of metals, analytical separations, multiple batch extraction, counter current distribution, solid-phase extraction, solvent extraction by flow injection method, principles of chromatography, classification of chromatographic techniques, overview of paper, thin layer, column, ion exchange chromatography and electrophoresis.
Analytical Spectrophotometry:
Properties of light and its interaction with matter, relation between frequency, velocity and wave number, Lambert- Beer’s law and its limitations, single beam and double beam spectrophotometers, lamps and lasers as sources of light, monochromators, detectors, photomultiplier tube, photodiode array, charged coupled device, FT-IR spectroscopy, fourier analysis, interferometry, noise and its control.
CHEM-211 Lab.
Separation of phenol from given organic mixture using solvent extraction.
Separation of given mixture of cations using Paper Chromatography.
Analysis of the composition of a mixture of nitro anilines by TLC.
Separation of sugars using paper chromatography.
Separation of amino acids using paper/thin layer chromatography.
Deionization and softening of water using ion exchange chromatography.
Determination of λmax of KMnO4 and K2Cr2O7 solutions and verification of Beer-
Lambert’s law.
Determination of stoichiometry of a metal complex by visible spectrometry. Determination of aspirin and caffeine in a proprietary analgesic by double beam UV-Vis. spectrometer.
Quantification of iron in a given sample by using single beam spectrophotometer.
A study of characteristics infrared absorption frequencies.
Recommended Books:
1. Skoog, D. A., West, P. M., Holler, F. J., Crouch, S. R., Fundamentals of th Analytical Chemistry, 9 ed., Brooks Cole Publishing Company, (2013). 2. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 8th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, USA, (2011). 3. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, (2006). 4. Kealey, D. and Haines, P. J., BIOS Instant Notes in Analytical Chemistry, 1st ed.,Bios Saence Publisher Ltd. Oxford UK. (2002) 5. Pavia, D. L., Lampman, G. M., Kriz, G. S. and Vyvyan, J. A., Introduction to th spectroscopy, 4 ed., Cengage Learning, (2008). 6. Wall, P. E., Thin Layer Chromatography: A Modern Approach (RSC Chromatography Monographs), 1st ed., Royal Society of Chemistry, (2005). 7. Deinstrop, E. H., Applied Thin Layer Chromatography, 2nd ed., Wiley-VCH, (2006). 8. Kellener. R, Mermet. J. M., Otto, M., Valcarcel, M., Widmer, H.M., Analytical Chemistry: A Modern Approach to Analytical Science, Wiley. VCH, (2004) 9. Hollas, J. M., Modern Spectroscopy, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., England (2004).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-351
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about various types of inorganic materials, their structure, synthesis, characterization and applications in various fields
Course Contents:
Introduction to inorganic materials, crystalline and amorphous states, bonding in solids, non-stoichiometric compounds, binary solid solutions, mechanical, electrical, magnetic, dielectric, optical, and chemical (corrosion) properties of advanced materials, synthesis (e.g., sol-gel, hydrothermal techniques, etc.) and design of inorganic materials and characterization, doping and purification of silicone, chemical vapour deposition and sputtering, introduction to nano materials.
CHEM-351 Lab
1. Estimation of anions in mixtures: Chloride-phosphate, chloride-nitrate, oxalate-chloride, sulphate- phosphate, bromide-nitrate, borate-acetate, iodide-nitrate. 2. Iodometric titration with potassium iodate.
3. Gravimetric estimation of oxalate. 4. Precipitation Titrations.
a) Determination of strength of NaCl given solution by AgNO3 using Fluorescein as indicator. b) Determination of % age purity of KBr using Fluoresceine as indicator.
c) Determination of % composition of mixture of KI & KNO3 using Eoscein as indicator. 5. Spectrophotometric determination of cerium. 6. Separation of heavy metals using solvent extraction technique.
Recommended Books:
1. Xu, R., Pang, W., Huo, Q., Modern Inorganic Synthetic Chemistry, 1st ed., Elsevier, (2011). 2. Mendham, J., Denney, R. C., Barnes, J. D. and Thomas, M. J. K., Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, (2000). 3. Cotton, F. A., Wilkinson, G., Murillo, C. A. and Bochmann, M., Advanced th Inorganic Chemistry, 6 ed., Wiley-Interscience, (1999). 4. Huheey, J. E., Keiter, E. A. and Keiter, R. L., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 5. Housecraft, C. and Sharpe, A. G., Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, (2012). 6. Rodgers G. E., Descriptive Inorganic, Coordination, and Solid State rd Chemistry, 3 ed., Brooks- Cole, (2012). 7. Smart L. E., Moore E. A., Solid State Chemistry: An Introduction, 4th ed., CRC Press, (2012). 8. Müller, U., Inorganic Structural Chemistry, 2nd ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2006). 9. Schwarzenbach D., Crystallography, 1st ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (1996).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-361
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and understanding about aromatic substitution reactions and oxidation and reduction as well as pericyclic reactions.
Course Contents:
Aromatic Substitution Reactions:
Mechanisms of aromatic reactions including electrophilic and nucleophilic substitutions, effect of substituents on orientation and reactivity. Oxidation-reductions Reactions:
Common oxidizing and reducing reagents, reactions involving elimination of H, cleavage of C-C bond, replacement of hydrogen by oxygen, and addition of oxygen to substrates, reaction involving replacement of oxygen by hydrogen, removal of oxygen from the substrates and reduction with cleavage.
Pericyclic Reactions:
Introduction to pericyclic reactions, frontier orbital theory, mechanisms of electrocyclic, cycloaddition and sigmatropic reactions.
CHEM-361 Lab.
Experiments involving aromatic substitution, oxidation/reduction reactions and pericyclic reactions, nitration of nitrobenzene to meta-dinitrobenzene, reduction of meta- dinitrobenzene to meta-nitroaniline, sulphonation of aniline, oxidation of benzaldehyde, oxidation of cyclohexanol to cyclohexanone. Preparation of benzoic acid and benzyl alcohol from benzaldehyde using Cannizzaro’s reaction.
Recommended Books:
1. Pavia, D. L., Kriz, G. S., Lampman, G. M. and Engel, R. G., A Microscale Approach to Organic Laboratory Techniques, 5th ed., Brooks/Cole Laboratory Series, Cengage Learning, (2013). 2. Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G., Tatchell, A. R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th edition, Longman, UK, (1989).
3. Mohan, J., Organic Analytical Chemistry: Theory and Practice,1st ed. Alpha Science Int. Ltd.New Delhi, India, (2003). 4. Robert, T. M. and Robert, N. B., Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (1992). 5. Tse-Lok, H., Symmetry: A Basis for Synthesis Design, John-Willey & Sons, Inc., New York, (1995). th 6. Pine, S. H., Organic Chemistry, 5 ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, India, (1987). 7. Sykes, P., A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Pearson Education, (1986). 8. Mayo, D. W., Pike, R. M. and Forbes, D. C., Microscale Organic Laboratory with Multistep and Multiscale Syntheses, 5th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2011). 9. Gilbert, J. C. and Martin, S. F., Experimental Organic Chemistry: A Miniscale and Microscale Approach, 5th ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2010). 10. Solomons, T. W. G. and Fryhle, C. B., Organic Chemistry, 10th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2011). 11. Carey, F. A. and Giuliano, R. M., Organic Chemistry, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, (2013). 12. Bruice, P. Y., Organic Chemistry, 7th ed., Perason Education, Ltd., (2013).
13. Smith, M. B., March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 7th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2013).
14. Ansari, F. L., Qureshi, R. and Qureshi, M. L., Electrocyclic Reactions: From Fundamentals to Research, Wiley-VCH, Germany, (1999). 15. Kürti, L. and Czakó. B., Strategic Applications of Named Reactions in Organic Synthesis: Background and Detailed Mechanisms, Elsevier Inc., (2005).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-371 Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and understanding about the theoretical and instrumental as well as application related aspects of conductometric, and electrochemical techniques and surface chemistry. They will also acquire information regarding nuclear binding energy, nuclear instabilities and decay mechanisms as well as the fission and fusion processes.
Conductometry:
Ions in solution, measurement of conductance and Kohlrausch’s law, mobility of ions and transport number, conductometric titrations, Debye-Hückel theory and activity coefficient, determination of activities, application of conductance measurement.
Electrochemistry:
Redox reactions, spontaneous reactions, electrochemical cells, standard electrode potentials, liquid junction potential, electrochemical series, Nernst’s equation, thermodynamic of redox reactions, measurement of pH and pKa, dynamic electrochemistry, Latimer Diagram, Frost Diagram, electrolytic cells, potentiometry, reference and indicator electrodes, voltammetry, fuel cells, corrosion and its prevention, fuel cell and hydrogen economy.
Surface Chemistry:
Interfaces, Gibbs surface excess, curved surfaces, capillary action, adsorption and adsorption isotherms, Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption isotherms, catalysis, colloids, emulsion and their industrial applications.
Nuclear Chemistry:
Atomic nucleus, nuclides, nuclear stability, modes of decay, nuclear energetics, nuclear models (shell + liquid drop model), fusion and fission, non-spontaneous nuclear processes, nuclear reactors, beta decay systematic.
CHEM-371 Lab.
Spectroscopic determination of Cu percentage in the given sample.
Conductometric determination of Cu (II)- EDTA mole ratio in the complex.
To determine the effectiveness of an extraction of I2 solution by using Solvent Extraction method.
Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscosity method. Determination of percentage composition of KMnO4/ K2Cr2O7 in a given solution by spectrophotometry.
Evaluation of pKa value of an indicator by spectrometric method. Conductometric determination of hydrolysis constant (Kh) of conjugate base of a weak acid.
Recommended Books:
1. Silbey, R. J., Alberty, R. A. and Bawendi, M. G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2005). 2. Ball D. W., Physical Chemistry, Brooks/Cole Co. Inc., (2003). 3. Vertes, A., Nagy, S. and Klencsar, Z., Handbook of Nuclear Chemistry. Volume st 1: Basics of Nuclear Science, 1 ed., Springer, (2003). 4. Choppin, G., Liljenzin, J-. O. and Rydberg, J., Radiochemistry and Nuclear rd Chemistry, 3 ed., Butterworth- Heinemann, (2002). 5. Loveland, W., Morrisey, D. J. and Seaborg, G. T., Modern Nuclear Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2006). 6. Atkins, P. and Paula, J. D., Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University Press, (2010). 7. Somorjai, G. A. and Li, Y., Introduction to Surface Chemistry and nd Catalysis, 2 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2010). rd 8. Laidler. K. J., “Chemical Kinetics” 3 ed., Prentice Hall, (1987). 9. Atkins, P., Jones, L., Chemical Principles: The Quest for Insight, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman, New York, (2010). 10. James, A. M., Prichard, F. E., Practical Physical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Longman Group Limited, New York, (1974).
BS 3rd Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: APPLIED CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-322 Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Students will gain understanding about the importance of water and its quality requirements for the industrial uses in addition to learning about water treatment techniques. They will also learn about the composite materials.
Course Contents:
Water Treatment, Steam Production and Scale Removal:
Sources of water hardness, water treatment and conditioning for municipal and industrial purposes, steam production and its utilization for power and energy generation, boiler water treatment, chemistry involved in the formation of scale and its prevention.
Distillation:
Vapor liquid equilibrium, methods of getting equilibrium data for binary systems, construction of equilibrium diagram, designing of distillation column, reflux ratio and its importance.
Composite Materials:
Introduction to composite material, classification of composite on the basis of reinforcement (Particle–Reinforced composite, Fibre–Reinforced composite, structural composites) and classification of composites on the basis of matrix phase (Polymer– Matrix composite, Metal–Matrix composite, Ceramics–Matrix composite, Carbon- carbon composite, Hybrid-composite, Laminar composite, Sandwich panels), synthesis, properties and applications of composite materials.
CHEM-322 Lab
Measurement of water hardness with EDTA Titrations.
Estimation of total solids in water.
Estimation of chloride in water.
Estimation of Ferrous and Ferric ions in drinking water by redox titration.
Extraction of capsicum oil (soxhlet extraction).
Extraction of clove oil from cloves.
Preparation of liquid detergents.
Study of the kinetics of dissolution of Magnesium metal in dilute HCl. Estimation of Manganese in Steel.
Estimation of Ferric Iron in Cement.
Recommended Books:
1. Erwin D. L., Industrial Chemical Process Design, McGraw-Hill, (2002). 2. Chawla, K. K., Composite Materials: Science and Engineering, 3rd ed., Springer, (2012). 3. Methews, F. L., Rawlings, R. D., Composite Materials: Engineering and Sciences, CRC Press, (2003). 4. Deborah, D. L., Composite Materials: Science and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, (2010). 5. Gay, D. and Hoa, S. V., Composite Materials: Design and Applications, 2nd ed., CRC Press, LLC, (2007). 6. Kister, H., Distillation Operation, 1st ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, (1990). 7. Kister, H., Distillation Design, 1st ed., McGraw-Hill Professional, (1992).
8. Tchobanoglous, G., Burton, F. L. and Stensel, H. D., Wastewater th Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, 4 ed., McGraw-Hill, (2003). 9. Callister, W. D. Jr., Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 7th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2007). 10. Roussak, O. V. and Gesser, H. D., Applied Chemistry: A Textbook for nd Engineers and Technologists, 2 ed., Springer, (2013). 11. Mizrahi, J., Developing an Industrial Chemical Process: An Integrated Approach, CRC Press, (2002). 12. Prakash, N. B., Applied Chemistry Lab Manual, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing, (2013). 13. Vermani, O. P., Applied Chemistry : Theory And Practice, 2nd ed., New Age International, (2006). 14. Goostray. S and Schwenck. R. J., Experiments in Applied Chemistry, Collier-Macmillan, (1966).
r d BS 3 Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: BIOCHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-331
Credit Hours: 3 +1
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the fundamental concepts of energy production and the mechanisms of major macromolecules (amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acids and lipids), and the metabolism and regulation and inhibition of the metabolic pathways.
Course Contents:
Intermediary Metabolism and Bioenergetics:
Biological oxidation-Reduction including respiratory carriers, cell bioenergetics, Oxidative phosphorylation, free energy change and redox system.
Enzymes:
Enzyme-substrate interactions and nature of active site, mechanism of enzyme action with specific reference to chymotrypsin and ribonuclease, kinetics of single substrate reactions, enzyme inhibition, regulatory enzymes, Allosteric enzymes, Multienzyme system, zymogens, and isozymes, enzymatic control of metabolic pathways, immobilized enzymes, synthesis, properties and uses.
Metabolism of Carbohydrates:
Digestion, Absorption and Transport of sugars into cell, Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle, HMP pathway and its significance, Uronic acid pathway, Gluconeogenesis, Glycogenesis, Glycogenolysis, Photosynthesis.
Metabolism of Lipids:
Digestion of Lipids, absorption and transport of lipids and fatty Acids, Oxidation saturated and unsaturated, odd chain and branched chain fatty acids, Biosynthesis of fatty acids and eicosanoids, Biosynthesis of triglycerides, phosphides, steroid and Bitter acids, Biosynthesis and utilization of Ketone bodies.
Metabolism of Proteins:
Digestion of proteins, absorption and transport of amino acids to the cell, Biochemical reaction of amino acids: decarboxylation, deamination, transamination and transmethylation etc., metabolism of essential amino acids, metabolic disorders, urea cycle, Creatine and uric acid synthesis, inter-relationship between carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism.
Metabolism of Nucleic Acids:
Biosynthesis and catabolism of purines and pyrimidines and their regulation, synthesis, catabolism of nucleosides, DNA polymerases and other enzymes involves in metabolism.
CHEM-331 Lab.
Separation of proteins by Electrophoresis.
Separation of Nucleic Acids by Electrophoresis.
Column chromatographic separations of protein Resolution.
Blood Glucose estimation, RFT, LFT, Lipid Profile, Cardiac Markers, Bone
Markers, Pancreatic Markers, Anemia profile, Trace Elements, Urine CSF.
Immunochemical Techniques.
Determination of type of inhibition.
Determination of Michaelis constant in the presence and absence of inhibitors.
Recommended Books: 1. Voet, D. and Voet, J. D., Biochemistry, 4th ed., illustrated. Publisher: John- Wiley & Sons Canada, Limited, (2011). ISBN: 0470917458, 9780470917459.
2. Nelson, D. L. and Cox, M. M., Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 6th ed., Freeman, (2012). 3. Murray, R., Bender, D., Botham, K.M., Kennely, P. J., Rodwall, V. and th Weil, P.A., Harper’s Biochemistry, 29 ed., (2012). 4. Zubay, G. L., Biochemistry, 4th ed., illustrated. Publisher: WMC. Brown Publishers, (1998), digitized, (2008). ISBN: 0697219003. 9780697219008.
5. Guyton, A. C. & Hall, J. E., Guyton & Hall Text Book of Medical th Physiology, 12 ed., Publishers: Saunders Elsevier, (2011). 6. Plummer, D.T., An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, 3rd ed., TATA MCGraw-Hill Publishing Company LTD, (2010). 7. Sawhney, S. K. and Sing, R., Introductory Practical Biochemistry, 2nd ed., Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, (2005).
8. Robert A. Copeland, Enzymes: A Practical Introduction to Structure, Mechanism, and Data analysis, 2nd ed., Publishers: John-Wiley & Sons,
(2000) ISBN: 0-471-35929-7
9. R. C. Alkire, D. M. Kolb, J. Lipkowski, Biselectro chemistry, volume 13, 13th ed., Publisher: Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. ISSN: 0938-5193. 10. Nelson,D.L., Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 6th ed., Publisher: Macmillan Higher Education, (2008). ISBN: 149222638, 9781429222631. 11. Voet, D. and Voet, J.D., Biochemistry, 4th ed., illustrated. Publisher: John- Wiley & Sons Canada, Limited, (2011). ISBN: 0470917458, 9780470917459.
12. Murray, R.M. and Harper, H.A., Harper’s Biochemistry, 25th ed., Publisher:Appleton & Lange, (2000). ISBN: 0838536840, 9780838536841. 13. Harvey, R. A., Ferrier, DR, Karandish S., Lippincott’s illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry, 5th ed., and Biochemistry Map (Med maps) Bundle. Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (2010). ISBN: 1451116314, 9781451116311.
BS 3rd Year
Semester-VI
Course Title: Fuel Chemistry Code: Chem-381
Credit Hours: 3+1
Course Objectives:
Able the students about the chemistry of fossil fuels like coal, petroleum and natural gas and their conversion processes to get useful chemical products. Improve tier understanding about alternative fuels to be used in case of non-availability of petroleum based oils
Course Contents:
Chemistry of fossil fuels: Classification of fossil fuels. Origin of coal, petroleum and natural gas. Preliminary treatment of crude oil. Fractionation of crude oil. Properties of petroleum products i.e. CNG, LPG, gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuels and lubricating oils. Coal storage and cleaning. Carbonization of coal: Low temperature and high temperature carbonization, Coking and non-coking coals, Separation of tar from coke oven gas, Hydrogen sulfide removal from coke oven gas
Introduction to alternate sources of energy: Biomass as energy resources: Bio gas technology. Alcohols: Alcohols and its uses as alternative fuel. Hydrogen: Hydrogen production, storage, handling and its uses as alternative fuel. Fuel Cells and its application, Solar Energy: Solar energy collectors. Nuclear fuels: fission and fusion, nuclear reactors and introduction to Hydel energy. CHEM-381 Lab
Determination of moisture contents of coal mined in different parts of Pakistan.
Determination of Ash contents of coal mined in different parts of Pakistan.
Determination of Volatile matter of coal.
Determination of fixed carbon contents of coal.
Determination of hydrogen and nitrogen contents of the coal.
Determination of chlorine and oxygen in coal.
Determination of various forms of sulfur in coal.
Determination of specific and API gravity of petroleum fractions.
Estimation of carbon residue in petroleum products (Conradson method).
Determination of ash content in petroleum products.
Determination of sulfated ash in lube oil.
Estimation of water, sediments and oil in crude oil by centrifuge method.
Determination of cloud and pour point of Lube-oil.
Estimation of asphalt in road samples
Recommended Books:
1. Gyngell, E.S. Applied Chemistry for Engineers, Edward Arnold Publisher, Ltd. London. (1989). 2. Harker, J.H. and Backurst, J.R. Fuel and Energy, Academic Press, London and New York (1988). 3. Wilson, P.J. and Wells, J.H. Coal Coke and Coal Chemicals, McGraw-Hill Book Company, London, (1980). 4. Hobson, G.D. Modren Petroleum Technology, part-I. John Wily & Sons, Toronto, (1984). 5. Goodger E.M. Alternative Fuels (chemical energy resources), The Macmillan press Ltd, London, (1980). 6. Twidell, J. and Weir, T. Renewable Energy Resources, Sopn London, New York, (1986). nd 7. Matar, S. and Hatch, L.W. Chemistry of Petrochemical Processes, 2 Ed. Gulf Publishing Company. Houston, Texas, USA (2002).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY) Course Title:
INORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objective:
Students will acquire know-how and understanding about different mechanisms of inorganic reactions and their applications towards understanding different types of complexes.
Course Contents: Classification of reaction mechanisms; rate laws; steady state approximation; inert and labile complexes; substitution reactions in octahedral complexes and square planar complexes, acid hydrolysis, base hydrolysis, steric effects of inert ligands, nucleophilic reactivity, trans-effect, cis-effect, racemization reactions. Mechanism of electron transfer reactions, oxidation reduction reactions of metal ions, outer and inner sphere mechanisms, factors affecting rate of electron transfer reactions, two electrons transfer reactions, complementary or non-complementary electron transfer reactions, oxidative addition, addition of oxygen, hydrogen, HX, organic halides and bimetallic species, Reductive Elimination Reactions.
Recommended Books:
1. Huheey, J. E., Keiter, E. A., Keiter, R. L., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of th Structure and Reactivity, 4 ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 2. Shriver, D. F., Atkins, P. W., Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press, (2001). 3. Wilkins, R. G., Kinetics and Mechanism of Reactions of Transition Metal nd Complex, 2 ed., (Rev.), Wiley-VCH, (1991). 4. Jolly, W. L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill Company, (1991). 5. Jordan, R. B., Reaction Mechanisms of Inorganic and Organomettalic Systems, nd 2 ed., Oxford University Press, New York, (1998). 6. Atwood, J. D., Inorganic and Organometallic Reaction Mechanisms, 2nd ed., Wiley-VCH, Inc., (1997). 7. Sharma, S. K., Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms, Discovery Publishing House, (2007).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: π- ACEPTOR LIGANDS AND INORGANIC POLYMERS
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objective:
Student will acquire sound knowledge about π--acceptor ligands and different types of inorganic polymers.
Course Contents:
π-Acceptor Ligands:
Introduction to π-acceptor ligands, effective atomic number (EAN) rule and chemistry of metal carbonyls, nitrosyls, and isocyanides, structure elucidation based on spectroscopic evidences, applications and uses of metal carbonyls and their derivatives for catalysis and organic synthesis.
Inorganic Polymers:
Introduction to homoatomic and heteroatomic inorganic polymers, chains and cages of boron, silicon, nitrogen, phosphorous and sulphur, synthesis and applications, Polyionic species, Isopoly and heteropoly, anions of transition metals, silicates, borates, condensed phosphates, zeolites.
Recommended Books:
1. Brady, J. E., and Sense, F., Chemistry-The Study of Matter and Its th Changes, 5 ed., Wiley Plus, (2009). 2. Miessler, G. L.,Tarr, D. A., Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Prentice-Hall International, New Jersey, USA, (2010). 3. Douglas, B., McDanial, D., Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of rd Inorganic Chemistry, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (1994). 4. Huheey, J. E., Keiter, E. A., Keiter, R. L., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of Structure and Reactivity, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 5. Shriver, D. F., Atkins, P. W., Langford, C. H., Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, (1994). 6. Cotton, F. A., Wilkinson, G., Murillo, C. A. and Bochmann, M., Advanced th Inorganic Chemistry, 6 ed., Wiley-Interscience, (1999). 7. Atkins, P. and Jones, L., Chemicals Principles: The Quest for Insight, 5th ed., W. H. Freeman, (2010). 8. Mandelkern, L., An Introduction to Macromolecules, 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, New York, (1983). 9. Ravve, A., Principles of Polymer Chemistry, 2nd ed., Plenum Publishers, (2000). 10. Crabtree, R. H., The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Metals, 5th ed., John-Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, (2011). 11. Yamamoto, A., Organotransition Metal Chemistry, Prentice Hall, (1992). 12. Billmeyer, F. W., A Text Book of Polymer Science, 3rd, John-Wiley and Sons, (2003). 13. Malmcoim, P.S., Polymer Chemistry: An Introduction, 3rd ed.,Oxford University Press, (2005).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: INORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY
Code: CHEM-
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire understanding about various types of transitions (e. g. d-d transition, charge transfer) occurring in transition metal compounds and to characterize new compounds by application of electronic spectroscopy.
Course Contents:
Electronic States of transition metal complexes, Russel-Sander's coupling scheme, derivation of term symbols for d1-d10 systems, d-d transitions, connecting atomic states and molecular states, correlation diagrams, Tanabe - Sugano diagrams, calculation of 10Dq values, High-spin and low-spin molecules, Jahn-Teller effect, applications of subgroups, selection rules for electronic transitions in molecules, LMCT and MLCT transitions, some examples involving different geometries.
Recommended Books:
1. Yarwood, J., Bazin, P., and Douthwaite, R., Spectroscopic Properties of Inorganic and Organometallic Compounds, Volume 42, The Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, (2011). 2. Lever, A. B. P., Inorganic Electronic Spectroscopy, 2nd ed., Elsevier, UK, (1984). 3. Brisdon, A. K., Inorganic Spectroscopic Methods, Oxford University Press, UK, (1998). 4. Solomon, E.I., Inorganic Electronic Structure and Spectroscopy: Methodology, Volume 2, Wiley, New York, (1999).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-I
Code: CHEM-
1 Credit Hours:
Course Contents:
The resolution of cis-dichlorobis (ethylenediamine) chromium (III) chloride into its optical isomers. The preparation and resolution of the tris (ethylenediamine) cobalt (III) ion into its optical antipodes. Estimation of Al (III) and Fe (III) using 8- hydroxyquinoloine. Estimation of Ni (II) in the presence of Cu (II). Determination of chloride in the presence of iodide and evaluation of Ksp of AgI and AgCl.
Determination of dissociation constant Ka for acetic acid. +2 Determination of Ni ions by EDTA (Back titration). +2 +2 Determination of Ca and Zn ions by EDTA (Masking titration).
Titration of strong acid and weak acid with a strong base.
Precipitation titration involving AgNO3 and KCl.
Recommended Books:
1. Bassett, J., Denny, P. C., Jeffery, G. H., Mendham, J., Vogel’s textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, 4th ed., English Language Book Society, (1978).
2. Pass, G., Sutcliffe, H., Practical Inorganic Chemistry: Preparation Reactions and Instrumental Methods, 2nd ed., Chapman and Hall, (1974).
th BS 4 Year
Semester-VII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: HETEROCYCLIC AND ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about C-Hetero atom bond with emphasis on how it is formed and how it reacts. The importance and applications of compounds containing hetero atom should also be discussed.
Course Contents:
Aromatic Heterocycles:
Structure, classification and nomenclature; aromaticity; basicity and acidity of the nitrogen heterocycles; synthesis and reactions, chemistry of furan, pyrrole and thiophene, pyridine;
Organometallic Compounds:
Principles, organomagnesium, organolithium, organocopper, organocadmium, organomercury and organozinc compounds: their structure and reactivity, methods of preparation and synthetic applications.
Chemistry of organic compounds containing sulfur, phosphorus, boron and silicon: synthesis, reactions and application.
Recommended Books:
1. Claydem, J., Greeves,N. and Warren, S., Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, (2012). 2. Coxon, J. M. Norman, R. O. C., Principles of Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed., CRC Press, (1993). 3. Joule, J. A., Mills, K., Heterocyclic Chemistry, 5th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, UK, (2010). 4. Crabtree, R. H., The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Metals, 5th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, (2009).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: REACTIVE INTERMEDIATES Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge regarding the rearrangement reactions and their types including some name reactions, and different intermediates involved in organic reactions. Students are expected to learn the underlying concepts and synthetic applications.
Course Contents:
Reactive Intermediates:
Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, nitrenes, and arynes, their generation, stability, reactions and synthetic applications. Chemistry of Enolates and Enols: Acidity of carbonyl compounds, enolization of carbonyl compounds, α- halogenation of carbonyl compounds; aldol-addition and aldol-condensation, condensation reactions involving ester enolate ions, alkylation of ester enolate ions.
Rearrangement Reactions:
Types of rearrangements, general mechanisms of nucleophilic, free radical and electrophilic rearrangements, hydrogen and/or carbon migration to electron-deficient carbon, nitrogen and oxygen, carbon migration to electron-rich carbon, aromatic rearrangements, inter- and intra-molecular carbon migration from oxygen to carbon.
Recommended Books:
1. Clayden, J., Greeves, N. and Warren, S., Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, (2012). 2. Coxon, J. M. and Norman, R.O.C., Principles of Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed., Chapman and Hall, UK, (1993). 3. Brown, W. H., Fotte, C. S., Iverson, B. L. and Anslyn, E. V., Organic th Chemistry, 6 ed., Brooks/Cole Learning, (2012). 4. John, E. M., Organic Chemistry, 8th ed., Brooks/Cole Publishing Co., USA, (2012). 5. Robert, T. M. and Robert, N. B., Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (1992).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY
CHEM- Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire an adequate knowledge about fundamental and instrumental aspects of different spectroscopic techniques and will be able to perform structural elucidation of organic compounds using spectral data.
Course Contents:
UV-Visible:
Basic concepts, electronic transitions, Lambert-Beer’s law, factors influencing the lambda max (λmax) values, Woodward rules for calculation of wavelength values.
IR spectroscopy:
Basic concepts, absorption mechanisms, functional group determination and factors affecting the absorption frequencies.
1 13 H-NMR and C-NMR: Chemical shift, factors affecting chemical shift, spin relaxation, spin-spin coupling, coupling constants, nuclear overhauser effect, 2-D NMR, COSY and HETCOR.
Mass Spectrometry:
Basic concepts; mass spectrometers, ionization techniques, different fragmentation patterns and structure elucidation, combined usage of IR, UV, NMR and Mass spectrometric data for structure elucidation of organic compounds having medium complexity.
Recommended Books:
1. Mohan, J., Organic Analytical Chemistry: Theory and Practice, 1st ed., Alpha Science Int. Ltd., (2003). 2. Kalsi, P. S., Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds, 6th ed., New Age International, New Delhi, India, (2007). 3. Yadav, L. D. S., Organic Spectroscopy, Springer, UK, (2005). 4. Kemp, W., Organic Spectroscopy, 3rd ed., W. H. Freeman & Company, New York, USA, (1991). 5. Younas, M., Organic Spectroscopy, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Urdu Bazar Lahore, Pakistan, (2006). 6. Hollas, J. M., Modern Spectroscopy, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2004).
7. Pavia, D. L., Lampman, G. M., Kriz, G. S. and Vyvyan, J. R., Introduction to th Spectroscopy, 4 ed., Brooks/ Cole Cengage Learning, (2009). 8. Silverstein, R. M., Webster, F. X. and Kiemle, D., Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds, 7th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2005). 9. Williams, D. H. and Flemming, I., Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill Higher Education, (2008).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab.I Code: CHEM-
1 Credit Hours:
Course Contents:
Experiments based on available spectroscopic techniques may be arranged, both of qualitative and quantitative nature. One- and two-step synthesis using available starting material are recommended.
Recommended Books:
1. Mohan, J., Organic Analytical Chemistry: Theory and Practice, 1st ed.,Alpha Science Int.Ltd., (2003). 2. Williams, D. H. and Flemming, I., Spectroscopic Methods in Organic th Chemistry, 6 ed., McGraw-Hill Higher Education, (2008). 3. Pavia, D. L., Kriz, G. S., Lampman, G. M. and Engel, R. G., A Microscale Approach to Organic Laboratory Techniques, 5th ed., Brooks/Cole Laboratory Series, Cengage Learning, (2013). 4. Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G., Tatchell, A. R., Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th edition, Longman, UK, (1989).
th BS 4 Year
Semester-VII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will develop understanding of the electrochemical processes, thermodynamic principles and mechanisms involved in aqueous salt solutions as well as colloidal solutions. In the second part of the course, students will acquire knowledge about the molecular level treatment of the thermodynamic functions/properties using partition functions and Boltzmann statistics.
Electrochemistry:
Electrical double layer, interface, a look into the interface, OHP (Outer Helmholttz Plane) and IHP (Inner Helmholttz Plane) , contact adsorption, Gibbs Surface Excess, potential differences across metal solution interfaces, outer and surface potential differences, galvanic potential difference, electrochemical potential difference, interfacial tension, electro-capillary thermodynamics, Lippmann’s equation, Helmholtz-perrin model, Gouy-Chapmann model, Stern model of electrical double layer, and BDM (Bockris-Devanathan-Muller) model, charge density, differential capacitance, shape of capacitance-charge curve, the Capacitance hump.
Electrochemical devices, charge transfer processes in the absence and presence of electrical field, the over potential, Butler-Volmer’s equation,the idea of equilibrium exchange current density, the symmetry factor, high field and low field approximation, Tafel’s equation, cyclic voltammetry and its applications, Fuel cell, corrosion and its prevention, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
Statistical Thermodynamics:
Description of various systems, Concepts of states, accessible states and distribution, Probability concepts, Maxwell-Boltzmann’s statistics for the systems of independent particles, Partition functions, The relationship of partition function to the various thermodynamic functions, Transitional, vibrational and rotational partitional functions and equilibrium constant, Statistical thermodynamics, Applications to equilibrium and chemical kinetics, Bose-Einstein’s and Fermi-Dirac’s statistics.
Recommended Books:
1. Gasser, R. P. H., Entropy and Energy Level, Rev. ed., Oxford University Press, New York, (1986). 2. Wayatt, P. A. H., The Molecular Basis of Entropy and Chemical Equilibrium, Royal Institute of Chemistry London, UK, (1971). 3. Bockris J. O. M., and Reddy, A. K. N., Modern Electrochemistry: Ionics, Vol. nd I, 2 ed., Plenum Press, London, (1998). 4. Seddon, J. M. and Gale, J. D., Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, Royal Society of Chemistry, (2001). 5. Engel, T., Reid, P., Thermodynamics, Statistical Thermodynamics, and rd Kinetics, 3 ed., Prentice Hall, (2012). 6. Bard, A. J. and Faulkner, L. R., Electrochemical Method: Fundamentals and Applications 2nd ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2001). 7. Kondepudi D., Introduction to Modern Thermodynamics, John-Wiley & Sons, (2008). 8. Hamann, C. H., Hamnett, A. and Veilstich, W., Electrochemistry, 2nd ed., Wiley-VCH Verla Gnb H and Co. KGaA, (2007). 9. Braun R. D. and Walters F., Application of Chemical Analysis, McGraw-Hill, (1982) 10. McQuarrie, D. A., Statistical Mechanics, Viva Books Private Ltd. (2008).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTY)
Course Title: POLYMER CHEMISTRY Code: CHEM-
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will learn the fundamental principles of polymerization, synthesis methods and reaction mechanisms, thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of the polymerization, and physical and mechanical properties of polymers. Students will also know about the polymer characterization techniques and various applications of polymers.
Polymer Chemistry:
Introduction to Polymers, step-growth polymerization, polymer chain growth, kinetics of polymer chain growth, co-polymerization, emulsion polymerization, natural and inorganic polymers, physical aspects of polymers, molecular weight of polymers, distribution, averages, and methods of determination, viscosity, osmometry, light scattering method, diffusion, sedimentation, optical rotation method, structure of polymer chain, introduction to chain isomerism, stereochemistry, configurations, and conformations (not in Hiemenz), amorphous state of polymers, in-depth examination of polymer conformation, microstructure, and dynamics in the amorphous state, polymer viscoelasticity, stress relaxation, mechanical models of polymer behavior, time-temperature superposition, polymer rheology, crystalline state of polymers, crystallization and kinetics, crystalline structures, experimental methods, polymer solutions and blends.
Recommended Books:
1. Sperling, L. H. Introduction to Physical Polymer Science, 4th ed., Wiley- Interscience, New York, USA, (2006). 2. Boyd, R. H. and Phillips, P. J., The Science of Polymer Molecules, Cambridge, UK, (1993). 3. Odian, G., Principles of Polymerization, 4th ed., Wiley Interscience, (2004). 4. Carraher Jr, C. E., Carraher’s, Polymer Chemistry, 8th ed., CRC Press, Inc., (2010). rd 5. Ravve, A., Principles of Polymer Chemistry, 3 ed., Springer, (2012). 6. Stevens, M. P., Polymer Chemistry: An Introduction, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press, (1998). 7. Allcock, H., Lampe, F. and Mark, J., Contemporary Polymer Chemistry, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, (2003). 8. Flory, J., Principles of Polymer Chemistry, Cornell University Pres (1953)
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: QUANTUM CHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY
Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about quantum chemistry including Schrödinger wave equation and its applications to define the behavior and properties of different systems. In addition they will learn about different molecular spectroscopic techniques.
Course Contents:
Quantum Chemistry:
Operators and their properties, Schrödinger wave equation, particle in a box and a ring, quantum mechanical tunneling, angular momentum, postulates of quantum mechanics, central field problem, approximate methods, perturbation methods and variation principle, many electron systems, treatment of simple harmonic oscillator, diatomic rigid rotor, valence bond and molecular orbital theories, Hũckel method for pi-electron approximation in aromatic compounds.
Molecular Spectroscopy:
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter, symmetry properties of molecules, microwave and infrared spectroscopy, rotational, vibrational and rotational-vibrational spectra of diatomic and polyatomic molecules, electronic spectra of simple molecules, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
Recommended Books:
1. Fayer, M. D., Elements of Quantum Mechanics, Oxford University Press, London, UK, (2001). 2. Becker, E. D., High Resolution NMR; Theory & Chemical Application, 3rd ed., Academic Press, New York, USA, (2000). 3. Graybeal, J. D., Molecular Spectroscopy, 1st ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, (1988). 4. Hayward, D. O., Quantum Mechanics for Chemists, Royal Society Of Chemistry, (2002). 5. House, J. E., Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics 2nd ed., Elsevier- Academic Press, New York, USA, (2004). 6. Kirsten, H. J. W. M., Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: Schrodinger Equation and Path Integral 1st ed., World Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., (2006). 7. Barrow, G. M., Physical Chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company, (1996).
8. Straughan, B. P., and Walker, S., Spectroscopy, Vol. 1 and 2., Chapman and Hall Ltd., (1976). 9. Coulson C. A., Vanlence, Oxford University Press (1980). 10. Sathyanarayana, D. N., Vibrational Spectroscopy, Theory and Applications, New Age International Publishers (2004).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-I
Code: CHEM-
1 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
The course will provide the practical grounds for the verification of fundamental principles of physical chemistry and applications of these principles. In addition it will enable the students to apply these practical methods in other branches of chemistry. Students will also learn the advance techniques like XRD and cyclic voltammetry for characterization of materials.
Course Contents:
Determination of partial molar properties.
Determination of free energy changes, standard free energies.
Verification of Kohlrausch’s law.
Study of temperature dependence of electrode potentials.
Determination of heat of solution, ionic reactions and other experiments from thermochemistry.
Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscosity method. Precipitation value of electrolytes.Measurement of IR spectra of simple compound and their interpretation.
Measurement of cyclic voltammogram of an organic compound and its interpretation.
Determination of dipole moment of an organic liquid.
Determination of percentage composition of KMnO4-K2Cr2O7 in given solution by spectrometry.
Evaluation of pKa value of an indicator by spectrometric method.
Synthesis of metal oxide nanoparticles and their characterization using IR and XRD techniques.
Recommended Books:
1. Garland, C. W., Shoemaker, D. P., and Nibler, J. W., Experiments in th Physical Chemistry, 8 ed., McGraw-Hills, New York, (2003). 2. James, A. M., Prichard, F. E., Practical Physical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall Press, (1974). 3. Halpern, A., McBane, G., Experimental Physical Chemistry: A Laboratory Textbook, 3rd ed., W. H. Freeman, (2006).
4. Athawale, V. D., and Mathur. P., Experimental Physical Chemistry, New Age International (2001). 5. Farrington, D., Experimental Physical Chemistry, BiblioBazaar, (2011). 6. Palmer, W. G., Experimental Physical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press (2009).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: COMMON INDUSTRIES-I
CHEM Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and technical know-how about sugar manufacturing industry, starch production industry and leather tanneries.
Sugar Industry:
Scope of sugar industry, Manufacture of raw sugar from cane and beet, Refining of raw sugar, Methods of clarification of cane juice and chemistry involved in the clarification processes, Defecation Remelt Carbonation (DRC), Defecation Remelt Sulphitation (DRS), Defecation Remelt Phosphitation (DRP) and Double Carbonation Double Sulphitation (DCDS), Utilization of by-products of sugar industry.
Starch Industry:
Scope of starch industry, Raw materials for starch production, Manufacture of starch from various raw materials such as corn, rice, wheat, potatoes, Industrial applications of starch, Chemistry involved in the conversion of starch, Synthesis of d-glucose and dextrin from starch.
Leather Industry:
Leather, gelatin and adhesives, Preparation of hides, Methods of tanning, vegetable and chrome tanning processing of leather, Production of glue and gelatin.
Recommended Books:
1. Rao, G. P., Mogarey, R. C., Solomn, S., Rewal, S. S. and Li,Y-., Sugar Cane: Production Managemnet and Agro-Industrial Imperatives, Ibdc Publisher, (2005). 2. Covington, A. D., Tanning Chemistry: The Science of Leather, Royal Society of Chemistry, (2009). 3. Kent, J. A., Riegel’s Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, 10th ed., Kluwer Academic/ Plenum Publishers, (2003).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES AND POLLUTION CONTROL
Code: CHEM
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about various fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides used in agriculture sector as well as know about the environmental pollution and its protection.
Fertilizers:
Importance of chemical fertilizers, classification of chemical fertilizers, manufacture and chemistry involved in the production of various fertilizers i.e. Urea, Single Super phosphate (SSP), Triple superphosphate (TSP), Nitrophos (NP), Diammonium phosphate (DAP), Calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN), Ammonium nitrate (AN), Ammonium sulphate (AS), Zinc sulphate (ZS) and Complex fertilizers.
Agrochemicals:
Classification of pesticides, formulation and toxicity of pesticides, future trends of pest control, control of weeds, household agrochemicals, plant growth regulators and background chemistry, hazards associated with the use of agrochemicals and environmental aspects.
Industrial Pollution and Its Abatement:
Sources of air, water and soil pollution, Industrial waste control for the protection of environment, modern trends of waste management.
Recommended Books:
1. Afonso, C. A. M. Crespo, J. P. G. and Anastas, P. T., Green Separation Process: Fundamentals and Applications, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, (2005). 2. Manahan, S. E., Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry, 2nd ed., CRC Press, (2001). 3. Lister, J. and Ennis, B., The Science and Engineering of Granulation Processes, Kluwer Academic Publishers, (2004). 4. Park, M., The Fertilizer Industry, Woodhead Publishing Limited, (2001). 5. Anastas, P. T. and Warmer, J. C., Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice, Oxford University Press, (2000). 6. Kumar, A., Industrial Pollution: Problems and Solution, Daya Publishing House, India, (2006). 7. Kent, J. A., Riegel’s Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, 10th ed., Kluwer Academic/ Plenum Publishers, (2003).
BS 4th Year
Semester- VII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: COMMON INDUSTRIES-II
CHEM Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge for extraction, production and processing oil, fats and waxes. They will also gain knowledge about soap and detergent industries as well as surface coating industries.
Oils and Fats:
Oils, Fats and Waxes, extraction of oils such as soya bean and cotton seed oils, purification and refining of oils, chemistry involved in the production of vegetable ghee, selective hydrogenation of oil and fats during the manufacture of vegetable ghee, inter-esterification of crude fats.
Soaps and Detergents:
Raw materials for the manufacture of soap and detergents, chemistry involved in the production of soap and detergents, action of builders, additives brighteners and surfactants, cleansing action of soaps, effect of acidic species and hard water on soap, Production of transparent soap.
Paints:
Raw materials for paints and pigments, classification and properties of surface-coating constituents, classification and manufacture of pigments, production of paints, varnishes, distempers, enamels and lacquers, chemistry involved in the drying phenomena of paints, drying oils for paint and classification of drying oils.
Recommended Books:
1. Vermani, O. P, Narula, A.K, Applied Chemistry, Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., New Age International. Publisher, India, (1995). 2. Balasaraf, V. M, Applied Chemistry, I. K. International House Pvt. Ltd, India, (2009). 3. P. K. Chattopadyay, Modern Technology of Soaps, Detergents and Toilries: with formulae and project profile, 2nd ed., National Institute of Industrial Research, India, (2003). 4. Bockisch M., Fats and Oils Handbook, American oil Chemists and Society, (1998). 5. Gunstone F., Oils and Fats in Food Industry, Wiley Black Well, (2008). 6. Gunstone F., Vegetable Oil in Food Technology: Composition, Properties and Uses, John-Wiley & Sons, (2011). 7. Lambourme, R., Strivens, T.A., Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., Woodhead Publishing Limited, (1999).
8. Board. B, Paint, Pigment, Solvent, Coating, Emulsion, Paint additives and formulations, Engineers India Research Incorporation, (2008). 9. Kent, J. A., Riegel’s Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, 10th ed., Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, (2003).
BS 4th Year
Semester- VII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-I
Code: CHEM
Credit Hours: 1
Course Objectives:
The practical design for this course code will polish the psychomotor skills of students and enable them to acquire acquire knowledge about various industrial preparation fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides used in agriculture sector as well as know about the environmental pollution and its protection. Select suitable practicals for respective courses of Applied Chemistry
Course Contents:
Determination of iodine value of the given oil.
Determination of acid value of the given oil.
To find out the percentage purity of fatty acid.
Preparation of gum sample.
Preparation of liquid detergent or liquid soap.
To determine the temporary and permanent hardness of a given water sample by EDTA method.
To determine the alkalinity of given water sample.
Determination of magnesium and aluminum by EDTA titration.
Analysis of caustic soda and soda ash in mixtures. Analysis of effluents from tanneries.
Preparation and Testing of: Varnish and Enamel Paints. Adhesives. Emulsion Paints.
Recommended Books:
1. Roger’s Industrial Chemistry. Von Norstand Co. N. Y. 2. Reigel’s Handbook of industrial chemistry. Von Norstand Reeinhold Co. N. Y. 3. Chemical Process Industries by Shreve and Dum. McGraw Hill. 4. An introduction to industrial organic chemistry by Wiseman. App. Sci. Publ. 5. Practical chemistry by O.P. Pandey , D.N. Bajpai, S. and S. Giri (S. Chand & Company limited, Ramnagar, New Delhi-110055. 6. Concise Engineering Chemistry, Neetu Goel and Sanjay Kumar, AITBS Publisher and distributor (Krishan Nagar, Delhi.).
7. Chemical Engineering series, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. ISBNO-07-112 721-6 Vogels Text book of Inorganic analysis 4th edition revised by J. Bassett. ELBS William Clowes Limited Beccles and London. 8. Vogel’s Textbook of Qantitative chemical analysis 6th edition., J.Mendham, RC Denney, JD Barnes, MJK Thmas. The School of Chemical and Life Sciences University of Greenwich London.
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ATOMIC SPECTROSCOPY
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about theoretical aspects and instrumentation of different atomic spectroscopic methods as well as learn about the applications of these techniques in the field of chemical sciences.
Course Contents:
Flame Photometry:
Origin and classification of atomic spectroscopic methods, origin of atomic spectrum, position of the signal, intensity of the signal, spectral line width, principle of flame photometry, fate of the sample in the flame, flame and its characteristics,instrumentation for flame photometry, merits and limitations.
Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry:
Origin of atomic fluorescence, atomic fluorescence spectrum, types of atomic fluorescence transitions, principle of atomic fluorescence spectrometry, fluorescence intensity and analyte concentration, instrumentation for atomic fluorescence spectrometry, applications of atomic fluorescence spectrometry, interferences, merits and limitations.
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry:
Principle of atomic absorption spectrophotometry, concentration dependence of absorption, quantitative methodology, instrumentation for atomic absorption spectrophotometry, radiation sources, atomizers, flames, graphite furnaces and electrochemical atomizers, monochromators, detectors, handling background absorption, interferences in atomic absorption spectrophotometry, sample handling in atomic absorption spectrophotometry, preparation of the sample, use of organic solvents, microwave, digestion, sample introduction methods, applications of atomic absorption spectrophotometry.
Atomic Emission Spectrophotometry:
Introduction, principle of atomic emission spectrometry, atomic emission spectrometry using plasma sources, plasma and its characteristics, inductively
coupled plasma, direct current plasma, microwave induced plasma, choice of argon as plasma gas, instrumentation for ICP-MS.
Recommended Books:
1. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2006). 2. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 8th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, (2011). 3. Kealey, D. and Haines, P. J., BIOS Instant Notes in Analytical Chemistry, Bios Scientific Publishers Limited, Oxford, UK, (2002). 4. Sharma, B. K., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 24th ed., Goel Publishing House, Meerut, India, (2005). 5. Skoog, D. A. and West., D. M., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed., Hot Reinehart Inc., London, (2008). 6. Ebdon,L., Evaus, E.H, Fischer, A., and Hill, S.J., An Introduction to Analytical Atomic Spectrometry, John Wiley & Sons, England. (1998). 7. Bernhard Welz, Michael Sperling, Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, 3rd ed., Wiley-VCH, Germany, (1998). 8. Farrukh, M. A., Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy, In Tech, (2012). 9. Kellner, R., Mermet, J. M, Otto, M., Valcarcel, M., Widmer, H.M., Analytical Chemistry : A Modern Approach to Analytical Science, Wiley-VCH,(2004)
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ELECTROANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire sound knowledge regarding the theoretical, instrumental as well as application related aspects of different electroanalytical techniques
Course Contents:
Potentiometry:
Electrode potential, Nernst equation and its use for measuring half-cell potential, different kinds of electrodes including glass and calomel electrodes, working of potentiometer and its applications including pH measurements, Ion selective electrode systems, Ion exchange membrane electrode, solid state membrane electrodes, and bio- membrane electrodes, Potentiometric titrations.
Coulometry and Electrogravimetry:
Basic electrochemistry, principle, instrumentation of coulometry, principle, instrumentation of electrogravimetry, consequences of electrogravimetry, Ohmic drop, activation over potential, concentration and gas polarization, basic difference and merits/demerits of coulometry and electrogravimetry.
Voltammetry and Polarography:
Basic principle, voltammogram, polarizable and non-polarizable electrodes, solid electrodes, their scope and limitations, cyclic voltammetry, anodic stripping voltammetry. voltammetric equation, basic concept of polarography and interpretation of various polarographic curves, measurement of decomposition potential, diffusion and limiting currents, derivation of Ilkovic equation, logarithmic analysis of polarographic wave, advantages and limitation of dropping mercury electrode.
Recommended Books:
1. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2006). 2. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis 8th ed.,W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, (2009). 3. Kealey, D. and Haines , P. J., BIOS Instant Notes in Analytical Chemistry, Bios Scientific Publishers Limited, Oxford, UK, (2002). 4. Sharma, B. K., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 24th ed., Goel Publishing House, Meerut, India, (2005). 5. Skoog, D. A. and West, D. M., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed., Hot Reinehart Inc., London, (2008). 6. Fritz, Schulz, Electranalytical Methods: Guide to Experiments and nd Applications. 2 revised, Springer-Verlag Berlin, Germany, (2010). 7. Monk,P.M.S, Fundamentals of Electroanalytical Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons Ltd, England, (2001).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ADVANCED SEPARATION TECNIQUES
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the principles and instrumentation of advanced chromatographic techniques namely GLC, HPLC and capillary electrophoresis along with their applications in different fields such as food, pharmaceuticals, petroleum, environmental and other industrial sectors.
Course Contents:
Introduction:
Classifications of chromatographic techniques, the chromatographic processes, rate theory of chromatography, Van-Deemter equation and its significance in evaluating column efficiency.
Gas Liquid Chromatography:
General principle, sample preparation/derivatization, separation process, and instrumental aspects and its applications.
HPLC:
General principle, sample preparation, separation process (normal phase and reverse phase separation), instrumentation, method development and applications.
Capillary electrophoresis:
Theory and principle of CE, mobility, electro-osmotic flow separation by CE, instrumentation, modes of operation, applications.
Recommended Books:
1. Skoog, D. A., West, P. M., Holler, F. J. and Crouch, S. R., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 9th ed., Cengage Learning, (2013). 2. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2004). 3. Kealey, D. and Haines, P. J., BIOS Instant Notes in Analytical Chemistry, 1st ed., Taylor & Francis, (2002). 4. Sharma, B.K. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 24th ed., Goel Publishing House, Meerut, India, (2005). 5. Grob, R. L., Eugene, F. Barry, Modern Practice of Gas Chromatography, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, USA, (2004). 6. Kellner, R., Mermet, J-. M., Otto, M., Valcarcel, M. and Widmer, H. M., Analytical Chemistry: A Modern Approach to Analytical Science, Wiley- VCH, (2004). 7. Meyer, V. R., Practical High-Performance Liquid Chromatography, 5th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (2010). 8. Lindsay, S., High Performance Liquid Chromatography, 2nd ed., John- Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (1992). 9. Braitwaite, A. and Smith, F. J., Chromatographic Methods, 5th ed., Kluwer Academic Publishers, (1999). 10. Miller, J. M., Chromatography: Concepts and Contrasts, 2nd ed., John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2005). 11. Camilleri, P., Capillary Electrophoresis: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., CRC Press, (1998).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-I
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 1
Course Objectives:
Separation of hydrocarbons using GLC, Separation of essential oils, fatty acids, To determine pKa values for the given samples of weak acids by potentiometric method. Quantitative determination of sodium hydroxide by potentiometric titration. Preparation of buffer solutions of definite pH.
Electrogravimetric determination of copper in given samples. Study of thermal decomposition of copper sulfate pentahydrate and calcium oxalate monohydrate.
Recommended Books:
1. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis., 8th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, (2011). th 2. Braitwaite, A. and Smith, F. J., Chromatographic Methods, 5 ed., Kluwer 3. Camilleri, P., Capillary Electrophoresis: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., CRC Press, (1998). 4. Weinberger, R., Practical Capillary Electrophoresis, 2nd ed., Academic Press, (2000).
t h BS 4 Year
Semester-VII (BIOCHEMISTRY) BIOMEDICAL Course Title: CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the fundamental biochemical and molecular aspects of endocrinology and chemistry of blood and other extracellular fluids.
Course Contents:
Endocrinology:
General introduction, chemical nature of hormones, common characteristics, mode of action of hormones, hormones receptors, chemistry, biosynthesis, metabolism and biological functions of pituitary, adrenal, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreatic and gonadal hormones, hormones of GIT, renal and pineal Glands.
Blood and Other Body Fluids:
General composition of blood, function of blood plasma, plasma protein, composition and functions, composition, development and functions of red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets, Hemoglobin, chemistry properties, synthesis, functions and derivatives, degradation of hemoglobin, respiration and gas transport, blood coagulation and clotting of blood, blood pressure, blood groups, composition of urine, extracellular fluids like: cerebrospinal fluid, lymph, sweat, tears, synovial and interstitial fluid.
Recommended books:
1. Nelson, D. L. and Cox, M. M., Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 6th ed., W. H. Freeman, (2012). 2. Voet, D. and Voet, J. D, Biochemistry, 4th ed., illustrated. John Wiley & Sons, (2011). 3. Hall, J. E., Guyton & Hall Textbook of Medical Physiology, 12th ed., Elsvier Health Sciences,(2011). 4. Orten, James. M. and Neuhaus, O. W., Human Biochemistry, 10th ed., Mosby, Incorporated, (1982), 5. Devlin, T. M., Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations, 7th ed., Wiley, (2010). 6. Frisell, W. R., Human Biochemistry, 1st ed., Macmillan Publication Company, (1982). 7. Hadley, M. and Levine, J. E., Endocrinology, 6th ed., pearson, (2006).
t h BS 4 Year
S e m e s t e r - VII (BIOCHEMISTRY) MOLECULAR Course Title: BIOLOGY
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the structural and functional features of DNA and RNA.
Course Contents:
DNA: the primary genetic material, structure, replication in prokaryotes and comparison with eukaryotes, DNA sequencing, chemical synthesis of polynucleotides, DNA repair and recombination. Different types of RNA and their role in protein synthesis, transcription and its regulation, genetic code, post transcriptional processing, structure of transfer RNA, protein synthesis inhibitors, control of translation, post translational modification, plasmids, bacteriophage and cosmids, invitro mutagenesis, deletion, insertion and substitution, recombinant DNA and genetic diseases.
Recommended Books:
1. Watson, J. D., Baker, A. T., Bell, S. P., Gann A., Levine, M. and Losick, M. R., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 7th ed., Benjamin Cummings, (2013).
2. Watson, J. D., Myers, R. M., Caudy A. A., and Witkowski, J. A., Recombinant rd DNA: Genes and Genome. A Short Course, 3 ed., W. H. Freeman, (2006). 3. Krabs, J., Genes X 10th ed., Jones and Bartlett Learning, (2011). 4. Alberts, B., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 5th ed., Publisher: Garland Science, (2008). ISBN: 0815341113, 9780815341116. 5. Brown, T.A., Genomes 3, 3rd ed., Publisher: Garland Science Publishing, (2007). ISBN: 0815341385, 9780815341383.
t h BS 4 Year
S e m e s t e r - VII (BIOCHEMISTRY) PHYSICAL TECHNIQUES IN Course Title: BIOCHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will gain knowledge and in depth understanding about the fundamental biochemical techniques such as extraction, purification, fractionation and centrifugation being applicable for macromolecules separation as well as those techniques which are used for characterization of biomolecules.
Course Contents:
Extraction, Fractionation and Purification of Macrobiomolecules: Homogenization, solubilization and concentration including ultrasonication, lyophilization and ultradecantation, purification based on differential solubility techniques, ion-exchange chromatography, gel chromatography, affinity chromatography, paper & thin layer chromatography and HPLC.
Electrophoresis:
Paper and gel electrophoresis, two-dimensional electrophoresis, capillary electrophoresis.
Electrofocusing:
Preparative and analytical electrofocusing.
Centrifugation:
Principle, preparative centrifugation, application of density gradient and differential centrifugation, ultracentrifugation sedimentation equilibrium and sedimentation velocity methods, application of analytical centrifugation.
Tracer techniques:
Detection and measurement of radioactivity, application of radioisotopes in biological system.
U.V. and Visible Spectroscopy:
Basic principles, instrumentation and applications.
Enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA):
Basic principle, instrumentation and applications.
Recommended Books: nd 1. Cooper, T. C., The Tools of Biochemistry, 2 ed., John Wiley, (2007). 2. Wilson, K. and Golding, K. H., A Biologist’s Guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry, 3rd ed., Edward Arnold, (1986).
3. Dawes, E. A., Quantitative Problems in Biochemistry, 5th ed., Williams & Wilkins, (1972). 4. Morris, J. G., A Biologist’s Physical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Addison-Wesley, (1974). 5. Scopes, R. K., Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, 3rd ed., Springer (1994).
t h BS 4 Year
Semester - VII (BIOCHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-I
Code: CHEM
Credit Hours: 1
Course Contents:
Estimation of water soluble vitamin-C and fat soluble vitamin-D.
Estimation and kinetics studies of amylase and peroxidases.
Estimation of total protein in egg.
Characterization of proteins by SDS-PAGE.
Isolation and characterization of DNA by Agarose gel electrophoresis.
Recommended Books:
1. Boyer, R., Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3rd ed., Pearson Education Inc., (2009). ISBN: 978-81-7758-884-2. 2. Shankara, Y. M.S., Laboratory Manual for Practical Biochemistry, 1st ed., Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd., India, (2008). ISBN: 978-81-8448- 259-1.
BS 4th Year
Semester: VII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Title of the Course: CHEMISTRY OF COAL CONVERSION PROCESSES-I
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The students will acquire knowledge about environmentally friendly utilization of coal and how to extract maximum energy and convert coal in to a variety of highly demanding chemicals used as feed stock in a number of Industries.
Course Contents:
Coal: Composition, structure, coalification and classification of coal, ASTM international and coal Standards. Use of coal in different industries like power generation, steel and other metallurgical operations. Coal exploration, mining and mining risk handling, pretreatment and preparation of coals. Innovations in coal using industry.
Environmental Aspects:
Pollution problems associated with coal combustion, mining and flue gases.
Gasification:
Thermodynamics, kinetics and catalytic aspects of coal gasification, fixed bed gasifier, fluidized bed gasifier, transport reactor, liquid medium gasifier and underground gasification. Gas upgrading by carbon monoxide shift, gas purification, methanation and dehydration, properties and processing of gaseous fuels, environmental consideration.
Recommended Books:
1. Wen, C.Y. and Stanley, E. Coal conversion Technology, Addison-Wesley, New York. (1979). 2. Probstein, R.F and Hicks, R.E. Synthetic Fuels, McGraw Hill, New York. (1982). 3. Francis, W. Fuels and Fuel Technology, Pergamon Press, London. (1980). 4. Merick, D. Coal Combustion and Conversion Technology, McMillan Ltd., London (1984). 5. Berkowitz, N. The Chemistry of Coal, Elsevier Amsterdam. (1985).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Title of the Course: PETROLEUM AND PETROCHEMICALS-I
Code CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The students will acquire knowledge about the modern refining operations for maximum recovery of petroleum products and to get knowledge using crude petroleum and its distillate products in commercial manufacture of highly demanding petrochemicals.
Course Contents:
Petroleum: Composition, properties and classification of crude oils, oil shale and tar sands. Preparation, structure and properties of cracking and reforming catalysts. Mechanism of cracking and reforming. Effect of operating conditions on cracking and reforming products. Hydroforming and desulphurization of petroleum products.
Petrochemicals:
Ethylene production by thermal cracking from ethane. Propane and naphtha. Petrochemicals from oxidation processes. Production of petrochemicals from halogenation processes. Hydrogenation of benzene, fats, and adiponitrite, nitration of benzene and toluene, sulphonation of benzene and toluene, alkylation of aromatics.
Recommended Books:
1. Hobson, G.D. Modern Petroleum Technology, Part 2, John Wiley and Sons, New York. (1984). 2. Gates, B.C, Katzer, J.R and Schuit, G.C.A. Chemistry of Catalytic Processes, McGraw Hill Book company, London (1979). 3. List, H.L. Petrochemical Technology, Printice-Hall Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. (1986). 4. Goodger, E.M. Hydrocarbon Fuels, Union Brothers Ltd, London. (1975). 5. Maleev, V.L. Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill Book Company London, (1985). 6. Hughes, J.R., and Swindells, N.S. Storage and Handling of Petroleum Liquids, Charless Griffin and Company Ltd, London. (1987). 7. Wiseman, P. An Introduction to Industrial Organic Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, New York (2001).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Title of the Course: CHARACTERIZATION OF FOSSIL FUELS
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
The students will acquire knowledge of the physicochemical and instrumental analysis of fuels
Course Contents:
Physicochemical: Determination and data interpretation using ASTM methods of API Gravity, Flash Point, Pour Point, Analine Point, Distillation behaviors, Octane no. Cetane number and RVP.
Analytical Methods: Analytical methods in the production of analytes and quality assurance of fuels using GC-FID, GC-MS, Calorimetry, Atomic absorption, ICP.
Recommended Books:
1. Ewing, G.W. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw Hill, London. (1985). 2. Chrisition, G.D. Instrumental Analysis, Allyn and Bacon, Inc, Boston, London. (1986). 3. Kagler, S.H. Spectroscopic and Chromatographic Analysis of Mineral Oils, John, Wiley and Sons, New York. (1983). 4. Karr. C. Analytical Methods for Coal and Coal Products, Academic Press, New York. (1978). 5. Harker, J.H. and Backurst, J.R. Fuel and Energy, Academic Press, London and New York (1988). 6. Skooge, D.A.Instrumental Analysis, Sanat Printer, Indian Edition, 2009.
BS 4th Year
Semester: VII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Title of the Course: Lab-I
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 1
Course Objective:
Determination of the electrical conductivity of aviation and distillate fuels, containing static dissipator additives. Determination of the total base number of petroleum products by potentiometric titration. Determination of total salt content in crude petroleum by conductivity method. Determination of the kinematic viscosity of asphalt (bitumen). Determination of heat of combustion
of liquid hydrocarbon fuels. Determination of neutralization number of lubricating oils by potentiometric titration. Determination of the calorific value of coal by bomb calorimeter. Determination of total sulfur in coal by bomb calorimeter. Determination of chlorine in coal by bomb calorimeter. Determination of the distillation behavior of petroleum fractions. Determination of sulfur in petroleum products by bomb calorimeter method. Determination of sulfur in petroleum products by lamp method.
Recommended Books:
1. Speight, J. G Handbook of Petroleum Analysis Wiley-Interscience, (2002) 2. Speight, J. G. Handbook of Coal Analysis. John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, (2005) 3. ASTM, 2000, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, American Society for Testing and Materials, West Consbohockm, PA, USA
th BS 4 Year
Semester-VIII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ORGANOMETALLICS
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about chemistry of organometallics especially with reference to their types and bonding, and reactivity of organometallic compounds in homogeneous catalysis.
Course Contents:
Fundamentals of organometallic compounds, types of bonding in organometallics, single, double and triple bonds to carbon (compound types, acyls, alkylidene complexes and alkylidyne complexes), delocalized hydrocarbon systems (alkenes, olefins, allyl and butadienes), alkyne complexes, cyclic π-complexes (five and six membered rings). Homogeneous catalytic hydrogenation, dimerization, oligomerization, polymerization, hydroformylation of olefins, catalytic polymerization of acetylenes. Insertion reactions and uses of organometallic compounds in organic synthesis.
Recommended Books:
1. Powell, P., Principles of Organometallics Chemistry, 2nd ed., Springer, (1998). 2. Yamamoto A., Organotransition Metal Chemistry: Fundamental Concepts and st Applications, 1 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (1986). 3. Cotton, F. A., Wilkinson, G., Murillo, C. A., Bochmann M., Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, 6th ed., Wiley-Intersceince, New York, (1999). 4. Miessler, G. L., Fisher, P. J. and Tar, D, A., Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, (2013). 5. Douglas, B., McDaniel, D. and Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of rd Inorganic Chemistry, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (1994). 6. Haiduc, I. and Zuckerman, J. J., Basic Organometallic Chemistry, Walter De Gruyter Inc., (1985). 7. Jolly, W. L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill Company, (1991). 8. Porterfield, W. W., Inorganic Chemistry: A Unified Approach, 2nd ed., Academic Press, (1993). 9. Vincet, A., Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory: 2nd ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (2001). 10. Malik, W. U., Tuli, G. D., Madan, R. D., Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry, S. Chand and Co. Ltd., (2010).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: SYMMETRY AND MAGNETOCHEMSITRY
CHEM- Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about magnetic properties from chemistry point of view and group theory.
Course Contents:
Symmetry and Group Theory:
Symmetry and group theory, point groups, multiplication tables, group representation and development of character tables. Introduction to the interpretation of spectra and structure elucidation.
Magnetochemistry:
Theory of magnetism, diamagnetism, paramagnetism, ferro, ferri and antiferromagnetism, magnetic susceptibility, magnetic moments, Faraday’s & Gouy’s methods, effect of temperature on magnetic properties of complexes. Electron spin resonance spectroscopy, Magnetic moment of lanthanides.
Recommended Books:
1. Douglas, B., McDaniel, D., Alexander, J., Concepts and Models of rd Inorganic Chemistry, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons Inc., (1997). 2. Huheey, J. E, Keiter, E. A., Keiter, R. L., Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of th Structure and Reactivity”, 4 ed., Prentice Hall, (1997). 3. Mackay, K. M., Mackay, R. A. and Henderson, W., Introduction to Modern th Inorganic Chemistry, 6 ed., CRC Press, (2002). 4. Miessler, G. L., Fisher, P. J. and Tar, D, A., Inorganic Chemistry, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, (2013).
5. Purcell, K. F., Kotz, J. C., An Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry, W. B. Saunders, Company Holt-Saunders, International ed., (1980). 6. Cotton, F. A., Wilkinson, G., Murillo, C. A., Bochmann, M., Advanced th Inorganic Chemistry, 6 ed., Wiley-Intersceince, New York, (1999). 7. Jolly, W. L., Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill Company, (1991). 8. Carter, R. L., Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, 1st ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, (1997). 9. Orchin, M., Jaffe, H. H., Symmetry, Orbitals, and Spectra, John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, (1971). 10. McWeeny, R., Symmetry: An Introduction to Group Theory and its Applications, Dover Publications, Inc., (2002). 11. Vincet, A., Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, 2nd ed., John Wiley & sons Ltd, (2001).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: RADIO AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about radio and nuclear chemistry and nuclear reactions.
Course Contents:
Fundamentals and applied aspects of radioactivity and nuclear chemistry. types and characteristics of nuclear radiation, structure of nucleus, half-life, nuclear binding energy, and artificial radioactivity, fission and fusion reactions, acceleration of charged particles and applications of radioisotopes.
Recommended Books:
1. Friedlander, G., Kennedy, J. W., Miller, J. M. and Maciuas, E. S., Nuclear and rd Radiochemistry, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (1981). 2. Choppin, G. R., Rydberg, J., Liljenzin, J., Radiochemistry and Nuclear rd Chemistry, 3 ed., Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd., (2002). 3. Arnikar, H. J., Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry, 4th ed., New Age International Pvt. Ltd. Publishers, (1996). 4. Naqvi, I. I. and Farrukh, M. A., Radiotracers in Chemical Applications VDM Verlag Dr. Müller, Germany, (2010). 5. Loveland,W., Morrissey, D. J. and Seaborg, J. T., Modern Nuclear Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,(2006)
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (INORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-II
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 1
Use of organic reagents for the estimation of various metal ions;
1. Synthesis of ferrocene and acetyl ferrocene 2. Synthesis of triaryl phosphines 3. Reduction of anisole by lithium-Birch-reduction. 4. Preparation of ferrocenyl oximes 5. Preparation of Zinc-porphyrin complexes
7. Synthesis of coordination polymers of transition metals.
Recommended Books:
1. Angelici, R. J. (1977). Synthesis and technique in inorganic chemistry, pp. 157- 168 Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Company. 2. Elschenbroich, Ch., & Salzer, A. (1992). Organometallics. VCH Weinheim. 3. Hartley, F. R. (1974). Elements of organometallic Chemistry. London 4. Lucas, C. R., & Walsh, K. A. (1987). Organometallic chemistry of molybdenum. Journal of Chemical Education, 64, 265–266. 5. McNeese, T. J., & Ezbiansky, K. A. (1996). Photochemical preparation and reactivity of cis- Cr(CO)4(CH3CN)2. Journal of Chemical Education, 73, 548– 550. 6. Miessler, G. L., & Spessard, G. O. (1991). Organometallic chemistry – A course designed for sophomore chemistry students. Journal of Chemical Education, 68, 16–18. 7. Rabideau, P. W. (1989). The metal–ammonia reduction of aromatic compounds. 8. Tetrahedron, 45, 1579–1603. 9. Spessard, G. O., & Miessler, G. L. (1996). Organometallic chemistry. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 10. Szafran, Z., Pike, R. M., & Singh, M. M. (1991). Microscale inorganic chemistry. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 11. ZAVIX Holzbecher and other, Hand Book of Organic reagents in Inorganic Analysis Ellis Hurwod Limited, London. (1976) 12. J. Bassett, R. C. Denny, G. H. Jeffery and J. Mendham, Vogel’s Text Book of qualitative Inorganic Analysis, the English Language Book Society and Longman, New York, (2008)
13. James S. Pritz, George H. Sehenk, Quantitative Analysis Chemistry, Alby and Becon Inc. London. (2001) 14. Pass, G., Sutcliffe, H., Practical Inorganic Chemistry: Preparation Reactions and Instrumental Methods, 2nd ed., Chapman and Hall, (1974).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: NATURAL PRODUCTS Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about different types of natural products with emphasis on their structure, synthesis and applications.
Course Contents:
Alkaloids:
Introduction, classification, isolation methods, structure elucidation and discussion with particular reference to structure and synthesis and biosynthesis of typical alkaloids such as ephedrine, nicotine, atropine, quinine, papaverine and morphine.
Terpenoids:
Introduction, classification, isolation techniques and discussion with particular reference to structure and synthesis and biosynthesis of typical terpenoids such as citral, α-terpineol, α-pinene, camphor and α-cadinene.
Steroids:
Study of cholesterol and steroidal hormones with emphasis on their structure and biosynthesis.
Flavonoids:
Introduction and classification of flavonoids, general biosynthetic pathway, synthesis of flavone, flavonol and cyanidin.
Recommended Books:
1. Dewick, P. M., Medicinal Natural Products: A Biosynthetic Approach, 3rd ed., Medicinal Natural Products, John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (2009). 2. Sell, C. S., A Fragrant Introduction to Terpenoid Chemistry, The Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, (2003). 3. De la Rosa, L. A., Parrilla, E. A. and Aguitar, G. A. G., Fruit and Vegetable Phytochemicals: Chemistry, Nutritional Value and Stability, Wiley-Blackwell, (2009). 4. Shahidi, F. and Naczk M., Phenolics in Food and Nutraceuticals, CRC Press, (2004). 5. Oyvind, M. A., and Kenneth, R. M., Flavonoids: Chemistry, Biochemistry and Applications, CRC, Taylor & Francis, New York, (2010). 6. Finar, I. L., Organic Chemistry, Vol. 2, Stereochemistry and the Chemistry of th Natural Products, 5 ed., Pearson Education Ltd., Delhi, (2008). 7. Hesse, M., Alkaloid Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (1981).
8. Bhat, S. V., Nagasampagi, B. A. and Sivakumar, M., Chemistry of Natural Products, Narosa Publishing House, (2005).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
CHEM- Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and understanding to design protocols for synthesis of small to medium sized organic compounds and be able to carry out retrosynthetic analysis, and propose alternative reactions to synthesize a compound.
Course Contents:
Principles and importance of organic synthesis, Introduction to reterosynthesis and disconnection approach, synthesis of aromatic compounds; one and two group carbon C-X disconnections, donor and acceptor synthons, C-C disconnections and 1,2-, 1,3-, 1,4-, 1,5- and 1,6- difunctionalized compounds, synthesis of cyclic compounds (3-6 membered), chemo-, regio- and stereoselectivity.
Synthetic strategies:
Functional group protection: hydroxyl, amino, carbonyl, carboxylic, sulfanyl, C=C, solid phase synthesis, phase-transfer catalysis.
Recommended Books:
1. Warren, S. and Wyatt, P., Workbook for Organic Synthesis: The nd Disconnection Approach, 2 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2010). 2. Fox, M. A. and Whitsell, J. K., Organic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Jones & Bartlett Publishers (1997). 3. Clayden, J., Greeves, N., and Warren, S., Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, New York, (2012). 4. Loudon, M., Organic Chemistry, 5th ed., Roberts Company Publishers, (2009). 5. Smith, J. G., Organic Chemistry, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, (2010). 6. Norman, R. O. C. and Coxon, J. M., Principles of Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed., CRC Press, (1993).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ORGANIC CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and learn about the nature, types and properties of drugs and medicines, and the role of an organic chemist in drug designing and drug discovery.
Course Contents:
Chemistry of biomolecules; introduction to drugs and drug discovery, sources of therapeutic agents, structure activity relationship (SAR), drug-receptor interaction, , drug formulation and its methods, different types of drugs; chemistry and modes of action of some common drugs.
Recommended Books:
1. Paul, M. D., Medicinal Natural Products: A Biosynthetic Approach, 3rd ed., Medicinal Natural Products, John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd, (2009). 2. Wolff, M. E., Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry, 4th ed., Part III, John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2006). 3. Williams, D. A. and Lemke, T. L., Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 6th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, New York, (2008). 4. D. Sriram, P. Vogeeswari, Medicinal Chemistry, 2nd ed., BITS Pilani, Pearson, Publisher: Darling Kindernley, India, (2010). 5. Carins D., Essential of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Pharmaceutical Press, London, (2008)
BS 4th Year
Code: Semester-VIII
Credit Hours: Course Title:
CHEM-
(ORGANIC 1
CHEMISTRY) Lab-II
Course Contents:
Experiments based on isolation of natural products from plants are recommended. These may include isolation of caffeine from tea, isolation of nicotine from tobacco, isolation of carvone from mint, isolation of limonene from orange peels, isolation of piperine from black pepper, etc.
Experiments involving multi-step synthesis may also be included, such as the synthesis of methyl orange.
Literature survey for Laboratory work is to be carried out during the course of studies.
Recommended Books:
1. Clarke, H. T., A Handbook of Organic Analysis-Qualitative and Quantitative, John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2007). 2. Mann, F. G. and Saunders, B. C., Practical Organic Chemistry, 4th ed., Longman, London, (1960). 3. Vogel, A. I., Elementary Practical Organic Chemistry Part 3: Quantitative Organic Analysis, Longman, London, (1987). 4. Furniss, B. S., Hannaford, A. J., Smith, P. W. G. and Tatchell, A. R., Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th ed., National Book Foundation, Islamabad, (2008).
5. Shriner, R. L., Hermann, C. K. F., Morrill, T. C., Curtin, D. Y. and Fuson, R. C., The Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, 7th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (1997). 6. Mendham, J., Denney, R. C., Barnes, J. D. and Thomas, M. J. K., Vogel’s Text Book of Chemical Analysis, Prentice Hall, (2000).
7. Beckett, A. H. and Stenlake, J. B., Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Part II, 4th ed., Continuum International Publishing Group, (1988).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: REACTION DYNAMICS
CHEM- Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge and learning about reaction dynamics and kinetic theories. They will also know about the factors which can influence the rates of reactions under different reaction conditions.
Reaction Dynamics:
Correlation between physical properties and concentration, Kinetics of the complex reactions, reversible, parallel, consecutive bimolecular reactions, Theory of absolute reaction rate, Lindemann’s theory of unimolecular reactions, bimolecular collision theory, transition state theory, comparison of collision and absolute reaction theories, Potential energy surfaces, Thermodynamic formulation of reaction rates, Calculation of entropy and enthalpy changes, Thermal decomposition of nitrogen pentaoxide.
Reactions in solutions:
Influence of ionic strength on the reaction rate, effect of dielectric constant of the medium on the rate of the reaction, single sphere activated complex model, double sphere activated complex model, complex reactions, chain reactions, single chain carrier with second order breaking, one chain carrier with first order breaking, two chain carrier with second order breaking, experimental techniques for fast reactions.
Recommended Books:
1. Espenson, J. H., Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Mechanism 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, London (2002). 2. Connors, K. A., Chemical Kinetics: The Study of Reaction Rates in Solution, VCH Publishers, Inc., (1990). 3. Silbey, R. J., Alberty, R. A. and Bawendi, M. G., Physical Chemistry, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2005). 4. Atkins, P. and Paula, J. D., Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University Press, (2010). 5. Houston, P. L., Chemical Kinetics and Reaction Dynamics, Dover Publications, (2006). 6. Levine, R., Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, (2005). 7. Laidler, K. J., Chemical Kinetics, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, (1987). 8. Frost, A. A., and Pearson, R. G., Reaction Mechanism, 2nd Edition John Wiley and sons, Inc; (1961). 9. Benson, S. W., Foundation of Chemical Kinetics, Krieger Publication Co. (1980).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY) Course Title:
RADIATION AND PHOTOCHEMISTRY Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will learn about the mechanisms of radiation induced chemical changes in molecules, radiation dosimetery and applications of the radiation chemistry. They will also learn about radioactive decays, and how radioisotopes are produced and applied in Mössbauer spectroscopy. Students will be able to understand the principles of fluorescence, phosphorescence and other photochemical processes, and their applications.
Course Contents:
Radiation Chemistry:
Development and advancement in radiation chemistry, radiation dosimetry, Fricke dosimeter, dosimetry in pulse radiolysis, energy states in radiation chemistry, excited states, fragmentation, pre-dissociation, photochemical decay, ions and electrons, radiolysis of gases, liquids, solids, frozen liquids and ions in radiation chemistry, recent application of radiation chemistry.
Photochemistry:
Principles of photochemistry, laws of photochemistry, Einstein’s law of photochemical equivalence, rates of intramolecular processes, chemical reactions and quantum yields with examples, energy transfer in photochemical reaction, quantum yield of emission process radiation and nonradiation process, kinetics and quantum yields of radiative and nonradiative process
(fluorescence, phosphorescence, inter-system crossing, internal conversion, quenching) and Stern-Volmer reactions, photosensitized reactions.
Recommended Books:
1. Spinks, J. W. T. and Woods, R. J., An introduction to Radiation Chemistry, 3rd ed., Wiley Inter Si. Pub., USA, (1990). 2. Aziz, F. and Rodgers, M. A. J., Radiation Chemistry Principles and st Applications, 1 ed., VCH Publishers, Inc., (1987). 3. Choppin, G., Liljenzin, J-O., Rydberg, J., Radiochemistry and Nuclear rd Chemistry, 3 ed., Butterworth-Heinemann, (2002). 4. Mostafavi, M., Douki, T., Radiation Chemistry: From Basic to Applications in Material and Life Sciences, EDP Science, (2008). 5. Dunkin, I., Photochemistry, Vol. 36, RSC Publishing, (2007). 6. Dickson, D. P. E., Berry, F. J., Mossbauer Spectroscopy, Cambridge University Press, (1986). 7. Scaglia, B., The Fundamentals: An Understanding of Photochemistry, Biblio Bazaar, (2011). 8. Konya, J. and Nagy, N. M., Nuclear and Radiochemistry, 1st ed., Elsevier, (2012).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: COLLOID AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the important physical and chemical aspects of nano and colloidal systems and the basics of thermodynamically and kinetically stabilized nanoparticles and colloidal solutions. They will also learn about the surfactant chemistry, characterization methods and applications of nanoparticles and colloidal solutions.
Course Contents:
Colloid and Surface Chemistry:
Colloidal solutions, catalyst preparation methods, industrial catalysts, emulsion, surfactant, nanoscale chemistry, nanomaterials and their applications, dimensional control in nanostructures, macromolecular surface films, charged films and Langmuir- Blodgett layers, characterization methods and applications.
Solid surfaces, surface structures, clean surface structures, gas solid interface, thermodynamics of adsorption, heterogeneous catalysis, kinetic and mechanisms of catalyzed reactions, adsorption at liquid surfaces, chemisorption, physiosorption and dynamics, enzymatic catalysis, organized molecular assemblies, experimental probes for surface and adsorbent
structures, scanning probe techniques, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), electron spectroscopy, and other surface analysis techniques.
Recommended Books:
1. Hunter, R. J., Introduction to Modern Colloid Science, Oxford University Press, Oxford, (1994). 2. Poole, C. P. and Owens, F. J., Introduction to Nanotechnology, 1st ed., Wiley-Interscience, (2003). 3. Klabunde, K. J., Nanoscale Materials in Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2003). 4. Kolunsiki, K. W., Surface Science: Foundations of Catalysis and rd Nanoscience, 3 ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Ltd., (2012). 5. Adamson, A. W. and Gast, A. P., Physical chemistry of Surfaces, 6th ed., Wiley-Interscience, (1997). 6. Atkins, P. and Paula, J. D., Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 8th ed., Oxford University Press, (2006). 7. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2004).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-II Code: CHEM-
1 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
The course will provide basic as well as the advance understandings of experimental methods of kinetics using different interface methods like spectroscopy and polarimetry. The course will also enable the students to understand the effect of operational conditions on reactions and mechanism of surface reactions.
Course Contents:
Sugar analysis and inversion studies by polarimetry.
Study of isotherms and experiments of surface chemistry.
Kinetics of fading of phenolphthalein in alkaline solution.
Study of the effect of pH on the rate constant of the reaction between iodide and persulphate ions.
Study of the salt effect on the rate constant of the reaction between similar charges of ions.
Kinetics of autocatalytic reaction between permanganate and oxalate ions. Determination of energy of activation of the reaction between similar charged ions.
Kinetics of the reaction between methyl orange and peroxodisulphate ions in presence of bromide ions.
Stoichiometry of a complex in solution by Job’s method using spectroscopic methods. Recommended Books:
1. Halpern, A., McBane, G., Experimental Physical Chemistry: A Laboratory rd Textbook, 3 ed., W. H. Freeman, (2006). 2. Palmer, W. G., Experimental Physical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, (2009). 3. Athawale, V. D., and Mathur. P., Experimental Physical Chemistry, New Age International (2001). 4. Farrington, D., Experimental Physical Chemistry, BiblioBazaar, (2011). 5. James, A. M., Prichard, F. E., Practical Physical Chemistry, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall Press, (1974).
BSc 4th Year
Semester-VIII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ORGANIC BASED INDUSTRIES
CHEM Code: 3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge to understand the structure, mechanism, properties and synthesis of various polymers. The course will also provide technical know- how about perfumes and cosmetics and surface coating industries.
Course Contents:
Paper and Pulp:
Raw materials for pulp and paper industries, classification of paper products, chemistry involved in the processing of Kraft pulp, sulphite pulp and semi-chemical pulp, manufacture of paper and regeneration of spent liquor.
Polymers:
General classification and characterization of polymers, mechanism and chemistry of polymerization, thermoplastic and thermosetting polymerization, A brief outline for the production and applications of polymers i.e. polyethylene, polystyrene, polyurethanes, polyesters and urea phenol formaldehyde resins, and production of drug delivery polymers.
Cosmetics and Perfumes:
Chemistry and production of hair products and shampoos, chemistry involved in hair curling and styling products, hair tonics and depilatory products, production of cold cream, vanishing cream, bleach cream and shaving creams, tooth paste and face powders, production of nail polish, lipsticks and mascaras.
Recommended Books:
1. Odian, G., Principles of Polymerization, 4th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2004). 2. Carraher, C. E. Jr., Polymer Chemistry, 6th ed., Marcel Dekker Incorporation, New York, (2003). 3. Roussak, D. V., Gesser, H. D., Applied Chemistry; A Textbook of Engineers and nd Technologists, 2 ed., Springer, (2013). 4. Bajpai, P., Environmentally Friendly Production of Pulp and Paper, John- Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2010). 5. Schueller, R. and Romanowski, P., Beginning Cosmetic Chemistry: Practical Knowledge for the Cosmetic Industry, 3rd ed., Allured Publishing Corporation, (2009). 6. Barel, A. O., Paye, M. and Maibach, H. I., Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology, 3rd ed., Informa Healthcare, (2009).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY) Course Title: INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES
Code: CHEM
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about pharmaceutical industries and nuclear industry as well as about oil refinery and production of various petrochemicals.
Course Contents:
Pharmaceuticals:
Classification of pharmaceutical products and pharmaceutical processing, manufacture of paracetamol and aspirin, chemistry involved in the production and manufacture of various antibiotics such as streptomycin, erythromycin, penicillin etc.
Petroleum and Petrochemicals:
Origin of petroleum, constituents and classification of petroleum, cracking and distillation of various fractions in distillation towers, control of distillation tower in refinery, manufacture of monomers such as acetylene, ethylene, propylene, separation and purification of benzene, toluene and xylene.
Recommended Books:
1. Austin, G. T., Nelson, W. L., Petroleum Refinery Engineering, 4th ed., Aukland. Mcgraw Hill, (1985). 2. Shreve, R. M., George, T. A., Shreve's Chemical Process Industries, 5th ed., McGraw-Hill Book Company Inc., New York, (1984). 3. Kent, J. A., Riegel’s Handbook of Industrial Chemistry, 10h ed., Kluwer Academic/Plenum publishers, (2003). 4. Vermani, O. P., Narula. A. K, Applied Chemistry, Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., New Age International Publisher, India, (1995). 5. D. G. Watson, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Churchill Living Stone, (2007). 6. Cairms, D., Essentials of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Pharmaceutical Press, (2003). 7. Loveland, W. D., Morrisey, D. J, Modern Nuclear Chemistry, Wiley Interscience, (2005). 8. Speight, J. G., The Chemistry and Technology of Petroleum, 3rd ed., Taylor & Francis, (2013). BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: METALLURGY AND EXPLOSIVES
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The course is designed to give sufficient knowledge about iron, steel and its alloys. The course also provides the knowledge about corrosion and its preventions. The course will also give the knowledge about organic Dyes industries, different lubricants used in industrial processes.
Course Contents:
Iron, Steel and Alloys:
Iron ores, constituents and their classification, manufacture of iron and steel, types of iron and steel, metal extractions and production of Alloys.
Explosives and Propellants:
Raw materials, manufacture of industrial explosives and propellants, types of explosives and their safety measures, chemistry involved in production of military explosives.
Nuclear Materials:
Extraction of uranium from rocks, importance of nuclear technology, nuclear energy and its peaceful applications, production of nuclear energy and control of nuclear reactors, chemistry of fission and fusion reactions, reprocessing of nuclear spent fuel, industrial application of nuclear radiations.
Recommended Books:
1. Akhawan, J., The Chemistry of Explosives, 2nd ed., Royal Chemical Society, (2004). 2. Campball, F. C., Elements of Metallurgy and Engineering Alloys, ASM. International, (2008). 3. Davis, T. L., The Chemistry of Powder and Explosives, Angriff Press, (2012).
4. Reddy, L. K., Principles of Engineering Metallurgy, 2nd ed., New Age Publishers, (2009). 5. Loveland, W., Morrissey, D. J. and Seaborg, G. T., Modern Nuclear Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2006). 6. Choppin, G., Liijenzin, J-O. and Rydberg, J., Radiochemistry and Nuclear rd Chemistry, 3 ed., Butterworth-Heinemann, (2002). 7. Vermani, O. P, Narula, A. K, Applied Chemistry, Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., New Age Publishing House,India, (1995). 8. Balsaral, V. M, Applied Chemistry, I.K. International House Pvt. Ltd., India, (2009) BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (APPLIED CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-II Code: CHEM-
1 Credit Hours:
Course Contents:
Analysis of Lithium in industrial effluents, barium in ores, potassium in soil samples.
Spectrophotometry:
Iron in pharmaceuticals, chromium in steel, phosphate in fertilizers.
Preparations:
Calcium gluconate, detergents, cosmetics and vanishing creams. Analysis of Steel and Industrial Alloys. Purification and analysis of waste lubricating oils. Evaluation of edible and industrial oils. Determination of acid value. Saponification value and Iodine value. Extraction and characterization of essential oils from fragment plants. Preparation and characterization of Nylon. Analysis of effluent form industrial wastes. Recovery of chromium from tannery effluents. Preparation of Shaving creams. To determine the percentage of available chlorine in the supplied sample of bleaching powder. To determine the iron contents in the given iron ore solution by using external indicator.
Recommended Books:
1. Roger’s Industrial Chemistry. Von Norstand Co. N. Y. 2. Reigel’s Handbook of industrial chemistry. Von Norstand Reeinhold Co. N. Y.
3. Chemical Process Industries by Shreve and Dum. McGraw Hill. 4. An introduction to industrial organic chemistry by Wiseman. App. Sci. Publ. 5. Practical chemistry by O.P. Pandey , D.N. Bajpai, S. and S. Giri (S. Chand & Company limited, Ramnagar, New Delhi-110055. 6. Concise Engineering Chemistry, Neetu Goel and Sanjay Kumar, AITBS Publisher and distributor (Krishan Nagar, Delhi.).
7. Chemical Engineering series, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. ISBNO-07-112 721-6 Vogels Text book of Inorganic analysis 4th edition revised by J. Bassett. ELBS William Clowes Limited Beccles and London. 8. Vogel’s Textbook of Qantitative chemical analysis 6th edition., J.Mendham, RC Denney, JD Barnes, MJK Thmas. The School of Chemical and Life Sciences University of Greenwich London.
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: LUMINESCENCE SPECTROSCOPY AND THERMAL ANALYSIS
Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about the theoretical and instrumental aspects of luminescence spectroscopy and thermal techniques of analysis in addition to learning about their applications.
Course Contents:
Luminescence Spectrophotometry:
Introduction, origin of fluorescence and phosphorescence spectra, Jablonski diagram, activation, deactivation, fluorescence spectrum, fluorescent and phosphorescent species; photoluminescence and structure, factors affecting fluorescence and phosphorescence, fluorescence quenching, quantum yield, instrumentation for fluorescence measurement, sources, wavelength selectors, sampling, detectors, read out devices, instrumentation for phosphorescence measurement, sampling, recording procedure, applications of fluorescence and phosphorescence.
Thermal Methods of Analysis:
Introduction, instrumentation, sources of errors, interpretation of data, Factors affecting curve, applications of TGA, DTA and DSC.
Recommended Books:
1. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry. 6th ed., John-Wiley & Sons, New York, (2006). 2. Harris, D. C., Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 8th ed., W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, (2011). 3. Braun, R. D., Introduction to Chemical Analysis, International Student Edition, (1985). 4. Haines, P. J., Whitby, On Canada Mcgraw Hill Ltd., Thermal Methods of Analysis st Principles, Applications and Problems, 1 ed., Springer, (1995). 5. Lakowicz, J. R., Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy, 3rd ed., Springer (2006).
6. Gabbot, P., Principles & Applications of Thermal Analysis, Wiley-Blackwell, (2007). 7. Brown, M. E., Introduction to Thermal Analysis: Techniques and nd Applications, 2 ed., Kluwer Academic Publishers, (2001). 8. Skoog, D. A., West, D. M. and Holler, F. J. and Crouch, S. R., Fundamentals th of Analytical Chemistry, 8 ed., (Int.), Cengage Learning, (2004). 9. Burgess, C. and Jones, D. G., Spectrophotometry, Luminescence and Colour; Science and Compliance, Vol. 6, Elsevier Science, (1995).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: NUCLEAR ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about different nuclear analytical techniques with special emphasis on the theoretical, instrumental and applications
Course Contents:
Radiotracer techniques, choice of radiotracers, factors affecting choice of radiotracers, isotope dilution analysis (IDA), principle and equation, instrumentation, applications, advantages and limitations, sub-stoichiometric isotope dilution analysis (SIDA), activation analysis (AA), principle of NAA, neutron sources, interferences, sensitivity and detection limits, classification, instrumentation, applications, advantages and limitations, comparison of NAA and IDA with other methods, radiometric titrations (RT), procedure, advantages and limitations, radio chromatography and radioimmunoassay.
Recommended Books:
1. Friedlander, G., Kennedy, J. W., Macias, E. S. and Miller. M. J., Nuclear and rd Radiochemistry, 3 ed., Wiley, New York, (1981). 2. Arnikan, H. J., Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry, 4th ed., New Age International Pvt. Ltd.(1995) 3. Harvey, B. G., Nuclear Physics and Chemistry, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall Inc., (1969). 4. Naqvi, I. I., Farrukh, M. A, Radiotracers in Chemical Applications: Radiochemistry, VDM Verlog Dr. Muller, (2010).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: FOOD AND DRUG ANALYSIS
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about sample preparation, derivations and analysis of different types of foods, pharmaceuticals and forensics.
Course Contents:
Food Products:
Introduction to food analysis, sampling of food, general methods of analysis. Analysis of milk, butter, wheat flour, meat, beverages, tea, coca, honey and soft drinks.
Pharmaceuticals:
Classification of drugs, tests for analysis of different pharmaceuticals, introduction to US and British pharmacopeia.
Forensics:
History and scope of Forensic Science, Forensic Ethics, Forensic Toxicology. Classification and analysis of narcotics & dangerous drugs, examination of crime scene evidences, fingerprinting, skeletal material to provide scientific opinion for legal.
Recommended Books:
1. Skoog, D. A., West, D. M. and Holler, F. J., Fundamentals of Analytical th Chemistry, 7 ed., Saunders College Publishing, (1995). 2. Christian, G. D., Analytical Chemistry, John-Wiley & Sons, Inc., 6th ed., (2004). 3. Eckert, W. G., Introduction to Forensic Science, 2nd ed., CRC Press, (1997). th 4. Nielsen, S. S., Food Analysis, 4 ed., Springer, (2010). 5. Thomas, G., Medicinal Chemistry: An Introduction, 2nd ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2007). 6. Kobilinsky, L. F., Forensic Chemistry Handbook, 1st ed., John-Wiley & Sons, USA, (2012). 7. Watson, D. G., Pharmaceutical Analysis: A Textbook for Pharmacy Students and Pharmaceutical Chemists, Elsevier, (2012). 8. Stuart H. Barbara, “Forensic Analytical Techniques”, 1st ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2013). 9. Jackson, A. R. W. and Jackson, J. M., Forensic Science, 2nd ed., Pearson Education, (2008).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY) Course Title: Lab-II
CHEM- Code:
1 Credit Hours:
Course Contents:
Determination of fat content in milk.
Quantification of Proteins.
Determination of cholesterol in food.
Quantification of reducing sugars and total sugars.
Water analysis for drinking purpose.
Determination of caffeine.
Determination of heavy metals in food items.
Determination of citric acid in juices.
Determination of ascorbic acid in fruit juices.
Evaluation of Rancidity of edible oil [Acid value].
Evaluation of Iodine value of edible oils.
Evaluation of Ester value of edible oils.
Determination of Aflatoxin in grains.
Extraction of DNA from Saliva, Cheek cells and blood.
Detection of Saliva by α-amylase activity.
Finger print analysis by AgNO3, iodine vapour method.
Spot test/TLC of arsons and explosive (i.e. picric acid, nitrobenzenes and nitro- toluene)
Calibration and validation of HPLC system as per requirements of British or US pharmacopoeia.
Analysis of the binary mixture of pharmaceutical dosage by HPLC and statistical evaluation of data (RSD, CV, precision, accuracy, LOD, LOQ, resolution, Tailing factor).
Recommended Books: th 1. Latimer, Jr., G. W., AOAC Official Methods of Analysis, 19 ed., (2012). 2. Ranganna, S., Handbook of Analysis & Quality Control for Fruits & nd Vegetables, 2 ed., TATA McGraw-Hill Education, (1986). 3. Stuart H. Barbara, “Forensic Analytical Techniques”, 1st ed., John-Wiley & Sons, (2013).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (BIOCHEMISTRY)
Course Title: MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGGY
CHEM- Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course Objectives:
Students will learn about fundamentals of microbiology and immunology as well as the related disorders such as microbial borne infectious diseases, allergy, inflammation, and hypertension and their control.
Course Contents:
Fundamentals of Microbiology:
Prokaryotic cell structure and function, Prokaryotic growth and nutrition, prokaryotic genetics. Virus and eukaryotic microorganisms, virus, bacteria, fungi and parasites. Bacterial diseases, airborne, foodborne and waterborne bacterial diseases. Industrial microbiology and biotechnology, microorganism in industry, alcoholic beverages, other important microbial products.
Immunology:
Chemistry of immunoglobulins, myeloma and hybridoma immunoglobulins, immune system and its abnormalities, allergy and inflammation, complement system, Peripheral leucocytes and macrophages, Type I lgE-mediated hypersensitivity, other types of hypersensitivity autoimmune disorders, immunodeficiency disorders.
Recommended Books:
1. Nester, E., Nester, M., Anderson, D. and Roberts, C. E. Tr., Microbiology: A th Human Perspective, 7 ed., McGraw-Hill, (2011). 2. Duan, T., Melvold, R., Viselli, S. and Waltenbaugh, C., Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews, Immunology, 2nd ed., Lippincott William & Wilkins, (2012). 3. Harvey, R. A., Cornelissen, C. N. and Fischer, B. D., Lippincott’s Illustrated rd Reviews: Microbiology, 3 ed., Lippincott William & Wilkins, (2012). 4. Wiley, J. M., Sherwood, L. M. and Woolnerton, C. J., Prescott’s th Microbiology, 7 ed., McGraw-Hill Education, (2011). 5. Male, D., Brostoff, J., Roth, D. B. and Roitt, I. M., Immunology, 8th ed., Elsevier, (2012).
t h BS 4 Year
S e m e s t e r - VIII (BIOCHEMISTRY) BIONANOTECHNOLOG Course Title: Y
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The aim of the course is to acquire knowledge about bionanotechnology in general and its potential applications in particular. Bionanotechnology aims to exploit attributes of new materials like biosensors for medical applications. Understanding of the structure and assembly of nanoparticles opens some exciting possibilities to construct artificial structures in applied nanotechnology, which will mimic the functions of the biological systems.
Course Contents:
Introduction to nanoparticles, overview of nanoscale materials, effect of length scale on properties, introduction to bionanotechnology, bionanotechnology systems, protein based nanostructures, nanobiosensors, challenges and opportunities associated with biology on the nanoscale, green nanoparticle production, self-assembly and templating, surface patterning and functionalization, characterization techniques of nanostructures.
Recommended Books:
1. Ratner, M.A. and Ratner, D., Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Prentice Hall Professional, upper saddle river, New Jersey (2003). 2. Goodsell, D.S., Bionanotechnology: Lessons from Nature, Wiley-Liss, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey (2004). 3. Papazoglou, E. S., Bionanotechnology, Morgan & Claypool Publishers, California, USA (2007). 4. Renugopalakrishnan V., Lewis, R. V., Bionanotechnology: Proteins to Nanodevices, Springer (2006). 5. Iqbal, S., Bionanosensors, Morgan & Claypool Publishers, California USA (2008). 6. Kotov, N. A., Nanoparticle Assemblies and Superstructures, CRC press, USA (2006). 7. Dinh, T.V., Nanotechnology in Biology and Medicine: Methods, Devices and Application CRC press, USA (2007). 8. Kumar, C., Nanomaterials for Biosensors, Wiley-VCH, Germany (2007). 9. Niemeyer, C.M., and Mirkin, C.A., Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications and Perspectives, Wiley-VCH, Germany(2004).
t h BS 4 Year
S e m e s t e r - VIII (BIOCHEMISTRY) NUTRITIONAL Course Title: CHEMISTRY
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
Students will acquire knowledge about dietary components; energy needs based nutritional requirements of different age groups as well as the importance of minerals and vitamins.
Course Contents:
Major Dietary Constituents:
Nutritional importance of carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids, lipids, and dietary fiber.
Energy Needs:
Assessment and requirement of energy in different age groups nutrition in growth and aging, nutritional requirement during infancy and childhood, diet, nutrition and adolescence, nutrition in the elderly minerals, biochemical role of Calcium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Iodine, Magnesium, Phosphorous, Selenium and Zinc, their dietary source daily requirements and deficiency diseases.
Vitamins:
Role of vitamins as coenzymes structure, physiological functions, deficiency diseases and recommended dietary allowances of the following vitamins, fat soluble vitamins: A, D, E, and K, water soluble vitamins: Thiamine, Riboflavin, Niacin, Pantothenic acid, Folic acid, Blotin and Ascorbic acid.
Recommended Text Books:
1. Wilson, K. and Walker, J., Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry, 5th ed., Cambridge University Press, (2000) 2. Belitz, H. D., Grosch, W. and Schieberle, P., Food Chemistry, 4th ed., Springer-Verlag Berlin, Germany, (2009). 3. Spallholz, J. E., Boylan, L. M. and Driskell, J. A., Nutrition: Chemistry & nd Biology, 2 ed., CRC Press Inc., USA, (1999). 4. Ross, A. C., Caballero, B., Cousins, R. J., Tucker, K. L. and Ziegler, T. R., Modern Nutrition in Health and Disease, 11th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (2012). 5. McDowell, L. R., Vitamins in Animal and Human Nutrition, 2nd ed., Iowa State University Press, (2000). 6. Zempleni, J., Rucker, R. B., McCormick, D. B. and Suttie, J. W., Handbook of Vitamins, 4th ed., CRC Press, (2007).
7. Nelson, D. L. and Cox, M. M., Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 6th ed., W. H. Freeman, (2012).
t h BS 4 Year
S e m e s t e r - VIII (BIOCHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-II
Code: CHEM-
Credit Hours: 1
Course Contents:
+1 Estimation of Na ions in blood. +1 Estimation of K ions in blood.
Determination of blood group of the patient.
Determination of serum aldolase in heart patient
Determination of protease activity of bacterial enzymes
Enzyme purification by ion-exchange chromatography
Synthesis of silver nanoparticles by using plant extracts
Synthesis of nanoparticles and study of surface plasmon response by UV-Visible Spectrophotometry
Recommended Text Books:
Sawhney, S. K. and Sing, R. Introductory Practical Biochemistry, 2nd ed., Narosa publishing House, New Delhi, (2005).
Gosling, J. P. and Basso, L., Imunoassay: Laboratory Analysis and Clinical st Application, 1 ed., CRC Press, (1994).
Cameron, A. T. and White, F. D., A Course in Practical Biochemistry, J. and A.
Churchill Limited, (2005).
Shankara, Y. M. S., Practical Biochemistry, Jaypee Brothers Medical Pub., (2008).
BS 4th year
Semester-VIII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: CHEMISTRY OF COAL CONVERSION PROCESSES-II
Course Code: CHEM- Credit Hours: 3
Course Objectives:
The students will acquire knowledge about the coal conversion processes like solvent extraction, hydrogenation, and importance of catalysis in such reactions, product up gradation and analysis and environmental problems relating to synthetic fuels obtained from coal.
Course Contents:
Liquefaction of Coal
Historical Developments: Historical developments of coal liquefaction, earlier coal liquefaction processes; (a) Pott and Broch Process (b) Bergius process.
Solvent Extraction: Solvent extraction of coal, some experiments on solvent extraction, mechanism of solvent extraction, types of solvent extraction, solvent systems, super critical gas extraction, commercial processes of solvent extraction like SRC-I, SRC-II, EDS, Super critical gas extraction.
Direct Liquefaction: Direct liquefaction of coal through catalytic hydrogenation, mechanism, catalysts’ system, catalyst poisoning, catalytic role of coal minerals, commercial processes of catalytic hydrogenation like H-coal and Synthoil process.
Indirect Liquefaction: Indirect liquefaction through Fischer Tropsch synthesis, methanol synthesis and MTG (Methanol to Gasoline ) processes.
Effect of Parameters: Effect of coal properties, catalyst and solvent on liquefaction behaviour of coal, effect of coal properties like rank, maceral components and mineral matter on liquefaction, effect of operating condition like temperature, pressure, residence time, solvent, catalyst, etc.
Processing of Coal Liquids: Purification of liquefaction products, solid-separation, fractionation, upgrading and characterization of coal derived liquids, properties of coal derived liquids.
Liquefaction Reactor: Description of high pressure coal liquefaction reactor and auxiliary devices, ebulated bed reactor, fluidization.
Environmental Aspects: Environmental consideration, aerial emissions, water effluents, solid waste disposal.
Recommended Books:
1. Wen, C. Y. and Stanley, E. Coal Conversion Technology. Addison-Wesley, New York. (1979). 2. Probstein, R. F and Hicks, R. E. Synthetic Fuels. McGraw Hill, New York. (1982). 3. Francis, W. Fuels and Fuel Technology. Pergamon Press, London (1980). 4. Merick, D. Coal Combustion and Conversion Technology. McMillan Ltd., London (1984). 5. Berkowitz, N. The chemistry of Coal. Elsevier Amsterdam (1985).
BS 4th year
Semester-VIII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: PETROLEUM AND PETROCHEMICALS-II
CHEM- Course Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course objectives:
The students will acquire knowledge about the modern thermodynamics and combustion of hydrocarbons fuels. The students will also be able to learn about the safe storage and transportation of hydrocarbons fuels.
Course Contents:
Thermo chemistry and Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels: Basic thermodynamics principles, standard enthalpy of formation, standard enthalpy of reaction, enthalpy of combustion products, mechanism of combustion of gaseous and liquid hydrocarbon, theory of flame propagation, method of measuring flame speed, fuel performances in reciprocating piston engines, environmental pollution from hydrocarbon fuel utilization.
Storage and Handling of Hydrocarbon Fuels: Various types of storage tanks, different methods of transportation of crude and refined petroleum products. Health hazards associated with petroleum handling, volatility losses, fire hazards and its prevention. Extinguishing of oil fire methods.
Recommended Books:
1. Hobson, G. D. Modern Petroleum Technology. Part 2, John Wiley and Sons, New York. (1984). 2. Gates, B. C, Katzer, J. R, and Schuit, G. C. A. Chemistry of Catalytic Processes.. McGraw Hill Book company, London (1979). 3. List, H. L. Petrochemical Technology. Printice-Hall Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. (1986). 4. Goodger, E. M. Hydrocarbon Fuels. Union Brothers Ltd, London. (1975). 5. Maleev, V. L. Internal Combustion Engines. McGraw Hill Book Company London, (1985).
6. Hughes, J.R., and Swindells, N. S. Storage and Handling of Petroleum Liquids. Charless Griffin and Company Ltd, London (1987).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: ALTERNATE ENERGY RESOURCES
CHEM- Course Code:
3 Credit Hours:
Course objectives:
This course will enable students to know about the challenging sources of alternate sources of energy. The students will also be able to learn about the safe uses of natural resources.
Course Contents:
Biomass Resources: Biomass conversion processes, bio gas technology. Various traditional methods of alcohol production. Alcohols and its uses as alternative fuel.
Biofuels: Production of Bio-ethanol and biodiesel, uses of bioethanol as supplement with petroleum gasoline as E10 and E20 etc
Hydrogen: Hydrogen production, storage, handling and its uses as alternative fuel. Fuel cells: Fuel Cells and its application,
Solar Energy: Photovoltaic power conversion & solar energy collectors.
Nuclear fuels: Nuclear fuels processing, fission and fusion, nuclear reactors.
Hydel Energy: introduction to Hydel energy. Prospecting of hydel powers in Pakistan.
Recommended Books:
1. Gyngell, E. bS. Applied Chemistry for Engineers. Edward Arnold Publisher, Ltd. London. (1989). 2. Harker, J.b . and Backurst, J.R. Fuel and Energy. Academic Press, London and New York (1988). 3. Goodger E. M. Alternative fuels (chemical energy resources). The Macmillan press Ltd, London, (1980). 4. Twidell, J. and Weir, T. Renewable Energy Resources. John Wiley and Sons, London, New York, (1986).
BS 4th Year
Semester-VIII (FUEL CHEMISTRY)
Course Title: Lab-II
Course Code: CHEM
Credit Hours: 1
Course Contents:
Determination of ash in petroleum products.
Determination of calcium and barium in lube-oil.
Determination of the acidity and alkalinity of greases.
Determination of mercaptane sulfur in motor fuels, kerosene, and similar petroleum products.
Determination of total solids in used engine oils.
Determination of total sediments in residual fuel oils.
Determination of total sulfur in coal and coke by Eschka mixture method.
Determination of chlorine in coal by Eschka mixture method. Cleaning of coal using gravity separation and froth flotation method. Determination of aniline point, diesel index and approximate Cetane number of diesel fuel.
Recommended Books:
1. Speight, J. G Handbook of Petroleum Analysis Wiley-Interscience, (2002) 2. Speight, J. G. Handbook of Coal Analysis. John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey, (2005) 3. ASTM, 2000, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, American Society for Testing and Materials, West Consbohockm, PA, USA
MS/MPhil Chemistry
SCHEME OF STUDIES
MS/MPhil Two Years Program
Year 1 (Two Semesters): Course Work
Year 2 (Two Semesters): Research Work
Course Work
Course Code and Title Credit Hours
Semester – I
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
Total 12
Semester – II
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
CHEM- 3
Total 12
Research Work
Semester – III & IV
Research, Thesis and Defence*
Total 6
Total Credit Hours: 30
*Institutions may increase the credit hours of research work as per their requirement
PROPOSED COURSES:
Institutions shall have to offer courses of 24 credit hours out of the following list. New courses may also be designed according to the expertise available.
GENERAL COURSES (CHEM-701-705)
Chemical Education
Research Methodologies
Computational Chemistry
Statistical Data Handling and Mathematics
Assessment in Higher Education
Forensic Chemistry
COURSES OF INORGANIC/ANALYTICAL CHEMSITRY (CHEM-711-25)
Advanced Spectroscopic Techniques
Advanced Chromatographic Techniques
Bioanalytical Chemistry
Solid State Chemistry
Chemistry of Organometallics
Metal-based drugs
Nanochemistry
Green Chemistry Techniques
Thermal Analysis
Validation of Analytical Methods.
Nuclear medicine.
Food, pharmaceutical and Forensic analysis.
Advanced Electroanalytical Techniques
Inorganic Material Chemistry
Characterization of Natural Antioxidants and Essential Oils
COURSES OF ORGANIC CHEMSITRY (CHEM-726-40)
Natural ProductsChemistry
Synthetic Applications of Named Reactions
Advanced Spectroscopy
Advanced Heterocyclic Chemistry
Organic Polymer Chemistry
Pharmaceutical Chemistry
SupramolecularChemistry
Phytochemical Techniques
Modern Trends in Asymmetric Synthesis
Advanced Stereochemistry
PericyclicChemistry
Organic Compoundscontaining S, P & Si
Dyes and Pigments
Physical Organic Chemistry
COURSES OF PHYSICAL CHEMSITRY (CHEM-741-55)
Polymers and Advanced Composite Materials
Advanced Quantum Chemistry
Advanced Photochemistry and Radiation Chemistry
Advanced Electrochemistry
Surface Chemistry
Advanced Statistical Thermodynamics
Biophysical Chemistry
Chemistry of Atmosphere
Advanced Solid State Chemistry and Characterization Techniques
Advanced Reactions Dynamics
Nanomaterials
Magnetic Spin Dynamics
Applied Nuclear Chemistry
COURSES OF BIOCHEMISTRY (CHEM-756-770)
Enzymes Kinetics
Drug-Protein and Drug-DNA Interaction
Cell Signaling
Bioassays
Bioinformatics
Biosensors
Radio-immuno Assay
PCR and ELISA Techniques
NutraceuticalsTissue Culture Techniques
Cell Biology
Biotransformations
Industrial Microbiology
Clinical Biochemistry
COURSES OF APPLIED CHEMSITRY (CHEM-771-785) Environmental Impact of Chemical Industries Nanomaterials and their applications Chemistry of Dyes and Pigments
Pharmaceutical Chemistry
Advanced Polymer Chemistry
Agrochemicals
Physical Structure of Porous Materials
Industrial Process Chemistry
Advances in Petrochemical Industries
Coal Gasification and Liquefaction Alternative Fuels
Nuclear Fuel Processing and waste management Alternative Energy Sources
Note: Any other course according to the availability of facilities, expertise in the institution may be offered.
Annexure “A”
COMPULSORY COURSES IN ENGLISH FOR BS
(4 YEAR) IN BASIC & SOCIAL SCIENCES
English I (Functional English)
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
Course Contents:
Basics of Grammar
Parts of speech and use of articles
Sentence structure, active and passive voice
Practice in unified sentence
Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure
Transitive and intransitive verbs
Punctuation and spelling
Comprehension
Answers to questions on a given text
Discussion
General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view the level of students)
Listening
To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Paragraph writing
Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
Presentation skills
Introduction
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
1. Functional English
a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing 1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension 1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
d) Speaking
English II (Communication Skills)
Objectives: Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.
Course Contents
Paragraph writing
Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph
Essay writing
Introduction
CV and job application
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Study skills
Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension
Academic skills
Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet
Presentation skills
Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review
Recommended Books:
Communication Skills
a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.
b) Writing 1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53 (note taking). 2. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing).
c) Reading 1. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0. 2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan 3. Study Skills by Riachard York.
English III (Technical Writing and
Presentation Skills)
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
Course Contents
Presentation skills
Essay writing
Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing
How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency)
Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended Books:
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing).
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004. th 3. Patterns of College Writing (4 edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press.
b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois University. General Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).
Annexure “B”
Pakistan Studies (Compulsory)
Introduction/Objectives:
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan. Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline:
1. Historical Perspective a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c. People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and geo-physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 onward 3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Ethnicity d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Recommended Books:
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980. 2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000. 3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994. 5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of Public Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad.
Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: 8. WmDawson & sons Ltd, 1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: 10. National Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998.
Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 11. 1967.
Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on 12. Historical and Cultural Research, 1976.
Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987. 13. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad:
National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993. 14.
Annexure “C”
ISLAMIC STUDIES
(Compulsory)
Objectives:
This course is aimed at:
1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies 2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization 3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships 4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.
Detail of Courses:
Introduction to Quran Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran 2) History of Quran 3) Uloom-ul -Quran
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith (Verse No-284-286) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18) 3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11) 4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77) 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (Verse No-152-154)
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58.) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment 3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood) 2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina 2) Important Events of Life of Holy Prophet in Madina 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction To Sunnah
1) Basic Concepts of Hadith 2) History of Hadith 3) Kinds of Hadith 4) Uloom –ul-Hadith 5) Sunnah & Hadith 6) Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction
to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
C 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law 5) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization 2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization 3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization 4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science
1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science 2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science 3) Quran & Science
Islamic Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics 3) Islamic Concept of Riba 4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam
Islamic History
1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida 2) Period of Ummayyads 3) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam 2) Elements of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islam
Reference Books:
1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad
2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State” 3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam 4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,” 5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan. 6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993) 7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982)
8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989) 9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)
Annexure “D”
Note: One course will be selected from the following six courses of Mathematics.
COMPULSORY MATHEMATICS
COURSES FOR BS (4 YEAR)
(FOR STUDENTS NOT MAJORING IN
MATHEMATICS)
1. MATHEMATICS I (ALGEBRA)
Prerequisite(s): Mathematics at secondary level
Credit Hours: 3 + 0
Specific Objectives of the Course: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of algebra to apply the concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines.
Course Outline:
Preliminaries: Real-number system, complex numbers, introduction to sets, set operations, functions, types of functions.
Matrices: Introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule.
Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations, cube roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficients of quadratic equations.
Sequences and Series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression.
Binomial Theorem: Introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices.
Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities.
Recommended Books:
Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, 1978, Houghton & Mifflin,
Boston (suggested text)
Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1987, PWS-Kent Company, Boston Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry (6th edition), 1986, PWS-Kent Company, Boston
2. MATHEMATICS II (CALCULUS)
Prerequisite(s): Mathematics I (Algebra)
Credit Hours: 3 + 0
Specific Objectives of the Course: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of calculus to apply the concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines.
Course Outline:
Preliminaries: Real-number line, functions and their graphs, solution of equations involving absolute values, inequalities.
Limits and Continuity: Limit of a function, left-hand and right-hand limits, continuity, continuous functions.
Derivatives and their Applications: Differentiable functions, differentiation of polynomial, rational and transcendental functions, derivatives.
Integration and Definite Integrals: Techniques of evaluating indefinite integrals, integration by substitution, integration by parts, change of variables in indefinite integrals.
Recommended Books:
Anton H, Bevens I, Davis S, Calculus: A New Horizon (8th edition), 2005, John Wiley, New York
Stewart J, Calculus (3rd edition), 1995, Brooks/Cole (suggested text) Swokowski EW, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 1983, PWS-Kent Company, Boston
Thomas GB, Finney AR, Calculus (11th edition), 2005, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Ma, USA
3. MATHEMATICS III (GEOMETRY)
Prerequisite(s): Mathematics II (Calculus)
Credit Hours: 3 + 0
Specific Objectives of the Course: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of geometry to apply the concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines.
Course Outline:
Geometry in Two Dimensions: Cartesian-coördinate mesh, slope of a line, equation of a line, parallel and perpendicular lines, various forms of equation of a line, intersection of two lines, angle between two lines, distance between two points, distance between a point and a line.
Circle: Equation of a circle, circles determined by various conditions, intersection of lines and circles, locus of a point in various conditions.
Conic Sections: Parabola, ellipse, hyperbola, the general-second-degree equation
Recommended Books:
Abraham S, Analytic Geometry, Scott, Freshman and Company, 1969 Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1987, PWS-Kent Company, Boston
Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry (6th edition), 1986, PWS-Kent Company, Boston
4. COURSE FOR NON-MATHEMATICS MAJORS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
Title of subject: MATHEMATICS
Discipline : BS (Social Sciences).
Pre-requisites : SSC (Matric) level Mathematics
Credit Hours : 03+00 Minimum Contact Hours : 40
Assessment : written examination;
Effective : 2008 and onward
Aims : To give the basic knowledge of Mathematics and prepare the students not majoring in mathematics.
Objectives : After completion of this course the student should be able to:
Understand the use of the essential tools of basic mathematics;
Apply the concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines; Model the effects non-isothermal problems through different domains;
Contents:
1. Algebra : Preliminaries: Real and complex numbers, Introduction to sets, set operations, functions, types of functions. Matrices: Introduction to matrices, types of matrices, inverse of matrices, determinants, system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule. Quadratic equations: Solution of quadratic equations, nature of roots of quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations. Sequence and Series: Arithmetic, geometric and harmonic progressions. Permutation and combinations: Introduction to permutation and combinations, Binomial Theorem: Introduction to binomial theorem. Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities. Graphs: Graph of straight line, circle and trigonometric functions.
2. Statistics : Introduction: Meaning and definition of statistics, relationship of statistics with social science, characteristics of statistics, limitations of statistics and main division of statistics. Frequency distribution: Organisation of data, array, ungrouped and grouped data, types of frequency series, individual, discrete and continuous series, tally sheet method, graphic presentation of the frequency distribution, bar frequency diagram histogram, frequency polygon, cumulative frequency curve. Measures of central tendency: Mean medium and modes, quartiles, deciles and percentiles. Measures of dispersion: Range, inter quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation, variance, moments, skewness and kurtosis. Recommended Books:
1. Swokowski. E. W., ‘Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry’, Latest Edition.
2. Kaufmann. J. E., ‘College Algebra and Trigonometry’, PWS-Kent Company, Boston, Latest Edition. 3. Walpole, R. E., ‘Introduction of Statistics’, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition. 4. Wilcox, R. R., ‘Statistics for The Social Sciences’,
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Specific Objectives:
This course helps students to understand the basic concepts of statistics, its nature, scope and importance with special focus on its use in social sciences.
Unit 1. What is Statistics?
Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises.
Unit 2. Presentation of Data
Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Histogram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises.
Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises.
Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion
Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.
Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions.
Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises
Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions
Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and non- probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises.
Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing
Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises.
Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for small and large samples, Exercises
Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises
Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes
Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises.
Unit 11. Regression and Correlation
Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples
Recommended Books:
1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York. 2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar, Faisalabad.
Note: General Courses from other Departments
Detail of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.
CURRICULUM OF PHYSICS
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN BS PHYSICS PROGRAM SCHEME OF STUDIES From 2017- Onward
Duration: 4 Years (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 139
1st Year
Semester-I Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. ENG 101 Compulsory English-I 3 +0 MATH 131 Compulsory Calculus-I 3 +0 COMP 301 Compulsory Introduction to Computing 3 +0 PHYS 101 Core course Mechanics 4 +1 IR101 GOF Introduction to International 3 +0 Relation Total 17
Semester-II Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. ENG 102 Compulsory English-II 3 +0 MATH 132 Compulsory Calculus-II 3 +0 PHYS 102 Core course Electricity & Magnetism 4 +1 PHYS 103 Core course Heat & Thermodynamics 3 +0 CHEM 161 GRF Organic Chemistry 3 +0 Total 17
2nd Year
Semester-III Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. ENG 201 Compulsory English-III 3 +0 MATH 133 GRF Linear Algebra 3 +0 PHYS 203 Core course Waves & Oscillations 3 +1 PHYS 204 Core course Modern Physics 3 +0 ARAB 101 GOF Arabic 3 +0 SOC 101 GOF Sociology 3+0 Total 19
Semester-IV Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. ISL 101 Compulsory Islamic Studies 2 +0 ENG 202 Compulsory English IV 3 +0 MATH 134 GRF Differential Equations 3 +0 STAT 111 GRF Probability & Statistics 3 +0 PHYS 205 Core course Optics 3 +1 CHEM 171 GRF Physical Chemistry 3 +0 Total 18
3rd Year
Semester-V Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. PHYS 351 Major Compulsory Mathematical Methods of 3 +0 Physics-I PHYS 321 Major Compulsory ELECTRO MAGNETIC THEORY- 3 +0 I PHYS 311 Major Compulsory Classical Mechanics 3 +0 PHYS 391 Major Compulsory Electronics-I 3 +2 PAKS 101 Compulsory Pakistan Studies 2 +0 Total 16
Semester-VI Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. PHYS 352 Major Compulsory Mathematical 3 +0 Methods of Physics II PHYS 331 Major Compulsory Quantum Mechanics-I 3 +0 PHYS 322 Major Compulsory ELECTRO MAGNETIC 3 +0 THEORY-II PHYS 392 Major Compulsory Electronics-II 3 +2 PHYS 361 Major Compulsory Statistical Physics 3 +0 Total 17
BS PHYSICS PROGRAM
From 2017- Onward
4th Year
Semester-VII Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. PHYS 432 Major Compulsory Quantum Mechanics-II 3 +0 PHYS 433 Major Compulsory Atomic & Molecular Physics 3 +0 PHYS 441 Major Compulsory Solid State Physics-I 3 +0 PHYS 404 Elective Digital Electronics 3 +0 PHYS 493 Major Compulsory Nuclear Physics 3 +2 Total 17
Semester-VIII Course code Category Title Cr. Hrs. PHYS 452 Elective Laser 3 +0 PHYS 454 Elective Particle Physics 3 +0 PHYS 500 Major Compulsory Research Project 3 +0 PHYS 442 Major Compulsory Solid State Physics-II 3 +0 PHYS 455 Elective Environmental Physics 3+0 PHYS 401 Elective Computational Physics 3+0 Total 18
GOF = General Subjects from Faculties other than Sciences GRF = General Subjects from Science Faculty Note:This scheme of study is According to HEC 2013
MECHANICS PHYS 101 Credit Hours: Four (4)
Objectives: The main objective of this course is to understand the different motions of objects on a macroscopic scale and to develop simple mathematical formalisms to analyze such motions. This is a calculus-based introductory course with maximum emphasis on applying the acquired knowledge to solving problems. Basic Concepts: Units and Dimensions, SI Units, Changing Units, Scalars and Vectors, Adding Vectors: Graphical as well as Component Method, Multiplying Vectors: Dot and Cross Products. Motion in One, Two and Three Dimensions: Position & Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration, Motion under Constant Acceleration, Projectile Motion, Uniform Circular Motion, Relative Velocity and Acceleration in One and Two Dimensions, Inertial and Non-Inertial Reference Frames. Newton’s Laws: Newton’s Laws of Motion and their Applications involving some particular forces including Weight, Normal Force, Tension, Friction, and Centripetal Force, Newton’s Law of Gravitation, Gravitational Potential Energy, Escape Velocity, Kepler’s Laws, Satellite Orbits & Energy. Work and Kinetic Energy: Work done by Constant and Variable Forces: Gravitational and Spring Forces, Power, Conservative and Non-conservative Forces, Work and Potential Energy, Isolated Systems and Conservation of Mechanical Energy, Work Done by External Forces including Friction and Conservation of Energy. System of Particles: Motion of a System of Particles and Extended Rigid Bodies, Center of Mass and Newton’s Laws for a System of Particles, Linear Momentum, Impulse, Momentum & Kinetic Energy in One and Two Dimensional Elastic and Inelastic Collisions. Rotational Motion: Rotation about a Fixed Axis, Angular Position, Angular Displacement, Angular Velocity and Angular Acceleration, Rotation under Constant Angular Acceleration, relationship between Linear and Angular Variables, Rotational Inertia, Parallel-axis Theorem, Torque and Newton’s Law for Rotation, Work and Rotational Kinetic Energy, Power, Rolling Motion, Angular Momentum for a single Particle and a System of Particles, Conservation of Angular Momentum, Precession of a Gyroscope, Static 19 Equilibrium involving Forces and Torques, Determination of moment of inertia of various shapes i.e. for disc, bar and solid sphere. Angular Momentum: Angular Velocity, Conservation of angular momentum, effects of Torque and its relation with angular momentum. Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM): Amplitude, Phase, Angular Frequency, Velocity and Acceleration in SHM, Linear and Angular Simple Harmonic Oscillators, Energy in SHM, Simple Pendulum, Physical Pendulum, SHM and Uniform Circular Motion, Damped Harmonic Oscillator. Special Theory of Relativity: Inertial and non-inertial frame, Postulates of Relativity, The Lorentz Transformation, Derivation, Assumptions on which inverse transformation is derived, Consequences of Lorentz transformation, Relativity of time, Relativity of length, Relativity of mass, Transformation of velocity, variation of mass with velocity, mass energy relation and its importance, relativistic momentum and Relativistic energy, (Lorentz invariants) E2=c2 p2+m2oc 4 Recommended Books: 1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, “Fundamentals of Physics”, John Wiley & Sons, 9th ed. 2010. 2. R. A. Serway and J. W. Jewett, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”, Golden Sunburst Series, 8th ed. 2010. 3. R. A. Freedman, H. D. Young, and A. L. Ford (Sears and Zeemansky), “University Physics with Modern Physics”, Addison-Wesley-Longman, 13th International ed. 2010. 4. F. J Keller, W. E. Gettys and M. J. Skove, “Physics: Classical and Modern, McGraw Hill. 2nd ed. 1992. 5. D. C. Giancoli, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers, with Modern Physics”, Addison-Wesley, 4th ed. 2008.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM PHYS 102 Credit Hours: Four (4)
Pre-requisite: Mechanics, Calculus I Co-requisite: Calculus II Objectives: The main objective of this course is to understand the Physics of Electromagnetism and to develop simple mathematical formalisms to analyze the electromagnetic fields and interactions. This is a calculus-based introductory course with maximum emphasis on applying the acquired knowledge to solving problems. 20 Electrostatics: Electric Charge, Conductors and Insulators, Coulomb’s Law, Electric Fields due to a Point Charge and an Electric Dipole, Electric Field due to a Charge Distribution, Electric Dipole in an Electric Field, Electric Flux, Gauss’ Law and its Applications in Planar, Spherical and Cylindrical Symmetry. Electric Potential: Equipotential Surfaces, Potential due to a Point Charge and a Group of Point Charges, Potential due to an Electric Dipole, Potential due to a Charge Distribution, Relation between Electric Field and , Electric Potential Energy. Capacitors and Capacitance: Parallel Plate, Cylindrical and Spherical capacitors, Capacitors in Series and Parallel, Energy Stored in an Electric Field, Dielectrics and Gauss’ Law (1 week). DC Circuits: Electric Current and Current Density, Resistance and Resistivity, Ohm’s Law, Power in Electric Circuits, Semiconductors and Superconductors, Work, Energy, and EMF, Resistances in Series and Parallel, Single and Multi-loop Circuits, Kirchhoff’s Rules, RC Circuits, Charging and Discharging of a Capacitor. Magnetic Field and Magnetic Force: Crossed Electric and Magnetic Fields and their Applications, Hall Effect, Magnetic Force on a Current Carrying Wire, Torque on a Current Loop, Magnetic Dipole Moment, Magnetic Field Due to a Current, Force between two Parallel Currents, Ampere’s Law, Biot- Savart Law: Magnetic Field due to a Current, Long Straight Wire carrying Current, Solenoids and Toroids, A current-carrying Coil as a Magnetic Dipole, Inductance, Faraday’s Law of Induction, Lenz’s Law, Induction and Energy Transfers, Induced Electric Fields, Inductors and Inductances, Self Inductance, RL Circuits, Energy Stored in a Magnetic Field, Energy Density, Mutual Induction. Alternating Fields and Currents: LC Oscillations, Damped Oscillations in an RLC circuit, Alternating Currents, Forced Oscillations, Resistive, Capacitive, and Inductive Loads, RLC series Circuit, Power in AC Circuits, Transformers, Gauss’ Law for Magnetism, Induced Magnetic Fields, Displacement Current, Spin & Orbital Magnetic Dipole Moment, Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism, Ferromagnetism, Hysteresis. Recommended Text Books1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, “Fundamentals of Physics”, John Wiley & Sons, 9th ed. 2010. 2. R. A. Serway and J. W. Jewett, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”, Golden Sunburst Series, 8th ed. 2010. 3. R. A. Freedman, H. D. Young, and A. L. Ford (Sears and Zeemansky), “University Physics with Modern Physics”, Addison-Wesley-Longman, 13th International ed. 2010. 21 4. F. J Keller, W. E. Gettys and M. J. Skove, “Physics: Classical and Modern, McGraw Hill. 2nd ed. 1992. 5. D. C. Giancoli, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers, with Modern Physics”, Addison-Wesley, 4th ed. 2008.
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS PHYS 103 Credit Hours: Three (3) Pre-requisites: Mechanics Co-requisites: Calculus-II Credit Hours: Four (4) Objective(s): To understand the fundamentals of heat and thermodynamics. Basic Concepts and Definitions in Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic system, Surrounding and Boundaries. Type of systems. Macroscopic and microscopic description of system. Properties and state of the substance: Extensive and Intensive properties, Equilibrium, Mechanical and Thermal Equilibrium. Processes and Cycles: Isothermal, Isobaric and Isochoric. Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics, Consequence of Zeroth law of Thermodynamics. The state of the system at Equilibrium. Heat and Temperature: Temperature, Kinetic theory of ideal gas, Work done on an ideal gas, Review of previous concepts. Internal energy of an ideal gas: Equipartition of Energy, Intermolecular forces, Qualitative discussion, The Virial expansion, The Van der Waals equation of state. Thermodynamics: First law of thermodynamics and its applications to adiabatic, isothermal, cyclic and free expansion. Reversible and irreversible processes. Second law of thermodynamics, Carnot theorem and Carnot engine. Heat engine, Refrigerators. Calculation of efficiency of heat engines. Thermodynamic temperature scale: Absolute zero, Entropy, Entropy in reversible process, Entropy in irreversible process. Entropy and Second law of thermodynamics, Entropy and Probability. Thermodynamic Functions: Thermodynamic functions (Internal energy, Enthalpy, Gibb’s functions, Entropy, Helmholtz functions), Maxwell’s relations, TdS equations, Energy equations and their applications. Low Temperature Physics, Joule-Thomson effect and its equations. Thermoelectricity: Thermocouple, Seabeck’s effect, Peltier’s effect, Thomson effect. Introduction to Statistical Mechanics: Statistical distribution and mean values, Mean free path and microscopic calculations of mean free path. Distribution of Molecular Speeds, Distribution of Energies, Maxwell distribution, Maxwell Boltzmann energy distribution, Internal energy of an ideal gas, Brownian Motion Legvaian equation, Qualitative description. 22 Recommended Books: 1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and K. Krane, “Physics”, John Wiley, 5th ed. 2002. 2. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, “Fundamentals of Physics”, John Wiley, 9th ed. 2010. 3. M. W. Zemansky, “Heat and Thermodynamics”, Mc Graw Hill, 7th ed. 1997. 4. M. Sprackling, “Thermal Physics” McMillan 1991. 5. B. N. Roy, “Principle of Modern Thermodynamics”, Institute of Physics, London 1995.
WAVES AND OSCILLATIONS PHYS 203 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Mechanics, Calculus II Credit Hours: Three (3) Objective(s): To develop a unified mathematical theory of oscillations and waves in physical systems. Simple and Damped Simple Harmonic Oscillation: Mass-Spring System, Simple Harmonic Oscillator Equation, Complex Number Notation, LC Circuit, Simple Pendulum, Quality Factor, LCR Circuit. Forced Damped Harmonic Oscillation: Steady-State Behavior, Driven LCR Circuit, Transient Oscillator Response, Resonance. Coupled Oscillations: Two Spring-Coupled Masses, Two Coupled LC Circuits, Three Spring Coupled Masses, Normal Modes, Atomic and Lattice Vibrations. Transverse Waves: Transverse Standing Waves, Normal Modes, General Time Evolution of a Uniform String, Phase velocity, Group Velocity. Longitudinal Waves: Spring Coupled Masses, Sound Waves in an Elastic Solid, Sound Waves in an Ideal Gas. Traveling Waves: Standing Waves in a Finite Continuous Medium, Traveling Waves in an Infinite Continuous Medium, Energy Conservation, Transmission Lines, Reflection and Transmission at Boundaries, Electromagnetic Waves. Wave Pulses: Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms, Bandwidth, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle. 23 Multi-Dimensional Waves: Plane Waves, Three-Dimensional Wave Equation, Laws of Geometric Optics, Waveguides, Cylindrical Waves. Interference and Diffraction of Waves: Double-Slit Interference, Single-Slit Diffraction. Recommended Books: 1. J. Pain, “The Physics of Vibrations and Waves”, John Wiley, 6th ed. 2005. 2. P. French, “Vibrations and Waves”, CBS Publishers (2003). 3. F. S. Crawford, Jr., “Waves and Oscillations”, Berkeley Physics Course, Vol. 3, McGraw-Hill, 1968. 4. A. Hirose, and K. E. Lonngren, “Introduction to Wave Phenomena”, Krieger Publications, 2003.
MODERN PHYSICS PHYS 204 Credit Hours: Four (3)
Pre-requisites: Mechanics, Electricity and Magnetism Objective(s): To understand the non-classical aspects of Physics, the emphasis is on the applications of Quantum Physics in microscopic-scale Physics, atomic and molecular structure and processes. Motivation for Non--Classical Physics: Quantum interference, blackbody radiation and ultraviolet catastrophe, Planck's quantization. Wace-Particle Duality: Photoelectric effect, Compton effect, production and properties of X-rays, diffraction of X-rays, concept of matter waves, de Broglie relationship, electrons are waves, electron diffraction, particulate nature of matter, contributions of Faraday (atoms exist), Thomson (electron exists), Rutherford (nucleus exists) and Bohr (quantization of energies inside an atom), wave packets and wave groups, dispersion, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, direct confirmation of quantization through Franck-Hertz experiment and spectroscopy, working of electron microscopes. Quantum Mechanics in One Dimension: The concept of a wavefunction, time independent Schrodinger equation and interpretation of the equation, solving the Schrodinger equation for a free particle, for a particle inside an infinite box, relationship between confinement and quantization, working of a CCD camera. Quantum Mechanical Tunneling: Concept of tunneling, reflection and transmission of wave functions from barriers, applications: radioactivity, scanning tunneling microscope, decay of black holes. 24 Quantum Mechanics in Three Dimensions: The Hydrogen atom, orbitals, angular momentum and its quantization, orbital magnetism, Zeeman effect, concept of spin, Pauli’s exclusion principle, Building of the periodic table, magnetic resonance and MRI, why is iron magnetic? White dwarfs, and neutron stars. From Atoms to Molecules and Solids: Ionic bonds, covalent bonds, hydrogen bonds, molecular orbitals, how crystals are different from amorphous solids? Why and how do metals conduct electricity? Bands in solids, semiconductors, introduction to LED's and lasers, introducing grapheme. Nuclear Structure: Size and structure of nucleus, nuclear forces, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, radiocarbon dating. Recommended Books: 1. R.A. Serway, C.J. Moses and C.A. Moyer, “Modern Physics”, Brooks Cole, 3rd ed. 2004. 2. Paul A. Tipler and Ralph A. Llewellyn, “Modern Physics”, W H Freeman and Company 6th ed. 2012. 3. Arthur Beiser, “Concepts of Modern Physics”, McGraw-Hill, 6th ed. 2002. 4. R. M. Eisberg and R. Resnick, “Quantum Physics of Atoms, molecules, Solids, Nuclei and Particles”, John Wiley, 2nd ed. 2002.
OPTICS PHYS 205 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-Requisites: Waves and Oscillations Objective(s): To understand the optical phenomena and their uses in physical systems Propagation of Light & Image Formation: Huygens’ Principle, Fermat’s Principle, Laws of Reflection and Refraction, Refraction at a Spherical Surface, Thin Lenses, Newtonian Equation for a Thin Lens. Matrix Methods in Paraxial Optics: Ray Transfer Matrices, Thick Lens, Significance of System Matrix Elements, Cardinal Points of an Optical System with examples, Optical Instruments including Simple Magnifiers, Telescopes and Microscopes, Chromatic and Monochromatic Aberrations, Spherical Aberrations, Coma, Distortion, Stops, Pupils, Windows. Superposition & Interference: Standing Waves, Beats, Phase and Group Velocities, Two-Beam and Multiple-Beam Interference, Thin Dielectric Films, 25 Michelson and Fabry-Perot Interferometers, Resolving Power, Free-Spectral Range. Polarization: Jones Matrices, Production of Polarized Light, Dichroism, Brewster’s Law, Birefringence, Double Refraction. Fraunhofer Diffraction: from a Single Slit, Rectangular and Circular Apertures, Double Slit, Many Slits, Diffraction Grating, Dispersion, Resolving Power Blazed Gratings. Fresnel Diffraction: Zone Plates, Rectangular Apertures, Cornu’s Spiral Coherence & Holography: Temporal Coherence, Spatial Coherence, Holography of a Point object and an Extended Object Laser Basics: Stimulated Emission, Population Inversion, Resonators, Threshold and Gain, Multi-layered Dielectric Films. Recommended Books: 1. F. Pedrotti, L. S. Pedrotti and L. M. Pedrotti, “Introduction to Optics”, Pearson Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 2007. 2. E. Hecht and A. Ganesan, “Optics”, Dorling Kindersley, 4th ed. 2008. 3. M. V. Klein and T. E. Furtak, “Optics”, John Wiley, 2nd ed. 1986. 4. K. K Sharam, “Optics: Principles and Applications”, Academic Press, 2006.5. C. A. Bennett, “Principles of Physical Optics”, John Wiley, 2008. MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS-I PHYS 351 Credit Hours: (Three) 3
Pre-requisite: Mechanics, Differential Equations, Linear Algebra Objective(s): To develop the mathematical background of student in vectors, tensors, matrices and some of their uses in the world of physics, to give basic understanding of group theory and complex variables used in physics. Partial Differential Equations: Introduction to important PDEs in Physics (wave equation, diffusion equation, Poisson’s equation, Schrodinger’s equation), general form of solution, general and particular solutions (first order, inhomogeneous, second order), characteristics and existence of solutions, uniqueness of solutions, separation of variables in Cartesian coordinates, superposition of separated solutions, separation of variables in curvilinear coordinates, integral transform methods, Green’s functions 26 Complex Analysis: Review (polar form of complex numbers and de Moivre’s theorem, complex logarithms and powers), functions of a complex variable, Cauchy-Riemann conditions, power series in a complex variable and analytic continuation with examples, multi-valued functions and branch cuts, singularities and zeroes of complex functions, complex integration, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, Laurent series and residues, residue integration theorem, definite integrals using contour integration. Recommended Books: 1. G. Arfken, H. J. Weber, and F. E. Harris, “Mathematical Methods for Physicists”, Academic Press, 7th ed. 2012. 2. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson, S. J. Bence, “Mathematical Methods for Physicists”, Cambridge University Press, 2006. 3. E. Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley, 8th ed. 1999.
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY-I PHYS-321 Pre-requisites: Electricity and Magnetism, Calculus-II Credit Hours: Three (3) Review of Calculus: vector algebra and calculus, Cartesian coordinates spherical coordinates. (1 week). The Dirac Delta Function: Review of vector calculus using example of Dirac Delta function, the divergence of r/r2, the one-dimensional and the threedimensional Dirac delta functions. The theory of vector fields: the Helmoholtz theorem, potentials. Electrostatics: The electric field: introduction, Coulomb’s law, the electric field, continuous charge distributions. Divergence and curl of electrostatic fields: field lines, flux and Gauss’s law, the divergence of E, applications of Gauss’s law, the curl of E. Electric potential: introduction to potential, comments on potential, Poisson’s equation and Laplace’s equation, the potential of a localized charge distribution, summary, electrostatics boundary conditions, Work and energy in electrostatics: the work done to move a charge, the energy of a point charge distribution, the energy of a continuous charge distribution, comments on electrostatic energy. Conductors: basic properties, induced charges, surface charge and the force on a conductor, capacitors. Special Techniques: Laplace’s equation: introduction, Laplace’s equation in one, two and three dimensions, boundary conditions and uniqueness theorems, conductors and second uniqueness theorems. 27 The Method of Images: The classic image problem, induced surface charge, force and energy, other image problems. Multi-pole Expansion: Approximate potential at large, the monopole and dipole terms, origin of coordinates in multi-pole, expansions, the electric field of a dipole. Electric Fields in Matter: Polarization: dielectrics, induced dipoles, alignment of polar molecules, polarization. The field of a polarized object: bound charges, physical interpretation of bound charges, and the field inside a dielectric. The electric displacement: Gauss’s law in the presence of dielectrics, a deceptive parallel, boundary conditions. Linear Dielectrics: susceptibility, permittivity, dielectric constant, boundary value problems with linear dielectrics, energy in dielectric systems, forces on dielectrics. Magnetostatics: The Lorentz Force law: magnetic fields, magnetic forces, currents. The Biot-Savart Law: steady currents, the magnetic field of a steady current. The divergence and curl of B: straight-line currents, the divergence and curl of B, applications of Ampere’s law, comparison of magnetostatics and electrostatics. Magnetic Vector Potential: the vector potential, summary, magnetic boundary conditions, multi-pole expansion of the vector potential. Magnetic Fields in Matter: Magnetization, diamagnets, paramagnets, ferromagnets, torques and forces on magnetic dipoles, effect of a magnetic field on atomic orbits, magnetization. The Field of a Magnetized Object: bound currents, physical interpretation of bound currents, and the magnetic field inside matter. The auxiliary field H: Ampere’s law in magnetized materials, a deceptive parallel, boundary conditions. Linear and nonlinear media: magnetic susceptibility and permeability, ferromagnetism. Recommended Books: 1. D. J. Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”, Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 1999. 2. M. N. O. Sadiku, ”Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, 5th ed. 2009. 3. F. Melia, “Electrodynamics”, University of Chicago Press, 2001. 4. Hearld J and W. Muller-Kristen, “Electrodynamics”, World Scientific Publishing, 2nd ed. 2011.
CLASSICAL MECHANICS PHYS 311 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Mechanics Credit Hours: Three (3) Review of Newtonian Mechanics: Frame of reference, orthogonal transformations, angular velocity and angular acceleration, Newton’s laws of motion, Galilean transformation, conservation laws, systems of particles, motion under a constant force, motions under variable force, time-varying mass system. The Lagrange Formulation of Mechanics and Hamilton Dynamics: Generalized co-ordinates and constraints, D’Alembert’s principle and Lagrange’s Equations, Hamilton’s principle, integrals of motion, non conservative system and generalized potential, Lagrange’s multiplier method, the Hamiltonian of a dynamical system, canonical equations, canonical transformations, Poisson brackets, phase space and Liouville’s theorem. Central Force Motion: The two-body problem, effective potential and classification of orbits, Kepler’s laws, stability of circular orbits, hyperbolic orbits and Rutherford scattering, center of mass co-ordinate system, scattering cross-sections. Motion in Non-inertial Systems: Accelerated translational co-ordinate system, dynamics in rotating co-ordinate system, motion of a particle near the surface of the earth. The Motion of Rigid Bodies: The Euler angles, rotational kinetic energy and angular momentum, the inertia tensor, Euler equations of motion, motion of a torque-free symmetrical top, stability of rotational motion. Recommended Books: 1. T. L. Chow, “Classical Mechanics”, John Wiley, 1995. 2. T. Kibble and F. Berkshire, “Classical Mechanics”, World Scientific, 5th ed. 2004.
ELECTRONICS-I PHYS 391 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Modern Physics The Semiconductor Diode: Metals, insulators and semiconductors, Conduction in Silicon and Germanium, The forbidden energy gap, n and p type semiconductors, the junction diode, diode voltage-current equation, Zener diodes, light emitting diodes, photodiodes, capacitance effects in the pn junction. 29 The Diode as Rectifier and Switch: The ideal diode model, the half wave rectifier, the full wave rectifier, the bridge rectifier, measurement of ripple factor in the rectifier circuit, the capacitor filter, the Π filter, the Π-R filter, the voltage doubling rectifier circuit, rectifying AC voltmeters, diode wave clippers, diode clampers. Circuit Theory and Analysis: Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Model for circuit, one port and two-port network, Hybrid parameter equivalent circuit, Power in decibels. The Junction Transistor as an Amplifier: Transistor voltage and current designations, the junction transistors, the volt-ampere curve of a transistor, the current amplification factors, the load line and Q point, the basic transistor amplifiers, the common emitter amplifier, the trans-conductance gm, performance of a CE amplifier, relation between Ai and Av, the CB amplifier, the CC amplifier, comparison of amplifier performance. DC Bias for the Transistor: Choice of Q point, variation of Q point, fixed transistor bias, the four resistor bias circuit, design of a voltage feedback bias circuit, Common emitter, common collector, common base biasing. Field Effect Transistor: What is /field effect transistor, JFET: Static characteristics of JFET, Metal oxide semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET of IGFET): enhancement and depletion mode, FET biasingtechniques, Common drain, common source and common gate, fixed bias and self-bias configurations, Universal JFET bias curve, Darlington pair. Operational Amplifiers: The integrated amplifier, the differential amplifier, common mode rejection ratio, the operational amplifier, summing operation, integration operation, comparator, milli-voltmeter. Recommended Books: 1. Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 8th ed., 2009. 2. B. Grob, “Basic Electronics”, McGraw-Hill, Tch ed. 1997. 3. B. Streetman and S. Banerjee “Solid State Electronics Devices”, Prentice Hall, 6th ed. 2005. 4. A. Bar-lev, “Semiconductor and Electronics Devices”, Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 1993. 5. D. H. Navon and B. Hilbert, “Semiconductor Micro-devices and Materials”, CBS College Publishing, 1986. 6. A. P. Malvino, “Electronic Principles”, McGraw-Hill, 7th ed. 2006. 7. R. T. Paynter, “Introductory Electric Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 1998. 30
MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS-II PHYS 352 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisite: Mathematical Methods of Physics-I Objective(s): To give the understanding of Differential equations and their uses in Physics, Introduction to special functions, Fourier Series, Fourier Transforms, Solution of Boundary value problems and their uses. Group Theory and Representations for finite groups: Transformations, groups definitions and examples, subgroups and Cayley’s theorem, cosets and Lagrange’s theorem, conjugate classes, invariant subgroups, factor groups, homomorphism, direct products, mappings, linear operators, matrix representations, similarity transformation and equivalent matrix representations, group representations, equivalent representations and characters, construction of representations and addition of representations, invariance of functions and operators, unitary spaces and Hermitian matrices, operators: adjoint, self-adjoint, unitary, Hilbert space, reducibility of representations, Schur’s lemmas, orthogonality relations, group algebra, expansion of functions in basis of irreducible representations, Kronecker product, symmetrized and anti-symmetrized representations, adjoint and complex-conjugate representations, real representations, Clebsch-Gordan series and coefficients, applications of these ideas to classification of spectral terms, perturbation theory and coupled systems Tensor Analysis: Vector calculus (differentiation, integration, space curves, multi-variable vectors, surfaces, scalar and vector fields, gradient, divergence and curl, cylindrical and spherical corrdinates, general curvilinear coordinates), change of basis, Cartesian tensor as a geometrical object, order/rank of a tensor, tensor algebra, quotient law, pseudotensors, Kronecker delta and Levi cevita, dual tensors, physical applications, integral theorems for tensors, non-Cartesian tensors, general coordinate transformations and tensors, relative tensors, Christoffel symbols, covariant differentiation, vector operators in tensor form, absolute derivatives along curves, geodesics. Recommended Books: 1. G. Arfken, H. J. Weber, and F. E. Harris, “Mathematical Methods for Physicists”, Academic Press, 7th ed. 2012. 2. E. Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley, 8th ed. 1999. 3. M. Hamermesh, “Group Theory and its Applications to Physical Problems”, Dover Publications 1989. 31
QUANTUM MECHANICS-I PHYS 331 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Modern Physics Waves and Particles: Introduction to the fundamental ideas of quantum mechanics: Electromagnetic waves and photon, material particles and matter waves, quantum description of a particle, wave packets, particle in a time-independent scalar potential, order of magnitude of the wavelength associated with material particles, constraints imposed by uncertainty relations, one-dimensional Gaussian wave packet: Spreading of the wave packet, stationary states of a particle in one-dimensional square potential, behavior of a wave packet at a potential step The Mathematical Tools of Quantum Mechanics: One-particle wave function space, state space, Dirac notation, representations in the state space, observable, representations, review of some useful properties of linear operators, unitary operators, study of the and representations, some general properties of two observable, Q and P, whose commutator is equal to iħ, the two-dimensional infinite well The Postulates of Quantum Mechanics: Statement of the postulates and their physical interpretation, the physical implications of the Schrodinger equation, the superposition principle, particle in an infinite potential well, study of the probability current in some special case, root-mean-square deviations of two conjugate observables, the density and evolution operators, Schrodinger and Heisenberg pictures, Gauge invariance, bound states of a particle in a potential well of arbitrary shape, unbound states of a particle in the presence of a potential well or barrier of arbitrary shape, quantum properties of a particle in a one-dimensional periodic structure Application of The Postulates to Simple Cases: Spin ½ And Two-Level Quantum Systems: Spin ½ particles, quantization of the angular momentum, illustration of the postulates in the case of a spin ½, general study of two level systems, Pauli matrices, diagonalization of a 2×2 hermitian matrix, System of two spin ½ particles, Spin ½ density matrix, Spin ½ particle in a static magnetic field and a rotating field, Magnetic resonance The One-Dimensional Harmonic Oscillator: Importance of the harmonic oscillator in physics, eigenvalues and eigenstates of the Hamiltonian, mean value and root-mean-square deviations of X and P in state ǀ , Some examples of harmonic oscillators, study of the stationary states in the representation, Hermite polynomials, solving the Eigenvalues of the harmonic oscillators by the polynomial method, study of the stationary states in the representation, isotropic three-dimensional harmonic oscillator, charged harmonic oscillator placed in a uniform electric field, coherent states, Normal 32 vibrational modes of coupled harmonic oscillators, vibrational modes of an infinite linear chain of coupled harmonic oscillators, phonons, onedimensional harmonic oscillator in thermodynamics equilibrium at a temperature T General Properties of Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics: concept of angular momentum in quantum mechanics, commutation relations, application to orbital angular momentum, spherical harmonics, rotation operators, rotation of diatomic molecules, angular momentum of stationary states of a two-dimensional harmonic oscillator, charged particle in a magnetic field and Landau levels Particle in a Central Potential: The Hydrogen atom, Stationary states of a particle in a central potential, motion of the center of mass and relative motion for a system of two interacting particles, Hydrogen atom, Hydrogenlike systems, A solvable example of a central potential: the isotropic threedimensional harmonic oscillator, probability currents associated with the stationary states of the hydrogen atom, The hydrogen atom placed in a uniform magnetic field, para-magnetism and diamagnetism, Zeeman effect, study of some atomic orbitals, vibrational-rotational levels of diatomic molecules. Recommended Books: 1. D.J. Griffiths, "Introduction to Quantum Mechanics", Addison-Wesley, 2nd ed. 2004.R. Liboff, "Introductory Quantum Mechanics", Addison-Wesley, 4 ed. 2002. 2. N. Zettili, "Quantum Mechanics: Concepts and Applications", John Wiley, 2nd ed. 2009.
Electrodynamics II 3 Cr.hr PHYS 322 Pre-requisites: Electrodynamics I Plane Electromagnetic Waves and Wave Propagation. Plane Waves in a Non-conducting Medium, Linear and Circular Polarization; Stokes Parameters, Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves at a Plane Interface Between Two Dielectrics, Polarization by Reflection, Total Internal Reflection; Goos-Hanchen Effect, Frequency Dispersion Characteristics of Dielectrics, Conductors, and Plasmas, Simplified Model of Propagation in the Ionosphere and Magnetosphere, Magnetohydrodynamic Waves, Superposition of Waves in One Dimension; Group Velocity , Illustration of the Spreading of a Pulse As It Propagates in Dispersive Medium, Causality in the Connection Between D and E; Kramers-Kronig Relations, Arrival of a Signal After Propagation Through a Dispersive Medium, Waveguides, Resonant Cavities, and Optical Fibers: Fields at the Surface of and Within a Conductor, Cylindrical Cavities and Waveguides, Waveguides, Modes in a Rectangular Waveguide, Energy Flow and Attenuation in Waveguides, Perturbation of Boundary Conditions, Resonant Cavities, Power Losses in a Cavity; Q of a Cavity, Earth and Ionosphere as a Resonant Cavity: Schumann Resonances, Multimode Propagation in Optical Fibers, Modes in Dielectric Waveguides, Expansion in Normal Modes; Fields Generated by a Localized Source in a Hollow Metallic Guide, Radiating Systems, Multi-pole Fields and Radiation: Fields and Radiation of a Localized Oscillating Source, Electric Dipole Fields and Radiation, Magnetic Dipole and Electric Quadrupole Fields, Center-Fed Linear Antenna, Multi-pole Expansion for Localized Source or Aperture in Waveguide, Spherical Wave Solutions of the Scalar Wave Equation, Multipole Expansion of the Electromagnetic Fields, Properties of Multi-pole Fields, Energy and Angular Momentum of Multi-pole Radiation, Angular Distribution of Multi-pole Radiation, Sources of Multi-pole Radiation; Multi-pole Moments, Multi-pole Radiation in Atoms and Nuclei, Multi-pole Radiation from a Linear, Center-Fed Antenna 444. Scattering and Diffraction: Scattering at Long Wavelengths, Perturbation Theory of Scattering, Rayleigh's Explanation of the Blue Sky, Scattering by Gases and Liquids, Attenuation in Optical Fibers, Spherical Wave Expansion of a Vector Plane Wave, Scattering of Electromagnetic Waves by a Sphere, Scalar Diffraction Theory, Vector Equivalents of the Kirchhoff Integral, Vectorial Diffraction Theory, Babinet's Principle of Complementary Screens, Diffraction by a Circular Aperture; Remarks on Small Apertures, Scattering in the Short- Wavelength Limit, Optical Theorem and Related Matters. 79 Special Theory of Relativity: The Situation Before 1900, Einstein's Two Postulates, Some Recent Experiments, Lorentz Transformations and Basic Kinematic Results of Special Relativity, Addition of Velocities; 4-Velocity, Relativistic Momentum and Energy of a Particle, Mathematical Properties of the Space-Time of Special Relativity Matrix Representation of Lorentz Transformations, Infinitesimal Generators, Thomas Precession, Invariance of Electric Charge; Covariance of Electrodynamics, Transformation of Electromagnetic Fields, Relativistic Equation of Motion for Spin in Uniform or Slowly Varying External Fields Note on Notation and Units in Relativistic Kinematics, Dynamics of Relativistic Particles and Electromagnetic Fields: Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for a Relativistic Charged Particle in External Electromagnetic Fields, Motion in a Uniform, Static Magnetic Field, Motion in Combined, Uniform, Static Electric and Magnetic Fields, Particle Drifts in Non-uniform, Static Magnetic Fields, Adiabatic Invariance of Flux Through Orbit of Particle, 12.6 Lowest Order Relativistic Corrections to the Lagrangian for Interacting Charged Particles: The Darwin Lagrangian, Lagrangian for the Electromagnetic Field, Proca Lagrangian; Photon Mass Effects, Effective "Photon" Mass in Superconductivity; London Penetration Depth , Canonical and Symmetric Stress Tensors; Conservation Laws, Solution of the Wave Equation in Covariant Form; Invariant Green function. Recommended Textbook: Classical Electrodynamics by J.D. Jackson (3rd Edition), Wiley 1998.34
ELECTRONICS-II PHYS 392 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Electronics-I Amplifiers and their Frequency Response: Cascade amplifier, The Amplifier pass band, The frequency plot, Low frequency plot, Low frequency limit, The un-bypassed emitter resistor, high frequency equivalent circuit, The Miller Effect, high frequency limit of transistor, bandwidth of a cascade amplifier. Feedback: Positive and Negative feedback, Principle of feedback amplifier, stabilization of gain by negative feedback, Bandwidth improvement with negative feedback, Reduction of nonlinear distortion, control of amplifier output and input resistance, current series feedback circuit, voltage shunt feedback circuit. Oscillators: Introduction, Classification of oscillators, Damped and undamped oscillators, the oscillatory circuit, frequency stability of an oscillator, essentials of a feedback LC oscillator, tuned base oscillator, Hartley oscillator, Colpitis oscillator, crystal oscillator. Power Amplifiers: Introduction, Power relation in class-A amplifiers, effect of thermal environment, determination of the output distortion, class-B amplifier, efficiency of class-A and class-B amplifiers. Modulation and Demodulation: Introduction, carrier wave modulation, Need for modulation, radio Broadcasting, Methods of modulation, amplitude modulation, Forms of amplitude modulation, single side band system of modulation, Diode for linear detector for amplitude modulation, High power level amplitude modulation, automatic volume control, Frequency modulation. Multivibrators: Multivibrators, Basic types of Multivibrators, uses of Multivibrators, Astable Multivibrators, Mono-stable Multivibrators, Bi-stable Multivibrators, Schmitt Trigger Circuit. Integrated Circuits: Introduction, Integrated circuit advantages and drawbacks, scale of integration, classification of integrated circuit by structure, Classification of integrated circuit by function, comparison between different integrated circuit. Integrated circuit terminology, Integrated circuit fabrication, Basic processing steps. Silicon device processes Silicon wafer preparation, diffusion, Oxidation photolithography, Chemical vapour deposition, Metallization, Circuit probing, Scribing and separating into chips, Mounting and packing applications of integrated circuit. 35 Digital Circuits: Decimal, Binary, Octal, hexadecimal number systems, conversion of decimal numbers to any other number system and vice-versa, Binary codes, OR, AND, NOT, NAND, NOR logic gates, Boolean Algebra. Boolean expressions, simplification of Boolean expression using Boolean Algebra. Recommended Books: 1. Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 8th ed. 2009. 2. B. Grob, “Basic Electronics”, McGraw-Hill, Tch ed. 1997. 3. B. Streetman and S. Banerjee “Solid State Electronics Devices”, Prentice Hall, 6th ed. 2005. 4. A. Bar-lev, “Semiconductor and Electronics Devices”, Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 1993. 5. D. H. Navon and B. Hilbert, “Semiconductor Micro-devices and Materials”, CBS College Publishing, 1986. 6. A. P. Malvino, “Electronic Principles”, McGraw-Hill, 7th ed. 2006. 7. R. T. Paynter, “Introductory Electric Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 1998.
STATISTICAL MECHANICS PHYS 361 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Heat and Thermodynamics, Calculus-II, Probability and Statistics Review of Classical Thermodynamics: States, macroscopic vs. microscopic, "heat" and "work", energy, entropy, equilibrium, laws of thermodynamics, Equations of state, thermodynamic potentials, temperature, pressure, chemical potential, thermodynamic processes (engines, refrigerators), Maxwell relations, phase equilibria. Foundation of Statistical Mechanics: Phase Space, Trajectories in Phase Space, Conserved Quantities and Accessible Phase Space, Macroscopic Measurements and Time Averages, Ensembles and Averages over Phase Space, Liouville's Theorem, The Ergodic Hypothesis, Equal a priori Probabilities. Specification of the state of a system, concept of ensembles, elementary probability calculations, distribution functions, statistical interpretation of entropy (Boltzmann theorem). Statistical Ensembles: Microcanonical ensemble, canonical ensemble and examples (e.g., paramagnet), calculation of mean values, calculation of partition function and its relation with thermodynamic quantities, the grand canonical ensemble and examples (e.g. adsorption), calculation of partition function and thermodynamic quantities. 36 Simple Applications of Ensemble Theory: Monoatomic ideal gas in classical and quantum limit, Gibb’s paradox and quantum mechanical enumeration of states, equipartition theorem and examples (ideal gas, harmonic oscillator), specific heat of solids, quantum mechanical calculation of para-magnetism. Quantum Statistics: Indistinguishability and symmetry requirements, Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics, Bose-Einstein and photon statistics, Fermi- Dirac statistics (distribution functions, partition functions). Examples: polyatomic ideal gas (MB), black body radiation (photon statistics), conduction electrons in metals (FD), Bose condensation (BE). Systems of Interacting Particles: Lattice vibrations in solids, van der Waals gas, mean field calculation, ferromagnets in mean field approximation. Recommended Books: 1. F. Reif, “Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics”, Waveland Pr Inc, 2008. 2. W. Brewer, F. Schwabl, “Statistical Mechanics”, Springer, 2nd ed. 2006. 3. T. L. Hill, “Statistical Mechanics”, World Scientific Publishing Company, (2004). 4. K. Huang, “Statistical Mechanics”, John Wiley, 2nd ed. 1987.
QUANTUM MECHANICS-II PHYS 432 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Quantum Mechanics-I Addition of Angular Momenta: Total angular momentum in classical mechanics, total angular momentum in quantum mechanics, addition of two spin ½ angular momenta, addition of two arbitrary angular momenta, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, sddition of spherical harmonics, vector operators, Wigner-Eckart theorem, electric Multi-pole moments, Evolution of two angular momenta J1 and J2 coupled by an interaction aJ1 . J2. Stationary Perturbation Theory: Description of the method, perturbation of a non-degenerate level, perturbation of a degenerate level, one-dimensional harmonic oscillator subjected to a perturbing potential, interaction between the magnetic dipoles of two spin ½ particles, Van der waals forces, volume effect and The influence of the spatial extension of the nucleus on the atomic levels, variational method, energy bands of electrons in solids, a simple example of the chemical bond: The ion Applications of Perturbation Theory to Atomic Systems: fine and hyperfine structure of atomic levels in hydrogen, Calculation of the mean 37 values of the spin-orbit coupling in the 1s, 2s and 2p levels, hyperfine structure And the Zeeman effect for muonium and positronium, Stark effect. Approximation Methods for Time-Dependent Problems: Statement of the problem, approximate solution of the Schrodinger equation, An important special case: Sinusoidal or constant perturbation, Interaction of an atom with electromagnetic waves, linear and non-linear response of a two-level system subjected to a sinusoidal perturbation, Ooscillations of a system between two discrete states under the effect of a resonant perturbation, Rabi flopping, decay of discrete state resonantly coupled to a continuum of final states, Fermi's golden rule Systems of Identical Particles: Identical particles, Permutation operators, The symmetrization postulate, difference between bosons and fermions, Pauli’s exclusion principle, many-electrons atom and their electronic configurations, energy levels of the helium atom, configurations, terms, multiplets, spin isomers of hydrogen (ortho and parahydrogen) Scattering by a Potential: Importance of collision phenomena, Stationary scattering states, scattering cross section, scattering by a central potential, method of partial waves, phenomenological description of collisions with absorption. Recommended Books: 1. D.J. Griffiths, "Introduction to Quantum Mechanics", Addison-Wesley, 2nd ed. 2004. 2. R. Liboff, "Introductory Quantum Mechanics", Addison-Wesley, 4th ed. 2002. 3. N. Zettili, "Quantum Mechanics: Concepts and Applications", John Wiley, 2nd ed. 2009.
ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR PHYSICS PHYS 433 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Quantum Mechanics I Co-requisite: Quantum Mechanics II Objective(s): To provide an introduction to the structure and spectra of atoms and molecules. To prepare students for more advanced courses on Physics of Atoms, Molecules and Photons. One Electron Atoms: Review of Bohr Model of Hydrogen Atom, Reduced Mass, Atomic Units and Wavenumbers, Energy Levels and Spectra, Schrodinger Equation for One-Electron Atoms, Quantum Angular Momentum 38 and Spherical Harmonics, Electron Spin, Spin-Orbit interaction. Levels and Spectroscopic Notation, Lamb Shift, Hyperfine Structure and Isotopic Shifts. Rydberg Atoms. Interaction of One-Electron Atoms with Electromagnetic Radiation: Radiative Transition Rates, Dipole Approximation, Einstein Coefficients, Selection Rules, Dipole Allowed and Forbidden Transitions. Metastable Levels, Line Intensities and Lifetimes of Excited States, Shape and Width of Spectral Lines, Scattering of Radiation by Atomic Systems, Zeeman Effect, Linear and Quadratic Stark Effect. Many-Electron Atoms: Schrodinger Equation for Two-Electron Atoms, Para and Ortho States, Pauli’s Principle and Periodic Table, Coupling of Angular Momenta, L-S and J-J Coupling. Ground State and Excited States of Multi- Electron Atoms, Configurations and Terms. Molecular Structure and Spectra: Structure of Molecules, Covalent and Ionic Bonds, Electronic Structure of Diatomic Molecules, Rotation and Vibration of Diatomic Molecules, Born-Oppenheimer Approximation. Electronic Spectra, Transition Probabilities and Selection Rules, Frank- Condon Principle, H2+ and H2. Effects of Symmetry and Exchange. Bonding and Anti-bonding Orbitals. Electronic Spin and Hund’s Cases, Nuclear Motion: Rotation and Vibrational Spectra (Rigid Rotation, Harmonic Vibrations). Selection Rules. Spectra of Triatomic and Polyatomic Molecules, Raman Spectroscopy, Mossbauer Spectroscopy. Recommended Books: 1. C. J. Foot, “Atomic Physics”, Oxford University Press, 2005. 2. B. H. Bransden and C. J. Joachain, “Physics of Atoms and Molecules”, Pearson Education, 2nd ed. 2008. 3. W. Demtroder, “Atoms, Molecules and Photons”, y, Springer, 2nd ed. 2010. 4. C. N. Banwell and E. M. McCash, “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”, McGraw-Hill, 4th ed. 1994. 5. J. M. Hollas, “Basic Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy”, John Wiley, 2002.
SOLID STATE PHYSICS I PHYS 441 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-requisites: Quantum Mechanics I, Statistical Mechanics Crystal Structure: Lattices and basis, Symmetry operations, Fundamental Types of Lattice, Position and Orientation of Planes in Crystals, Simple crystal structures.
Crystal Diffraction and Reciprocal Lattice: Diffraction of X-rays, Neutrons and electrons from crystals; Bragg’s law; Reciprocal lattice, Ewald construction and Brillouin zone, Fourier Analysis of the Basis. Phonons and Lattice: Quantization of Lattice Vibrations, Phonon momentum, inelastic scattering by phonons, Lattice Vibrations for Monoatomic and diatomic basis, Optical Properties in the Infrared Region. Thermal Properties of Solids: Lattice heat Capacity, Classical model, Einstein Model, Enumeration of normal modes, Density of state in one, two or three dimensions, Debye model of heat capacity, Comparison with experimental results, thermal conductivity and resistivity, Umklapp processes. Electrical Properties of Metals: Classical free electron theory of metals, energy levels and density of orbital’s in one dimension, effect of temperature on the Fermi–Dirac distribution function, properties of the free electron gas, electrical conductivity and Ohm’s Law, thermal and electrical conductivities of metals and their ratio, motion of free electrons in magnetic fields, cyclotron frequency, static magneto conductivity and Hall Effect along with applications. Recommended Books: 1. C. Kittle, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, John Wiley, 8th ed. 2005. 2. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, “Solid State Physics”, Rinehart & Winston, 1976. 3. S. R. Elliott, “The Physics and Chemistry of Solids”, John Wiley, 1998 4. M. A. Omar, “Elementary and Solid State Physics”, Pearson Education, 2000. 5. H. M. Rosenberg, “The Solid State”, Oxford Science Publication, 3rd ed. 1988. 6. M. A. Wahab, “Solid State Physics”, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
SOLID STATE PHYSICS II PHYS 442 Credit Hours: Three (3) Pre-requisites: Solid State Physics I Dielectric Properties of Solids: Polarization, Depolarization, Local and Maxwell field, Lorentz field, Clausius-Mossotti relation, Dielectric Constant and Polarizability, Masurement of dielectric constant, ferro electricity and ferroelectric crystals, Phase Transitions, First and 2nd order phase transitions, Applications Semiconductors: General properties of semiconductors, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, their band structure, carrier statistics in thermal 40 equilibrium, band level treatment of conduction in semiconductors and junction diodes, diffusion and drift currents, collisions and recombination times Optical Properties: Interaction of light with solids, Optical Properties of Metals and Non-Metals, Kramers Kronnig Relation, Excitons, Raman Effect in crystals, optical spectroscopy of solids. Magnetic Properties of Materials: Magnetic dipole moment and susceptibility, different kinds of magnetic materials, Langevin diamagnetic equation, Paramagnetic equation and Curie law, Classical and quantum approaches to paramagnetic materials. Ferro-magnetic and anti – ferromagnetic order, Curie point and exchange integral, Effect of temperature on different kinds of magnetic materials and applications. Superconductivity: Introduction to superconductivity, Zero-Resistance and Meissner Effect , Type I and Type II superconductors, Thermodynamic fields, Tow fluid model, London equations , BCS and Ginzburg Landau Theory, Vortex Behaviour, Critical Current Density, Josephson effect and applications. Recommended Books: 1. C. Kittle, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, John Wiley, 8th ed. 2005. 2. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, “Solid State Physics”, Rinehart & Winston, 1976. 3. G. Burns, “High Temperature Superconductivity: An Introduction”, Academic Press, 1992. 4. M. Fox, “Optical Properties of Solids”, Oxford University Press, 2nd ed. 2010. 5. N. A. Spaldin, “Magnetic Materials: Fundamentals and Device Applications”, Cambridge University Press, 2nd ed. 2010.
NUCLEAR PHYSICS PHYS 493 Credit Hours: Three (3)
Pre-Requisites: Modern Physics Objective(s): To understand the nuclear structure using different nuclear models. To understand the nature of nuclear forces. To give understanding of radioactivity and nuclear reactions. History: Starting from Bacqurel’s discovery of radioactivity to Chedwick’s neutron. 41 Basic Properties of Nucleus: Nuclear size, mass, binding energy, nuclear spin, magnetic dipole and electric quadrupole moment, parity and statistics. Nuclear Forces: Yukawa's theory of nuclear forces. Nucleon scattering, charge independence and spin dependence of nuclear force, isotopic spin. Nuclear Models: Liquid drop model, Fermi gas model, Shell model, Collective model. Theories of Radioactive Decay: Theory of Alpha decay and explanation of observed phenomena, measurement of Beta ray energies, the magnetic lens spectrometer, Fermi theory of Beta decay, Neutrino hypothesis, theory of Gamma decay, multipolarity of Gamma rays, Nuclear isomerism. Nuclear Reactions: Conservation laws of nuclear reactions, Q-value and threshold energy of nuclear reaction, energy level and level width, cross sections for nuclear reactions, compound nucleolus theory of nuclear reaction and its limitations, direct reaction, resonance reactions, Breit-Wigner one level formula including the effect of angular momentum. Recommended Books: 1. E. Segre, “Nuclei and Particles”, Bejamin-Cummings, 2nd ed. 1977. 2. Kaplan, “Nuclear Physics”, Addison-Wisely, 1980. 3. Green, “Nuclear Physics”, McGraw-Hill, 1995. 4. K. S. Krane, “Introducing Nuclear Physics”, John Wiley, 3rd ed. 1988. 5. B. Povh, K. Rith, C. Scholtz, F. Zetsche, “Particle and Nuclei”, 1999. APPENDIX Maths-I (Calculus for Functions of one variable) Math 131 Functions and graphs (shifting and stretching), limits and continuity, differentiation (rates of change, slope of the tangent to a curve, rules for differentiation, chain rule, implicit differentiation, extrema of functions, mean value theorem, simple problems in optimization, use of derivatives in sketching, asymptotic behavior of functions, L'H'opital's rule), integration (indefinite integrals, introduction to the idea of differential equations and their solution – the initial value problem, techniques of integration, Riemann sums and definite integrals, physical interpretation as areas, mean value theorem, areas between curves, finding volumes by slicing, volumes of solids of revolution, arc lengths, areas of surfaces of revolution, centres of mass and higher moments, work), differentiation and integration of transcendental functions (exponential and logarithmic functions and applications to growth and decay problems, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions), infinite series (limits of sequences of numbers, series, tests of convergence, power series, Taylor and Maclaurin series).
Maths-II (Calculus for Functions of Several Variables) Math 132 Motivation and geometric background (conic sections, parametrized curves, polar coordinates, vectors and analytic geometry in space, examples of vector fields in space relevant to physics), partial derivatives (limits and continuity, partial derivatives, chain rule, role of constraints, directional derivatives – gradient vectors and tangent planes, extrema and saddle points, Lagrange multipliers, Taylor's expansion of a multi-variable function), multiple integrals (double and triple integrals, centres of mass and higher moments, areas and volumes, integration in spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems), calculus of vector fields with emphasis on physical interpretation (line integrals and work, circulation and curl, conservative fields and gradients, surface and volume integrals, divergence of a vector field, Green's theorem in a plane, Stoke's theorem, divergence theorem). Recommended Books: 1. G. B. Thomas, R. L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic Geometry”, National Book Foundation, 9th ed. 2. G. Strang, “Calculus”, Wellesley-Cambridge, 2nd ed., 2010. 3. E. W. Swokowski, M. Olinick, D. Pence, and J. A. Cole, “Calculus”; Pws Pub Co; 6th ed. 1994. 97
Maths IV DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Math 134 Introduction to ODEs (physical motivation), First order ODEs (separable variables, homogeneous equations, exact equations, linear equations, Bernoulli equation and other examples), applications of first order ODEs linear and non-linear, linear differential equations of higher order (initial value and boundary value problems, linear dependence and independence, solutions of linear equations, constructing a second solution from a known solution, homogeneous linear equations with constant coefficients, undetermined coefficients, variation of parameters), applications of second order ODEs (simple harmonic motion, damped and forced oscillators, electrical circuits and springs), differential equations with variable coefficients (Cauchy-Euler equation, power series solution of differential equations – solutions about ordinary and singular points-Legendre's and Bessel's equations as examples), Laplace transform (Laplace transform and its inverse and properties, use in solving differential equations, Dirac delta function). Recommended Books: 1. D. G. Zill and M. R. Cullen, “Differential Equations with Boundary Value Problems”, 3rd ed. National Book Foundation. 2. E. Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley, 8th ed. 1999. 3. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson and S. J. Bence, “Mathematical Methods for Physicists”, Cambridge University Press 2006.
Maths III LINEAR ALGEBRA Math 133 Review of vectors in 3 dimensions[(arrows) with a view of abstraction into properties of vector spaces in N dimensions (closure, associativity and commutativity of addition, existence of identity and inverse, distributivity of scalar multiplication), idea of vector norm in 3 dimensions, orthogonality, expansion in a basis, multiplication of vectors in 3 dimensions, applications of vector algebra to geometry and physics], vector spaces in N dimensions (definition, basis, inner product), linear operators, matrices (matrix algebra, functions of matrices, transpose, complex and Hermitian conjugates, trace, determinant, inverse, rank, special types of matrices diagonal, triangular, symmetric and antisymmetric, orthogonal, Hermitian and anti-Hermitian, unitary, normal, eigenvalue problem, similarity transformations and change of basis, diagonalisation, simultaneous linear equations), normal modes (oscillatory systems, elementary use of symmetries to guess normal modes, Rayleigh-Ritz method), Fourier series as an application of the ideas of linear algebra to the space of periodic functions (identification of the space of periodic functions of a certain period as a linear vector space, identification of sinusoidal functions as basis vectors in this infinite dimensional vector space, 98 properties of Fourier series, Parseval's theorem, handling of non-Periodic Functions via extending the domain of definition of function), sets of function eigenvalue problem in the context of differential operators, adjoint and Hermitian operators, properties of Hermitian operators (reality of eigenvalues, orthogonality of eigenfunctions, completeness of eigenfunctions - eigenbasis), Sturm-Lioville equations (Hermitian nature of Sturm-Lioville operator, transforming an equation into Sturm-Lioville form, Fourier-Legendre and Fourier-Bessel series).Recommended Books1. K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson and S. J. Bence, “Mathematical Methods for Physicists”, Cambridge University Press 2006. 2. Peter V. O'Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 7th ed. CL Engineering, 2011.
LASERS PHYS 452 Pre-requisite: Quantum Mechanics-II, Atomic and Molecular Physics Credit Hours: Three (3) Objective(s): Develop fundamental concepts about lasers. Learn the principles of spectroscopy of molecules and semi-conductors. Understand the optical resonators and laser system. Applications of lasers. Introductory Concepts: Spontaneous Emission, Absorption, Stimulated Emission, Pumping Schemes, Absorption and Stimulated Emission Rates, Absorption and Gain Coefficients, Resonance Energy Transfers. Properties of Laser Beam: Monochromaticity, Coherence, Directionality, Brightness Spectroscopy of Molecule and Semiconductors: Electronic Energy Levels, Molecular Energy Levels, Level Occupation at Thermal Equilibrium, Stimulated Transition, Selection Rules, Radiative and Nonradiative Decay, Semiconductor Optical Resonators: Plane Parallel (Fabry-Perot) Resonator, Concentric (Spherical) Resonator, Confocal, Resonator, Generalized Spherical Resonator, Ring Resonator, Stable Resonators, Unstable Resonators. , Matrix Formulation of Geometrical Optics, Wave Reflection and Transmission at a Dielectric Interface, Stability Condition Standing and Traveling Waves in a two Mirror Resonator, Longitudinal and Transverse Modes in a Cavity, Multilayer Dielectric Coatings, Fabry-Perot Interferometer. Small Signal Gain and Loop Gain Pumping Processes: Optical pumping: Flash lamp and Laser, Threshold Pump Power, pumping efficiency, Electrical Pumping: Longitudinal Configuration and Transverse Configuration, Gas Dynamics Pumping, Chemical Pumping. 50 Continuous Wave (CW) and Pulsed Lasers: Rate Equations, Threshold Condition and Output Power, Optimum Output Coupling, Laser Tuning, Oscillation and Pulsations in Lasers, Q-Switching and Mode-Locking Methods, Phase Velocity, Group Velocity, and Group-Delay Dispersion, Line broadening. Lasers Systems: Solid State Lasers: Ruby Laser, Nd: YAG & Nd: Glass Lasers and Semiconductor Lasers: Homojunction Lasers Double- Heterostructure lasers, Gas lasers: Helium Neon laser, CO2 laser, Nitrogen Laser and Excimer Lasers, Free-Electron and X-Ray Lasers. Laser Applications: Material Processing: Surface Hardening, Cutting, Drilling, Welding etc. Holography, Laser Communication, Medicine, Defense Industry, Atmospheric Physics. Recommended Books: 1. O. Svelto, “Principles of Lasers”, Springer, 5th ed. 2009. 2. J. Eberly and P. Milonni, “Lasers Physics”, John Wiley, 2nd ed. 2010. 3. M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, “Quantum Optics”, Cambridge University Press, 1997. 4. W. T. Silfvast, “Laser Fundamentals”, Cambridge University Press, 2nd ed. 2008. 5. W. M. Steen, J. Mazumder and K. G. Watkins, “Laser Material Processing”, Springer, 4th ed. 2010 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS PHYS 404 Pre-requisites: Electronics-II Credit Hours: Three (3) Objective(s): To learn the basics of digital electronics such as Boolean Algebra. To develop logic circuit using the Boolean Algebra. To understand the computer interface and micro-controller along with the embedded systems. Review of Number Systems: Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal number system, their inter-conversion, concepts of logic, truth table, basic logic gates. Boolean Algebra: De Morgan’s theorem, simplification of Boolean expression by Boolean Postulates and theorem, K-maps and their uses. Don’t care condition, Different codes. (BCD, ASCII, Gray etc.). Parity in Codes. IC Logic Families: Basic characteristics of a logic family. (Fan in/out, Propagation delay time, dissipation, noise margins etc. Different logic based IC families (DTL, RTL, ECL, TTL, CMOS). Combinational Logic Circuit: Logic circuits based on AND – OR, OR-AND, NAND, NOR Logic, gate design, addition, subtraction (2’s compliments, half adder, full adder, half subtractor, full subtractor encoder, decoder, PLA. Exclusive OR gate. Sequential Logic Circuit: Flip-flops clocked RS-FF, D-FF, T-FF, JK-FF, Shift Register, Counters (Ring, Ripple, up-down, Synchronous) A/D and D/A Converters. Memory Devices: ROM, PROM, EAPROM, EE PROM, RAM, (Static and dynamic) Memory mapping techniques Micro Computers: Computers and its types, all generation of computers, basic architecture of computer, micro processor (ALU, UP Registers, Control and Time Section). Addressing modes, Instruction set and their types, Discussion on 8085/8088, 8086 processor family, Intel Microprocessor Hierarchy Micro-controller/ Embedded System: Introduction to Embedded and microcontroller based systems, The Microprocessor and microcontroller applications and environment, microcontroller characteristics, features of a general purpose microcontroller, Microchip Inc and PIC microcontroller, Typical Microcontroller examples:, Philips 80C51 & 80C552 and Motorola 68Hc05/08, Interfacing with peripherals. 49
Recommended Books: 1. M. M. Mono, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Prentice Hall, 1995. 2. R. Tokheim, “Digital Electronics”, McGraw Hill, 7th ed. 2007. 3. B. B. Brey, “The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing”, Merril, 2nd ed. 1991. 4. Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 8th ed. 2009. 5. T. Wilmshurst, “The Design of Small-Scale Embedded Systems”, Palgrave, 2001
Particle Physics 03 Cr.hr PHYS 454 Relativistic quantum mechanics, Klein Gordon and Dirac equations. Pauli and Weyl representations of gamma matrices, antiparticles, Majorana representation, left and right handed particles, zitterbewung. Continuous symmetries and the Noether theorem, space reflection, time reversal, charge conjugation, and other discrete symmetries. 88 Scattering matrix, relation to crosssections, crossing symmetry, dispersion relations, Cutkosky rules. Minimal coupling to electromagnetic field, diagrammatic perturbation theory, Ruther, Moller, and Bhabha scattering. Introduction to the gauge principle, non-abelian transformations, examples of SU(2) and SU(3) gauge theories. The parton model, deep inelastic scattering, running of the coupling constant, beta function, limitations of the perturbative approach. V-A Theory of weak interactions, beta decay, tests of C and P-violation, time reversal invariance, leptonic and semileptonic decays. Spontaneous symmetry breaking, Goldstone theorem, Higgs mechanism, standard model, experimental tests of standard model of particle physics. Neutrino oscillations, mass matrices and mixing, tests for generations beyond three. Recommended Texts: 1. Quarks and Leptons, An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics" by F. Halzen and A.D. Martin, Publisher: Wiley; 1st edition (January 6, 1984) 2. An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory, by M.E. Peskin and D.V. Schroeder, Publisher: Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 1995. 3. Collider Physics, by V.D. Barger, R.J.N. Phillips, Publisher: Westview Press; Upd Sub edition (December 17, 1996) 4. A Modern Introduction to Particle Physics, Fayyazuddin and Riazuddin, Publisher: World Scientific Pub Co Inc. 2nd Edition, September 29, 2000.
ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS PHYS 455 Credit Hours: Three (3) Objective(s): To become familiar with the essentials of environment and Global climate. To learn to use spectroscopy for environments. Introduction to the Essentials of Environmental Physics: The economic system, living in green house, enjoying the sun, Transport of matter, Energy and momentum, the social and political context. Basic Environmental Spectroscopy: Black body radiation, The emission spectrum of sun, The transition electric dipole moment, The Einstein Coefficients, Lambert – Beer’s law, The spectroscopy of bi-molecules, Solar UV and life, The ozone filter. The Global Climate: The energy Balance, (Zero-dimensional Greenhouse Model), elements of weather and climate, climate variations and modeling. Transport of Pollutants: Diffusion, flow in reverse, ground water. Flow equations of fluid Dynamics, Turbulence, Turbulence Diffusion, Gaussian plumes in air, Turbulent jets and planes. Noise: Basic Acoustics, Human Perceptions and noise criteria, reducing the transmission of sound, active control of sound. Radiation: General laws of Radiation, Natural radiation, interaction of electromagnetic radiation and plants, utilization of photo synthetically active radiation. Atmosphere and Climate: Structure of the atmosphere, vertical profiles in the lower layers of the atmosphere, Lateral movement in the atmosphere, Atmospheric Circulation, cloud and Precipitation, The atmospheric greenhouse effect. Topo Climates and Micro Climates: Effects of surface elements in flat and widely unduling areas, Dynamic action of seliq. Thermal action of selief. 45 Climatology and Measurements of Climate Factor: Data collection and organization, statistical analysis of climatic data, climatic indices, General characteristics of measuring equipment. Measurement of temperature, air humidity, surface wind velocity, Radiation balance, precipitation, Atmospheric Pressure, automatic weather stations. Recommended Books: 1. E.t Booker and R. Van Grondelle, “Environmental Physics”, John Wiley, 3rd ed. 2011. 2. G. Guyot, “Physics of Environment and Climate”, John Wiley, 1998.
COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS PHYS 401 Credit Hours: Three (3) Objective(s): Introduction of computer languages. To know the use of computer in numerical analysis. Computer simulation and modeling. Computer Languages: A brief introduction of the computer languages like Basic, C. Pascal etc. and known software packages of computation Numerical Methods: Numerical Solutions of equations, Regression and interpolation, Numerical integration and differentiation. Error analysis and technique for elimination of systematic and random errors Modeling & Simulations: Conceptual models, the mathematical models, Random numbers and random walk, doing Physics with random numbers, Computer simulation, Relationship of modeling and simulation. Some systems of interest for physicists such as Motion of Falling objects, Kepler's problems, Oscillatory motion, Many particle systems, Dynamic systems, Wave phenomena, Field of static charges and current, Diffusion, Populations genetics etc. 63 Recommended Books: 1. M. L. De Jong, ”Introduction to Computational Physics”, Addison Wesley, 1991. 2. S. T. Koonini, “Computational Physics”, the Benjamin-Cummings, 1985. 3. H. Gould, J. Tobochnik and W. Christian, “An Introduction to Computer Simulation Methods”, Addison Wesley, 3rd ed. 2006. 4. S. C. Chapra and R. P. Chanle, ”Numerical Methods for Engineers with Personal Computer Applications”, McGraw-Hill,1990. 5. S. C. Chapra, “Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineersand Scientists”, McGraw-Hill, 2nd ed. 2006.
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY-I Pre-requisites: Electricity and Magnetism, Calculus-II Credit Hours: Three (3) Review of Calculus: vector algebra and calculus, Cartesian coordinates spherical coordinates. (1 week). The Dirac Delta Function: Review of vector calculus using example of Dirac Delta function, the divergence of r/r2, the one-dimensional and the threedimensional Dirac delta functions. The theory of vector fields: the Helmoholtz theorem, potentials. Electrostatics: The electric field: introduction, Coulomb’s law, the electric field, continuous charge distributions. Divergence and curl of electrostatic fields: field lines, flux and Gauss’s law, the divergence of E, applications of Gauss’s law, the curl of E. Electric potential: introduction to potential, comments on potential, Poisson’s equation and Laplace’s equation, the potential of a localized charge distribution, summary, electrostatics boundary conditions, Work and energy in electrostatics: the work done to move a charge, the energy of a point charge distribution, the energy of a continuous charge distribution, comments on electrostatic energy. Conductors: basic properties, induced charges, surface charge and the force on a conductor, capacitors. Special Techniques: Laplace’s equation: introduction, Laplace’s equation in one, two and three dimensions, boundary conditions and uniqueness theorems, conductors and second uniqueness theorems. 27 The Method of Images: The classic image problem, induced surface charge, force and energy, other image problems. Multi-pole Expansion: Approximate potential at large, the monopole and dipole terms, origin of coordinates in multi-pole, expansions, the electric field of a dipole. Electric Fields in Matter: Polarization: dielectrics, induced dipoles, alignment of polar molecules, polarization. The field of a polarized object: bound charges, physical interpretation of bound charges, and the field inside a dielectric. The electric displacement: Gauss’s law in the presence of dielectrics, a deceptive parallel, boundary conditions. Linear Dielectrics: susceptibility, permittivity, dielectric constant, boundary value problems with linear dielectrics, energy in dielectric systems, forces on dielectrics. Magnetostatics: The Lorentz Force law: magnetic fields, magnetic forces, currents. The Biot-Savart Law: steady currents, the magnetic field of a steady current. The divergence and curl of B: straight-line currents, the divergence and curl of B, applications of Ampere’s law, comparison of magnetostatics and electrostatics. Magnetic Vector Potential: the vector potential, summary, magnetic boundary conditions, multi-pole expansion of the vector potential. Magnetic Fields in Matter: Magnetization, diamagnets, paramagnets, ferromagnets, torques and forces on magnetic dipoles, effect of a magnetic field on atomic orbits, magnetization. The Field of a Magnetized Object: bound currents, physical interpretation of bound currents, and the magnetic field inside matter. The auxiliary field H: Ampere’s law in magnetized materials, a deceptive parallel, boundary conditions. Linear and nonlinear media: magnetic susceptibility and permeability, ferromagnetism. Recommended Books: 1. D. J. Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”, Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 1999. 2. M. N. O. Sadiku, ”Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, 5th ed. 2009. 3. F. Melia, “Electrodynamics”, University of Chicago Press, 2001. 4. Hearld J and W. Muller-Kristen, “Electrodynamics”, World Scientific Publishing, 2nd ed. 2011.
ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY-II Pre-requisites: Electromagnetic Theory-I Credit Hours: Three (3) This course is the second part of the core level undergraduate course on Electromagnetic Theory and a previous knowledge of Electromagnetic Theory I is expected. Electrodynamics: Electromotive force: Ohm’s law, electromotive force, motional emf, electromagnetic induction: Faraday’s law, the induced electric field, inductance, energy in magnetic fields, Maxwell’s equations: electrodynamics before Maxwell, how Maxwell fixed Ampere’s law, Maxwell’s equations, magnetic charges, Maxwell’s equations in matter, boundary conditions. 33 Conservation Laws: Charge and energy: the continuity equation, Poynting’s theorem, momentum: Newton’s third law in electrodynamics, Maxwell’s stress tensor, conservation of momentum, angular momentum. Electromagnetic Waves: Waves in one dimension: the wave equation, sinusoidal waves, boundary conditions, reflection and transmission, polarization, electromagnetic waves in vacuum: the wave equation for E and B, monochromatic plane waves, energy and momentum in electromagnetic waves, electromagnetic waves in matter: propagation in linear media, reflection and transmission at normal incidence, reflection and transmission at oblique incidence, absorption and dispersion: electromagnetic waves in conductors, reflection at a conducting surface, the frequency dependence of permittivity, guided waves: wave guides, the waves in a rectangular wave guide, the coaxial transmission line. Potentials and Fields: The potential formulation: scalar and vector potentials, gauge transformations, Coulomb gauge and Lorentz gauge, continuous distributions: retarded potentials, Jefimenko’s equations, point charges: Lienard-Wiechert potentials, the field of a moving point charge. Radiation, Dipole Radiation: What is radiation, electric dipole radiation, magnetic dipole radiation, radiation from an arbitrary source, point charges: power radiated by a point charge, radiation reaction, the physical basis of the radiation reaction. Electrodynamics and Relativity: The special theory of relativity: Einstein’s postulates, the geometry of relativity, the Lorentz transformations, the structure of space-time, relativistic mechanics: proper time and proper velocity, relativistic energy and momentum, relativistic kinematics, relativistic dynamics, relativistic electrodynamics: magnetism as a relativistic phenomenon, how the field transform, the field tensor, electrodynamics in tensor notation, relativistic potentials. Recommended Books: 1. D. J. Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”, ed. Prentice Hall, 3rd ed. 1999. 2. M. N. O. Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, 5th ed. ed. 2009. 3. F. Melia, “Electrodynamics”, University of Chicago Press, 1st ed. 2001. 4. Hearld J and W. Muller-Kristen, “Electrodynamics”, World Scientific Publishing, 2nd ed. 2011.
CURRICULUM OF MATHEMATICS
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
BS Mathematics Program
1stSemester (18 Credit Hours)
Course Code HEC Category Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites
Knowledge of MATH-101 Foundation Calculus I 4 (4+0) Intermediate Mathematics
Knowledge of Elements of Set Theory and MATH-102 Compulsory 3 (3+0) Intermediate Mathematical Logic Mathematics
ENG-101 Compulsory English I (Functional English) 3 (3+0)
IST-107 Compulsory Islamic Studies 2(2+0)
PHYS-101 General Phy-I(Mechanics) 4 (4+0)
COMP-107 Compulsory Introduction to Computers 3 (3+0)
Total = 19
2ndSemester (18 Credit Hours)
Course Code HEC Category Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites
MATH-151 Foundation Calculus II 3 (3+0) Calculus I
Mathematics at MATH-152 Compulsory Discrete Mathematics 3 (3+0) Intermediate Level
STAT-101 General Statistics 3 (3+0)
English-II (Communication ENG-152 Compulsory 3 (3+0) Skills)
PST-155 Compulsory Pak Studies 2 (2+0) Phy-II (Electricity & PHYS-152 General 4 (4+0) Magnetism)
Total =18
3rdSemester (16 Credit Hours)
Course Code HEC Category Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites
MATH-201 Foundation Calculus III 4 (4+0) Calculus II
Elements of Set Theory and MATH-202 Foundation Algebra I (Group Theory) 3 (3+0) Mathematical Logic
XXX General G-3 3 (3+0)
English III (Technical writing & ENG-201 Compulsory 3 (3+0) Presentation Skills)
COMP-101 General Computer Programming 3 (2+1)
Total=16(15+1)
4th Semester (15 Credit Hours)
HEC Course Code Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites Category
MATH-251 General Software Packages 3 (1+2)
MATH-252 Foundation Linear Algebra 3 (3+0) Calculus I
Affine and Euclidean MATH-253 Foundation 3 (3+0) Calculus I Geometry
XXX General G-4 3 (3+0)
XXX Compulsory Any Foreign language 3 (3+0) Total = 15
5thSemester (15 Credit Hours)
HEC Course Code Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites Category
MATH-301 Major Topology 3 (3+0) Calculus I
MATH-302 Major Differential Geometry 4 (4+0) Calculus I
MATH-303 Major Real Analysis-I 3 (3+0) Calculus II
Ordinary Differential MATH-304 Foundation 3 (3+0) Calculus I Equations
MATH-305 Foundation Algebra-II (Rings and Fields) 3 (3+0) Algebra I
Total = 16
6th Semester (18 Credit Hours)
HEC Course Code Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites Category
MATH-351 Major Classical Mechanics 3 (3+0) Calculus I
MATH-352 Major Functional Analysis 3 (3+0) Real Analysis-I
MATH-353 Foundation Complex Analysis 3 (3+0) Real Analysis-I
Ordinary MATH-354 Major Partial Differential Equations 3 (3+0) Differential Equations MATH-355 Major Real Analysis-II 3 (3+0) Real Analysis-I
Total = 15
7thSemester (18 Credit Hours)
HEC Course Code Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites Category
Calculus-I, MATH-401 Major Numerical Analysis-I 4 (3+1) Linear Algebra
MATH-402 Major Number Theory 3 (3+0) Linear Algebra
MATH-403 Major Mathematical Methods 3 (3+0) Calculus-III
Calculus-I, Ordinary MATH-404 Major Optimization Theory 3 (3+0) Differential Equations
MATH-XXX Elective Elective-1 3 (3+0)
MATH-XXX Elective Elective-2 3 (3+0)
Total=19(18+1)
8thSemester (18 Credit Hours)
HEC Course Code Course Title Credit Hour Pre-Requisites Category
MATH-451 Major Probability Theory 3 (3+0) Statistics
Ordinary MATH-452 Major Integral Equations 3 (3+0) Differential Equations
Discrete MATH-453 Major Graph Theory 3 (3+0) Mathematics MATH-XXX Elective Elective-3 3 (3+0)
MATH-XXX Elective Elective-4 3 (3+0)
Project/ MATH-XXX Project/ Elective-5 3 (3+0) Elective
Total =18
Total No. of Credit Hours for whole BS Math Program = 136 First Semester
Calculus I
Course title: Calculus I MA-101 Lab: No
Credit hrs: 03 This course is pre-requisite for “ Calculus II” MATH-101
Instructor: Dr. Qammar Rubbab Office: e-mail: [email protected] Department of Mathematics
Text Book(s): Howard Anton, Calculus, John Wiley and Sons (8th Edition)
Reference Book(s):1. George B. Thomas and Ross, L. Finney, Calculus 9th Edition 2. Hughes-Hallett, Gleason, McCallum, et al, Calculus Single and Multivariable, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2002. 3. Frank A. Jr, Elliott Mendelson, Calculus, Schaum’s outlines series, 4th Edition, 1999. 4. C.H. Edward and E.D Penney, Calculus and Analytics Geometry, Prentice Hall. Inc.1998. 5. E. W. Swokowski, Calculus and Analytic Geometry, PWS Publishers, Boston, Massachosetts, 1983.
Course Description:
This course is primarily meant to strengthen the knowledge of students about functions, limits differentiation and integration. Also it is meant to enable the students to grasp their abstract concept by solving practical problems from science and engineering. The motivation will be to analyze, model and solve the scientific and engineering problems. This course will also serve as tool to learn advance calculus and others mathematical subjects.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topics 1 Real numbers, Algebraic and Order properties of real numbers, Absolute value and properties of absolute values, Triangular Inequality of absolute value, Inequalities.
2 Complex numbers, Algebraic Properties of Complex numbers, Conjugate and modulus of complex numbers, polar forms of complex numbers, De Moivre's formula.
3 Functions, Domain and Range of function, injective and surjective functions, Vertical and Horizontal line test, Graphing of functions.
4 Inverse functions, Arithmetic operation on functions, Composition of functions, Even and Odd functions.Test of symmetry, Translation of functions.
5 Reflection, Stretching and Compression of functions, Limit, limit of Functions, Infinite Limits. Limits at infinity.
6 Infinite limits at infinity, properties of limits, computing limits, Limit of polynomial and rational functions, The Squeezing theorem Continuity of Interchanging role of limit and continuity functions, continuity of composition of functions.
7 Intermediate Value and Roots location Theorem, limit and continuity of Trigonometric functions, Slope , Average Velocity, Instantaneous Velocity, rate of change, Derivatives, techniques of differentiation.
8 The chain rule, Derivatives of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions; Higher order derivatives, Leibniz Theorem, Inverse trigonometric functions and their derivates,
9 L’Hopital rule. Intermediate value theorem, Rolle’s theorem with exercises.
10 Taylor’s Theorem, Maclaurin’s theorem with their remainders.
11 Integration, techniques of integration, Integration by substation, Integration by parts,
12 Integration of rational functions by partial fractions, Trigonometric Integrals, Trigonometric substitution.
13 Definite Integrals, Fundamental theorem of Calculus, Area under the curve, Area between two curves.
14 Reduction formulas for algebraic and trigonometric integrands.
15 Improper integrals, Gamma functions.
16 Problems from different exercises.
General Course Policies and Grading:
Assignments and\or grade representations are subject to change. The general breakdown is as follows:
Quiz + Assignments 20% (10%+10%)
Mid Term Exam 30%
Final Exam 50%
No deficiency test or quiz will be given.
Assignments after due date will not be accepted. Assignments should be own work, students may be asked to present the assignments.
Elements of Set Theory and Mathematical Logic
Title of the Course: Elements of Set Theory Lab : No and Mathematical Logic Course Code : MATH -154 Credit hrs: 03
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Intermediate Mathematics
Instructor: Rafia Bashir e-mail : [email protected] Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk
Recommended Books:
1. M. Liebeck, A Concise Introduction to Pure Mathematics, CRC Press, 2011.
2. N. L. Biggs, Discrete Mathematics, Oxford University Press, 2002.
3. R. Garnier, J. Taylor, Discrete Mathematics, Chapters 1,3,4,5, CRC Press, 2010.
4. A.A. Fraenkal, Abstract Set Theory, North-Holland Publishing Company, 1966.
5. P. Suppes, Axiomatic Set Theory, Dover Publication, 1972.
6. P.R. Halmos, Naive Set Theory, New York, Van Nostrand, 1950.
7. B. Rotman, G.T. Kneebone, The Theory of sets and Transfinite Numbers, Oldbourne London, 1968.
Course Outline and Objectives:
Background and Goals:
Everything mathematicians do can be reduced to statements about sets, equality and membership which are basics of set theory. This course introduces these basic concepts. The course aims at familiarizing the students with cardinals, relations and fundamentals of propositional and predicate logics.
Contents:
Sets, subsets, operations with sets: union, interection, difference, symmetric difference, Cartesian product and disjoint union.
Functions: graph of a function. CompositionL injections, surjections, bijections,
Inverse function. Computing carinals: Cardinality of Cartesian product, union.
Cardinality of all functions from a set ot another set. Cardinality of all injective, surjective and bijective functions from a set to another set. Infinite sets, finite sets. Countable sets, properties, examples (z, Q). R is not countable. R, RxR, RxRxR have the same cardinal. Operations with cardinal numbers. Cantor-Bernstein theorem. Relations: Equivalence relations, Partitions,
Quotient set; Examples, Parallelism, Similarity of triangles, Order relations, Min, Max, Inf, sup; linear order. Examples: N, Z, R, R(A). Well ordered sets and induction. Inductively ordered sets and Zorn’s lemma. , Mathematical logic, Propositional Calculus.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
Set Theory: Sets, subsets, operations with sets: union, interection, difference, 1 symmetric difference,
2 Cartesian product and disjoint union.
3 Functions: graph of a function. CompositionL injections, surjections, bijections,
4 Inverse function. Computing carinals: Cardinality of Cartesian product, union.
Cardinality of all functions from a set ot another set. Cardinality of all injective, 5 surjective and bijective functions from a set to another set.
6 Infinite sets, finite sets. Countable sets, properties, examples (z, Q).
R is not countable. R, RxR, RxRxR have the same cardinal. Operations with cardinal 7 numbers. Cantor-Bernstein theorem.
8 Relations: Equivalence relations, Partitions,
9 Quotient set; Examples, Parallelism, Similarity of triangles,
10 Order relations, Min,
11 Max, Inf, sup; linear order.
12 Examples: N, Z, R, R(A). Well ordered sets and induction.
13 Inductively ordered sets and Zorn’s lemma.
14 Mathematical logic
15 Propositional Calculus.
16 Truth tables. Predicate Calculus.
The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
English I (Functional English)
Lab: No Course Title: English 1 (Functional English) Credit hrs: 03 Course Code:
Prerequisites For this Course: Nil
This Course is Prerequisite For: Nil
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals This course is designed to teach the students basic English. Students will be able to speak simple English in daily life.
Course outline: Parts of speech and their functions, Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjective, Conjunction Interjection, Adjective, Conjunction, Classification of sentences by purpose, Classification of sentences by structure, Analysis of phrase & clause, kinds of clauses, Use of preposition, differences between transitive & Intransitive verbs, Active voice & Passive voice, Speaking Skill , Communication via dialogue formation, Express your likes & dislikes (Topic from routine life), Group Discussion, Picture Description, Reading Skills, Aims of Reading, Kinds of Reading, Faculty reading Habits, SQ3Rs, Writing Skill, controlled to free Writing, Paragraph writing, Dictionary Skills. Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Parts of speech and their functions, Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb 1
Adjective, Conjunction, Interjection 2
Use of articles, Sentence Skill 3 Classification of sentences by purpose 4
Classification of sentences by structure 5 Analysis of phrase & clause, kinds of clauses 6 Use of preposition, differences between transitive & Intransitive verbs 7
8 Active voice & Passive voice Mid Term Exam Speaking Skill , Communication via dialogue formation 9
10 Express your likes & dislikes (Topic from routine life)
11 Group Discussion
12 Picture Description Reading Skills, Aims of Reading, Kinds of Reading 13
14 Faculty reading Habits, SQ3Rs
15 Writing Skill, controlled to free Writing, Paragraph writing Dictionary Skills 16
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Islamic Studies (Office of the Department of Islamic Studies & Comparative Religions) Program Course Title Course Credit Semester Start Code Hours Date:
مسز ISLAMYAT (COMPLUSRY) ISL-101 3 فرخندہ BS 1st اکرام Semester
Mid Term Final Term
Detail Of Course Plan
تعارف القرآن: معنی و مفہوم، وحی کی اقسام نزول وحی Week -1
جمع تدوین قرآن , اعجاز القرآن Week -2
آیات قرآنی Week -3
Week - 4 Assignments/ Presentations/Quiz Competition/Test
مکی زندگی کے اہم واقعات، پیدائش، بچپن، معاہدہ حلف الفضول، حجر اسود، آغاز تبلیغ Week -5
آپ ﷺ کی تبلیغی مشکالت، ہجر ت حبشہ، ہجرت مدینہ اسباب و واقعات Week -6 مدنی زندگی، مواخات مدینہ، میثاق مدینہ، صلح نامہ حدیبہ، فتح مکہ، خطبہ حجۃ الودع Week -7 دسمبر تعطیالت Week - 8
مڈ ٹرم امتحانات Week -9
حدیث و سنت، معنی مفہوم اہمیت، جمع تدوین حدیث، اقسام حدیث Week -10
متن حدیث، ترجمہ Week -11
اسالمی تہذیب، ثقافت Week - 12 Week -13 Assignments/ Presentations/Quiz Competition/Test
اسالمی قانون سازی Week -14
اسالم کا معاشرتی نظام Week -15
اسالم کا سائنسی نظام Week – 16
اسالم کا معاشرتی نظام Week -17
Week -18 Final Papers
Phy-I (Mechanics)
Course Title: Phy-I Lab : No
Credit hrs: 04 Course Code:
Prerequisites For this Course: No
This Course is Prerequisite For: : Physics –II
Instructor: Saima Zainab
e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. Halliday, D. Resnick, Krane, Physics, Vol. I & II, John Wiley, 5th ed. 1999. 2. D. Kleppner and R. Kolenkow, An Introduction to Mechanics, McGraw Hill, 1978. 3. M. R. Speigel, Vector Analysis and an Introduction to Tensor Analysis, Me-Graw Hill, 1959. 4. R. C. Hibbeler, Statics and Dynamics, Twelfth edition, Prentice hall. 5. Andrew Pytel and Jaan Kiusalaas, Engineering mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, third edition, Cengage learning. Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals Main objectives of the course are to give the concept of vector and their various properties and to develop basic understanding of laws of motion and their applications is daily life. Students will also learn the mathematical concept and expressions of various physical parameters used in mechanics. Course outline: Vector Analysis: Review of Vectors in 3 dimensions and fundamental Operations. Direction Cosines, Spherical polar coordinates, Cylindrical Coordinates. Vector and scalar triple products, gradient of a scalar, Divergence and curl of a vector, Physical significance of each type, Divergence of a Vector, flux, curl and line integral (mutual relation). Vector identities. Particle Dynamics:
Dynamics of uniform, circular motion, the banked curve, Time dependent forces, Obtaining x(t), v(t) for this case using integration method, Effects of drag forces on motion, Applying Newton’s Laws to obtain v(t) for the case of motion with time dependent (Integration approach) drag (viscous) forces, terminal velocity, Projectile motion with and without air resistance, Non inertial frames, Pseudo forces, Centrifugal force as an example of pseudo force, Coriolis force.
Work, Power and Energy:
Work done by a constant force, work done by a variable force (1-2 dimensions), (Essentially a review of grade-II concepts via integration technique to calculate work done (e.g. in vibration of a spring obeying Hooke’s Law), Obtaining general expression for work done (2-dimensional case) and applying to simple cases e.g. pulling a mass at the end of a fixed string against gravity, Work energy theorem, General proof of work energy theorem, Derivation using integral calculus. Basic formulae and applications, Power, Energy changes with respect to observers in different inertial frames, Conservative and non conservative forces: Conservation of energy in a system of particles, Law of conservation of total energy of an isolated system.
Systems of Particles:
Two particle systems and generalization to many particle systems, Centre of mass, Position, velocity and equation of motion, Centre of mass of solid objects, Calculation of Centre of Mass of solid objects using integral calculus, Calculating C.M. of Uniform Rod, Cylinder and Sphere.
Collisions:
Elastic Collisions, Conservation of momentum during collision in one and two dimensions, Inelastic collision, Collisions in centre of Mass reference frame (One and two dimensions), Simple applications, obtaining velocities in C.M. Frame.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Review of Vectors in 3 dimensions and fundamental Operations. Direction Cosines, Spherical polar coordinates, Cylindrical Coordinates. Vector and scalar triple products, gradient of a scalar,
2 Divergence and curl of a vector, Physical significance of each type, Divergence of a Vector, flux, curl and line integral (mutual relation). Vector identities.
3 Dynamics of uniform, circular motion, the banked curve, Time dependent forces, Obtaining x(t), v(t) for this case using integration method.
4 Effects of drag forces on motion, Applying Newton’s Laws to obtain v(t) for the case of motion with time dependent (Integration approach) drag (viscous) forces, terminal velocity
5 Effects of drag forces on motion, Applying Newton’s Laws to obtain v(t) for the case of motion with time dependent (Integration approach) drag (viscous) forces, terminal velocity.
6 Work done by a constant force, work done by a variable force (1-2 dimensions).
7 A review of grade-II concepts via integration technique to calculate work done (e.g. in vibration of a spring obeying Hooke’s Law)
8 Obtaining general expression for work done (2-dimensional case) and applying to simple cases e.g. pulling a mass at the end of a fixed string against gravity.
9 Work energy theorem, General proof of work energy theorem, Derivation using integral calculus. Basic formulae and applications.
10 Power, Energy changes with respect to observers in different inertial frames, Conservative and non conservative forces.
11 Conservation of energy in a system of particles, Law of conservation of total energy of an isolated system.
12 Two particle systems and generalization to many particle systems.
13 Centre of mass, Position, velocity and equation of motion, Centre of mass of solid objects
14 Calculation of Centre of Mass of solid objects using integral calculus, Calculating C.M. of Uniform Rod, Cylinder and Sphere.
15 Elastic Collisions, Conservation of momentum during collision in one and two dimensions.
16 Inelastic collision, Collisions in centre of Mass reference frame (One and two dimensions), Simple applications, obtaining velocities in C.M. Frame.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Introduction to Computers
Course Title: Introduction to Computer Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code:
Prerequisites For this Course: Nil
This Course is Prerequisite For: Nil
Instructor: Hameeda Illyas e-mail : Web: no
Recommended Books
1. Peter Norton’s, Introduction to Computer 2. Long and Long, Introduction to Computer
Course Outline and Objectives: Objectives:
Course objectives:
This covers the basics of computer hardware, software, and networking and helps students develop basic skills in using Windows, Microsoft office and creating web pages. Students also learn how to use computer safely and to consider ethical issues related to computer usage.
Contents : Introduction to Computer, Concepts, Functions, Application and hardware, Generations of Computer, Types of Computer, Input / Output Devices, System Unit Components, Storage Devices, System Software, Application Software, Custom Software, Operating System, Functions of OS, Use of Office Productivity Tools such as Word Processing, Spreadsheet, Database, Internet and World Wide Web with its Applications.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Introduction to Computer
2 Building blocks
3 Basic concepts variables, input/output 4 Functions
5 Application of functions
6 Software and hardware
7 Generations of Computer
8 Types of Computer
Mid term
9 Input / Output Devices
10 System Unit Components
11 Storage Devices
12 System Software, Application Software
13 Custom Software, Operating System, Functions of OS
14 Use of Office Productivity Tools
15 Word Processing, Spreadsheet, Database
16 Internet and World Wide Web with its Applications.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Second Semester
Calculus II
Course Title: Calculus II Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH-151
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus I
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: KIRAN BATOOL e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. Thomas, Calculus, 11th Edition. Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 2005
2. H. Anton, I. Bevens, S. Davis, Calculus, 8th Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. 2005
3. Hughes-Hallett, Gleason, McCallum, et al, Calculus Single and
Multivariable, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2002.
4. Frank A. Jr, Elliott Mendelson, Calculus, Schaum’s outlines series, 4th Edition, 1999
5. C.H. Edward and E.D Penney, Calculus and Analytics Geometry,
Prentice Hall, Inc. 1988
6. E. W. Swokowski, Calculus with Analytic Geometry, PWS
Publishers, Boston, Massachusetts, 1983.
7. M. Liebeck, A Concise introduction to pure Mathematics, CRC
Press, 2011.
8. A. Kaseberg, Intermediate Algebra, Thomson Brooks/COLE, 2004.
Background and Goals This is second course of Calculus. As continuation of Calculus I, it focuses on techniques of integration and applications of integrals. The course also aims at introducing the students to infinite series, parametric curves and polar coordinates.
Contents: Techniques of integration: Integrals of elementary, hyperbolic, trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential functions. Integration by parts, substitution and partial fractions. Approximate integration.
Improper integrals. Gamma functions.
Applications of integrals: Area between curves, average value. Volumes. Arc length. Area of a surface of revolution. Applications to Economics, Physics, Engineering and Biology.
Infinite series: Sequences and series. Convergence and absolute convergence. Tests for convergence: divergence test, integral test, pseries test, comparison test, limit comparison test, alternating series test, ratio test, root test. Power series. Convergence of power series. Representation of functions as power series. Differentiation and integration of power series. Taylor and Maclaurin series. Approximations by Taylor polynomials.
Conic section, parameterized curves and polar coordinates: Curves defined by parametric equations. Calculus with parametric curves: tangents, areas, arc length. Polar coordinates. Polar curves,
tangents to polar curves. Areas and arc length in polar coordinates.
Course Outline and Objectives: Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Integrals of elementary, hyperbolic, trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential functions.
2 Integration by parts, substitution and partial fractions. Approximate integration. Improper integrals. 3
4 Gamma functions. Area between curves, average value. Volumes. Arc length.
5 Area of a surface of revolution.
6 Applications to Economics, Physics, Engineering and Biology.
7 Sequences and series. Convergence and absolute convergence
8 divergence test, integral test, p series test comparison test, limit comparison test, alternating series test, 9
10 ratio test, root test. Power series
11 . Convergence of power series. Representation of functions as power series. Differentiation and integration of power series. Taylor and McLaurin series. Approximations 12 by Taylor polynomials.
13 Curves defined by parametric equations. Calculus with parametric curves: tangents, areas, arc length. Polar coordinates. Polar curves 14
15 tangents to polar curves. Areas and arc length in polar coordinates.
16 tangents to polar curves. Areas and arc length in polar coordinates.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Discrete Mathematics
Lab : No Course Title: Discrete Mathematics Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH-102
Prerequisites For this Course: Mathematics at intermediate level
Instructor: Rafia Bashir
e-mail : Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk [email protected]
Recommended Books:
1.B. Bollobas, Graph Theory, Springer Verlag, New York, 1979.
2. K.R. Parthasarathy, Basic Graph Theory, McGraw-Hill, 1994
3. K.H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Application, McGraw-Hill, 6th edition, 2007.
4. B. Kolman, R.C. Busby, S.C. Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 5th edition, 2008.
5. A. Tucker, Applied Combinatorics, John Wiley and Sons, Inc New York, 2002.
6. R. Diestel, Graph Theory, 4th edition, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2010.
7. N.L. Brigs, Discrete Mathematics, Oxford University Press, 2003
8. K.A. Ross, C.R.B. Wright, Discrete Mathematics, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2003.
Objectives: Discrete Mathematics is study of distinct, un-related topics of mathematics; it embraces topics from early stages of mathematical development and recent additions to the discipline as well. The present course restricts only to counting methods, relations and graphs. The objective of the course is to inculcate in the students the skills that are necessary for decision making in non-continuous situations.
Course Outline:
Counting methods: Basic methods: product, inclusion-exclusion formulae. Permutations and combinations. Recurrence relations and their solutions. Generating functions. Double counting. Applications. Pigeonhole principle, applications.
Relations: Binary relations, n-ary Relations. Closures of relations. Composition of relations, inverse relation. Graphs: Graph terminology. Representation of graphs. Graphs isomorphism. Algebraic methods: the incidence matrix. Connectivity, Eulerian and Hamiltonian paths. Shortest path problem. Trees and spanning trees. Complete graphs and bivalent graphs.
Course Outline and Objectives: Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Counting methods
2 Basic methods: product, inclusion-exclusion formulae
3 Permutations and combinations.
4 Recurrence relations and their solutions
5 Generating functions
6 Double counting. Applications.
7 Pigeonhole principle.
8 Applications of Pigeonhole principle.
9 Relations: Binary relations, n-ary Relations
10 Closures of relations Composition of relations, inverse relation. 11
12 Graphs: Graph terminology
13 Representation of graphs. Graphs isomorphism
14 Algebraic methods: the incidence matrix. Connectivity, Eulerian and Hamiltonian paths
15 Trees and spanning trees
16 Complete graphs and bivalent graphs.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10% Quizzes: 10% Midterm: 30% Final: 50% Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Statistics
Program B.S
Semester Winter Semester, 2019-20
Title of the course Mathematical Statistics-I Course No. MATH-404
Credit hours 3+0
Course contents Introduction to Statistics:
Descriptive statistics, statistics in decision making, graphical representation of data, stem and leaf plot, box-cox plot, measures of central tendency and dispersion, moments of frequency distribution, counting techniques, introduction to probability, sample space, events, laws of probability, conditional probability.
Probability Distributions:
The postulates of probability, some elementery theorems, addition and multiplication rules, bayes rule and future bayes theorem, random variables and probability functions.
Discrete Probability Distributions:
Uniform, bernoulli and binomial distributions, hypergeometric and geometric distributions, negative binomial and poisson distributions.
Continuous Probability Distributions:
Uniform and exponential distribution, gamma and beta distribution, normal distribution.
Mathematical Expectations:
Moment and moment generating functions, moment of binomial, hypergeometric, poisson, gamma, beta and normal distributions.
Recommended books:
1. J. E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics, ( Prentice Hall Inc., 1992). 2. Hogg and Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, ( Collier Macmillan, 1958). 3. Mood Greyill and Boes, Introduction to Theory of Statistics, (McGraw Hill). 4. R. E. Walepole, Introduction to Statistics, 3rd Edition, ( Macmillan Publishing Company London, 1982). 5. M. R. Spiegal and L. J. Stephens, Statistics, (McGraw Hill Book Company, 1984). 6. Ronald Walpole, Myers., Myers, Ye, “Probabilty & Statistics for Engineers and Scientists” 8th Edition, 2008, Prentice Hall Publisher. 7. Lay-Devore, “Probability & Statistics for Engineers and Scientists” 2003, Duxbury Publishers.
Follow up Quizzes (10 mark)
Assignments (10 mark)
Category Minor course
To set up mathematical models of processes and system that are affected by chance. To check these models against reality and determine whether they are Objectives reliable for practical purposes or otherwise.
Student will be able to Learn different methods of data collection. Learning Outcomes Used statistical models to deal with the data. Make predictions about their research.
Marks Distribution
Mid (30%) Assignment (20%) Final (50%) Practical Total
30 20 50 0 100
Theory
Week L Contents to be covered Book/Article
1. 1-3 Introduction to statistics, descriptive statistics, 1, 3 statistics in decision making
2. 4-6 Graphical Representation of data, stem and leaf plot, 2 & 3 box-cox plots
3. 7-9 Measure of central tendency and dispersion 1,5
4. 10-12 Moments of frequency distribution, counting 1,5 techniques
5. 13-15 Introduction to probability, sample space, events, 1, 2 & 3 laws of probability, conditional probability
6. 16-18 The postulates of probability, some elementry 3, 7 theorems, addition and multipļication rules
7. 19-21 Bayes theorem, random variables and probability 1,4 functions
8. 22-24 Uniform and bernoulli distribution 1, 4
9. Mid Exam
10. 25-27 Binomial and hypergeometric distribution 1, 6 & 7 11. 28-30 Poisson distribution 1, 6 & 7
12. 31-33 Geometric and negative binomial distribution 6 & 7
13. 35-37 Uniform and exponential distribution 1, 6 & 7
14. 38-40 Gamma and beta distribution 6 & 7
15. 41-43 Normal distribution 7
16. 44-48 Discussions
English-II (Communication Skills)
Course Title: English II (Communication Skills) Lab: No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: ENG-102
Prerequisites For this Course: English I
This Course is Prerequisite For: Nil
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals To enhance the skills of students in speaking, reading, writing and listening of English.
Course outline: Verbs, auxiliary, modals, mood, cohesive devices (recognizing and interpreting cohesive devices), analysis of phrase and clause. Presentation Skills, personality development (emphasize on content, styleand pronunciation), Group discussion, taking part in seminar, effective class room interaction. Strategies to improve reading speed, skimming, scanning, inference, prediction, anticipation, stages of reading. Paragraph writing (Techniques of writing, descriptive, narrative, expository, argumentative), letter writing (invitation, regrets, routines), Emails writing, Note taking and Note making, outlining and summarizing, brainstorming. Introduction, extensive and intensive listening, stress, intonation, rhythm.
Recommended Books: 1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression. ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing), 1992. 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2004. 3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. Lecture Plan: Week Topic Verbs, auxiliary, modals. 1
Mood, cohesive devices (recognizing and interpreting cohesive devices), 2
Analysis of phrase and clause, Presentation Skills, 3 Personality development (emphasize on content, styleand pronunciation), 4 Group discussion, Taking part in seminar, 5 Effective class room interaction,Strategies to improve reading speed, 6 Skimming, Scanning, Inference, 7
8 Prediction, Anticipation,
Mid Term Exam Stages of reading 9
10 Paragraph writing (Techniques of writing, descriptive) Paragraph writing (narrative, expository, argumentative) 11
12 letter writing (invitation, regrets, routines), Emails writing brainstorming 13
14 Introduction, Extensive and intensive listening, Stress,
15 Intonation, rhythm. Quizzes 16
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Pak Studies
Faculty: Social Science
Department History & Pakistan Studies Program BS 4 Years
Subject Title Pakistan Studies(Complusary) Course Code PakS 101
Course Instructor Mubina Nargis Credit Hours
Recommended Books: M.Ikram Rabbani. Comprehensive Pakistan Studies . Carvan Publishers, Lahore,2011. Ahmad, Justice (Rtd) Masud. Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History 1857-1975. (Lahore: 1983). Ahmad, Mushtaq.Pakistan, s Foreign Policy Ahmar, Moonis, Ed., the World after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities, (Karachi, 2003). Afzal, M .Rafique, Political Parties in Pakistan, 1947-69, 2 vols, (Islamabad: 1986). Ali, Mehrunissa. Reading in Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, 1971-1998. (Karachi: 2001). Andrew , W.P. The Indus and its Provinces, Their Political and Commercial Importance Anwar, Syed. Pakistan:Islam,Politics and National Solidarity.(Lahore:1984). Burki, Shahid Javed , Pakistan under Bhutto 1971-77.(Hong Kong:1988). Burke, S.M; Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis.(Oxford:1969). Burke,S.M., Main Springs of India and Pakistan foreign Policy.
Learning Outcomes:
Time Course Outline Duration
Week 1 Historical Background (ideologies of Sir Syed . Iqbal &Ali Jinnah)
Week 2 Aligarh Movement . All India Muslim League.
Week 3 Luck now Pact 1916.
Khilafat Movement.
Week 4 Nehru Report .
Fourteen Points of Quaiz-e-Azam. Week 5 Allahabad Adress.
Congress Ministries.
Week 6 Lahore Resolution .
Cabinet Mission Plan.
Week 7 Presentation
Week 8 Third June Plan.
Independence Act.
Location and (Geo-Strategic importance of Pakistan.
Week 9 Government and Polities in Pakistan.
Political and Constitutional Development (1947-1958)
Objective Resolution
Week 10 Salient features of Constitution of 1956.
Causes of failure of Parliamentary Democracy in Pakistan.
Week 11 Ayub Khan’s Reforms. Salient Features of Constitution of 1962.
1970s Elections LFO.
Week 12 Causes of Separation of East Pakistan. Bhutto’s Reforms. Salient Features of 1973s constitution.
Week 13 Zia’s Islamization. Political and Constitutional Development in Pakistan,1999 to the present.
Week 14 Foreign Policy of Pakistan and Challenges.
Week 15 Presentation
Week 16 Social Problems of Pakistan.
Phy-II (Electricity & Magnetism)
Third Semester
Calculus III
Course Title: Calculus III Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: 201
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus II
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: KIRAN BATOOL e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. Thomas, Calculus, 11th Edition. Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 2005
2. H. Anton, I. Bevens, S. Davis, Calculus, 8th Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. 2005
3. Hughes-Hallett, Gleason, McCallum, et al, Calculus Single and
Multivariable, 3rd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2002.
4. Frank A. Jr, Elliott Mendelson, Calculus, Schaum’s outlines series, 4th Edition, 1999
5. C.H. Edward and E.D Penney, Calculus and Analytics Geometry,
Prentice Hall, Inc. 1988
6. E. W. Swokowski, Calculus with Analytic Geometry, PWS
Publishers, Boston, Massachusetts, 1983.
7. M. Liebeck, A Concise introduction to pure Mathematics, CRC
Press, 2011.
8. A. Kaseberg, Intermediate Algebra, Thomson Brooks/COLE, 2004.
Background and Goals This is third course of Calculus and builds up on the concepts learned in first two courses. The students would be introduced to the vector calculus, the calculus of multivariable functions and double and triple integrals along with their applications.
Contents: Vectors and analytic geometry in space: Coordinate system. Rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. The dot product, the cross product. Equations of lines and planes. Quadric surfaces. Vector-valued functions: Vector-valued functions and space curves. Derivatives and integrals of vector valued functions. Arc length. Curvature, normal and binormal vectors.
Multivariable functions and partial derivatives: Functions of several variables. Limits and Continuity. Partial derivatives, Composition and chain rule. Directional derivatives and the gradient vector. Implicit function theorem for several variables. Maximum and minimum values. Optimization problems. Lagrange Multipliers.
Multiple integrals: Double integrals over rectangular domains and iterated integrals. Non- rectangular domains. Double integrals in polar coordinates. Triple integrals in rectangular, cylindrical and spherical
coordinates. Applications of double and triple integrals. Change of variables in multiple integrals.
Vector calculus: Vector fields. Line integrals. Green's theorem. Curl and divergence. Surface integrals over scalar and vector fields. Divergence theorem. Stokes' theorem.
Course Outline and Objectives: Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
2 The dot product, the cross product. Equations of lines and planes. Quadric surfaces. 3
4 Vector-valued functions and space curves. Derivatives and integrals of vector valued functions.
5 Arc length. Curvature,
6 normal and binormal vectors.
7 Functions of several variables. Limits and Continuity. Partial derivatives, Composition and chain rule. Directional derivatives and the gradient vector. Implicit 8 function theorem for several variables. Maximum and minimum values. 9
10 Optimization problems. Lagrange Multipliers.
11 Double integrals over rectangular domains and iterated integrals. Non-rectangular domains. Double integrals in polar coordinates. 12 Triple integrals in rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. 13 Applications of double and triple integrals. Change of variables in multiple integrals. 14
15 : Vector fields. Line integrals. Green's theorem. Curl and divergence.
16 Surface integrals over scalar and vector fields. Divergence theorem. Stokes' theorem.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
ALGEBRA I (GROUP THEORY)
Lab : No Title of the Course: Algebra I (Group Theory) Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -206
Prerequisites : Elements of Set Theory and Mathematical Logic
Instructor: Rafia Bashir e-mail : [email protected] Web: : http://www.wum.edu.pk
Recommended Books:
1. J. Rose, A Course on Group Theory, Cambridge University Press, 1978.
2. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Xerox Publishing Company, 1964.
3. P. M. Cohn, Algebra, John Wiley and Sons, London, 1974.
4. P. B. Bhattacharya, S. K. Jain and S. R. Nagpaul, Basic Abstract Algebra, Cambridge University Press, 1986.
5. J. B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, 2002.
6. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist, Algebra, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
7. D. S. Dummit and R. M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2004
Course outline and Objectives:
Specific Objectives of course:
This course introduces basic concepts of groups and their homomorphisms. The main objective of this course is to prepare students for courses which require a good back ground in group theory like Rings and Modules, Linear Algebra, Group Representation, Galois Theory etc.
Course Outline:
Groups: Definition of a group, subgroup, subgroup generated by a set. The cyclic groups, cosets and Lagrange’s theorem. Normalizer centralizer. The center of a group. Equivalence relation in a group, conjugacy classes. Normal subgroups, quotient group. Group homomorphisms: Homomorphisms and isomorphism and Automorphism. Kernel and image of homomorphism. Isomorphism theorems. Permutation groups. The cyclic decomposition of a permutation group. Cayley’s theorem. Direct product of two groups and examples.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic 1 Definition of a group,
2 Subgroup, subgroup generated by a set.
3 The cyclic groups, cosets and Lagrange’s theorem.
4 Normalizer centralizer,
5 The center of a group.
6 Equivalence relation in a group,
7 conjugacy classes. Normal subgroups,
8 Quotient group.
Group homomorphisms:
9 Homomorphisms and isomorphism and Automorphism.
10 Kernel and image of homorphism.
11 Isomorphism theorems.
12 Isomorphism theorems.
13 Isomorphism theorems.
14 Permutation groups.
15 The cyclic decomposition of a permutation group.
16 Cayley’s theorem. Direct production of two groups and examples.
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
General (G-3) Psychology
Title of the Course: Psychology
Credit hrs: 03
Prerequisites : Nil
Recommended Books:
1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology(13thed.). Harcourt Brace College Publishers. 2. Fernald,L.D.,&Fernald,P.S.(2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMCBrownPublishers. 3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000). Foundation of psychology (3rded.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-HillCompanies, Inc. 4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 5. Myers, D. G. (1992).Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: WadsworthPublishers. 6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.
Weeks Topics
1 Introduction to Psychology
2 Historical perspective. Goals of Psychology
3 Emotions. Theories of emotions.
4 Measurement of emotions .Types of emotions.
5 Motivation. Types of motivation.
6 Mid-Term Exams. Measurement of motivation. Theories of motivation
7 Memory .Types of memory.
8 Theories of memory. Factors affecting memory
9 Memory disorders. Forgetting.
10 Learning. Types of Learning.
11 Factors affecting learning. Personality.
12 Theories of personality. 13 Theories of personality.
14 Prensentations
15 Presentations
16 Test
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
English-III (Technical Writing & Presentation Skills) Title of the Course: English-III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) Credit Hours: 03 (3+0) Course Code: ENG-201 Category: Compulsory
Weeks Date Classwork Week 1 19-08-19 Introduction & Orientation; Discussion on Syllabus Outline and its objectives
Week 2 26-08-19 Presentation skills- Definition & Features Qualities of a good Presenter. Modes of Presentation
Week 3 2-09- 19 Interpersonal Communication Verbal & Non Verbal Communication Practice & Presentation Week 4 09-09-19 What is writing Skills? Process of Writing Skill
Week 5 16-09-19 Essay writing: Descriptive, Narrative. Week 6 23-09-19 My Native Town Process of Glass Making Week 7 30-09-19 Discursive, Argumentative Is Technical Education a Need of Time?
Week 8 07-10-19 Revision & Quizz
Week 9 07-03-19 Mid-Term Exam
Weeks Date Classwork Week 10 14-10-19 Academic writing: How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper Week 11 21-10-19 Discussion & Term Paper (Assignment ) Week 12 28-10-19 What is Progress Report? Progress Report ON the Extension and Enhancement of the Canteen, Wum. Week 13 04-11-19 Reading Skills Read – Animal Farm by G. Orwell Vocabulary Building Week 14 11-11-19 Research Paper- Presentation Discussion Week 15 18-11-19 Quizz
Week 16 25-11-19 Revision Week 17 28-11-19 Quizz
Computer Programming
Course Title: Computer Programming Lab : yes
Credit hrs: 3+1 Course Code: MATH -312
Prerequisites For this Course: Nil
This Course is Prerequisite For: Nil
Instructor: Saima Zainab e-mail : Web: no
Recommended Books
1. Aho, AV, Ulman JD, Foundation of Computer Science, 1995, Computer Sciences Press, WH Freeman, New York. 2. Hein JL. Theory of computation: an Introduction (1st edition), Jones &Bartlett, Boston. 3. Laffo R, Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming, McGraw Hill, New York.
Course Outline and Objectives: Objectives:
Course objectives:
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to operating systems and environments. After completion of this course, students will be able to perform basic mathematics on FORTRAN or C/C++.
Contents : Introduction to operating systems, one Language (FORTRAN or C/C++), building blocks, variables, input/output, loops (FOR, WHILE, DO), decisions (IF, IF ELSE, ELSE IF) construct switch statement, conditional statement, function that returns a value, using argument to pass data to another function, external variable, arrays and strings, pointers, structure, files and introduction to object-oriented programming.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Introduction to operating systems
2 Building blocks
3 Variables, input/output
4 Loops (FOR, WHILE, DO)
5 Decisions (IF, IF ELSE, ELSE IF)
6 Construct switch statement
7 Conditional statement
8 Functions, function that returns a value
Mid term
9 External variable
10 Arrays and strings
11 Pointers
12 Pointers (Continued)
13 Structures
14 Structures (Continued)
15 Introduction to object-oriented programming
16 Introduction to object-oriented programming (Continued)
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Fourth Semester
Software Packages
Linear Algebra
Title of the Course: Linear Algebra Lab : No Credit Hours: 3+1=4 Course Code: MATH -203
Prerequisites: calculus I
Instructor: Dr. Qammar Rubbab e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Recommended Books: 1. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra And its Applications, Pearson Education, (3rd Edition), (2004). 2. 2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jhon Wiley and Son (8th Edition). 3. Howard Anton, Chris Rorres, Elementry Linear Algebra, Jhon Wiley and Sons, (8th Edition), (2000).
Course outline and Objectives:
Background and Goals:
This course is designed to familiarize the students with the basic techniques of solving systems of linear equations by matrix methods and to teach them the concepts of abstract vector spaces. It also aims at blending geometry with vector spaces and then highlighting their applications.
Course Outline: Basic Concepts, Matrix Operations, System of Linear Equations, Linear Independence, Iterative Solutions of Linear Systems, Introduction to Linear Transformations, Inverse of a Matrix, Matrix Factorization, Application to Computer Graphics, Introduction to Determinants, Cramer’s Rule, Vector Spaces, Eigenvalues and its Applications, Inner Product Spaces, Orthogonality, Diagonalization, The Gram-Schmidt Process.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 System of Linear Equations, Row Reduction and Echelon Forms.
2 Vector equations, The Matrix Equation Ax b .
3 Solution Sets of Linear Systems, application of Linear System, Linear Independence.
4 Introduction to Linear Transformations, The Matrix of Linear Transformation.
5 Linear Models in Science and Engineering Matrix operations.
6 The Inverse of a Matrix, Characterization of Invertible Matrices, Partitioned Matrices.
7 Matrix Factorizations, Iterative Solutions of Linear Systems.
8 Application To Computer Graphics, Determinant, Properties of Determinants, Cramers Rule.
9 Vector Spaces and Subspaces, Null Spaces, Column Spaces and Linear Transformations.
10 Linearly Independent Sets, Bases, Coordinate Systems.
11 The Dimension of a Vector Space, Rank of Matrix, Eigen Vectors and Eigen Values.
12 The Characteristic Equation, Diagonalization.
13 Inner Product, Length and Orthogonality.
14 Orthogonol Sets, Orthogonal Projections.
15 The Gram-Schmidt Process.
16 Diagonalization of Symmetric Matrices.
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted. No make-up test or quiz will be given.
AFFINE AND EUCCLIDEAN GEMETRY
Title of the Course: Affine and Euclidean Lab : No Geometry Course Code: MATH -202 Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus I
Instructor: Rafia Bashir e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Recommended Books:
1. E. Rees, Notes on Geometry, Springer, 2004.
2. M. A. Armstrong, Groups and Symmetry, Springer, 1998.
3. H. Eves, Fundamentals of Modern Elementary Geometry,
Jones and Bartlett Publishers International, 1992.
4. S. Stahl, The Poincare Half-Plane A Gateway to Modern
Geometry, Jones and Bartlett Publishers International, 1993.
Course outline and Objectives:
Specific Objectives of course: To familiarize mathematics students with the axiomatic approach to geometry from a logical, historical, and pedagogical point of view and introduce them with the basic concepts of Affine Geometry, Affine spaces and Platonic Ployhedra.
Course Outline:
Vector spaces and affine geometry: Collinearity of three points, ratio AB/BC. Linear combinations and linear dependent set versus affine combinations and affine dependent sets. Classical theorems in affine geometry: Thales, Menelaus, Ceva, Desargues. Affine subspaces, affine maps. Dimension of a linear subspace and of an affine subspace.
Euclidean geometry: Scalar product, Cauchy-Schwartz inequality: norm of a vector, distance between two points, angles between two non-zero vectors. Pythagoras theorem, parallelogram law, cosine and sine rules. Elementary geometric loci.
Orthogonal transformations: Isometries of plane (four types), Isometries of space (six types). Orthogonal bases. Platonic polyhedra: Euler theorem on finite planar graphs. Classification of regular polyhedra in space. Isometries of regular polygons and regular polyhedra.
Lecture Plan :
Week Topic
Vector spaces and affine geometry:
1 Collinearity of three points,
ratio AB/BC. Linear combinations and linear dependent set versus affine 2 combinations and affine dependent sets.
3 Classical theorems in affine geometry: Thales theorem,
4 Menelaus theorem
5 Ceva theorem
6 Desargues theorem
7 Affine subspaces, affine maps.
8 Dimension of a linear subspace and of an affine subspace.
Euclidean geometry:
9 Scalar product, Cauchy-Schwartz inequality: norm of a vector,
10 Distance between two points, angles between two non-zero vectors,
Pythagoras theorem, parallelogram law, cosine and sine rules, Elementary 11 geometric loci.
Orthogonal transformations:
12 Isometries of plane (four types). Isometries of space (six types). Orthogonal bases.
Platonic polyhedral:
13 Euler theorem on finite planar graphs.
14 Classification of regular polyhedral in space.
15 Isometries of regular polygons and regular polyhedral.
16 Various examples of Isometries of regular polygons and regular polyhedral.
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
G-4 (History of Mathematics)
Course Title: History of Mathematics Lab : No
Credit Hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -207
Prerequisites For this Course: None
This Course is Prerequisite For: None
Instructor: Rafia Waqar e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Recommended Books:
1. C.B. Boyer and U.V. Mersbach, The history of Mathematics, 2nd Edition, John Wiley 1989. Course Outline and Objectives:
Background and Goals This course is designed to help students develop a deeper understanding of the mathematics they have already studied by seeing how it was developed over time and in various places. It encourages creative and flexible thinking by allowing students to see historical evidence that there are different and perfectly valid ways to view concepts and to carry out computations. It also inspires students by pointing out famous open problems and encourages them to consider trying their hand at them when they are equipped to deal with them.
Contents: History of numerations; Egyptian, Babylonian, Hindu and Arabic contributions to Algebra; including the contributions of Al-Khwarzmi and Ibn Qura. Geometry; areas, the work of Al-Toussi on Euclid’s axioms. Analysis; the calculus; Newton, Leibnitz, Gauss. The concept of limit: Cauchy, Laplace. An introduction to some famous old open problems.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
2. Introduction to the subject, history of numbers in Egyptian era
3. Mathematical computations in Egyptian era
4. Problems involving equation solving techniques by Egyptians
5. Babylonian Number system, arithmetic, Babylonian equation solving 6. Babylonian geometry
7. Indian Number system, rules of arithmetic
8. Equation solving, Indian geometry, Indian work on sine tables
9. Arab Number system, history of development of zero
10. Development of Algebra, Alkhwarzimi
11. Ibne Qura, geometry
12. Al Toussi, work on Euclid’s Axioms
13. Western Mathematics, developments in different ages
14. Calculus: Newton, Lebnitz, Gauss
15. The concept of limit: Cauchy, Laplace
16. An introduction to some famous old open problems
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 7 Quizzes: 8 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Any Foreign Language (French)
Course Title: French
Course Code:
Credit Hours: 03
Course Description and objectives: This course is designed to provide a basic foundation of french language to undergraduate students. Having communication skills is important for anyone, irrespective of discipline or area of specialization. Therefore, this course is designed and offered to build a base of french language. After completing this course, students would be able to have basic communication, oral and written, in french.
Books: Course booklet, especially designed for undergraduate students by the course instructor, Dr. Saadia Irshad Course Contents and Weekly Plan:
Week 1 - Formal Greetings and Casual Greetings
Week 2 - Gender of nouns and articles
Weeks 3 - The L Apostrophe
Week 4 - Colors, months, fruits and vegetables
Week 5 - Plurals of nouns and articles
Week 6 - Subject pronouns and verb 'Aimer', Verb 'Manger' and paritive articles
Week 7 - Verb 'etre', accents on the letter 'e'
Week 8 - French numbers, seasons, time telling,
Week 9 - Talking about weather, days of week, family
Week 10 - french idioms and expressions
Week 11 - conversation fillers, The definite article
Week 12 - French possessive adjectives (my, your, his, her)
Week 13 - Times when gender doesn't matter, possession in nouns
Week 14 - Negating verbs, Time concepts (early, never, late etc)
Week 15 - Paritive article, Question words
Course Evaluation:
Mid-Term 30
Final-Term 50
Sessional Marks 20 (Quizzes, assignments and class participation)
Fifth Semester
Topology
Course Title: Topology Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -305 Prerequisites For this Course: calculus I
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: Zill-e-Shams e-mail : [email protected] Web: no
Recommended Books: 1. J. Kelly, General Topology, Springer, 2005. 2. K. Janich, Topology, Springer, 1994. 3. J. Hocking, G. Young, Topology, Dover Publications, 1961. 4. J. R. Munkres, Topology - A First Course, Prentice-Hall, 2003. 5. G. Simmons, Topology and modern analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1963. 6. S. Lipschutz, General Topology, McGraw-Hill, 2004. 7. J. Dugundji, Topology, Allyn and Bacon, 1966.
Course Outline and Objectives: Specific Objectives of course: The aim of this course is to introduce the students to metric spaces and topological spaces. After completion of this course, they would be familiar with separation axioms, compactness and completeness. They would be able to determine whether a function defined on a metric or topological space is continuous or not and what homeomorphisms are.
Course Outline: Definitions and examples of topology, open and closed sets, subspace, neighborhood, limit point, closure of set, interior, exterior and boundary of set, bases and sub bases, neighborhood bases, first and second axiom of countability, separable axioms, lindelof spaces, continuous functions and homomorphism, weak topology and finite product spaces, Separation axioms, regular spaces, completely regular spaces, normal spaces, compact topological spaces, countably compact spaces, sequentially compact spaces, connected and disconnected spaces, totally disconnected spaces, components of topological spaces.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Definitions and examples of topology. 1 Open and closed sets, subspace, neighborhood. 2 Limit point, closure of set, interior, exterior and boundary of set. 3 Bases and sub bases, neighborhood bases. 4 First and second axiom of countability. 5 Separable axioms, lindelof spaces. 6
7 Continuous functions and homomorphism.
8 Weak topology and finite product spaces.
9 Separation axioms.
10 Regular spaces, completely regular spaces.
11 Normal spaces.
12 Compact topological spaces.
13 Countably compact spaces, sequentially compact spaces.
14 Connected and disconnected spaces.
15 Totally disconnected spaces.
16 Components of topological spaces.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Differential Geometry
Course Title: Differential Geometry Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH 302
Prerequisites For this Course: Non
This Course is Prerequisite For: Non
Instructor: Dr. Qammar Rubbab e-mail : [email protected] Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk 1. L. Bansi , Differential Geometry, Atma Ram and sons Publishers. 2. R. S. Millman and G. D. Parker, Elements of Differential Geometry, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1977. 3. A. Goetz, Introduction to Differential Geometry, Addison- Wesley, 1970. 4. E. Kreyzig, Differential Geometry, Dover, 1991. 5. M. M. Lipschutz, Schaum’s Outline of Differential Geometry, McGraw Hill, 1969. 6. D. Somasundaram, Differential Geometry, Narosa PublishingHouse, New Delhi. 2005. Course Outline and Objectives: It is the part of geometry which is treated with the help of differential calculus. Its study involves a study of space curves and surfaces. Since the geometric character of the curves and surfaces varies continuously, calculus is consequently used to study the properties of these curves and surfaces in the neighbourhood of the point. It provides the study of the properties of arbitrarily small pieces of curves and surfaces. Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 The equation of a curve, tangent line at a point, osculating plane at a point, equation to the osculating plane and exercises.
2 Osculating plane at a point of the curve of intersection of two surfaces, normal plane at a point, two special normal and their directions and exercises.
3 Space curves, arc length, tangent, normal and binormal, Osculating, normal and rectifying, Orthonormal triad of fundamental unit vectors t, n, b, curvature, torsion with illustrative examples.
4 Derivations of Frenet-Serret formulae, curvature and torsion of any curve r f() t , r f() s , r r() t , curves of constant slope or cylindrical helices.
5 Fundamental theorems for some curves, the circle of curvature, the radius and the center of the curvature, about the locus of the center of curvature, Gaussian, mean curvatures.
6 The sphere of curvature, The radius, center and about the locus of the center of spherical curvature, the spherical indicatrices, construction of spherical indicatrices, the curvature and torsion of spherical indicatrices.
7 Involutes, evolutes, the curvature and torsion of the involute, the equation of evolute, the curvature and torsion of evolute.
8 Tangent plane and normal line on surfaces, envelopes and characteristics relating to one parameter family of surfaces, the envelope touches each member of the points of its characteristic.
9 Edge of regression, each characteristic is tangent to the edge of regression, developable surfaces, illustrative examples and exercises
10 The general differential equations of developable surfaces, two parameter family of surfaces, characteristic points.
11 The envelop touches each surface at the characteristic points, curves on a surface, parametric curves, two fundamental forms.
12 Geometrical interpretation of the second fundamental form, directions on a surface, derivatives of surface normal N.
13 Derivations of Weingarten equations, Meunier’s Theorem, exercises. 14 Principal curvatures, lines of curvature, differential equation of the lines of curvatures, equation for the principal curvatures, examples
15 Euler’s theorem on normal curvatures, lines of curvature on a surface of revolution, exercises.
16 Geodesics, Normal property of Geodesics, differential equation of Geodesics.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10% Quizzes: 10% Midterm: 30% Final: 50% Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Real Analysis-I
Course Title: Real Analysis-I Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -305
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus III
This Course is Prerequisite For: Real Analysis –II, Complex Analysis, Mathematical Spaces ,Optimization Theory
Instructor: JAWAHIRA ZOHRA e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. S. Lang, Analysis I, Addison-Wesley Publ. Co., Reading, Massachusetts, 1968.
2. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd ed., Mc.Graw- 15 Hill, 1976.
3. B. S. Thomson, J. B. Bruckner and A. M. Bruckner, Elementary Real Analysis, 2nd Ed. 2008.
4. G. Boros, V. Moll, Irresistible Integrals: Symbolics, Analysis an Experiments in the Evaluation of Integrals, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
5. J. Borwein, D. Bailey, R. Girgenson, Experimentation in Mathematics: Computational Paths to discovery, Wellesley, MA, A.K. Peters, 2004.
6. G. Bartle , R. Sherbert , Introduction to Real Analysis, 3
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals This is the first rigorous course in analysis and has a theoretical emphasis. I rigorously develop the fundamental ideas of calculus and is aimed to develop the student’s ability to deal with abstract mathematics and mathematical proofs. Another objective is to provide sound understanding of the axiomatic foundations of the real number system, in particular the notions of completeness and compactness.
Contents: Number Systems: Ordered fields. Rational, real and complex numbers. Archimedean property, supremum, infimum and completeness. Topology of real numbers: Convergence, completeness, completion of real numbers. Open sets, closed sets, compact sets. Heine Borel Theorem. Connected sets. Sequences and Series of Real Numbers: Limits of sequences, algebra of limits. Bolzano Weierstrass Theorem. Cauchy sequences, liminf, limsup. Limits of series, convergences tests, absolute and conditional convergence. Power series. Continuity: Functions, continuity and compactness, existence of minimizers and maximizers, uniform continuity. Continuity and connectedness, Intermediate mean Value Theorem. Monotone functions and discontinuities. Differentiation: Mean Value Theorem, L’Hopital’s Rule, Taylor’s Theorem. Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Real Number System ; properties of rational and irrational numbers, order of a set, Ordered sets, fields, properties and theorems of fields , the field of real numbers
2 Completeness property of R, Archimedean property, infimum, supremum and its properties and theorems, glb and lub properties and its theorems, The extended real number system
3 Finite, countable and uncountable sets, examples and related theorems, Sequences and Series define and some examples solving
4 subsequences, convergent sequences, Cauchy sequences and related examples and proofs
5 Monotone and bounded sequences and theorems on monotone increasing and decreasion sequence with boun,, Bolzano Weierstrass theorem
6 Series, examples proofs geometric series, harmonic series,p-series,and related results, series of non-negative terms and related results, partial sums
7 Convergence tests, Absolute and conditional convergence theorems, Cauchy condition criterion for convergence of series
8 Metric spaces and related examples, neighborhood system , limit point and related applications and theorems
9 Interior point and exterior point and related examples .open and closed sets, Compact sets
10 Compact sets , Heine Borel Theorem
11 Limit of a function, continuity of a function at a point and at a set, theorems on continuity
12 Connected sets ,Continuity and compactness, continuity and connectedness theorems
13 Uniform continuity and related examples, Intermediate value theorem, monotone functions and continuity 14 Discontinuity , Derivatives defines by definition , Left hand and right hand derivatives, proofs by examples, basic theorems on derivatives, Mean value theorem
15 L’Hopital’s Rule. types
16 Types of L’Hopital’s Rule, Taylor’s Theorem
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Ordinary Differential Equations
Course Title: Ordinary Differential Equations Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH-304
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus I
This Course is Prerequisite For: PDE
Instructor: Kiran Batool e-mail : [email protected] Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk
1. Text Book(s): Dennis G. Zill and Michael R., Differential equations with boundary-value problems by Cullin 5th Edition Brooks/Cole, 1997. 2. William E. Boyce and Richard C. Diprima, Elementary differential equations and boundary value problems, Seventh Edition John Wiley & Sons, Inc 3. V. I. Arnold, Ordinary Differential Equations, Springer, 1991. 4. T. Apostol, Multi Variable Calculus and Linear Algebra, 2nd ed., John Wiley and sons, 1997.
Course Outline and Objectives: To introduce students to the formulation, classification of differential equations and existence and uniqueness of solutions. To provide skill in solving initial value and boundary value problems. To develop understanding and skill in solving first and second order linear homogeneous and non- homogeneous differential equations and solving differential equations using power series methods.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Introduction and formulation, classification of differential equations, existence and 1 uniqueness of solutions.
2 Introduction of initial value and boundary value problems, First order ordinary differential equations: Basic concepts, formation and solution of differential equations. Separable variables, Exact Equations, Homogeneous Equations, Linear equations. 3
4 Integrating factors. Some nonlinear first order equations with known solution, differential equations of Bernoulli and Ricaati type.
5 Clairaut equation, modeling with first-order ODEs, Basic theory of systems of first order linear equations. Homogeneous linear system with constant coefficients, Non homogeneous linear 6 system.Second and higher order linear differential equations: Initial valueand boundary value problems. Homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations, Superposition principle, homogeneous 7 equations with constant coefficients. Linear independence and Wronskian, Non-homogeneous equations, undetermined 8 coefficients method, variation of parameters. Cauchy-Euler equation, Modeling.Sturm-Liouville problems: Introduction to eigen value 9 problem. Adjoint and self adjoint operators, self adjoint differential equations, Eigen values and eigen 10 functions. Sturm- Liouville (S-L) boundary value problems, regular and singular S-L problems. 11 Properties of regular S-L problems.
Series Solutions: Power series, ordinary and singular points, Existence of power series 12 solutions.
Power series solutions, types of singular points, Frobenius theorem, 13 Existence of Frobenius series solutions, solutions about singular points, 14
15 The Bessel, modified Bessel Legendre and Hermite equations and their solutions.
16 Problems
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10% Quizzes: 10% Midterm: 30% Final: 50% Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Algebra II (Rings and Fields)
Title of the Course : Algebra II (Ring Theory) Lab : No Credit Hours: 3 Course Code: MATH -301
Prerequisites: Algebra I
Instructor: Rafia Bashir e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Recommended Books:
1. J. Rose, A Course on Group Theory, Cambridge University Press, 1978.
2. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Xerox Publishing Company, 1964.
3. P. M. Cohn, Algebra, John Wiley and Sons, London, 1974.
4. P. B. Bhattacharya, S. K. Jain and S. R. Nagpaul, Basic Abstract Algebra, Cambridge University Press,
1986.
5. J. B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2002.
7. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist, Algebra, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
8. D. S. Dummit and R. M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, 3rd edition.
Course outline and Objectives:
Specific Objectives of course: This is a course in advanced abstract algebra, which builds on the concepts learnt in Algebra I. The objectives of the course are to introduce students to the basic ideas and methods of modern algebra and enable them to understand the idea of a ring and an integral domain, and be aware of examples of these structures in mathematics; appreciate and be able to prove the basic results of ring theory; appreciate the significance of unique factorization in rings and integral domains.
Course Outline:
Rings: Definition, examples. Quadratic integer rings. Examples of non-commutative rings. The Hamilton quaternions. Polynomial rings. Matrix rings. Units, zero-divisors, nilpotents, idempotents. Subrings, Ideals. Maximal and prime Ideals. Left, right and two-sided ideals;. Operations with ideals. The ideal generated by a set. Quotient rings. Ring homomorphism. The isomorphism theorems, applications. Finitely generated ideals. Rings of fractions. Integral Domain: The Chinese remainder theorem. Divisibility in integral domains, greatest common divisor, least common multiple. Euclidean domains. The Euclidean algorithm. Principal ideal domains. Prime and irreducible elements in an integral domain. Gauss lemma, irreducibility criteria for polynomials. Unique factorization domains. Finite fields. Polynomials in several variables. Symmetric polynomials. The fundamental theorem of symmetric polynomials.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
Rings
Definition, examples, Quadratic integer rings. Examples of non-commutative rings. 1 The Hamilton quaternions.
2 Polynomial rings. Matrix rings. Units, zero-divisors
nilpotents, idempotents. Subrings. Ideals. Maximal and prime Ideals. 3
Left, right and two-sided ideals;. Operations with ideals. 4
The ideal generated by a set. Quotient rings. 5
Ring homomorphism. The isomorphism theorems 6
The isomorphism theorems, applications. 7
Finitely generated ideals. Rings of fractions. 8
Integral Domain
9 The Chinese remainder theorem.
10 Divisibility in integral domains, greatest common divisor, least common multiple.
11 Euclidean domains. The Euclidean algorithm.
12 Principal ideal domains. Prime and irreducible elements in an integral domain.
13 Gauss lemma, Prime and irreducible elements in an integral domain.
14 Gauss lemma, irreducibility criteria for polynomials. Unique factorization domains.
15 Finite fields. Polyomials in several variables. 16 Symmetirc polynomials. The fundamental theorem of symmetric polynomials.
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Sixth Semester
Classical Mechanics
Course Title: Classical Mechanics Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH-351
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus I
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: Saima Zainab e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. E. DiBenedetto, Classical Mechanics. Theory and Mathematical Modeling, ISBN: 978-0-8176- 4526-7,Birkhauser Boston, 2011. 2. John R. Taylor, Classical Mechanics, ISBN: 978-1-891389-22-1, University of Colorado, 2005. 3. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., 1980. 4. C. F. Chorlton, Text Book of Dynamics, Ellis Horwood, 1983. 5. M. R. Spiegel, Theoretical Mechanics, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 2004. 6. G. R. Fowles and G. L. Cassiday, Analytical Mechanics, 7th edition, Thomson Brooks/COLE, USA, 2005.
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals To provide solid understanding of classical mechanics and enable the students to use this understanding while studying courses on quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, electromagnetism, fluid dynamics, space-flight dynamics, astro- dynamics and continuum mechanics. Course outline: Kinematics: Rectilinear motion of particles. Uniform rectilinear motion, uniformly accelerated rectilinear motion. Curvilinear motion of particle, rectangular components of velocity and acceleration. Tangential and normal components. Radial and transverse components. Projectile motion.
Kinetics: Work, power, kinetic energy, conservative force fields. Conservation of energy, impulse, torque. Conservation of linear and angular momentum. Non-conservative forces.
Simple Harmonic Motion: The simple harmonic oscillator, period, frequency. Resonance and energy. The damped harmonic oscillator, over damped, critically damped and under damped. Motion, forces and vibrations.
Central Forces and Planetary Motion: Central force fields, equations of motion, potential energy, orbits. Kepler’s law of planetary motion. Apsides and apsidal angles for nearly circular orbits. Motion in an inverse square field.
Planer Motion of Rigid Bodies: Introduction to rigid and elastic bodies, degree of freedom, translations, rotations, instantaneous axis and center of rotation, motion of the center of mass. Euler’s theorem and Chasles’ theorem. Rotation of a rigid body about a fixed axis, moments and products of inertia. Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem.
Motion of Rigid Bodies in Three Dimensions: General motion of rigid bodies in space. The momental ellipsoid and equimomental systems. Angular momentum vector and rotational kinetic energy. Principal axes and principal moments of inertia. Determination of principal axes by diagonalizing the inertia matrix.
Euler Equations of Motion of a Rigid Body: Force free motion. Freerotation of a rigid body with an axis of symmetry. Free rotation of a rigid body with three different principal moments. The Eulerian angles, angular velocity and kinetic energy in terms of Euler angles. Motion of a spinning top and gyroscopes-steady precession, sleeping top.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Rectilinear motion of particles. Uniform rectilinear motion, uniformly accelerated rectilinear 1 motion.
2 Curvilinear motion of particle, rectangular components of velocity and acceleration. Tangential and normal components.
3 Radial and transverse components. Projectile motion.
4 Work, power, kinetic energy, conservative force fields. Conservation of energy. Impulse, torque. Conservation of linear and angular momentum. Non-conservative forces. 5
6 The simple harmonic oscillator, period, frequency. Resonance and energy. The damped harmonic oscillator, over damped, critically damped and under damped. Motion, forces and vibrations.
7 Central force fields, equations of motion, potential energy, orbits. Kepler’s law of planetary motion.
8 Apsides and apsidal angles for nearly circular orbits. Motion in an inverse square field. Mid Term Exam Introduction to rigid and elastic bodies, degree of freedom, translations, rotations, 9 instantaneous axis and center of rotation, motion of the center of mass.
Euler’s theorem and Chasles’ theorem. Rotation of a rigid body about a fixed axis, moments 10 and products of inertia.
11 Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem . General motion of rigid bodies in space. The momental ellipsoid and equimomental systems. Angular momentum vector and rotational kinetic energy. Principal axes and principal 12 moments of inertia.
13 Determination of principal axes by diagonalizing the inertia matrix Centre of mass, Position, velocity and equation of motion. Centre of mass of solid objects.
14 Force free motion. Freerotation of a rigid body with an axis of symmetry.
15 Free rotation of a rigid body with three different principal moments. The Eulerian angles, angular velocity and kinetic energy in terms of Euler angles.
16 Motion of a spinning top and gyroscopes-steady precession, sleeping top.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Functional analysis
Course Title: Functional analysis Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -354
Prerequisites For this Course: complex analysis , real analysis I
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: Zill-e-Shams e-mail : [email protected] Web: no
Recommended Books: 1. A. V. Balakrishnan, Applied Functional Analysis, 2nd edition, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1981. 2. J. B. Conway, A Course in Functional Analysis, 2nd ed., Springer-Verlag,Berlin,1997. 3. K. Yosida, Functional Analysis, 5th ed., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995. 4. E. Kreyszig, Introduction to Functional Analysis withApplications, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
Course Outline and Objectives:
Specific Objectives of course: This course extends methods of linear algebra and analysis to spaces of functions, in which the interaction between algebra and analysis allows powerful methods to be developed. The course will be mathematically sophisticated and will use ideas both from linear algebra and analysis.
Course Outline: Metric Space: Review of metric spaces, Convergence in metric spaces, Complete metric spaces, Dense sets and separable spaces, No-where dense sets, Baire category theorem.
Normed Spaces: Normed linear spaces, Banach spaces, Equivalent norms, Linear operator, Finite dimensional normed spaces, Continuous and bounded linear operators, Dual spaces, F. reizes lemma, the Hahn-Banach theorem, the HB theorem for complex spaces, open mapping theorem, closed graph theorem, uniform boundedness and applications.
Inner Product Spaces: Definition and examples, orthogonal sets, Orthonormal sets and bases, orthogonal complements, Gram schmidth orthogonalization process, Hilbert spaces, Linear functionals on Hilbert spaces. Reflexivity of Hilbert spaces, reize’s representation theorem, weak convergence.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Metric spaces, Convergence in metric spaces, Complete metric spaces. 1 Dense sets and separable spaces, No-where dense sets. 2 Normed linear spaces, Banach spaces, Equivalent norms. 3 Linear operator, Finite dimensional normed spaces. 4
Continuous and bounded linear operators, continuous and bounded linear functionals. 5 The Hahn-Banach theorem, Baire category theorem. 6 The HB theorem for complex spaces Dual spaces. 7 F. reizes lemma open mapping theorem. 8 Closed graph theorem, uniform boundedness and applications. 9
10 Definition and examples of inner product space, Hilbert space,
Linear functionals on Hilbert spaces. Reflexivity of Hilbert spaces. 11 Orthogonal sets, Orthonormal sets and bases. 12 Reize’s representation theorem, orthogonal complements. 13 Gram schmidth orthogonalization process, its application, examples and problems. 14 Weak convergence and strong convergence with examples. 15
16 Banach fixed point theorem applications in differential and integral equations.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Complex Analysis
Title of the Course: Complex Analysis Lab : No
Credit Hours: 3 Course Code: MATH -353
Prerequisites For this Course: None
Instructor: Rafia Bashir e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Recommended Books:
1. R. V. Churchill, J. W. Brown, Complex Variables and Applications , 5th edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1989.
2. J. H. Mathews and R. W. Howell, Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering, 2006.
3. S. Lang, Complex Analysis, Springer-Verlag, 1999.
4. R. Remmert, Theory of Complex Functions, Springer-Verlag, 1991.
5. W. Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1987.
Course outline and Objectives:
Background and Goals:
This is an introductory course in complex analysis, giving the basics of the theory along with applications with an emphasis on applications of complex analysis and especially conformal mappings.
Contents:
The algebra and the geometry of complex numbers, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions, Elementary functions, Branches of the logarithm, Complex exponents, Contours and contour integrals,The Cauchy-Goursat Theorem Cauchy integral formulas, The Morera Theorem, Maximum modulus principle, The Liouville theorem, Fundamental theorem of algebra. Convergence of sequences and series, The Taylor series, The Laurent series, Uniqueness of representation, Zeros of analytic functions. Residues and poles and the residue theorem, Evaluation of improper integrals involving trigonometric functions, Linear functions, Integrals around a branch point, Linear functions, Preservation of angles, Analytical continuation, The argument principle, The Roche theorem,
Lecture Plan
Week Topic
1 The algebra and the geometry of complex numbers,
2 Cauchy-Riemann equations, Harmonic functions,
3 Elementary functions, Branches of the logarithm, Complex exponents,
4 Contours and contour integrals,
5 The Cauchy-Goursat Theorem Cauchy integral formulas,
6 The Morera Theorem, Maximum modulus principle,
7 The Liouville theorem, Fundamental theorem of algebra.
8 Convergence of sequences and series, The Taylor series,
9 The Laurent series, Uniqueness of representation,
10 Zeros of analytic functions. Residues and poles and the residue theorem, 11 Evaluation of improper integrals involving trigonometric functions,
12 Integrals around a branch point, Linear functions,
13 Questions related to Integrals around a branch point, Linear functions,
14 Questions related to Integrals around a branch point, Linear functions,
15 Preservation of angles, Analytical continuation,
16 The argument principle, The Roche theorem,
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Partial Differential Equations
Course Title: Partial Differential Equations Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: 352
Prerequisites For this Course: None
This Course is Prerequisite For: :
Instructor: KIRAN BATOOL e-mail : [email protected] Web:
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals PDEs are at the heart of applied mathematics and many other scientific disciplines. The course aims at developing understanding about fundamental concepts of PDE's theory, identification and classification of their different types, how they arise in applications and analytical methods for solving. Special emphasis would be on wave, heat and Laplace equation.
Contents: First order PDE's, classification of second order PDE's, Canonical form for second order equations, wave, heat and laplace equation in cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, solution of PDE by methods of separation of variable, the fourier, the hankel and the melin transform, non homogenous PDE.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Review of ODE's in more than one variable, Linear PDE's of first order
2 Cauchy's problem of quasilinear first order PDE's
3 PDE's of second order in two independent variables with variable coeffecients
4 Canonical form for second order equations
5 Method of seperation of variables
6 The Fourier transform
7 The Fourier transform
8 The Laplace transform
9 The Laplace transform
10 The Hankel transform
11 Solution of laplace equation in cartesian and cylindrical coordinates
12 Solution of laplace equation in rectangular coordinates
13 The wave equation in one dimension
14 The wave equation in higher dimensions
15 The heat equation
16 Axially symmetric solutions
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Real Analysis-II
Course Title: Real Analysis-II Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -356
Prerequisites For this Course: Real analysis -I
This Course is Prerequisite For: Measure Theory
Instructor: JAWAHIRA ZOHRA e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. S. Lang, Analysis I, II, Addison-Wesley Publ. Co., Reading,Massachusetts,1968,1969.
2. W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, 3rd Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1976.
3. K. R. Davidson and A. P. Donsig, Real Analysis with Real Applications, Prentice Hall Inc., Upper Saddle River, 2002.
4. G. B. Folland, Real Analysis, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1999.
5. E. Hewitt and K. Stromberg, Real and Abstract Analysis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1965.
6. H. L. Royden, Real Analysis, 3rd Edition, Macmillan, New York, 1988.
7. G. Bartle , R. Sherbert , Introduction to Real Analysis, 3 rd edition, John Wiley, New York, 1999.
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals A continuation of Real analysis –I, this course rigorously develops integration theory. Like Real analysis –I this course also emphasizes on proofs. This course will continue to cover the fundamentals of real analysis, concentrating on the Riemann- Stieltjes integrals, Functions of Bounded Variation, convergence of improper integrals, Uniform convergence and integration. Emphasizes would be on proofs of main results.
Contents: The Riemann-Stieltjes Integrals: Definition and existence of integrals. Properties of integrals. Fundamental theorem of calculus and its applications. Change of variable theorem. Integration by parts. Functions of Bounded Variation: Definition and examples. Properties of functions of bounded variation. Improper Integrals: Types of improper integrals, tests for convergence of improper integrals. Beta and gamma functions. Absolute and conditional convergence of improper integrals. Sequences and Series of Functions: Power series, definition of point-wise and uniform convergence. Uniform convergence and continuity. Uniform convergence and differentiation. Examples of uniform convergence. Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Sequences and Series of Functions; Define Sequences and Series of Functions, convergence of a series and sequence of function, examples proofs ,Definition of point-wise and uniform convergence and examples, relationship between pointwise and uniform convergence
2 Power series, Uniform convergence and continuity related theorems and results proofs
3 Uniform convergence and integration, Uniform convergence and differentiation related theorems and results proofs
4 Riemann integration, upper and lower Riemann sums and examples.
5 Theorems related Riemann integrations
6 Riemann integration in 2 and 3 related examples and proofs
7 Riemann Steiltjes integrations in and its existence and relationship between Riemann and Riemann Steiltjes integrals
8 Theorems of Riemann Steiltjes integration in and ,n .
9 Properties and proofs of Riemann Steiltjes integrals
10 Theorems and their proofs related Riemann Steiltjes integrations
11 Fundamental theorem of integral calculus ,Change of order of variables in integrations. integration by parts
12 integration by parts ,Function of bounded variation, examples and theorems
13 Properties and their Proofs of bounded variations
14 Improper Integrals definition and examples, Types of improper integrals and examples,
15 Tests for convergence of improper integrals, Beta and gamma functions
16 Absolute and conditional convergence of improper integrals Revise Real Analysis –II and identify purpose of this course
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance: 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Seventh Semester
Numerical Analysis-I
Course Title: Numerical Analysis Lab : No
Credit hrs: 3+1 Course Code: MATH-401
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus I, Linear Algebra
This Course is Prerequisite For: : None
Instructor: Saima Zainab e-mail : [email protected] Web:
6. Atkinson, KE, An introduction to Numerical Analysis (2nd edition), 1989, John Wiley, New York (suggested text) 7. Burden RL, Faires JD, Numerical Analysis (8th edition), 2005, PWS Publishing Company. 8. Chapra SC, Canale RP, Numerical methods for Engineers, (5th edition) 2006. Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals this course is designed to teach the students about numerical methods and their theoretical bases. The course aims at including in the students the skill to apply various techniques in numerical analysis, understand and do calculations about error that can occur in numerical methods and understand and be able to use the basics of matrix analysis. Course outline: Computer arithmetic, approximation and errors; Methods for solution of nonlinear equations and their convergence: Bisection method, regula-falsi method, fixed point iteration method, Newton- Raphson method, secant method, error analysis for iterative methods. Interpolation and Polynomial approximation: Lagrange interpolation, Newton’s divided difference formula, forward difference and backward difference formulae, Hermite interpolation. Numerical integration and error estimates: Rectangular rule, trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one-three and three-eight rules. Numerical solution of system of linear equation: Gauss-elimination method, Gauss-Jordan method; matrix inversion, LU-factorization; Doolittle’s, Crout’s and cholesky’s methods. Gauss- Seidal and Jacobi methods; matrix norms; method of least squares; eigenvalues and eigenvectors: inclusion methods, power method.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Computer arithmetic, approximation and errors. 1 2 Methods for solution of nonlinear equations and their convergence: Bisection method.
3 Regula-falsi method, fixed point iteration method,
4 Error analysis for iterative methods.
5 Interpolation and Polynomial approximation: Lagrange interpolation.
6 Newton’s divided difference formula, forward difference and backward difference formulae,
7 Hermite interpolation.
8 Numerical integration and error estimates: Rectangular rule, trapezoidal rule.
Mid Term Exam Simpson’s one-three and three-eight rules. Numerical solution of system of linear equation 9
10 Numerical solution of system of linear equation: Gauss-elimination method, Gauss-Jordan method.
11 Gauss-Jordan method; matrix inversion, LU-factorization. Doolittle’s, Crout’s and Cholesky’s methods. 12
13 Gauss-Seidal and Jacobi methods.
14 Method of least squares.
15 eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
16 Inclusion methods, power method.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Number Theory
Course Title: Number Theory Lab : No Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -402
Prerequisites For this Course: Linear algebra
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: Zill-e-Shams e-mail : [email protected] Web: no
Recommended Books:
1. D.M. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, McGraw-Hill, 2007. 2. W.J. Leveque, Topics in Number Theory, vols. I and II, Addison- Wesley, 1956. 3. S.B. Malik ,Basic Number Theory, Vikas Publishing house, 1995. 4. K.H. Rosen, Elementary Number Theory and its Applications, 5th edition, Addison-Wesley, 2005. 5. I. Niven, H.S. Zuckerman, H.L. Montgomery, An Introduction to the theory of Numbers, John Wiley and Sons, 1991. 6. A. Adler, J.E. Coury, The Theory of Numbers, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 1995.
Course Outline and Objectives: Specific Objectives of course: The focus of the course is on study of the fundamental properties of integers and develops ability to prove basic theorems. The specific objectives include study of division algorithm, prime numbers and their distributions, Diophantine equations, and the theory of congruences.
Course Outline: Preliminaries: Well-ordering principle. Principle of finite induction. Divisibility theory: The division algorithms. Basis representation theorem. Prime and composite numbers. Canonical decomposition. The greatest common divisor. The Euclidean algorithm. The fundamental theorem of arithmetic. Least common multiple.
Linear Diophantine equations: Congruences. Linear congruences. System of linear congruences. The Chinese remainder theorem. Divisibility tests. Solving polynomial congruences. Fermat's and Euler's theorems. Wilson's theorem.
Arithmetic functions: Euler's phi-function. The functions of J and sigma. The Mobius function. The sieve of Eratosthenes. Perfect numbers. Fermat and Mersenne primes.
Primitive Roots and Indices: The order of an integer mod n.Primitive roots for primes. Composite numbers having primitive roots. Quadratic residues: Legendre symbols and its properties. The quadratic reciprocity law.
Quadratic congruences with composite moduli. Pythagorean triples. Representing numbers as sum of two squares.
Lecture Plan: Week Topic
1 Definition of well ordering principle examples, principle of finite induction.
2 Equivalence relation, The division algorithm, basis representation theorem. Prime and composite numbers. Canonical decomposition. The greatest common divisor. The 3 Euclidean algorithm. The fundamental theorem of arithmetic. Least common multiple. 4
Congruences. Linear congruences. System of linear congruences. 5 The Chinese remainder theorem. Divisibility tests. 6 Solving polynomial congruences. Fermat's and Euler's theorems. 7 Wilson's theorem. 8 Euler's phi-function.
The functions of J and sigma. The Mobius function. 9 The sieve of Eratosthenes. Perfect numbers. Fermat and Mersenne primes. 10
The order of an integer mod n.Primitive roots for primes. 11
Composite numbers having primitive roots. 12 Legendre symbols and its properties. 13
The quadratic reciprocity law. 14
15 Quadratic congruences with composite moduli.
16 Pythagorean triples. Representing numbers as sum of two squares.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Mathematical Methods
Course Title: Mathematical Methods Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -405
Prerequisites For this Course: Calculus -III
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: JAWAHIRA ZOHRA e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. D. L. Powers, Boundary Value Problems and Partial Differential Equations, 5th edition, Academic Press, 2005.
2. W. E. Boyce, Elementary Differential Equations, 8th edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.
3. M. L. Krasnov, G. I. Makarenko and A. I. Kiselev, Problems and Exercises in the Calculus of Variations, Imported Publications, Inc., 1985.
4. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchil, Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems, McGraw Hill, 2006. 5. A. D. Snider, Partial Differential Equations: Sources and Solutions, Prentice Hall Inc., 1999.
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals The main objective of this course is to provide the students with a range of mathematical methods that are essential to the solution of advanced problems encountered in the fields of applied physics and engineering. In addition this course is intended to prepare the students with mathematical tools and techniques that are required in advanced courses offered in the applied physics and engineering programs.
Contents Fourier Methods: The Fourier transforms. Fourier analysis of the generalized functions. The Laplace transforms. Hankel transforms for the solution of PDEs and their application to boundary value problems. Green’s Functions and Transform Methods: Expansion for Green’s functions. Transform methods. Closed form Green’s functions. Perturbation Techniques: Perturbation methods for algebraic equations. Perturbation methods for differential equations. Variational Methods: Euler-Lagrange equations. Integrand involving one, two, three and n variables. Special cases of Euler-Lagrange’s equations. Necessary conditions for existence of an extremum of a functional. Constrained maxima and minima.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Orthogonality of functions with examples, Orthogonal sets, Norm, Orthonormal sets of functions, orthogonality theorems
2 The Fourier transforms and proof of some basic functions
3 Fourier analysis of the generalized functions, , Laplace transform proof of some basic functions 4 Laplace transform of derivative of a function with applications, First and Second shift theorems
5 Laplace inverse transform, Convolution property of Laplace transform with applications
6 Solution of ODE and PDE by Laplace transform
7 Hankel transforms for the solution of PDEs and their application to boundary value problems
8 Variationals Methods ;Euler Lagrange equations with special cases and applications
9 Integrand involving one, two, three and n variables.
10 Extreme functions with applications and properties , . Necessary conditions for existence of an extremum of a functional
11 Constrained maxima and minima related examples
12 Green’s Functions and Transform Methods
13 . Closed form Green’s functions
14 Perturbation Theory (regular perturbations and related examples)
15 Perturbation Theory (Singunar perturbations and related examples)
16 Questions related to Perturbation Theory
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Optimization Theory
Course Title: Optimization Theory Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH 454
Prerequisites For this Course: Algebra III & Real Analysis I
This Course is Prerequisite For: NA
Instructor: Dr. Qammar Rubbab e-mail : [email protected] Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk
1. Text Book(s): N.V.S. Raju, “Optimization Methods for Engineers”, PHI Learning Private Limited Delhi-110092, 2014. 2. Gotfried BS, Weisman J, “ Introduction to Optimization Theory”, 1973, Prentice Hall. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, USA.
2. Elsgolts L, “Differential Equations and the Calculus of Variations”, 1970, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
3. Luenberger DG, “Introduction to Linear and Non-Linear Programming”, 1973, Addision-Wesley, Reading, Ma, USA.
Course Outline and Objectives: This course is concerned with mathematical optimization problems involving more than one objective function to be optimized simultaneously. Multi-objective optimization has been applied in many fields of science, including engineering, economics and logistics where optimal decisions need to be taken in the presence of trade-offs between two or more conflicting objectives. The purpose of optimization is to achieve the “best” design relative to a set of constraints. These include maximizing factors such as productivity, strength, reliability, longevity, efficiency and utilization. Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Linear Programming: Graphical solutions, The graphics of Linear Inequalities.
2 Systems of Linear inequalities, region of feasible solutions, corner point method, alternative optimal solutions.
3 Applications of linear programming, transportation models, capital budgeting models, blending models, exercises.
4 Simplex method, Maximization problems, minimization problems.
5 Problems with mixed constraints, alternative optimal solutions, no feasible solution, unbounded solutions with exercises.
6 Dual and primal-dual simplex methods, Unconstrained optimization, Optimality conditions.
7 One-dimensional problems, multi-dimensional problems, Steepest descent method.
8 Constrained optimization with equality constraints: optimality conditions, Lagrange multipliers.
9 Hessians and bordered Hessians, Inequality constraints and the Kuhn-Tucker Theorem.
10 Direct substitution method, Constrained variation method with exercises.
11 The Calculus of variations:
12 The Euler-Lagrange equations 13 Functionals depending on several variables
14 Variational problems in parametric form
15 Transportation models
16 Networks
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10% Quizzes: 10% Midterm: 30% Final: 50% Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Fluid Mechanics-I(Elective-I)
Course Title: Fluid Mechanics-I Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH- 403
Prerequisites For this Course:
This Course is Prerequisite For: Fluid Mechanics-II
Instructor: Dr. Qammar Rubbab e-mail : [email protected] Web: http://www.wum.edu.pk
1. Text Book(s): Philip J. Pritchard, “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics by Fox and McDonald” , John Wiley and sons, (8th edition), 2011.
2. Frank M. White, “Viscous Fluid Flow”, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill 2003.
3. Nazir Ahmad, “Mechanics of Fluids”, 4ed McGraw-Hill 2003.
Course Outline and Objectives: Introductory course in conceptual understanding and mathematical analysis of problems in fluid dynamics of relevance to mathematics students. Emphasis is placed on performing microscopic and macroscopic mathematical analysis to understand fluid motion in response to forces. Lecture Plan: Week Topic
1 Definition of a Fluid, Basic Equations, Methods of Analysis, System and Control Volume, Differential versus Integral Approach, Methods of Description.
2 Dimensions and Units, Systems of Dimensions, Systems of Units, Preferred Systems of Units, Problems, Fluid as a Continuum, Velocity Field, One-, Two-, and Three-Dimensional Flows, Timelines, Pathlines,
3 Streaklines, and Streamlines, Stress Field, Viscosity, Newtonian Fluid, Non-Newtonian Fluids, Surface Tension. Description and Classification of Fluid Motions, Viscous and Inviscid Flows.
4 Laminar and Turbulent Flows, Compressible and Incompressible Flows, Internal and External Flows, Problems, The Basic Equation of Fluid Statics.
5 The Standard Atmosphere, Pressure Variation in a Static Fluid, Incompressible Liquids, Manometers, Gases, Hydraulic Systems, Vortex flow.
6 Hydrostatic Force on Submerged Surfaces, Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Submerged Surface.
7 Hydrostatic Force on a Curved Submerged Surface, problems
8 Basic Laws for a System, Conservation of Mass, Newton’s Second Law, The Angular- Momentum Principle, The First Law of Thermodynamics.
9 The Second Law of Thermodynamics, Relation of System Derivatives to the Control Volume Formulations, Derivation, Physical Interpretation, Conservation of Mass, Special Cases,
10 Momentum Equation for Inertial Control Volume, Differential Control Volume Analysis, Conservation of Mass, Rectangular Coordinate System.
11 Cylindrical Coordinate System, Stream Function for Two-Dimensional Incompressible Flow, Motion of a Fluid Particle, Fluid Translation: Acceleration of a Fluid Particle in a Velocity Field.
12 Fluid Rotation, Fluid Deformation, Momentum Equation, Forces Acting on a Fluid Particle, Differential Momentum Equation, Newtonian Fluid: Navier Stokes Equations.
13 Momentum Equation for Frictionless Flow: Euler’s Equation, Euler’s Equations in Streamline Coordinates, Bernoulli Equation.
14 Integration of Euler’s Equation Along a Streamline for Steady Flow, Derivation Using Streamline Coordinates, Derivation Using Rectangular Coordinates, Static, Stagnation, and Dynamic Pressures.
15 Applications, Cautions on Use of the Bernoulli Equation, The Bernoulli Equation Interpreted as an Energy Equation, problems.
16 Dimensional Analysis and Similitude, problems.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10% Quizzes: 10% Midterm: 30% Final: 50% Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Elective-II
Eighth Semester
Probability Theory
Course Title: Probability Theory Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code:
Prerequisites For this Course: Statistics
This Course is Prerequisite For: Nil
Recommended Books: 1. M. Capinski, E. Kopp, Measure, Integral and Probability, Springer-Verlag, 1998. 2. R. M. Dudley, Real Analysis and Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2004. 3. S. I. Resnick, A Probability Path, Birkhauser, 1999. 4. S. Ross, A first Course in Probability Theory, 5th ed., Prentice Hall, 1998. 5. Robert B. Ash, Basic Probability Theory, Dover. B, 2008.
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals A prime objective of the course is to introduce the students to the fundamentals of probability theory and present techniques and basic results of the theory and illustrate these concepts with applications. This course will also present the basic principles of random variables and random processes needed in applications. Course outline: Finite probability spaces: Basic concept, probability and related frequency, combination of events, examples, Independence, Random variables, Expected value. Standard deviation and Chebyshev's inequality. c. Multiplicativity of the expected value. Additivity of the variance, Discrete probability distribution.
Probability as a continuous set function: sigma-algebras, examples. Continuous random variables, Expectation and variance. Normal random variables and continuous probability distribution.
Applications: de Moivre-Laplace limit theorem, weak and strong law of large numbers.
The central limit theorem, Markov chains and continuous Markov process.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Finite probability spaces: Basic concept 1
Probability and related frequency 2
Combination of events, examples 3 Independence, Random variables 4 Expected value 5 Standard deviation 6 Chebyshev's inequality 7 Multiplicativity of the expected value 8
Mid Term Exam Additivity of the variance 9 Discrete probability distribution. 10
11 Probability as a continuous set function: sigma-algebras, examples Continuous random variables, Expectation and variance 12 Normal random variables and continuous probability distribution. 13 Applications: de Moivre-Laplace limit theorem 14 weak and strong law of large numbers. The central limit theorem 15 Markov chains and continuous Markov process. 16
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final term: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Integral Equations
Course Title: Integral Equations Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: 451
Prerequisites For this Course: None
This Course is Prerequisite For: : none
Instructor: Kiran Batool e-mail : [email protected] Web:
1. C. T. H. Baker, Integral Equations, Clarendon Press, 1977.
2. F. Smithies, Integral Equations, Cambridge University Press, 1989.
3. A. M. Wazwaz, A first Course in Integral Equations, World
Scientific Pub., 1989.
4. W. V. Lovitt, Linear Integral Equations, Dover Publications, 2005.
Course Outline and Objectives: Background and Goals Many physical problems that are usually solved by differential equation methods can be solved more effectively by integral equation methods. This course will help students gain insight into the application of advanced mathematics and guide them through derivation of appropriate integral equations governing the behavior of several standard physical problems.
Contents: Linear integral equations of the first kind, Linear integral equations of the second kind. Relationship between differential equation and Volterra integral equation. Neumann series. Fredholm Integral equation of the second kind with separable Kernels. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Iterated functions. Quadrature methods. Least square methods. Homogeneous integral equations of the second kind. Fredholm integral equations of the first kind. Fredholm integral equations of the second kind. Abel’s integral equations. Hilbert Schmidt theory of integral equations with symmetric Kernels.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Linear integral equations of the first kind, Linear integral equations of the second kind.
2 Relationship between differential equation and Volterra integral equation
3 Neumann series.
4 Fredholm Integral equation of the second kind with separable Kernels. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
5 Fredholm Integral equation of the second kind with separable Kernels. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
6 Iterated functions.
7 Quadrature methods.
8 Least square methods
9 Least square methods
10 Homogeneous integral equations of the second kind.
11 Fredholm integral equations of the first kind
12 Fredholm integral equations of the second kind
13 Abel’s integral equations
14 Hilbert Schmidt theory
15 Hilbert Schmidt theory of integral equations with symmetric Kernels.
16 Hilbert Schmidt theory of integral equations with symmetric Kernels.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 10 Quizzes: 10 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Graph Theory
Course Title: Graph Theory Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -453
Prerequisites For this Course: Discrete mathematics
This Course is Prerequisite For:
Instructor: Zill-e-Shams e-mail : [email protected] Web: no
Recommended Books
1. Chartrand and Lesniak, Graphs and Digraphs, 2nde.d.(1986) 3rd 1996 Chapman&Hall, London.
2. Robin J. Wilson, Graph Theory, 4th edition, Longman 2000.
3. Douglas B. West, Graph Theory, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall 2003.
4. V. K. Balakrishnan, Graph Theory, Schaum’s outline 1997.
5. Parthasarathy, K. R. Basic Graph Theory, McGraw Hill 1994.
6. Bella Bollabas, Graph Theory, Springer Verlag, NewYork, 1979.
Course Outline and Objectives: Course objectives:
The aim of the course is to understand and be able to use basic theory and methods from the theory of graphs. The course can both be seen as a step stone to more advanced studies in mathematics and to be able to apply graph theory in applications in neighboring disciplines. The mathematical structures of graph theory are widely applied in computer science, mathematics and engineering to model relationships between objects in sets of objects. Mathematician use graphs to represent communication networks, data organization, computational devices, the flow of computation and more. They also exploit the relationships documented in social networks on websites like Facebook to market products to consumers. And they use graph theory to represent website structures, with the vertices being web pages and the edges being links between pages.
Contents : Graphs and Digraphs, Sub-graphs, Types of Graph, Degree, Sequences, Paths, Cycles, Wheels and walks, Cut-Vertices and blocks, Connectivity, Connected and disconnected graphs, Shortest path Algorithms, Eulerian Graphs and Digraphs, Trees, Incidence matrix, Cut-matrix, Circuit matrix and adjacency matrix, Orthogonality relations, Decomposition, Euler formula, Planer and non planer graphs, Menger Theorem, Hamiltonian Graphs, Isomorphic Graphs, Handshaking Lemma, Coloring and distances in graphs,
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic
1 Introduction of graphs, Digraphs, subgraphs related examples and problems.
2 Types of graphs, super graphs, induced graphs, equivalent graphs, their definitions and related examples.
3 Definition of degree of graph, order of graph, sequences, walk, closed walk, paths, cycles, wheels and wheel graphs with some missing spokes, examples and related problems.
4 Definition of vertex connectivity number, edge connectivity number, Cut-vertex, bridge and blocks, related problems and solutions. 5 Connected and disconnected graphs, related theorems and solutions.
6 Shortest path algorithm, eulerian path, eulerian graphs and digraphs, related examples and problems.
7 Leaves, branches, Tree graph, forest, related examples and problems.
8 Incidence matrix, Cut-matrix, Circuit matrix and adjacency matrix. Construction of these matrices and uses.
9 Orthogonal graphs, orthogonality of graphs, orthogonality relation of graphs, related examples and problems.
10 Components of graphs, decomposition of graph, related examples and problems.
11 3D graphs, faces of graph, Euler formula and related problems.
12 Planer and non-planer graph, making of planar graph from ordinary graph, examples and problems.
13 Menger theorem, Hamiltonian cycle, Hamiltonian graph.
14 Homomorphism, isomorphism, isomorphic graphs and non-isomorphic graphs.
15 Hand shaking lemma and related exercises.
16 Distance in graphs, coloring and colorable graphs.
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Rings and Modules (Elective-III)
Course Title: Rings and Modules Lab : No
Credit hrs: 03 Course Code: MATH -455
Prerequisites For this Course: Algrbra I
This Course is Prerequisite For: Instructor: Zill-e-Shams e-mail : [email protected] Web: no
Recommended books 1. B. Hartley and T.O. Hauvkes, Rings Modules and Linear Algebra, (Chapmann and Hall Ltd., London, 1970) 2. R.B. Allenly, Rings, Fields and Groups: An Introduction to Abstract Algebra, (Edward Arnold, 1985) 3. J. Rose, A Course on Rings Theory, (Cambridge University Press, 1978) 4. Rotman, The Theory of Groups, 2nd edition,(Allyn and Bacon, London, 1978) 5. L.B Fraleigh, A first Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th edition, (Addision-Weselely publishing Co., 2003) 6. H. Marshall, The Theory of Groups, (Macmillan, 1967).
Objectives and Course Outline
Objectives:
This is a second module in abstract algebra. It aims to develop the general theory of rings (especially commutative ones) and then study in some detail a new concept, that of a module over a ring. Both abelian groups and vector spaces may be viewed as modules and important structure theorems for both follow from the general theory. The theory of rings and modules is key to many more advanced algebra courses e.g. Algebraic Number Theory. It can also help with others, e.g. Galois Theory, Representation Theory and Algebraic Geometry.
Course Outline:
Ring Theory: Construction of new rings, Direct sums, polynomial rings, Matrix rings, Divisors units and associates, Unique factorization domains, Principal ideal domains and Euclidean domains. Modules: Definition and examples, Sub-modules, Homomorphisms, Quotient modules, Direct sums of modules. Finitely generated modules, Torsion modules. Free modules, Basis, rank and endomorphisms of free modules.
Lecture Plan:
Week Topic Introduction to Ring Theory, Construction of new rings. 1 Direct sums, 2 Polynomial rings, Matrix rings. 3 Divisors units and associates 4 Unique factorization domains. 5 Principal ideal domains and Euclidean domains. 6 7 Modules, Definition and examples.
8 Sub-modules.
9 Quotient modules.
10 Direct sums of modules.
11 Finitely generated modules.
12 Torsion modules.
13 Free modules
14 Basis, rank
15 Homomorphisms
16 Endomorphisms of free modules
Final Term Exam
Grading and General Course Policies: The general breakdown is as follows:
Assignments: 5 Quizzes: 10 Class Participation and Presentation and attendance : 5 Midterm: 30 Final: 50 Assignments after due date will not be accepted.
No make-up test or quiz will be given.
Elective-IV
Elective-V
CURRICULUM OF STATISTICS
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
SEMESTER – I
STAT- 101: Introductory Statistics
Learning Objectives: To have introduction of statistics as a field of knowledge and its scope and relevance to other disciplines of natural and social sciences. To equipped and prepare students for advance courses in the field of statistics. To achieve the capability of critical thinking about data and its sources; o have idea about variables and their types and scale measures. Be able to calculate and interpret descriptive statistics (able to classify, tabulate, describe and display data using software).
Learning Outcomes: Acquire the basic knowledge of the discipline of Statistics. Understand and differentiate between the types of data and variables. Evaluate and Interpret basic descriptive statistics. Display and Interpret data graphs.
Course Contents: The nature and scope of the Statistics, Variables and their types, Data and its sources, Scales of measurements, Tabulation and classification of data, Graphs and Charts: Stem-and leaf diagram, Box and Whisker plots and their interpretation. Measures of Central Tendency, Quantiles, Measures of Dispersion: Their properties, usage, limitations and comparison. Moments, Measures of Skewness and Kurtosis and Distribution shapes. Rates and ratios, Standardized scores.
Index numbers: construction and uses of index numbers, un-weighted index numbers (simple aggregative index, average of relative price index numbers), weighted index numbers (Laspayer’s, Paasche’s and Fisher’s ideal index numbers), Consumer price index (CPI) and Sensitive Price Indicators
Recommended Books: 1. Clarke, G. M., & Cooke, D. (1978). A basic course in statistics (No. 519.5 C53). 2. Chaudhry, S.M. and Kamal, S. (2008), “Introduction to Statistical Theory” Parts I & II, 8th ed, Ilmi Kitab Khana, Lahore, Pakistan. 3. Mann, P. S. (2010) Introductory Statistics. Wiley. 4. Spiegel, M.R., Schiller, J.L. and Sirinivasan, R.L. (2000) “Probability and Statistics”, 2nd ed. Schaums Outlines Series. McGraw Hill. NY. 5. Walpole, R.E., Myers, R.H and Myers, S.L. (1998), “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientist” 6th edition, Prentice Hall, NY. 6. Zaman, A. (2016), “Introduction to Statistics” Online access for book and related data sets. https://sites.google.com/site/introstats4muslims/textbook https://sites.google.com/site/introstats4muslims/excel. PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies (Compulsory)
Introduction/Objectives: Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan. Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline: 1. Historical Perspective a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c. People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and geo-physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 onward 3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Ethnicity d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Recommended Books:
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980. 2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000. 3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993. 4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994. 5. Wilcox, Wayne. The Emergence of Bangladesh., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of Public Policy Research, 1972. 6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e- Islamia, Club Road, nd. 7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad. 8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd, 1980. 9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980. 10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998. 11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1976. 13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987. 14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.
SEMESTER – II
STAT- 102: Introduction to Probability & Probability Distributions
Learning Objectives: Understand basic concepts of probability, conditional probability, independence etc. Be familiar with some of the more commonly encountered random variables, particularly the Binomial and Normal random variable. Be able to calculate first two moments of common random variables i.e. means and variances. Be able to apply the concepts of random variables to scientific applications. Computation of uncertainty using probability techniques.
Learning Outcomes: Acquire the basic knowledge of probability and probability distribution. Understand the concepts of basic techniques of measuring the uncertainty problem. Analyze the problem of genetics finance and telecommunications by using probability techniques.
Course Contents: Set theory and its operations, Probability Concepts, Addition and Multiplication Rules, Bivariate Frequency Tables, Joint and Marginal Probabilities, Conditional Probability and Independence, Bayes’ Rule. Random Variables, Discrete Probability Distribution, Mean and Variance of a Discrete Random Variable, Bernoulli Trials, Properties, Applications and Fitting of Binomial, Poisson, Hypergeometric, Negative Binomial and Geometric Distributions. Continuous Random Variable, Probability Density Function and its Properties, Normal Distribution and its Properties, Standard Normal Curve.
Recommended Books: 1. Cacoullos, T. (2012). Exercises in probability. Springer Science & Business Media. 2. Mclave, J.T., Benson, P.G. and Snitch, T. (2005) “Statistics for Business & Economics” 9th Edition. Prentice Hall, New Jersey. 3. Santos, David (David A.) (2011). Probability : an introduction. Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Sudbury, Mass 4. Walpole, R.E., Myers, R.H and Myers, S.L. (2007), “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientist” 7th edition, Prentice Hall, NY.
SEMESTER - III
STAT- 202: Basic Statistical Inference
Learning Objectives: To understanding of basic techniques of sampling and estimation, their properties and application To select a sample from a given population and use it to make inferences about the population and its parameter To test, deduce and infer the validity of different types of hypotheses and models built on the basis of the raw data collected in diverse problem- situations.
Learning Outcomes: Acquire the knowledge of the sampling distributions and their properties. Derive the appropriate estimators for parameters using best estimation procedure. Use appropriate sampling distributions for interval estimation and hypotheses testing. Apply appropriate inferential procedures to handle the practical situations.
Course Contents:
Sampling and sampling distribution of sample mean, proportion, difference between means and difference between proportions; Point and interval estimate properties of good point estimator; Testing of hypothesis for population mean, difference between population means and population proportion and difference between two population proportions, difference between means for paired data; Single population variance, ratio of two variances; Non-parametric methods: The sign test, Wilcoxon’s signed rank test, Mann- Whitney U test, Median test, Run test, Kolmogrorov-Smirnov test, Kruskal-Wallis test, Median test for k-samples, Friedman test. SEMESTER- IV
STAT- 203: Introduction to Regression and Analysis of Variance
Course Objectives: To provide foundations of regression analysis. To provide basic knowledge and art of statistical data analysis To predict and draw inference about the parameters of the parameters of population.
Learning Outcomes: Explore more adequately the connection between theory of regression. Analysis of real world problems. Prediction of dependent variable.
Course Contents: Relationship between variables, Simple linear regression model, Estimation of parameters by method of least squares and corresponding variance estimates, Testing and confidence intervals for least squares estimators, mean prediction and individual prediction. Multiple linear regression with two regressors, coefficient of multiple determination, Partial and multiple correlation up to three variables. Inference of simple, partial and multiple correlation coefficients, Analysis of variance for one-way classification and two-way classification. Decomposition of total sum of squares, Multiple comparison tests; least significant difference and Duncans multiple range test, Tukey test and Least significant difference test.
STAT-401: Exploratory Data Analysis and Visualization (EDAV)
Learning Objectives: to provide solid understanding of the process of Exploratory Data Analysis to educate students in data exploration, analysis, and visualization to train students in industry standard tools for data analysis and visualization
Learning outcomes: describe exploratory data analysis and visualization concepts describe data analysis and visualization models and algorithms describe applicability of different data analysis and visualization models techniques to solve real-world problems acquire and pre-process data apply exploratory data analysis to some real data sets and provide interpretations via relevant visualization
Course Contents: Exploratory Data Analysis: Explore, Visualize, Analyze, Repeat. Selective data collective and data exploration. Data visualization and Data analysis (using Excel/Tableau/R/STATA/SPSS etc).
Recommended Books: 1. Peng R. (2015) Exploratory Data Analysis with R http://leanpub.com/exdata 2. Tukey, J. (1977) Exploratory Data Analysis 3. Chang, W. (2013). R Graphics Cookbook. O'Reilly. http://www.cookbook- r.com/ 4. Wickham, H. (2016). ggplot2: Elegant Graphics for Data Analysis (2nd Springer. http://ggplot2.org/book/; http://hadley.nz/
SEMESTER -V
STAT- 301: Probability Distributions- I
Course Objectives: This course is designed to give students a conceptual knowledge of discrete random variables and probability theory. This course provides the fundamentals of probability theory in different disciplines. This course helps to model the uncertain behavior from the real life scenario.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of probability. Investigate the nature of stochastic process and apply suitable probability distributions for the random variable generated from such process. Find probabilities using probability distributions. Use probability concepts and laws in decision analysis.
Course Contents: Distribution function, Probability mass and density functions. Location, scale, and shape parameters. Joint and conditional distributions for two and more random variables, Marginal and conditional distributions, stochastic independence, Mathematical expectation and its properties, Conditional expectation, variance and moments, Probability generating, Moment generating and characteristic functions with their properties. Factorial Moments, Cummulants, L moments and their relationships. Probability distributions: Bernoulli, Binomial, Hypergeometric, Poisson, Negative binomial, Geometric, discrete uniform, Multinomial distribution. Normal approximation to binomial, Poisson and Hypergeometric distribution.
STAT- 303: Sampling Techniques-I
Course Objectives: To introduce the concept and scope of sampling. To determine the sample size for conducting a survey. To learn ratio and regression estimations. To understand the concept of simple and stratified random sampling techniques.
Learning Outcomes: Use and implement of sampling designs. Apply the simple random sampling and the stratified random sampling appropriately in real world problems. Estimate the population parameters by using simple and stratified random sampling techniques.
Course Contents: Introduction of Sampling, advantages of sampling, requirements of a good sample, bias, sampling and non-sampling errors, Steps and problems involved in planning and conduct of census and their sources, sample surveys, Selection and estimation procedures. Description and properties of simple random sampling, Sampling for proportions and percentages, Estimation of variances, standard errors and confidence limits, Sample size determination under different conditions, Description and properties of stratified random sampling, Formation of strata, Different methods of allocation of sample size, Ratio and regression estimates in simple and stratified random sampling
STAT- 305: Design and Analysis of Experiments-I
Course Objectives: This course provides the fundamentals of experimental designs and their uses in different disciplines. To provide basic and advanced learning of investigation for conclusions through planning and designing of experiments. To train students through innovative instruction in design theory and methodology that will help them in addressing the significance of experimental design in statistics and across the universal disciplines.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of experimental design. Decide appropriate design for given scenario. Analyze the data generated from different designs and interpret the results.
Course Contents: Introduction to experimental design and its terminology; Planning and designing of experiment and research; Aspects of experimental design, basic principles of experimental design, fixed and random effects. Analysis of variance, estimation of model parameters. Checking model adequacy, Inference beyond ANOVA multiple comparisons, Contrast analysis, orthogonal polynomial contrasts and trend analysis. Basic experimental designs; completely randomized design, randomized complete block design and Latin square design. Relative efficiency of these designs. Incomplete block designs (IBD), balanced incomplete block designs (BIBD) and partially balanced incomplete block designs (PBIBD). Intra-block and Inter-block analysis of IBD.
STAT- 307: Regression Analysis
Course Objectives: To understand the basic assumptions of regression analysis. To handle the problems arising from the violation of assumptions. To understand the estimation techniques of parameters. To give the concept of nonlinear regression analysis.
Learning Outcomes: Students would have enough knowledge of regression analysis. Students will be able to understand the concept of basic assumption of regression and how to overcome these problems. It developed the skills of students to analyze the real phenomena of regression models.
Course Contents: Linear regression and its assumptions, Least squares estimators, Maximum Likelihood Estimator, tests of significance for regression model and regression parameters. Confidence interval for regression parameters, Test of linearity of regression, Use of extraneous information in linear regression model. Residual analysis, Detection and study of outliers and influential observations, Polynomial regression, orthogonal polynomial, orthogonal regression analysis and Specification of models
STAT- 204: Statistical Packages
Course Objectives: To understand basics of data analysis through Minitab, SPSS and R. To learn visualization of data through Minitab, SPSS and R. To learn basic programming in R.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the data presentation and analysis using Minitab and SPSS. Learn basic programming in R for statistical data analysis. Describe concepts as they are implemented in real world data.
Course Contents: Introduction to statistical packages and programming languages, Introduction to Minitab, data manipulation, graphical representation, qualitative and quantitative data analysis and programming.
Introduction to SPSS, data manipulation, descriptive statistics, function related to probability distributions, SPSS modules, graphical representation of data, tabulation and transformation of variables.
Introduction to R, language essentials; expression and objects, functions and arguments, vectors, missing values, matrices and arrays, factors, data frames, indexing, conditional selection, indexing of data frames, sorting, Data entry; reading from text files, the data editor, interfacing to other programs. Descriptive statistics and graphics.
Note: Use of any other statistical package based upon the availability of the Software.
Recommended Books: 1. Ryan, B. F. and Joiner, B. L. (2001). Minitab handbook. Duxbury Press. 2. Holmes, W. H. and Rinaman, W. C. (2014). Introduction to SPSS. In Statistical Literacy for Clinical Practitioners (pp. 25-57). Springer, Cham. 3. Dalgaard, P. (2002) Introductory Statistics with R, Springer, 4. Verzani, J. (2005). Using R for Introductory Statistics, Chapman and Hall/ CRC press, Taylor and Francis.
SEMESTER – VI
STAT- 302: Probability Distributions - II
Course Objectives: This course is designed to give students a conceptual knowledge of continuous random variables and probability theory. This course provides the fundamentals of probability theory in different disciplines. This course helps to model the uncertain behavior from the real life scenario.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of probability. Investigate the nature of stochastic process and apply suitable probability distributions for the random variable generated from such process. Find probabilities using probability distributions. Use probability concepts and laws in decision analysis.
Course Contents: Overview of the continuous random variables, Uniform, Beta, Lognormal, Exponential, Gamma, Laplace, Rayleigh and Weibull distributions with their properties; Bivariate Normal distribution and its properties, Distributions of functions of random variables: Chi-square, t and F distributions, their derivations and properties. Central limit and Chebyshev's theorems, Weak and Strong Laws of large numbers and their applications, Order statistics, Distributions of r-th and s-th order statistics.
STAT- 304: Sampling Techniques-II
Course Objectives: To understand the concept of systematic, cluster, multistage and multiphase sampling techniques. Comparison among different sampling techniques. To learn ratio and regression estimations. To understand the non-response, their sources, and randomized response technique.
Learning Outcomes: Use and implement of systematic and cluster sampling designs. Apply the multistage and multiphase sampling appropriately in real world problems. Estimate the population parameters by using systematic and cluster sampling techniques.
Course Contents: Systematic sampling, Cluster Sampling. Efficiency of systematic sampling compared with simple random sampling, stratified random sampling and cluster sampling. Sub sampling, proportion to size (PPS)-Sampling, Double Sampling, Multistage and Multiphase sampling, Thomson Hurwitz estimator, Comparison of different sample designs; non- response, their sources and bias and Randomized response.
Note: Practical’s of this course shall include visits of the students to various national statistical organizations and a report submitted to this effect.
STAT- 306: Design and Analysis of Experiments-II
Course Objectives: This course provides the advanced knowledge of experimental designs and their uses in different disciplines. To provide basic and advanced learning of investigation for conclusions through planning and designing of experiments. To train students through innovative instruction in design theory and methodology that will help them in addressing the significance of experimental design in statistics and across the universal disciplines.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of experimental design. Decide appropriate design for given scenario. Analyze the data generated from different designs and interpret the results.
Course Contents: Introduction to factorial experiments, simple, main and interaction effects. Hidden replication. 2k and 3k series and mixed level factorial experiments and their analysis. Analysis of Covariance (ANCOVA). Confounding in factorial experiments, complete and partial confounding; Single replication of factorial experiments. Fractional factorial experiments. Introduction of response surface methods; first and second order designs, central composite designs, fitting of response surface models and estimation of optimum response, split plot design and its variations.
STAT- 308: Econometrics
Course Objectives: The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the main concepts and tools used in econometrics. In particular, to learn when and how to apply regression analysis. Learn the basic assumptions and techniques used to run estimations and make inferences in the context of a linear equation framework. To learn to recognize specification and data problems. Also additional tools to handle time series data. Each topic will be approached with a mix of intuitive explanations, theoretical characterization and proofs. And practical applications, including interpretation of regression output.
Learning outcomes: Conduct basic statistical and econometric analysis. Explain and interpret econometric results. Explain econometric concepts and results intuitively, conduct independent data analysis and inquiry using the tools of statistics and econometrics. Conduct Research with econometrics, derive econometric results mathematically
Course Contents: Introduction to econometrics, Problems of autocorrelation, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity and their solution; Ridge regression, Lagged variables, Autoregressive models. Dummy variables, Errors in Variables, Instrumental variables, System of simultaneous linear equations, Identification-Estimation method, indirect and two-stage least squares methods, restricted least squares. Test of identifying restrictions; Estimation with stochastic regressor, generalized least squares estimators.
Recommended Books: 1. Baltagi, B. H. (1999). “Econometrics”, 2nd Edition, Springer Varlog.
2. Draper, N.R. and Smith, H. (2004). “Applied Regression Analysis”, John Wiley, New York. 3. Gujrati, D. (2004). “Basic Econometrics”, John Wiley, New York. 4. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1980), “Theory of Econometrics”, Macmillan. 5. Wonnacot, T.H. and Wonnacot R.J. (1998). “Econometrics”, John Wiley, New York
STAT- 412: Official Statistics
Course Objectives: To understand the official, demographic and social statistics. To understand the scope and organization of official statistics, To understand the planning and administration statistics.
Learning Outcomes: . The versatility to work effectively in a broad range of analytic, scientific, government, financial, technical and other positions. . A broad overview of the fundamental issues underlying the organization of official statistics. . To recognize the importance of statistical thinking.
Course Contents: Introduction to official statistics, statistical systems and international standards, set up of national and provincial statistical organizations in Pakistan, its role in development of statistics, working and publications.
Sources of official statistics, National Database Registration Authority (NADRA) and its role, Economic Statistics producers, International classification and standards.
Use of Statistics in administration and planning concepts and evaluation of GDP, GNP, NNP, balance of Trade and payments. Measurements of income distribution, prices and price mechanisms. Deflation and Inflation of series, Industrial quantum index, National sample surveys and census conducted in Pakistan.
Note: Visit of major Statistical Organizations should be a part of the course. Alternatively, the department may invite experts from various statistical organizations.
Suggested Reports: 1. Hansen M.H. (1980). Progress and Problems in Survey Methods and Theory. IIIustrated by the work of U.S. Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce; A Monograph. 2. NIPA (1962). Administrative uses of Statistics. NIPA Karachi. 3. Statistical Institute for Asia and Pacific SIAP (1984). Training of Trainers in Statistical Operations and Procedures. Part-I, II UNDP, Tokyo. 4. Statistics Division (1979). Retrospect, Perspective and Prospect. Islamabad. 5. Statistics Division Activity Report (1988-89). Government of Pakistan, Islamabad. *Various Publications of PBS, State Bank of Pakistan, Ministry of Finance, etc.
SEMESTER – VII
STAT- 402: Statistical Inference-II
Course Objectives: To develop an advanced-level understanding and working knowledge of statistical inference. To provide an introduction to the rudiments of statistical inference for population parameters based on a general decision theoretic framework covering estimation and test of hypothesis. To introduce some nonparametric methods and their applications.
Learning Outcomes: A foundation for understanding probability-based statistical inference material presented in other courses. The understanding of the concepts of testing, size and power of a test. The understanding of and derivation of the properties of tests based on different criterion functions.
Course Contents: Interval Estimation: Pivotal and other methods of finding confidence interval, confidence interval in large samples, shortest confidence interval, optimum confidence interval. Bayes’ Interval estimation
Tests of Hypotheses: Simple and composite hypotheses, critical regions. Neyman-Pearson Lemma, power functions, uniformly most powerful tests. Deriving tests of Hypothesis concerning parameters in normal, exponential, gamma and uniform distributions, Randomized Tests, Unbiased tests, Likelihood ratio tests and their asymptotic properties. Sequential Tests: SPRT and its properties, A.S.N. and O.C. functions.
STAT- 403-1 Multivariate Analysis
Course Objectives: This course provides the fundamental knowledge of multivariate data and its applications in different fields of life. This course will introduce the students different multivariate techniques through real world problems. This course will develop the skill in students to estimate the parameters and drive inference in multivariate cases.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of multivariate techniques. Unable to decide which multivariate technique to be used for the given scenario. Analyze the multivariate data and interpret the results correctly.
Course Contents: Introduction to multivariate data and its graphical representation. Euclidean and statistical distance. Review of matrix algebra, quadratic form, Eigen analysis, spectral decomposition. Descriptive statistics for multivariate data, multivariate normal distribution and its properties, Methods for testing multivariate normality, Inference about mean vector, Inference about covariance matrices, One-way multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA),
STAT- 311: Population Studies
Meaning of vital statistics, registrations of Birth and death in Pakistan. Uses of vital statistics, short comings of vital statistics, rates and ratios (Sex ratio, child women ratio, birth and death ratio, population growth rate, classification of natal rates, death rates or mortality rates, crude death rate, specific death rate, infant mortality rate, case fatality rate, fertility rates, crude birth rate, specific birth rate, standardized death rate, reproduction rates, morbidity or sickness rates, marriage rates, divorce rates etc. general; fertility rate, total fertility rate.)
Basic concepts of demography, Sources of demographic data: The population and housing census, Registration of vital events. Demographic surveys, Components of population growth, composition of population and vital events, Types and sources of errors, Data quality testing procedures, testing the accuracy of age and sex distribution, Fertility and mortality measures, Estimation from incomplete Data
Construction of complete and abridged life tables, Different types of life tables, Graphs of lx, qx and ex, Description and uses of life table columns.
Recommended Books: 1. Bogue, D.J. Arriagu, E.E., Anderson, D.L. (1993), “Readings in Population Research Methodology”, Vol. I-VIII, United Nations Fund; Social Development Centre, Chicago. 2. Hinde, A., (1998). “Demographic Method”, Arnold New York. 3. Impagliazo, J. (1993), Deterministic Aspects of Mathematical Demography, Springer Verlag New York. 4. Jay Weinstein, Vijayan, K. Pillai, (2001) “Demography: The Science of Population”. Allyn & Bacon.1. 5. Keyfitz, N. (1983) “Applied Mathematical Demography”, Springer Verlag N.Y. 6. Palmore, J.A; Gardner, R.W. (1994), “Measuring Mortality Increase”; East West Centre, Honolulu. 7. Pollard, A.H., Yousaf, F & Pollard, G.M. (1982), “Demographic Techniques”, Pergamon Press, Sydney. 8. Rukanuddin A.R. and Farooqi, M.N.I.., (1988), “The State of Population in Pakistan – 1987”, NIPS, Islamabad. 9. Govt. of Pakistan (1998), National, Provincial and District census reports and other supplementary reports with respect to 1998 census; PCO, Islamabad. 10. Pakistan Demographic Survey (2007), Govt. of Pakistan. 11. Publications of population census organizations. 12. United Nations (1990), “World Population Monitoring 1989”, UNFPA. 13. United Nations (1998), “World Population Assessment”, UNFPA; New York. 14. United Nations (1996), “Added years of Life in Asia”, ESCAP; U.N., Thailand. 15. Haupt, A., Kane, T. T., and Haub, C. (2011) PRB’s Population Handboo STAT- 409: Time Series Analysis
Course Objectives: Learn basic analysis of time series data. Compute and interpret ACF/PACF and a sample spectrum. Derive the properties of ARIMA models and choose an appropriate ARIMA model for a given set of data and fit the model using an appropriate package Compute forecasts for a variety of linear methods and models.
Learning Outcomes: Demonstrate understanding of the concepts of time series and their application to various fields of sciences. Apply ideas to real time series data and interpret outcomes of analyses and forecast. Use various advanced time series econometric methods, estimation methods and related econometric theories. Interpret time series models' estimates and analyze the results.
Course Contents: Time series analysis: concepts and components, Stochastic Process, Stationary Time- Series, Exponential smoothing techniques, auto-correlation and auto-covariance, estimation of auto-correlation function (ACF) and Partial autocorrelation function (PACF) and standard errors, Periodogram, spectral density functions, comparison with ACF, Linear stationary models: Auto Regressive Moving Average (ARMA) and mixed models, Non-stationary models, general ARIMA notation and models, minimum mean square forecasting. ARIMA Seasonal Models
Recommended Books: 1. Enders, W. (2004). Applied time series econometrics. Hoboken: John Wiley and Sons. 2. Box, G.E.P. and Jenkins, G.M., and Reinsel G. C. (2008) Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco. 3. Chatfield C. (2003): The Analysis of Time Series: An Introduction, Taylor & Francis, NY, USA. 4. Diggle, P.J. (1990), Time Series: A Bio statistical Introduction, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 5. Jonathan D. C. and Kung-Sik C. (2008): Time Series Analysis with Applications in R, Springer, USA. 6. Peter J. B and Richard A. D (2002): Introduction to Time Series and Forecasting, Second Edition, Springer, USA.
Semester – VIII
STAT- 402: Statistical Inference-II
Interval Estimation: Pivotal and other methods of finding confidence interval, confidence interval in large samples, shortest confidence interval, optimum confidence interval. Bayes’ Interval estimation
Tests of Hypotheses: Simple and composite hypotheses, critical regions. Neyman-Pearson Lemma, power functions, uniformly most powerful tests. Deriving tests of Hypothesis concerning parameters in normal, exponential, gamma and uniform distributions, Randomized Tests, Unbiased tests, Likelihood ratio tests and their asymptotic properties. Sequential Tests: SPRT and its properties, A.S.N. and O.C. functions.
STAT- 403-II Multivariate Analysis
Course Objectives: This course provides the fundamental knowledge of multivariate data and its applications in different fields of life. This course will introduce the student’s different multivariate techniques through real world problems. This course will develop the skill in students to estimate the parameters and drive inference in multivariate cases.
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basic concepts and applications of multivariate techniques. Unable to decide which multivariate technique to be used for the given scenario. Analyze the multivariate data and interpret the results correctly.
Course Contents: Profile analysis, Assessing normality, transformation to make non-normal data to normal, Outliers, Hotelling’s T2 and likelihood ratio tests, Inferences about mean vector(s), Confidence regions and simultaneous comparisons of component means, Multivariate Linear Regression.
Principal components analysis, Factor Analysis, Discrimination and Classification, Cluster Analysis, canonical correlation analysis.
STAT- 422: RESEARCH PROJECT / INTERNSHIP
Note: A separate and independent research project/internship will be assigned and completed by each student. At the end of the project/internship, it will be mandatory for each student to submit his/her project/research/internship report for evaluation.
CURRICULUM OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
BS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES PROGRAM SCHEME OF STUDIES FROM 2017 ONWARDS
LIST OF CORE COURSES A total of 25 credit hours were given to Core courses and following Core courses were finalized:
Course Titles Credit Hours
1. English I 3+0
2. English II 3+0
3. English III 3+0
4. Introduction of Computer Science 2+1
5. Introduction to Environmental Sciences 3+0
6. Islamic Studies 2+0
7. Mathematics 3+0
8. Pakistan Studies 2+0
9. Statistics 3+0
LIST OF GENERAL COURSES A total of 24 credit hours were finalized for General coursesand following courses were suggested and finalized:
Course Titles Credit Hours
1. Introduction to Arabic 3+0
2. Introduction to Economics 3+0
3. Methods of Teaching 3+0
4. Introduction to Political Science-I 3+0 5. Introduction to Sociology 3+0 6. Cultural Heritage of Pakistan 3+0 7. Environmental Psychology 3+0 8. Environmental Physics 3+0
LIST OF FOUNDATION COURSES A total of 33 credit hours were given to foundation courses and following courses were suggested and finalized:
Course Titles Credit Hours
1. Climatology 3+0
2. Environmental Ethics 3+0
3. Environmental Profile of Pakistan 3+0
4. Essential of Biology 2+1
5. Essential of Chemistry 2+1
6. Fundamental of Ecology 3+0
7. Geography 3+0
8. Geology 3+0
9. Pesticide and Environment 2+1
10. Soil Science 2+1
11. Urban planning 3+0
LIST OF MAJOR COURSES A total of 36 credit hours were finalized for Major courses and listed as follows:
Course Titles Credit Hours 1. Analytical Techniques 3+1
2. Biodiversity and Conservation 3+0
3. Environmental Impact Assessment 3+0
4. Environmental Law 3+0
5. Environmental Management 3+0
6. Environmental Microbiology 2+1
7. Environmental Toxicology 3+0 8. Internship (Mandatory) 2+0
9. Occupational Safety & Health Hazards 3+0
10. Pollution Control Technologies 2+1
11. Research Methodologies 3+0 12. Introduction to Geographic Information System 2+1 (GIS) LIST OF ELECTIVE COURSES A total of 12 credit hours were finalized for Elective/ Specialized courses and listed as follows:
Course Titles Credit Hours
1. Environmental Biotechnology 3+0
2. Environmental Modeling 3+0
3. Environmental Remediation 3+0
4. Green Chemistry 3+0
5. Hydrogeology 3+0
6. Industrial Chemistry 3+0
7. Life Cycle Assessment 3+0
8. Nanomaterials and Application 3+0 9. Final Year Project (FYP)/ Optional 6+0
BS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES PROGRAM SCHEME OF STUDIES/ SEMESTER BREAKUP Duration: 4 Years (8 Semesters) Total Degree Credit Hours: 130 Semester I Course Code Course Title Credit Hours ENG-101 English I 3+0 COMP-101 Introduction of Computer Science 2+1 ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0 ENV-101 Introduction to Environmental Sciences 3+0 ENV-102 Essentials of Biology 2+1 ENV-103 Climatology 3+0 Total Credit hours 18
Semester II Course Code Course Title Credit Hours STAT-101 Statistics 3+0 ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0 ECO-102 Introduction to Economics 3+0 ENG-102 English II 3+0 ENV-151 Essentials of Chemistry 2+1 ENV-152 Fundamentals of Ecology 3+0 Total Credit hours 17
Semester III Course Code Course Title Credit Hours PAK-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0 MATH-113 Mathematics 3+0 ENG-201 English III 3+0 EDU-206 Methods of Teaching 3+0 ENV-201 Geology 3+0 ENV-202 Environmental Profile of Pakistan 3+0 Total Credit hours 17
Semester IV Course Code Course Title Credit Hours POL-101 Introduction to Political Science-I 3+0 SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology 3+0 HPS-305 Cultural Heritage of Pakistan 3+0 ENV-251 Geography 3+0 ENV-252 Urban Planning 3+0 ENV-253 Biodiversity and Conservation 3+0 Total Credit hours 18
Semester V Course Code Course Title Credit Hours PSY-408 Environmental Psychology 3+0 PHY-455 Environmental Physics 3+0 ENV-301 Pesticide and Environment 2+1 ENV-302 Soil Science 2+1 ENV-303 Environmental Microbiology 2+1 Total Credit hours 15
Semester VI Course Code Course Title Credit Hours Introduction to Geographic Information System ENV-351 2+1 (GIS) ENV-352 Environmental Ethics 3+0 ENV-353 Internship 2+0 ENV-354 Environmental Impact Assessment 3+0 ENV-355 Analytical Techniques 3+1 Total Credit hours 15
Semester VII Course Code Course Title Credit Hours ENV-401 Environmental Law 3+0 ENV-402 Environmental Management 3+0 ENV-403 Occupational Safety & Health Hazards 3+0 ENV-404 Environmental Toxicology 3+0 Elective I 3+0 Total Credit hours 15
Semester VIII Course Code Course Title Credit Hours ENV-451 Pollution Control Technologies 2+1 ENV-452 Research Methodologies 3+0 Elective II 3+0 Final Year Project/ Two Elective courses 6 Total Credit hours 15
Total Degree Credit Hours: 18+17+17+18+15+15+15+15= 130 List of Elective Courses Course Codes Elective Courses Credit Hours ENV-453 Hydrogeology 3 ENV-454 Nano materials and Application 3 ENV-455 Environmental Biotechnology 3 ENV-456 Environmental Remediation 3 ENV-457 Industrial Chemistry 3 ENV-458 Life Cycle Assessment 3 ENV-459 Green Chemistry 3 ENV-460 Environmental Modeling 3 ENV-461 Final year Project (FYP)/ Optional 6
COURSE OUTLINES
FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER ENG-101 ENGLISH-I (FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH) 3+0 Course Objectives: Students who take English-I will be mostly in the first or second semester of their respective degree course. For some it will be first English language course at the University and in terms of English language ability, they form mixed ability group. Therefore, English-I course is designed: To provide language support to mixed ability groups of students from different faculties. To cater to their deficiencies especially in advanced level grammar related to structure and style. To expose them to reading strategies to deal with a variety of reading texts, especially in their own area of studies. To help them improve their vocabulary to cope with specific texts in English. Course Outline: Basics of Grammar, Parts of speech and use of articles, Sentence structure, active and passive voice, Practice in unified sentence, Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure, Transitive and intransitive verbs, Punctuation and spelling. Comprehension: (Practice) Answers to questions on a given text. Discussion: General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view the level of students.) Listening: To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers. Translation skills: Urdu to English. Paragraph writing: Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher. Presentation skills: Introduction. Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended Books: a. Grammar 1. Sweet, H. (2014). A new English grammar (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press. 2. Quirk, R. (2010).A comprehensive grammar of the English language. Pearson Education India. b. Writing Graham, S., & MacArthur, C. A. (Eds.).(2013). Best practices in writing instruction.Guilford Press.
c. Reading/Comprehension McNamara, D. S. (Ed.). (2012). Reading comprehension strategies: Theories, interventions, and technologies.Psychology Press. COMP-101 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 2+1 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to impart basic computing skills necessary for use of digital support to modern education for acquiring knowledge through offline and online resources, analysis of data, composition of data and presentation of data in the in efficient and effective way. Course Outline: Definition, Types and classification of computers. Hardware: Input Hardware, Storage hardware, processing hardware, output hardware. Software: Application software, system software, software packages, Operating system (Windows), internet, e-mail, Local Area Network, Configurations, Introduction to Microsoft Office. Recommended Books: 1. Long, I and Long, N. (2001). Fundamentals of Computer. 6th Ed. 2. Manaullah, A. and Amjad, M. (2015).Fundamentals of Computers. IK International Publishing House. 3. Rajaraman, V., &Adabala, N. (2014). Fundamentals of computers. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. ARAB-101 INTRODUCTION TO ARABIC 3+0 Course Objectives: ۱۔ طلباءکوعربیزبانکیعلوماسالمیہمیناہمیتسےآگاہکرنا ۲۔ طلباءکوعلمصرفاورنحوکےبنیادیقواعدسےآگاہکرناتاکہاسالمیعلومسےکماحقہاستفادہکیاجاسکے
۳۔ طلباءکو علم َصرفکےبنیادیاصولونسےآگاہکرنا Course Outline: S.No Topic Description ۱۔عربیزبانکاآغازوارتقاء عربیزبانکاتعارفواہمیت 1 ۲۔ عربیزبانکیاہمیت ۳۔ علوماسالمیہکےفہممینعربیزبانکاکردار ۱۔فعلماضیاورمضارعکاتعارف ماضیاورمضارع 2 ۲۔ فعلماضیاورمضارعکیاقساماورگردانیں
۳۔ فعلماضیاورمضارعکےبنیادی َصرفیقواعد ۱۔ فعالمرونہیکاتعارف فعالمرونہی 3 ۲۔ فعالمرونہیکیاقساماورگردانیں
۳۔ فعالمرونہیکےبنیادی َصرفیقواعد ۱۔ اسمفاعلکاتعارفاور َصرفیقواعد اسماء ۔1 4 ۲۔ اسممفعولکاتعارفاور َصرفیقواعد ۱۔ اسمتفضیلکاتعارفاور َصرفیقواعد اسماء۔ 2 5 ۲۔ اسمظرف )زمانومکان(کاتعارفاور َصرفیقواعد ۳۔ اسمآلہکاتعارفاور َصرفیقواعد ۱۔ اسماشارہ) قریباوربعید( اسماء ۔ 3 6 ۲۔ اسمموصوالورجملہموصولۃکاتعارف ۱۔ اسممعربکاتعارفاوراسکیاقسام معربومبنی 7 ۲۔ اسماءمبنیکاتعارفاورانکیاقسام ۱۔حروفنداء حروف 8 ۲۔ حروفنواصبمضارع ۳۔ حروفجوازممضارع ۱۔ فعلثالثیمجردکاتعارف ثالثیمجرد 9 ۲ ۔ فعلثالثیمجردکےابواب ۱۔ فعلثالثیمزیدفیہکاتعارف ثالثیمزیدفیہ)۱( 10 ۲۔ فعلثالثیمزیدفیہکےابواب ثالثیمزیدفیہکےابوابکاتفصیلیمطالعہ ثالثیمزیدفیہ)۲( 11 ۱۔ صحیح ہفتاقسام )۱( 12 ۲۔ مثال )واوی۔ یائی( ۳۔ مضاعف ۴۔ لفیف)مفروقاورمقرون( ۱۔ ناقص )واوی۔یائی( ہفتاقسام )۲( 13 ۲۔ مہموز)الفاءوالعینوالالم( ۳۔ اجوف استادتفصیالتخودطےکرےاورانکوپڑھانےمیناطالقیاندازاخیتارکیاجائے۔ معلماالنشاءسےمنتخبمطالعہ 14 استادتفصیالتخودطےکرےاورانکوپڑھانےمیناطالقیاندازاخیتارکیاجائے۔ معلماالنشاءسےمنتخبمطالعہ 15 Recommended Books: نمبرشمار ناممصنف نامکتاب 1 عبدالستارخان عربیکامعلم )چارونحصے( 2 معیناللہندوی تمرینصرف 3 محمدمصطفیندوی تمرینالنحو 4 موالناعبدالماجدندوی معلماالنشاء
5 موالنامختاراحمد مختارالنحو حوالہجاتیکتب نمبرشمار ناممصنف نامکتاب 1 علیجارم النحوالواضح 2 نعیمالرحمن اساسعربی 3 رشیدالشرطوتی مبادئ العربیة في الصرف و النحو 4 عبدالرحمنامرتسری کتابالنحو 5 محمدمصطفیندوی تمرینالنحو 6 عبدالرحمنطاہر قواعدالقرآن 7 جامعۃالملکالسعود،ریاض اللغة العربیة لغیر الناطقین بها 8 ڈاکٹرابراہیمسورتی قرآنیعریبک
ENV-101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 3+0 Course Objectives: To introduce students about basic concepts and the history of Environmental Science. Its importance in human life and its relationship with various components in current, national, regional and global challenges for sustainable development. Course Outline: Introduction: basic concepts in environmental science, history, nature and scope of Environmental Science and its contribution to society. Populations, Communities, Ecosystems, Ecosphere, Biosphere, Hydrosphere, Atmosphere. Different aspects of environment: physical, ecological, socio-economic, ethical, and philosophical. Major components of environment: physico-chemical, biological and social, and their relationships with various environmental factors. Environmental problems at global, continental, regional and local level, sustaining resources use. Environmental challenges and sustainable development: current and future trends in growth and resultant environmental pollution, poverty and resource depletion, development in industry, agriculture and urbanization. Recommended Books: 1. Botkin, D.B.,& Keller, E.A. (2013). Environmental Science: Earth as a Living Planet, 9th Ed. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Chiras, D.D. (2011). Environmental science. Jones & Bartlett Publishers. 3. McKinney, M.L., Schoch, R.M.,&Yonavjak, L. (2013). Environmental Science: systems and solutions. 5th Ed. Jones & Bartlett Publishers. 4. Miller, G.T. (2006). Environmental Science: working with the Earth.11th Ed. Cengage Learning Boston, USA. 5. Miller, G.T.,&Spoolman S. (2015). Environmental Science. 15th Ed. Cengage Learning, Boston, USA. 6. Wright, R.T.,&Nebel, B.J., (2007). Environmental Science: Toward a Sustainable Future. 10th Ed. Pearson Educational. ENV-102 ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY 2+1 Course Objectives: The course provides wide range coverage to the principles of life. Particular emphasis is on chemical and molecular basis of life. The course will impart knowledge about protein functions and cell cycle. Course Outline: Introduction: Definition and concept of life, chemical basis of life, structure and the basis of function, chemical diversity, functional groups in functional diversity. Molecular basis of life: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, phospholipids in membrane systems, polypeptides in protein diversity, and enzymes as molecular tools in chemical transformations nucleic acids the molecule of genetic information, replication and protein synthesis. Overview of structure and function of cell organelles, Cell Cycle. Lab Work: Identification of the chemical nature of different animal and plant materials. Cytochemicaldemonstration of DNA and RNA in Avian blood and Protozoa. Biochemical tests for carbohydrates, proteins and lipids. Protein digestion by enzyme pepsin.Study of mitosis in onion root tips.Study of meiosis in Grasshopper testis. Recommended Books: 1. Calver, M. (2009).Environmental Biology. Cambridge University Press. London, UK. 2. Campbell, N.A. (2008). Biology. 8th Ed. The Benjamin / Cummings Publishing Company Inc. New York. USA, 3. Lewin, B., Cassimeris, L., Lingappa, V.R., Plopper, G. (2007). Cells. Jones and Bartlett Publishers. London, UK. 4. Reece, J.B., Urry, L.A., Cain, M.L., and Wasserman, S.A. (2010). Campbell Biology. 9th Ed., Pearson/ Benjamin Cummings Publishers, USA. 5. Shier, D., Butler, J., & Lewis, R. (2015). Hole's essentials of human anatomy & physiology. McGraw-Hill Education. 6. Malacinski, G. M. (2005). Essentials of molecular biology. Jones & Bartlett Learning. 7. Lanza, R., Gearhart, J., Hogan, B., Melton, D., Pedersen, R., Thomas, E. D., & West, M. (Eds.). (2005). Essentials of stem cell biology. Academic Press.
ENV-103 CLIMATOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide know-how regarding Earth's climate and weather systems, processes and the relationships between the atmosphere and climate. Concepts of climate of Pakistan will also be provided. Course Outline: Introduction To Climatology and A Brief History, The Earth Four Spheres, Weather and Climate, Vertical Structure of The Atmosphere, Heat and The Earth's Atmosphere, Radiation and Climate, Solar Radiations, Mechanism of Heat Transfer, The Hydrologic Cycle, Condensation and Cloud Formation, Cloud Classification, Clouds and Vertical Motion in the Atmosphere, Air Pressure, Factors Affecting Air Pressure, Surface Winds, Local Winds, Global Circulation, The Climate of Pakistan, Concept of Seasons in Classification of Climate, Climatic Zones of Pakistan. Recommended Books: 1. Frederick, K.L., Edward, J.T., &Dennis, G.T. (2015). The Atmosphere. 6th Ed, Pearson education. 2. Hartmann, D. L. (2015). Global physical climatology. Newness. 3. Houghton, J. (2002).The Physics of Atmospheres. Cambridge University Press, London, UK. 4. John, H.,&Pandis, S.N. (2006). Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics - From Air Pollution to Climate Change.Seinfeld, 2nd Editions. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Seinfeld, J.H., &Pandis, S.N. (2016). Atmospheric chemistry and physics: from air pollution to climate change. John Wiley & Sons. SECOND SEMESTER
STAT-101 STATISTICS 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics to develop the skills necessary to plan, design and analyze the data of scientific investigations. The selection of topics reflects the most popular statistical techniques that are commonly used in research. The essential concepts will be made clear through different examples. Course Outline: Introduction to Statistics, Some basic terminologies; descriptive and inferential statistics, variable, quantitative and qualitative variable, discrete and continuous variables, primary data, secondary data, methods for collection of primary data, introduction to presentation of data, classification, tabulation, frequency distribution. Diagrams; simple bar chart, multiple bar chart, component bar chart, rectangles and sub-divided rectangles, pie diagram, graphs, histogram for frequency distribution, frequency polygon, frequency curve, cumulative frequency polygon. The weighted arithmetic mean, properties of arithmetic mean, the geometric mean, the Median, quartiles, deciles, percentiles, the mode, empirical relation between mean, median and mode. Introduction to dispersion.Moments and skewness.Range, mean deviation, co-efficient of mean deviation. The variance and Standard Deviation.Co- efficient of Standard Deviation, co-efficient of variation. Introduction to Regression, Simple and Multiple Regression. Correlation. Introduction to Normal Probability Distribution,. Introduction to Statistical Inference,. Estimation,; Point and interval estimation, estimation by confident interval, confidence interval estimate of a population mean, confidence interval for difference of means, normal populations with known variance, confidence interval estimation of mean from a small sample, confidence interval for differences of means from a small sample. Testing of hypothesis about mean of a normal population when population Variance is unknown, Testing of hypothesis about differences between two population means. Introduction to t Distribution.Testing of Hypothesis about two Means with paired observation.Introduction to Chi- Square Distribution, Chi-Square test for independent samples, Chi-Square test for fixed ratio. Introduction to f-Distribution, Introduction to analysis of Variance, One-way ANOVA, Two- Way ANOVA. Recommended Books: 1. Chaudhry, S.M., Kamal, S. (2002). Introduction to Statistical Theory Part-I, Part II, IlmiKitabKhana. Lahore. 2. James, G., Witten, D., Hastie, T., &Tibshirani, R. (2013). An introduction to statistical learning. (Vol. 112): New York: Springer. 3. MacKinnon, D.P. (2008). Introduction to statistical mediation analysis.Routledge. 4. Walpole, R.E., Myers, R., Myers, S.L., & Ye, K. (2008). Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists. 8th Ed: Pearson Education. 5. Weis, N.A. (2011). Introductory Statistics. 9th Ed. Pearson Education.
ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES 2+0 Course Objectives: This course is aimed at to provide Basic information about Islamic Studies and to enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization. It will improve student’s skill to perform prayers and other worships and enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life. Course Outline: Introduction to Quranic Studies 1. Basic Concepts of Quran 2. History of Quran 3. Uloom-ul -Quran Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran 1. Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286) 2. Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-i-i 8) 3. Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-i-il) 4. Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77) 5. Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to lhkani(Verse No-152-154) Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran 1. Verses of Surah Al-IhzabR&ated to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58) 2. Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment 3. Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-l,i4) Seats of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I 1. Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (Before Prophet Hood) 2. Life of Holy Prophet (SAW) in Makkah 3. Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II 1. Life of Holy Prophet (SAW) in Madina 2. Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina 3. Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina Introduction To Sunnah 1. Basic Concepts of Hadith 2. History of Hadith 3. Kinds of Hadith 4. Uloom-ul-Hadith 5. Sunnah& Hadith 6. Legal Position of Sunnah Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 1. Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 2. History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3. Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 4. Nature of Differences in Islamic Law 5. Islam and Sectarianism Islamic Culture & Civilization 1. Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization 2. Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization 3. Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization 4. Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues Islam & Science 1. Basic Concepts of Islam & Science 2. Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science 3. Quranic& Science Islamic Economic System 1. Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2. Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics 3. Islamic Concept of Riba 4. Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce Political System of Islam 1. Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2. Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3. Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam Islamic History 1. Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida 2. Period of Ummayyads 3. Period of Abbasids Social System of Islam 1. Basic Concepts Of Social System Of Islam 2. Elements Of Family 3. Ethical Values Of Islam Recommended Books: 1. Coulson, N.J. (2011). A history of Islamic law. AldineTransaction. 2. El Fadl, K.A. (2014). Speaking in God's name: Islamic law, authority and women. One world Publications. 3. Hallaq, W.B. (2009). An introduction to Islamic law. Cambridge University Press. 4. Hashemi, N. (2009). Islam, secularism, and liberal democracy: Toward a democratic theory for Muslim societies. OUP USA. 5. Hefner, R.W. (2011). Shariʻa Politics: Islamic Law and Society in the Modern World. Indiana University Press. 6. Zia-uI-Haq, M. (2001). Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islami,AllamaIqbal Open University, Islamabad ECO-102 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 3+0 Course Objectives: Students develop a basic understanding of economic principles in order to discuss issues at the level covered by the media. Topics include an introduction to microeconomics; the importance of government; an introduction to macroeconomics; macro policies and trade; industrial organization and products costs; and market structures, including perfect and imperfect competition. Course Outline: Definitions and overview of economics and related terms; Subject Matter & Scope; Theory of consumer behavior; Scale of preferences; Utility, Indifference Curve & related concepts; Demand & Supply analysis; Elasticity of Demand and Supply; Market Equilibrium, Market Structures. Definition, nature and scope of agricultural economics; Agriculture as an industry, its peculiarities & role in national economy; Organization and structure of the agricultural Sector; Factors of production and their rewards; Theory of Production; Laws of return, and its significance in agriculture; Land utilization and land use policy; Land tenure systems and land reforms. Important indicators and issues of agriculture sector in Pakistan. Recommended Books: 1. Cramer, G., Jensen C.W. and Southgate, D.D. (2000). Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness. Eighth Edition. Wiley Publisher. 2. Khuwaja, A.H. (2004). Fundamentals of Economics. IlmeeKitabKhana Lahore. 3. Mankiw, N.G. (2003). Principles of Economics. 3rd Ed. South-Western College Publisher. 4. Pakistan, Government of. Economic Survey of Pakistan (Various Issues), Economics Advisor Wing, Ministry of Finance, Government of Pakistan. 5. Samuelson, P.A. and Nordhaus, W.D. (2004). Economics (Eighteenth Edition). McGraw Hills, Inc. ENG-102 ENGLISH-II (COMMUNICATION SKILLS) 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is toenhance language skills and develop critical thinkingand to equip students with good paragraph writing skills to form strong paragraphs and provide foundation for expressive writing. Course Outline: Essay writing,Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative, Academic writingHow to write a proposal for research paper/term paper, How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency), Technical Report writing, Progress report writing. Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended Books: Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a. Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Bailey, S. (2014). Academic writing: A handbook for international students. Routledge. 2. Cook, V. (2014). The English writing system. Routledge. 3. John, L. (2004). College Writing Skills. McGraw-Hill. b. Presentation Skills c. Reading 1. Birch, B.M. (2014). English L2 reading: Getting to the bottom. Routledge. ENV-151 ESSENTIALS OF CHEMISTRY 2+1 Course Objectives: The main objective of this course is to provide a basic knowledge and understanding of chemistry and principles of chemical reactions as well as extend the fundamental knowledge of various pollutants and their interactions with environment. The course not only provides excellent practice in basic chemistry, but also allows the rigorous development of experimental schemes and analytical methods. Course Outline: Periodic table. Chemical bonding: ionic, covalent, coordinate covalent bond. Solution chemistry.Surfacechemistry.Colloids chemistry.Thermodynamics and chemical kinetics. General chemistry of functional groups of organic compounds (alcohols, carbonyls, esters, carboxylic acids, amines). Aromatic compounds, ions, radicals. Photochemical reactions.Radioactivity.Weak Acids & Bases; Water Hardness; Redox Reactions, Chemical Kinetics; Radioactivity. Lab Work: Preparation of molar, molal, normal solutions and buffers. Osmosis and Diffusion.Measurement of pH, EC, DO and TDS in wastewater.Use of titrimetric and gravimetric analysis.Use of spectrophotometric techniques. Paper Chromatography (one and two dimensional), Thin layer chromatography, Column chromatography. Recommended Books: 1. Andrews, J.E.,Brimblecombe, P., Jickells, T.D., Liss, P.S., & Reid, B. (2013). An introduction to environmental chemistry. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Andrews, J.E., Brimblecombe, P., Jickells, T.D., Liss, P.S., and Reid, B.J. (2004). An Introduction to Environmental Chemistry, 2nd Edition. Blackwell Science, UK. 3. Girard, J.E. (2005). Principles of Environmental Chemistry. 1st Ed. Jones and Barlett, USA. 4. Manahan, S.E. (2011). Fundamentals of environmental chemistry. CRC press. 5. Skoog, D.A., West, D.M., and Holler, F.J. (2004). Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, 8th Edition. Thomson and Brooks, Canada. 6. Skoog, D.A., West, D.M., Holler, F.J., & Crouch, S. (2013). Fundamentals of analytical chemistry. Nelson Education. 7. Zumdahl, S., & DeCoste, D.J. (2014). Introductory chemistry: A foundation. Cengage Learning.
ENV-152 FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: This course will make the students aware of the concepts of applied ecology and understand some major environmental issues such as global climate change, sustainable agriculture, conservation of resources in ecological perspectives, their management and ecological restoration. Course Outline: Background and scope of applied ecology. Applications of ecological knowledge in solving different environmental issues. Energy and carbon balance: carbon emission and global climate change, effect of increased carbon dioxide concentration on agriculture. Human impact on Nitrogen cycle. Water as an ecological resource: Water and distribution of species, farming practices under limited water supply. Soil as a natural resource: soil salinity and water logging issues in Pakistan, soil erosion and conservation. Agro-ecology: ecology of food production, Sustainable agricultural practices. Forest ecology: conservation and management of forests and rangelands in Pakistan. Industrial ecology: impact of industrial pollution on ecosystems, pollutant transfer in plant and animals, phyto-remediation. Urban ecology: urban ecological footprint, urban environmental degradation, green cities. Ecological modeling in defining ecosystem problems. Ecological restoration: concepts and techniques. Recommended Books: 1. Batty, L.C., andHallberg, K.B. (2010). Ecology of Industrial Pollution. Cambridge University Press. 2. Clewell, A.F. (2013). Ecological Restoration: Principles, Values, and Structure of an Emerging Profession. 2nd Edition. Island Press. 3. Newman. E.I. (2000). Applied Ecology and Environmental Management. 2nd Ed. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford. 4. Niemela, J., Breuste, J.H.,Guntenspergen, G., McIntyre, N.E., Elmqvist, T., and James, P. (2011). Urban Ecology: Patterns, Processes, and Applications. Oxford University Press. 5. Sinauer, P.R.B. (2012).A Primer of Conservation Biology. 5th Ed. Associates Inc. Publ. Sunderland. THIRD SEMESTER
PAK-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES 2+0 Course Objectives: Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary to Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan. Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan. Course Outline: 1. Historical Perspective a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Au Jinnah. b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c. People and Land 1. lndus Civilization 2. Muslim advent 3. Location and geo-physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan - Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 onward 3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Ethnicity d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan RecommendedBooks: 1. Akbar, S.Z. (2000). Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press. 2. Zaidi, S.A. (2005). Issues in Pakistan's economy. OUP Catalogue. 3. Amin, S.M. (2010). Pakistan's foreign policy: a reappraisal. Oxford Pakistan Paperbacks. 4. Von, V.K. (2015). Political development in Pakistan. Princeton University Press. 5. Umar, B. (2004). The emergence of Bangladesh: Class struggles in East Pakistan, 1947- 1958 (Vol. 1). Oxford University Press, USA. 6. Maniruzzaman, T. (2003). Radical politics and the emergence of Bangladesh. Mowla Bros. 7. Jaffrelot, C. (Ed.). (2002). Pakistan: nationalism without a nation. Zed Books. 8. Malik, I.H. (2006). Culture and customs of Pakistan. Greenwood Publishing Group. 9. Talbot, I. (2012). Pakistan: a new history. Hurst. 10. Faqir, K., & Islam, F. (2016). Study of the Emergency Rule in Pakistan, 2007. Pakistan Perspectives, 21(2), 129. 11. Mehdi, R. (2013). The Islamization of the Law in Pakistan (RLE Politics of Islam) (Vol. 12). Routledge. MATH-101 MATHEMATICS 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to impart knowledge, logic and skills to students necessary to explore, conjecture, reason logically, and use a variety of mathematical methods to solve problems, develop self-confidence and the ability to use quantitative and spatial information in problem solving and decision making, learn to enjoy and value mathematics, to think analytically, and to understand and appreciate the role of mathematics in everyday life, be prepared for the demands of both further education and the workplace. Course Outline: Sets, well known sets, operations on sets, Fundamental properties and operations of union and intersection, De Morgan’s Law, Functions, types of functions, the graph of a function, Polynomial function, Algebra of polynomial function, Algebraic functions, Estimating using ratios, Arithmetic mean for grouped and ungrouped data, Matrices: types & algebra of matrices, Determinant of a square & transpose matrix, Inverse of a matrix, Determinant as a sum of products of elements, Characteristics of Binomial Theorem, Application of Binomial theorem, Limits of functions, Properties of limits of functions, Limit at infinity, Continuity of a function at a number, Limits and one sided limits, Properties of continuous functions, Continuity on an interval, Derivatives: Rates of change & slopes of tangent lines, Slope of a tangent line to a graph, The derivative of a function Basic algebraic rules for differentiation, Rules for differentiating trigonometric functions, The chain rule, Implicit differentiation, Partial Derivates of functions of two variables, Indeterminate forms 0/0 , ∞/∞, Increasing and decreasing functions, Monotone functions, critical numbers, relative extrema, First derivative test, Concavity Point of inflection and second derivative test, Absolute extrema, Indefinite Integration, Basic algebraic rules for integration, The method of substitution or change of variable, Definite integral, Basic properties of definite integral, Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s Rule Recommended Books: 1. Room, J.J.B. (2016). MATH 1124–Calculus with Analytic Geometry I Spring 2016. Instructor. 2. Flanders, H., & Price, J.J. (2014). Calculus with analytic geometry. Academic Press. 3. Milne, W.E. (2015). Numerical calculus. Princeton University Press. 4. Munem, M.A.,&Foulis. D.J. (2000). Calculus with Analytic Geometry, 4th Ed. Worth Publishers, Inc. 5. Thomas, G.B.,& Finney, R.A. (2000). Calculus with Analytic Geometry, 8th Ed. 2002, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. 6. Yusaf, S.M., & Amin. M. (2002). Calculus with Analytic Geometry, 6th Ed.IlmiKitabKhana, Lahore Pakistan. 7. Yusaf, S.M.,Majeed, A.,& Amin. M. (2002). Mathematical Methods, 4th Ed. IlmiKitabKhana, Lahore Pakistan. ENG-201 ENGLISH-III (TECHNICAL WRITING & PRESENTATION SKILLS) 3+0 Course Objectives: To enable the students to write a research paper / technical report in a succinct manner according to a specified format. Course Outline: Presentation skills Essay writing - Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative Academic writing - How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency) Technical Report writing Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended Books: Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing). 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004. 3. Patterns of College Writing (4Th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. b) Presentation Skills c) Reading 1. The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by northern Illinois University. General Editors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students). EDU-206 METHODS OF TEACHING 3+0 Course Objectives:This course is designed to help future teachers put instructional theory into practice. It will provide an integrated coverage of methods of classroom instruction, management and assessment. The methodology of the course will include practicum, lesson construction, practice teaching, in class exercises, discussion of readings, and exams. Students should leave feeling well prepared in the art and science of teaching, and be competent in several critical teaching practices. Course Outline: 1. Introduction 1.1. Definitions of Teaching 1.2. The concept of Effective Teaching 1.3. Role of teacher for conducive learning environment 1.4. Personal Characteristics of an Effective Teacher 1.5. Professional Characteristics of an Effective Teacher 1.6. The concepts of Teaching Methods, Strategies and Techniques 2. Lesson Planning in Teaching 2.1. The Need for lesson Planning 2.2. Approaches to lesson Planning 2.3. Weekly Planning 2.4. Daily Planning 2.5. Unit Planning 2.6. Course Planning 3. Steps in Lesson Planning 3.1. Introduction 3.2. Presentation 3.3. Generalization 3.4. Application 3.5. Recapitulation 3.6. The Lesson Plan Format 4. Pedagogy by Level 4.1. Pedagogy of early childhood education 4.2. Pedagogy of elementary education 5. Inquiry Method 5.1. The Inductive Method 5.2. Deductive Method of inquiry 5.3. Scientific Method 5.4. The Problem Solving Approach 5.5. Advantages and Limitations of Inquiry Method 6. Activity Methods & Cooperative learning 6.1. Individual Project 6.2. Group Project 6.3. Research Projects 6.4. Cooperative learning 6.5. Techniques of cooperative learning 6.6. Advantages and Limitations of activity and cooperative Method 7 Demonstration Method 7.1. What is Classroom Discussion? 7.2. Planning the Discussion 7.3. Organizing the Discussion 7.4. Practicing in asking questions 7.5. Practicing in answering the questions 7.6. Assessing the discussion 7.7. Advantages and Limitations of Disck6ussion Method 8. Student Motivation 8.1. Concept of Motivation 8.2. Intrinsic Motivation 8.3. Extrinsic Motivation 8.4. Theories of Motivations 8.5. Strategies to Motivate Students 9. Teaching Skills 9.1. Set induction 9.2. Presentation 9.3. Identify learning difficulties of students 9.4. Prepare lesson according to individual needs 9.5. Students Evaluation Unit 10 Teaching Tools 10.1. Selecting the Audio Visual Material 10.2. Planning To Use the Materials 10.3. Preparing For the Audio Visual Activity Recommended Books: 1. Allen, M. (2009). “Motivating Students Who Don't Care”: Successful Techniques for Educators. Amazon.com 2. Arends, R.I. (2007). “Learning to Teach” (7th Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition). Boston: McGraw Hill. 3. Richards, J. C., & Rodgers, T. S. (2014). Approaches and methods in language teaching. Cambridge university press. 4. Jarvis, P. (Ed.). (2006). The theory and practice of teaching. Routledge. 5. Bos, C. S., & Vaughn, S. (2002). Strategies for teaching students with learning and behavior problems. Allyn& Bacon, A Pearson Education Company, 75 Arlington Street, Boston, MA 02116. ENV-201 GEOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives:This course is designed to acquire the knowledge about the basic concepts of Geology. This will help the students to get knowledge about various types of rocks and minerals and the processes of their formation. Course Outline: Introductionandscopeofgeologyitsimportanceandrelationshipwithother sciences. Earthasamemberofthesolarsystem;itsorigin,age,composition andinternalstructure.Introductionto rocks and minerals. Introductionto plate tectonics, mountain building processes earthquake and volcanoes. Primarysedimentary, igneousandmetamorphicstructures. Introductionof folds,faults,joints, cleavage,foliation, lineationandunconformities. Weatheringanderosion.Isostasy. Geological Time Scale. Positions on Map and Globe, a. Geographical coordinates and its characteristics, b. World time zones standard and local time RecommendedBooks: 1. Knödel, K., Lange, G., & Voigt, H.J. (2007). Environmental geology: Handbook of field methods and case studies. Springer Science & Business Media. 2. Plummer,McGeay, & Carlson.(2005). PhysicalGeology. 3. Jones,N.W.,Johnes,C.E. (2005). LabManualforPhysicalGeology. McGraw-Hill. 4. Smith, G., and Pun, A.(2006). HowDoesEarthWork:PhysicalGeologyandProcessofScienceby,PrenticeHall. 5. Evans, A.M. (2009). An introduction to economic geology and its environmental impact. John Wiley & Sons.
ENV-202 ENVIRONMENTAL PROFILE OF PAKISTAN 3+0 Course Objectives: To provide students with a comprehensive knowledge about the environmental resource base of Pakistan in order to learn its efficient utilization for sustainable development. Course Outline: Introduction to history of the region; Features: land, geography, people, culture, health, education; Ecological: ecological zones, major ecosystems, topographic zones; Economic: agriculture, industry, water resources, urbanization and pollution. Recommended Books: 1. Government of Pakistan,(2005). State of the Environment-Pakistan. 2. Clark, J. S. (2007). Models for ecological data: an introduction (Vol. 11). Princeton: Princeton university press. 3. Hassan, S. A. (2012). Health, safety and environmental practices in the construction sector of Pakistan.
FOURTH SEMESTER
POL-101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the subject. Course Outline: 1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Sub-fields of Political Science. 2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences. 3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and behavioral approach. 4. State: its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State, 5. Nation and Sovereignty. 6. Basic concepts of Political Science: Power, Authority, Legitimacy 6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary. Recommended Books: 1. Simon, R. (2015). Gramsci's political thought: An introduction. Lawrence &Wishart. 2. Marsh, D., & Stoker, G. (Eds.). (2010). Theory and methods in political science. Palgrave Macmillan. 3. Howlett, M., Ramesh, M., & Perl, A. (2003). Studying public policy: Policy cycles and policy subsystems (Vol. 3). Oxford: Oxford University Press. 4. Barry, A., & Osborne, T. (Eds.). (2013). Foucault and Political Reason: liberalism, neo- liberalism and the rationalities of government. Routledge. 5. Streeck, W., &Thelen, K. A. (Eds.). (2005). Beyond continuity: Institutional change in advanced political economies. Oxford University Press.
SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives:The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socio-economic changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation for further studies in the field of sociology. Course Outline: 1. Introduction Definition, Scope, and Subject Matter Sociology as a Science Historical back ground of Sociology 2. Basic Concepts Group, Community, Society Associations (Non-Voluntary, Voluntary) Organization (Informal, Formal) Social Interaction Levels of Social Interaction Process of Social Interaction a. Cooperation b. Competition c. Conflict d. Accommodation e. Acculturation and diffusion f. Assimilation g. Amalgamation 3. Social Groups Definition & Functions Types of social groups a. In and out groups b. Primary and Secondary group c. Reference groups d. Informal and Formal groups e. Pressure groups 4. Culture Definition, aspects and characteristics of Culture a. Material and non material culture b. Ideal and real culture
Elements of culture Beliefs Values Norms and social sanctions Organizations of culture a. Traits b. Complexes c. Patterns d. Ethos e. Theme Other related concepts a. Cultural Relativism b. Sub Cultures c. Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism d. Cultural lag 5. Socialization & Personality Personality, Factors in Personality Formation Socialization, Agencies of Socialization Role & Status 6. Deviance and Social Control Deviance and its types Social control and its need Forms of Social control Methods & Agencies of Social control 7. Collective Behavior Collective behavior, its types Crowd behavior Public opinion Propaganda Social movements Leadership Recommended Books: 1. Anderson, M., and Howard F. T. (2001). Sociology the Essentials. Australia: Wadsworth. 2. Brown, K.(2004). Sociology. UK: Polity Press 3. Gidden, A. (2002). Introduction to Sociology. UK: Polity Press. 4. Macionis, J.J. (2006). 10th EditionSociology. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall 5. Tischler, H.L. (2002). Introduction to Sociology 7th ed. New York: The Harcourt Press. 6. Frank, N.M. (2003). International Encyclopedia of Sociology. U.S.A: Fitzroy Dearborn Publishers 7. Macionis, J.J. (2005). Sociology10th ed. South Asia. Pearson Education 8. James, M. H. (2004). Sociology: A Down to Earth Approach. Toronto. Allen and Bacon.
HPS-305 CULTURAL HERITAGE OF PAKISTAN 3+0 Course Objectives: Pakistan has a rich cultural and civilizational heritage that has constantly evolved over a long period of time. 1. Deepen understanding of the social and political movements that have shaped Pakistan society, its culture and heritage. 2. Introduce students to the contending perspectives on Pakistan, their assumptions and ideological bases. 3. Explore in detail how the dynamics of pluralistic society have shaped civic and political culture. 4. Examine the impact of regional and international environment on Pakistan domestic and foreign policy choices. CourseOutline: 1. Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Pre Historic Period. Soan Valley Sanghao Cave 2. Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Proto Historic Period. Gumla, Dera Ismail Khan Sarai Kala, Taxila KotDiji Mehrgarh RehmanDehri 3. Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Human Society in Historic Period. Indus valley Art and Architecture of MehenjoDaro and Harrappa 4. Grave Culture Timargarha (Dir) Hattial (Taxila) 5. Heritage of Buddhist period (Gandhara) Peshawar Taxila Swat 6. Heritage of Hindu Period Salt Range 7. Heritage of Islamic Period Bhambhore Multan Lahore Wah (Art, Architecture, Language and Literature) Recommended Books: 1. Mahajan, V.D. (2006).Political Theory-Principles of Pol. Science, New Delhi, S. Chand & Co. 2. Qureshi, I. H. (2003). The Pakistani Way of Life. Karachi: Royal Book Co. 3. Saif, Lubna. AndJavedIqbal Syed, (eds). (2001) Pakistani Society and Culture. Vol. I and II, Islamabad: AllamaIqbal Open University.
ENV-251 GEOGRAPHY 3+0 Course Objectives: To expose students with the founding principles of Geography and geographical knowledge. Course Outline: Introduction, Definitions, scope and branches of Geography o Roots of the discipline and basic geographic concepts o Themes and traditions of Geography of Tools of Geography, The Universe of Galaxies and solar system, The Earth as a planet o Celestial positions, its shape and size of Rotation, revolution and related phenomena, Spheres of the earth o Lithosphere o Atmosphere of Hydrosphere of Biosphere, Man-environment interaction o Population o Major Economic activities of Settlements of Pollution Lab. work: Comprehension of atlases, map reading skills, location of places, features and relevant work related to topics of the theoretical section. Recommended Books: 1. Arbogast, A. F. (2007) Discovering Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, London. 2. Christopherson, R. W. (2009) Geo systems: An introduction to Physical Geography, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey. 3. Guinness, J. P. & Nagle, G. (2011) Geography, Hodder Education, London. 4. Miller, G. T. (2008) Living in the Environment, Principles, connections and Solutions, Wadsworth, USA. 5. Agnew, J. A., Mitchell, K., &Toal, G. (Eds.). (2008). A companion to political geography. John Wiley & Sons.
ENV-252 URBAN PLANNING 3+0 Course Objectives: In this course, a specific focus will be on the significance of developing sustainable practices, particularly in developing countries and in countries in transition. The course examines the nexus between urbanization, climate change and water as a critical resource. It provides the background knowledge on urban climate and its impact on human health and morbidity. The course then moves on to examine the relationship between urban morphology, urban energy and urban hydrological balances. Course Outline: It includes the elements and analyses current international development thinking about sustainable development and its application to urban resources. The module aims to foster an analytical and critical perspective on livelihoods and poverty, water supply and sanitation in cities, gender, community participation and water as a human right. Urbanization has profound influences on landscapes and these cause local changes in climate, most notably increased temperature (the Urban Heat Island). Additional impacts include reduced vegetation, modified urban waterways and reduced evaporation from the land surface. Moreover, urbanization is associated with hazards such as poor air quality and heat-related illnesses. These matters are of particular concern in the context of climate change. This unit will provide an understanding of relevant physical processes and impacts along with associated technological and socio-political contexts and examine potential solutions by undertaking a sustainable cities approach including the concept of a water sensitive city as an approach to heat mitigation and climate change adaptation along with urban planning and management in Pakistan. Emphasis is placed on practical, theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills developed through lectures, practical sessions and project work. Recommended Books: 1. Ward, S.V. (2004). Planning and Urban Change, SAGE Publications Ltd. London, UK. 2. O'Riordan, T. (Ed.). (2014). Environmental science for environmental management. Routledge. 3. Mitchell, B. (2013). Resource & environmental management. Routledge. 4. McGregor, D., & Simon, D. (Eds.). (2012). Theperi-urban interface: Approaches to sustainable natural and human resource use. Routledge. 5. Kate, A.(2007). The Works: Anatomy of a City. Penguin Group, New York, USA.
ENV-253 BIODIVERSITY & CONSERVATION 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with different forms of biodiversity, threats to biodiversity and its conservation. Course Outline: Biodiversity: Introduction and levels of biodiversity (Alpha, Beta and Gamma). Biodiversity hotspots (tropical and coral reef ecosystems).Philosophical, ecological, economic, social and ethical values of biodiversity.Plants and animal resources of world and Pakistan. Conservation of biodiversity: Introduction to biological conservation, its history, guiding principles and characteristics. Need and approach of biodiversity conservation and prevailing threats. IUCN threatened species categories. Conservation at species and population level: applied population biology, establishing new populations, ex-situ conservation strategies (botanical gardens and arboreta, zoos, seedbanks and aquaria). Conservation at community and ecosystem level: protected areas, their categories and objectives, considerations for reserve design, ecotourism. Conservation outside protected areas: conservation in man-made ecosystems, croplands, cities. Legal protection of species and habitats: national and international laws and agreements for species and habitat protection, National Conservation Strategy of Pakistan. Recommended Books: 1. Sinauer, P.R.B. (2012). A Primer of Conservation Biology. 5th Ed. Associates Inc. Publ. Sunderland. 2. Bawa, K., Primack, S., Oommen, R.B., and Anna, M.(2011).Conservation Biology: A Primer for South Asia. Orient Blackswan ISBN #: 9788173717246. 3. Primack, R.B., &Sinauer, P.R.B.(2010).Essentials of Conservation Biology, 5thEd., associates Inc. Publishers, Sunderlander MA, USA. 4. Dyke, F.V.(2010).Conservation Biology: Foundations, Concepts, Applications. 2nd Ed. Springer. 5. Primack, R.B., &Sher, A. (2016). Introduction to conservation biology. Sinauer Associates, Incorporated, Publishers. FIFTH SEMESTER
PSY-408 ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are: To familiarize students with the concepts of Environmental Psychology, theories and perspectives, and research methods of environmental psychology. To provide knowledge about human-environment interaction and how both affect each other. Course Outline: Introduction Definition, Scope and Historical background Importance and Application of Environmental Psychology Nature and Human Behavior Environmental perception, cognition &attitude Social interaction and the environment Impact of environment on personality development and individual differences Theories of Environmental Psychology Arousal Theories,Stimulus Load, Behavioral Constraint Adaptation Level Theories Environmental Stress Theories (Ecological Theories) Research Methods in Environmental Psychology Weather, Climate and Human Behavior Disasters, toxic hazards and pollution Catastrophes and Human Adjustments Future Environmental Challenges posed to humanity Impact of Environment Changes in Industrial and Geographical Development Personal space and territoriality Noise, air and water pollution Factors in Adjustment to Environment: gender, age, job, family, fashion, religion, society Effects of Environmental stressors Town Planning and Urbanization Phenomenon of Urbanization Planning and design for human behavior High density and crowding The Built Environment and Human Adjustment Design in residential and institutional environments Work, Learning and Leisure environments Changing behavior to save the environment Mob and Group Behavior in Environmental and Cultural Variances Recommended Books: 1. Bell, P. A., Greene, T. C., Fisher, J. D., &Baum, A. (2001).Environmental psychology(5th ed.). USA: Harcourt College Publishers. 2. Stokols, D., & Altman, I. (Eds.). (2000). Handbook of environmental psychology. New York: Wiley. 3. Gifford, R. (2007). Environmental psychology: Principles and practice (p. 372). Colville, WA: Optimal books. 4. Bechtel, R.B. (2002). Environmental Psychology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 5. Clayton, S.D. (Ed.). (2012). The Oxford handbook of environmental and conservation psychology. Oxford University Press. 6. Steg, L., van den Berg, A. E., & De Groot, J. I. (Eds.). (2012). Environmental psychology: An introduction. John Wiley & Sons.
PHY-455 ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS 3+0 Course Objectives: The science of environment constitutes many complex processes that may be studied collectively and synergistically from a physical, chemical, biological, or social- economic perspective. The complexity of an even seemingly simple environmental problem can be enormous. In this class we will examine, using basic concepts and principles of classic and modern physics, a broad range of environmental problems arising from the interaction between humans and the natural environment. We will cover various forms of pollution, including anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions and their effect on global climate change. In addition to the physical principles, we will discuss practical examples involving heat, mass and energy budgets, pollution, and climate change. Course Outline: The Essentials of Environmental Physics, Basic Environmental Spectroscopy; Introduction to the Solar Spectrum, Interaction of Light with Matter, Bio-molecules, Ozone and UV Light. The Global Climate, Energy for Human Use; Heat Transfer, Energy from (mainly) Fossil Fuels, The Price of Energy Conversion, Nuclear Energy. Transport of Pollutants, Diffusion, Conservation of Mass, Flow in Rivers, Ground Water Flow, The Equations of Fluid Dynamics, Turbulence, Turbulent Diffusion, Gaussian plumes in the Air, Turbulent Jets and Plumes, Particle Physics. Noise, Basic Acoustics, Human Perceptions and Noise Criteria, Reducing the Transmission of Sound, Active Control of Sound.Spectra and Examples of Environmental Spectroscopy; Atomic Spectra, Molecular Spectra, Scattering, Spectroscopy of the Inner Electrons of Atoms and Molecules, Examples of Environmental Analysis.The Context of Society; Risk Estimation, Limits on Cheap Resources, Saving Energy Resources and Nature. Recommended Books: 1. Monteith, J., &Unsworth, M. (2007). Principles of environmental physics. Academic Press. 2. Borghese, F., Denti, P., &Saija, R. (2007). Scattering from model nonspherical particles: theory and applications to environmental physics. Springer Science & Business Media. 3. Boeker, E., & Van Grondelle, R. (2011). Environmental physics: sustainable energy and climate change. John Wiley & Sons. 4. Sorensen, B. (2010). Renewable energy: physics, engineering, environmental impacts, economics and planning. Elsevier Ltd. 5. Smith, C. (2001). Environmental physics. Psychology Press. 6. Forinash, K. (2010). Foundations of environmental physics: understanding energy use and human impacts. Island Press.
ENV-301 PESTICIDE AND ENVIRONMENT 2+1 Course Objectives: Learn different classes of pesticides and their mode of action, Pesticide formulations and formulation analysis techniques, Have knowledge of Hazards of pesticides in environment Course Outline: Introduction: History, importance, current application status, international concern about pesticide usage, role of pesticides in agriculture. Formulation of Pesticides: Common pesticide formulation types; liquid formulations (Aerosols, Emulsifiable concentrates (EC), Flowables or suspension concentrates (SC); Dry formulations (Dusts, Granules, Water dispersible granules (WDG), Soluble powders (SP), Wet-table powders(WP). Methods for pesticide formulation analysis: chromatographic techniques (TLC, GC, HPLC), spectrophotometric (UV, IR and Vis.), titrimetric. Groups of Pesticides: Organochlorine, organophosphate, carbamate, pyrethroids and bio-pesticides, classification, mode of action (MRL, lethal dose). Herbicides: Types, application and mode of action. Fungicides: Types, application and mode of action, chemical protection measures. Environmental Hazards of Pesticides: Pesticide persistence, pesticide accumulation Pesticide poisoning, occupational hazards, water contamination, toxicity and safety measures. Pesticide residues: sampling, extraction, and clean up. MRL of pesticides: introduction. Practical: 1. Sampling procedures for pesticide formulation analysis 2. Determination of emulsification characteristics of emulsifiable concentrate pesticides 3. Wet sieve analysis of wetable powder formulations 4. Dry sieve analysis of granular formulations 5. Determination of mancozeb by titrimetric method 6. Spectrophotometric determination of cartap 7. Determination of cypermethrin in liquid formulations by gas chromatograph (GC) Recommended Books: 1. Khan, S. A., B. A. Khan & S. A. Khalil. (2007). Pesticide Bio-chemistry. National book foundation, Islamabad, Pakistan. 2. Whitford, F. (2002). The Complete Book of Pesticide Management, Science, Regulations, Stewardship & communication. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY, USA. 3. Pingali, P. L., & Roger, P. A. (Eds.). (2012). Impact of pesticides on farmer health and the rice environment (Vol. 7). Springer Science & Business Media. 4. Khan, S. U. (2016). Pesticides in the soil environment. Elsevier. 5. Matthews, G. (2015). Pesticides: health, safety and the environment. John Wiley & Sons. 6. Harrison, J. L. (2011). Pesticide drift and the pursuit of environmental justice. Mit Press. 7. Wheeler, W. B. (Ed.). (2002). Pesticides in Agriculture and the Environment. CRC Press. 8. Edwards, C. A. (Ed.). (2013). Environmental pollution by pesticides (Vol. 3). Springer Science & Business Media. ENV-302 SOIL SCIENCE 2+1 Course Objectives: This course is designed to introduce the concept and importance of soil science for agriculture students at under-graduate level. Course Outline: 1. Definition of earth, geology and soil science; Disciplines of soil science. 2. Soil forming rocks and minerals: Types and their formation. 3. Weathering of rocks and minerals: Parent materials 4. Soil formation: Processes and factors affecting 5. Soil profile and its description 6. Physical, chemical and biological properties of soil 7. Introduction to soil classification and land use capability classes 8. Soil organic matter: Sources, composition and significance 9. Elements essential for plant growth 10. Organic and inorganic fertilizers 11. Salt-affected and waterlogged soils 12. Soil and water conservation 13. Soil and water pollution Lab work: 1. Soil sampling and handling 2. Preparation of saturated soil paste 3. Determination of soil water contents 4. Analysis of irrigation water, report writing and interpretation. 5. Determination of soil texture and bulk density 6. Fertilizers: Identification, composition and calculation of nutrient percentage 7. Determination of soil pH and EC 8. Determination of soil organic matter Recommended Books: 1. Bashir, E., and Bantel, R. (2001). Soil Science. National Book Foundation, Islamabad. 2. Brady, N.C., and Weil,R.R. (2007). The Nature and Properties of Soils. 14th Ed. Pearson Education, Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA. 3. Singer, M.J. and Munns,D.N. (2002). Soils- An Introduction. 5th Ed. 13 Prentice-Hall, Inc., Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA. 4. Hillel, D. (2008). Soil in the Environment: Crucible of Terrestrial Life. Elsevier Inc., Burlington, MA, USA. 5. Rowell, D.L. (2014). Soil science: Methods & applications. Routledge. 6. Troeh, F.R., & Thompson, L.M. (2005). Soils and soil fertility. Ames: Blackwell. 7. Tan, K.H. (2009). Environmental soil science. CRC Press. ENV-303 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY 2+1 Course Objectives: This course will provide an awareness and understanding to the students about the role of microorganisms in the environment. After completion of this course, students will be able to understand the significance, role and applications of microorganisms in the environment. Course Outline: Introduction and history of environmental microbiology. Groups of microorganisms: protozoans, algae, fungi, bacteria and viruses (general characteristics). Bacterial cell structure and metabolism.Eubacteria and archea.Characterization of bacterial colonies and cells.Environmental factors affecting the microbial growth.Microbial genetics (Conjugation, transformation and transduction).Microbial interactions. Role of microbes in environment/industry: biogeochemical cycles, biodegradation and bioremediation, food and health, biological warfare agents. Lab Work: Introduction to basic techniques for sterilization/disinfection, isolation, purification and characterizations, Dilution plate technique, Mean plate count, microscopy. Measurement of bacterial growth. Recommended Books: 1. Maier, F.M., Pepper, I.L., and Gerba, C.P. (2009).Environmental Microbiology, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, London, UK. 2. Sylvia, D.M., Fuhrmann, J.J., Hartel, P.G., and Zuberer, D.A. (2005).Principles and Applications of Soil Microbiology, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA. 3. Prescott, L.M., Harley, J.P., and Klein, D.A. (2007).Microbiology, McGraw Hill Inc., USA. 4. Mitchell, R., &Gu, J. D. (Eds.). (2010). Environmental microbiology. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Sariaslani, S., &Gadd, G.M. (2014). Advances in Applied Microbiology, Volume 86. SIXTH SEMESTER
ENV-351 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 2+1 Course Objectives: The course aims at providing an understanding of GIS, its evolution, applications, spatial data models and data structures, design aspects of GIS; spatial data acquisition, sources and standards; spatial data manipulation, spatial analysis and visualization of data. This course also covers the understanding of GIS software environment. This subject provides basic training in understanding GIS data capture, storage, retrieval, analysis and display. It also helps to learn functionality of GIS software and to gain basic skills. Course Outline: Introduction, Definitions, Key components, Functional Subsystem, Raster Data Model, Vector Data Model, Attribute Data Model, Data Acquisition Techniques, Data sources, Data capturing techniques and procedures, Data Transformation, Visualization of spatial data, Layers and Projections, Map Design: Symbols to Portray Points , Lines and Volumes , Graphic Variables , Visual Hierarchy, Data Classification Graphic Approach , Mathematical Approach, Spatial Analysis: Overlay Analysis ,Spatial analysis, Neighborhood functions, Network and overlay analysis, buffering, Spatial data Quality: Components of Data Quality , Micro Level Components , Macro Level Components , Usage Components Sources Of Error , Accuracy, Project work. Lab Practical: Introduction to GIS Lab (hardware / software), Raster/Vector/Attribute Data Display, Scanning, Digitization, Coordinate based point mapping, Raster / Vector Conversion, Data layer integration and display of different projections, Map layout, Data Classification and Thematic Mapping, Handling with Topological Errors, Overlay and network analysis. Recommended Books: 1. Chen, C.H. (2008). Image Processing for Remote Sensing. London: Taylor & Francis, ISBN-13: 978-1-4200-6664-7. 2. Lloyd, C. (2010). Spatial data analysis: an introduction for GIS users. Oxford university press. 3. Cope, Meghan, and Sarah, E. eds. (2009). Qualitative GIS: a mixed methods approach. Sage. 4. Crampton, and Jeremy W. (2011), Mapping: A critical introduction to cartography and GIS. Vol. 11. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Ian, H. (2010). An introduction to geographical information systems. Pearson Education India. 6. Fotheringham, S., and Peter R. eds. (2013). Spatial analysis and GIS. CRC Press. Software Required: ArcGIS 9.2 ERDAS Imagine Online Resources: http://dizzy.library.arizona.edu/users/arawan/datamap.htm/University of Arizona Library http://www.tnris.state.tx.us/ Texas Natural Resources Information System http://www.seic.oksate.or.us/Spatial and Environmental Information
ENV-352 ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS 3+0 Course Objectives: The purpose of this course is to enhance your capacity to “think, act and lead” ethically. Having an ethical perspective means that you have the capacity to maintain ethical attitude and behavior in your personal and professional. Course Outline: Overview of ethical approaches, Transferring ethics to the environment, The need for human interventions in the biosphere, The use of categorical principles in biosphere protection, The use of principles and standards capable of being compensated in biosphere protection, Nature and the environment in the public perception, the perception of adverse environmental effects, Environmental conduct, Intercultural differences in dealing with nature. Impact of faith on environment.Islamic view of nature and natural order. The categories of the relationship between human beings and the environment: Khilafa, Taskheer, I’mar. Quranic teachings on bestowing trust and stewardship to man for a balanced ecosystem.Legislative principles, policies, and institutions of Islamic law which govern the procedures and measures for the protection and conservation of the environment. Recommended Books: 1. Taylor, P. W. (2011). Respect for nature: A theory of environmental ethics. Princeton University Press. 2. Keller, D. R. (Ed.). (2010). Environmental ethics: The big questions. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Thompson, P. B. (2017). The spirit of the soil: Agriculture and environmental ethics. Taylor & Francis. 4. Attfield, R. (2011). The ethics of environmental concern. University of Georgia Press. 5. Thompson, P. B. (2010). The agrarian vision: Sustainability and environmental ethics. University Press of Kentucky.
ENV-353 INTERNSHIP 2+0
ENV-354 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3+0 Course Objectives: The overarching aim of this course is to enable the participants to build their capacity to integrate environmental concerns in project proposals. The specific objectives of the course are to help students to: Learn the principles, skills, procedures and practices of integrating environment through EIA Become aware of the legal and regulatory obligations of integrating environment in development projects Familiarize themselves with the techniques of getting public participation and integrate socio-economic aspects in development projects; and enable the participants to conduct an EIA study for a development project. Course Outline: Introduction. Principles and purposes of IEE and EIA and its significance for the society.Cost and benefits of EIA. Principles of EIA, Main stages in EIA process. Public consultation and participation in EIA process.EIA methods and techniques for impact prediction and evaluation.EIA involvement during project life cycle. EIA review and post project analysis. EIA process management.and noise, role of quality assurance and quality control in environmental analysis. EIA Regulations 2000 of Pakistan.IEE/EIA Guidelines. Practical Work: Screening & Scoping exercises, Using impact prediction and analysis tools; i) Checklist, Matrices, Networks, Overlays. Organizing public Participation; identifying stakeholders, role plays exercises, Field Visit, One case study to be completed by the end of the semester. Recommended Books:
1. Glasson, J., Therivel, R., and Chadwick, A., (2005).Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment, Routledge, London. 2. Harrop, D.O. & Nixon, J.A., (2000).Environmental Impact Assessment in Practice, National Book Foundation, Islamabad. 3. Sadler, B., & McCabe, M., (ed.), (2002).EIA Manual: Training Resource Manual, 2nd Edition, United Nations Environment Programme. 4. David, P. (2003).Lawrence, Environmental impact assessment. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 5. Glasson, J., Riki, T., and Andrew, C. (2013).Introduction to environmental impact assessment. Routledge. 6. Wathern, P., ed. (2013).Environmental impact assessment: theory and practice. Routledge. 7. Petts, J., ed. (2009).Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment: Volume 2: Impact and Limitations. Vol. 2. John Wiley & Sons. 8. Morris, P., and RikiT. eds. (2001). Methods of environmental impact assessment. Vol. 2. Taylor & Francis.
ENV-355 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 3+1 Course Objectives: The course will educate the students about different types of solutions, instruments & analytical procedures and enhance their skills about practical aspects of environmental science so that knowledge becomes more productive. Course Outline: Quality assurance in an Environmental Science laboratory. Purposes and designs of environmental sampling.Sample collection and preservation methods. Standard solutions and standard curves. Instrumentations: principles and procedure for Potentiometery, Conductivitymetry, pH metery, Titrimetery, Gravimetery, Spectroscopy and Chromatography. Analysis of water, wastewater and soil/solid waste samples. Lab Work: S.I. and derived S.I. units. Sample collection, handling, preparation and storage.Analytical techniques for soil, water and plant analysis.Data interpretation for quality control, precision and accuracy.Preparation of Standard solutions and Standard curve.Use of Potentiometery, Conductivitymetry, Titrimetery, Gravimetery, Spectroscopy and Chromatography for the analysis of environmental samples. Determination of chemical characteristics of water and waste water (pH, All Solids, BOD, COD, Fluoride, NO3–N & NH4- N), soil (NPK and organic matter contents, salinity &sodicity). Recommended Books: 1. Albaigés, J., Hutzinger, O.,and Safe, S. eds. (2013). Analytical Techniques in Environmental Chemistry: Proceedings of the International Congress, Barcelona, Spain, November 1978. Vol. 3. Elsevier. 2. Budde, W.L., and William, L.B. (2001). Analytical mass spectrometry: strategies for environmental and related applications. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society. 3. Gill, R. (2014).Modern Analytical Geochemistry: an introduction to quantitative chemical analysis techniques for Earth, environmental and materials scientists. Routledge. 4. Reimann, C., and Patrice, D.C. (2012).Chemical elements in the environment: factsheets for the geochemist and environmental scientist. Springer Science & Business Media. 5. Wrisberg, N. eds. (2012). Analytical tools for environmental design and management in a systems perspective: the combined use of analytical tools. Vol. 10. Springer Science & Business Media. 6. Greenberg, A.(2005).Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater.21st Edition. (American Public Health Association). 7. Harris, D. C. (2003).Qualitative Chemical Analysis. 6th Edition. Freeman & Co., New York. SEVENTH SEMESTER
ENV-401 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW 3+0 Course Objectives: This course aims at giving an understanding of the role of state and its instruments in the governance of environment in order to enable to the students to learn about responsibilities of state and rights of its citizens to live in environmentally sound conditions to contribute in sustainable development. Course Outline: The concept of governance and its relevance to environment; the role of government in a state; derivation of environmental legislation from constitution of Pakistan; Environmental Policies in Pakistan, federal, provincial and local legislation in Pakistan; rules and regulations made there under. Environmental institutions established for enforcement of environmental laws in Pakistan and their functions in federal and provincial level. Recommended Books: 1. Nanda, V., &Pring, G. R. (2012). International environmental law and policy for the 21st century. MartinusNijhoff Publishers. 2. Ashford, N. A., &Caldart, C. C. (2008). Environmental law, policy, and economics: reclaiming the environmental agenda. Mit Press. 3. Park, J., Conca, K., & Finger, M. (Eds.). (2008). The crisis of global environmental governance: Towards a new political economy of sustainability. Routledge. 4. Atapattu, S. (2007). Emerging principles of international environmental law. Brill. 5. Fitzmaurice, M., Ong, D. M., &Merkouris, P. (Eds.). (2010). Research handbook on international environmental law. Edward Elgar Publishing. 6. Wood, M. C. (2013). Nature's trust: Environmental law for a new ecological age. Cambridge University Press. 7. Fauchald, O. K., Hunter, D., & Xi, W. (2011). Yearbook of International Environmental Law 2009 (Vol. 20). Yearbook of International Envi. 8. Brousseau, E. (2012). Global environmental commons: analytical and political challenges in building governance mechanisms. Oxford University Press. 9. Kotzé, L. J., & Paterson, A. R. (Eds.). (2009). The role of the judiciary in environmental governance: comparative perspectives (Vol. 4). Kluwer Law International. 10. Hassan, S. A. (2012). Health, safety and environmental practices in the construction sector of Pakistan.
ENV-402 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 3+0 Course Objectives: This course is aimed at providing training students on designing Environmental Management Systems for any organization in order to enable them contribute in planning and implementation of EMS in an organization. Course Outline: Introduction to Environmental Management Systems (EMS). Principles of cleaner production, processes and tools of sustainable consumption of resources; eco-design and eco- labeling. ISO 14000 series of international standards of environmental management: principles, procedures and tools, Monitoring and evaluation of EMS, environmental audit and audit reports. Requirements for ISO14001 certification of an organization.Introduction to the concept of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and environmentally responsible business initiative.Introduction to principles of green economic growth.
Recommended Books: 1. Gunderson, L. H. (2001). Panarchy: understanding transformations in human and natural systems. Island press. 2. Keen, M., Brown, V. A., &Dyball, R. (Eds.). (2005). Social learning in environmental management: towards a sustainable future. Routledge. 3. Berkes, F., Folke, C., &Colding, J. (Eds.). (2000). Linking social and ecological systems: management practices and social mechanisms for building resilience. Cambridge University Press. 4. Burgman, M. (2005). Risks and decisions for conservation and environmental management. Cambridge University Press. 5. Coglianese, C., & Nash, J. (Eds.). (2001). Regulating from the inside: can environmental management systems achieve policy goals?. Resources for the Future. 6. Mitchell, B. (2013). Resource & environmental management. Routledge.
ENV-403 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH HAZARDS 3+0 Course Objectives: The course will provide information on occupational health and safety as well as it will review various types of work place hazards, their exposure and effects on the body. Focus will be on hazardous chemicals, carcinogens, effects of chemicals acute and chronic health problems related to work and safe use of chemicals at work. Awareness will also be created about the health and safety laws enforcement, role of health and safety committees at work etc. Course Outline: Introduction to occupational health and safety: Accidents, Disease, Normal working, Health and safety problems worldwide, Importance of management and training in occupational health and safety. Common work place associated hazards; biological, chemical, mechanical, physical and psychological hazards and their effects on health and safety, local effects, systemic effects, acute and chronic effects. Chemicals in the work place, Noise at work, Manual handling, Controlling hazards: Methods of control, Elimination, Substitution, Engineering controls, Administrative controls, Personal protective equipment (PPE), Cumulative trauma disorder (CTD), Evaluation of job risk factors, Controlling vibration hazards. Male and female reproductive health hazards in the work place, Health and safety for women and children, Labour code of Pakistan. Occupational health safety management system. Legislation related to health and safety at work, Check list, Role of health and safety representatives and labour union at work; meetings, reports, training education, negotiation, Role of government, Health and safety committee. Recommended Books: 1. Donham, K. J., &Thelin, A. (2016). Agricultural Medicine: Rural Occupational and Environmental Health, Safety, and Prevention. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Salvendy, G. (2012). Handbook of human factors and ergonomics. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Alli, B. O. (2001). Fundamental principles of occupational health and safety. International Labour Organization (ILO). 4. Lingard, H., &Rowlinson, S. M. (2005). Occupational health and safety in construction project management. Taylor & Francis. 5. Lundgren, R. E., &McMakin, A. H. (2013). Risk communication: A handbook for communicating environmental, safety, and health risks. John Wiley & Sons. 6. Chartier, Y. (Ed.). (2014). Safe management of wastes from health-care activities. World Health Organization. 7. Wilcock, A. A. (2006). An occupational perspective of health. Slack Incorporated.
ENV-404 ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: The course is focused on providing knowledge related to toxic chemicals in air, water and soil, dose response relationship in living organisms, short term (acute) and long- term (chronic) effects on organ system, their containment and control strategies. Course Outline: Introduction to Toxicology. Classification and properties of toxic substances: anthropogenic and natural poisons, acute and chronic effects, genotoxic, mutagens, teratogens, carcinogens and sensitizers. Biological properties of organic and inorganic pollutants: essentiality and toxicity. Routes of absorption. Bioaccumulation and bio-magnification. Quantification of toxicity: dose-response relationships, synergism, antagonism, LD50 and rating systems, Threshold Limit Values. Toxic impacts of atmospheric agents.Fate of absorbed toxins and xenobiotics, including detoxification and bioactivation. Natural detoxification processes. Risk management. Lab Work: Analysis of toxins, Dose-response relationship and D/R Curves.In vitro &In vivo techniques for toxicity testing. Proposed techniques (at least one of these); Ames test, Comet assay, CAM, TTC and Immuno-fluorescent assay or microscopic observation of changes in plant cell morphology after exposure to toxic substances. Recommended Books: 1. Hayes, A. W., & Kruger, C. L. (Eds.). (2014). Hayes' principles and methods of toxicology. Crc Press. 2. Landis, W., Sofield, R., Yu, M. H., & Landis, W. G. (2003). Introduction to environmental toxicology: impacts of chemicals upon ecological systems. Crc Press. 3. Douben, P. E. (Ed.). (2003). PAHs: an ecotoxicological perspective. John Wiley & Sons. 4. Rom, W. N., & Markowitz, S. B. (Eds.). (2007). Environmental and occupational medicine. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 5. Kaiser, K. L. (Ed.). (2012). QSAR in Environmental Toxicology-II: Proceedings of the 2nd International Workshop on QSAR in Environmental Toxicology, held at McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, June 9–13, 1986. Springer Science & Business Media. 6. Greenberg, M. I. (2003). Occupational, industrial, and environmental toxicology. Elsevier Health Sciences. 7. Hodgson, E. (Ed.). (2004). A textbook of modern toxicology. John Wiley & Sons. 8. Nordberg, G. F., Fowler, B. A., & Nordberg, M. (Eds.). (2014). Handbook on the Toxicology of Metals. Academic Press. 9. Reemtsma, T., &Jekel, M. (Eds.). (2006). Organic pollutants in the water cycle: properties, occurrence, analysis and environmental relevance of polar compounds. John Wiley & Sons. 10. Kruk, I. (2013). Environmental toxicology and chemistry of oxygen species (Vol. 2). Springer. 11. Gordon, C. J. (2005). Temperature and toxicology: an integrative, comparative, and environmental approach. CRC press.
ELECTIVE I 3+0 EIGHTH SEMESTER
ENV-451 POLLUTION CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES 2+1 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to acquaint the students with the technological approaches used for control of pollution. The students will become familiar with different technologies and modern techniques for their control and abatement. Course Outline: Collection, treatment and distribution of drinking water supply; Collection, treatment and disposal of municipal and industrial wastewater; Low cost water treatment and sanitation techniques; Solid and hazardous waste management; Cleaner production techniques; Waste hierarchy (Reduce, re-use and recycling); Waste site investigation and remediation; Air pollution control; Noise pollution control. Recommended Books: 1. Heck, R. M., Farrauto, R. J., &Gulati, S. T. (2009). Catalytic air pollution control: commercial technology. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Viessman, W., Hammer, M. J., Perez, E. M., &Chadik, P. A. (2009). Water supply and pollution control. New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall. 3. Penetrante, B. M., &Schultheis, S. E. (Eds.). (2013). Non-thermal plasma techniques for pollution control: part b: electron beam and electrical discharge processing (Vol. 34). Springer Science & Business Media. 4. Wang, L. K., Hung, Y. T., Lo, H. H., &Yapijakis, C. (Eds.). (2004). Handbook of industrial and hazardous wastes treatment. CRC Press. 5. Drexler, W., & Fujimoto, J. G. (2015). Optical coherence tomography: technology and applications. Springer. 6. Rao, C. S. (2007). Environmental pollution control engineering. New Age International. 7. Russell, C. S., Harrington, W., & Vaughn, W. J. (2013). Enforcing pollution control laws. Routledge. 8. Wang, L. K. (2005). Advanced air and noise pollution control. L. K. Wang, N. C. Pereira, & Y. T. Hung (Eds.). Totowa, NJ,, USA: Humana Press.
ENV-452 RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES 3+0 Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to equip the students with the skills to undertake a project by planning, designing and defining a research problem; and select indicators and parameters of research and its methodologies. Course Outline: Introduction to Research, Nature of Research, Purpose of Research, Ethics in Research Types of Research, Tools of Research, Scientific Methods, Techniques & Pre-requisites for Scientific Research Types of Questions, Types of Relationships, Variables, Hypothesis, Types of Data, Starting a Research Project/Research Proposal, Research Project Conceptualization, Elements of a Research Proposal Critical Thinking and Developing the Research Question, Defining the Research Problem; Choosing the Research topics Research Proposal: its importance - A pre-requisite for Research, Research Proposal Writing Techniques Research Design; Importance of Research Design, Formulation of Research Design Reliability, validity, generalization, Experimental design and use of indicators in research, Trade offs in design decisions Sampling Design; Introduction to sampling design, Logic of Sampling; Concepts and Terminologies, Types of Sampling Designs (Classifying experimental design, factorial design, randomized block design, covariance design, Quasi experimental design) Relationship among pre-post design. Advances in Quasi Experimentation Survey of Research, Questionnaires construction How to put things together? Introduction, Objectives, Material and Methods, Review of Literature, Bibliography, Literature Search: Database, Search Engines; Analytical tools in research: qualitative and quantitative methods; Evaluation Research: How to carry out evaluation research, Data Collection: Techniques in data collection: Quantitative & Qualitative Data, Experimental Research, Case Studies, Surveys, Interviews, Questionnaire Data Analysis: Conclusion, Validity Statistical analyses, Descriptive Statistics (Correlations), Inferential Statistics, Univariate Analysis, Bivariate Analysis, Multivariate Analysis (T-Test, Generalized linear model, Factorial design, randomized block analysis, Analysis of covariance, Regression Analysis), Data Interpretation, Current data interpretation with comparative studies (Inter-laboratory comparison), Inference based on findings; - Research Presentation Techniques – Data presentation Recommended Books 1. Gliner, J. A., & Morgan, G. A. (2000). Research methods in applied settings: an integrated approach to design and analysis. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. 2. Coakes, S. J., & Steed, L. (2009). SPSS: Analysis without anguish using SPSS version 14.0 for Windows. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. 3. Paul, E. A. (2014). Soil microbiology, ecology and biochemistry. Academic press. 4. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications. 5. Cook, E. R., &Kairiukstis, L. A. (Eds.). (2013). Methods of dendrochronology: applications in the environmental sciences. Springer Science & Business Media. 6. Clifford, N., Cope, M., Gillespie, T., & French, S. (Eds.). (2016). Key methods in geography. Sage. 7. Fielding, N. G., Lee, R. M., & Blank, G. (Eds.). (2008). The Sage handbook of online research methods. Sage. 8. Kulkarni, P., Baron, P. A., &Willeke, K. (Eds.). (2011). Aerosol measurement: principles, techniques, and applications. John Wiley & Sons. 9. Berkes, F., Folke, C., &Colding, J. (Eds.). (2000). Linking social and ecological systems: management practices and social mechanisms for building resilience. Cambridge University Press. 10. Hewitt, K. (2014). Regions of risk: a geographical introduction to disasters. Routledge. 11. Yin, R. K. (2013). Case study research: Design and methods. Sage publications.
ELECTIVE II 3+0
FINAL YEAR PROJECT/ TWO ELECTIVE COURSES 6+0 OUTLINES OF ELECTIVE COURSES
ENV- 453 HYDROGEOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: This course will provide a basic understanding of the physical and chemical aspects of hydrogeology. The emphasis will be on low temperature groundwater and groundwater-surface water systems. If the students are interested, we can include a module on hydrogeology of geothermal systems, volcanoes, etc. The course is suitable for graduate students or undergraduate students who have a basic knowledge of geology and chemistry. The instructor is informal, and open to suggestions as to what material will be covered. Course Outline: Introduction, Hydrogeologic cycle, water budgets , Aquifer properties, Aquifer properties, continued, Groundwater flow, Flow of groundwater to wells, Aquifer tests and monitoring well installation, Regional groundwater flow, case studies, Groundwater-surface water interactions, case studies, Geochemistry of groundwater, Groundwater pollution (e.g., nitrate, heavy metals, organics), Contaminant transport, case studies, Geochemical tracers, stable isotopes, case studies. Recommended Books: 1. Kehew, Alan E. Applied chemical hydrogeology. Prentice Hall, 2000. 2. Ford, D., & Williams, P. D. (2013). Karst hydrogeology and geomorphology. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Issar, A. S. (2012). Water shall flow from the rock: hydrogeology and climate in the lands of the Bible. Springer Science & Business Media. 4. Kresic, N. (2006). Hydrogeology and groundwater modeling. CRC press. 5. Howard, K. W., &Israfilov, R. G. (Eds.). (2012). Current problems of hydrogeology in urban areas, urban agglomerates and industrial centres (Vol. 8). Springer Science & Business Media. 6. Singhal, B. B. S., & Gupta, R. P. (2010). Applied hydrogeology of fractured rocks. Springer Science & Business Media. 7. Ferø, P. (2000). Principles of Hydrogeology. Eos, Transactions American Geophysical Union, 81(23), 256-256. 8. Link, P. K., & Mink, L. L. (Eds.). (2002). Geology, hydrogeology, and environmental remediation: Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory, eastern Snake River Plain, Idaho (Vol. 353). Geological Society of America. 9. Goldscheider, N., & Drew, D. (Eds.). (2007). Methods in Karst Hydrogeology: IAH: International Contributions to Hydrogeology, 26. CRC Press. 10. Brassington, R. (2017). Field hydrogeology. John Wiley & Sons.
ENV- 454 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATION 3+0 Course Objectives: This course provides a comprehensive approach of environmental applications of nonmaterial. It gives insight in leading environmental issues and connecting renewable energy and nanotechnology in context of energy crises. Course Outline: Introduction to nanomaterials; Application of nanomaterials in: remediation of polluted soil and water, pollutant sensing and detection, filtration membranes, green chemistry; Nanomaterials as adsorbents; Nanomaterials for groundwater remediation; Use of nanomaterials as antimicrobial agents; Renewable energy and nanotechnology; Eco-toxicological risks associated with nano-materials; Future challenges in nanotechnology. Recommended Books: 1. Cao, G. (2004). Nanostructures and nanomaterials: synthesis, properties and applications. World Scientific. 2. Rodriguez, J. A., &Fernández-García, M. (Eds.). (2007). Synthesis, properties, and applications of oxide nanomaterials. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Guo, Z., & Tan, L. (2009). Fundamentals and applications of nanomaterials. Artech House. 4. Varadan, V. K., Chen, L., &Xie, J. (2008). Nanomedicine: design and applications of magnetic nanomaterials, nanosensors and nanosystems. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Bréchignac, C., Houdy, P., &Lahmani, M. (Eds.). (2008). Nanomaterials and nanochemistry. Springer Science & Business Media. 6. Schulte, J. (Ed.). (2005). Nanotechnology: global strategies, industry trends and applications. John Wiley & Sons. 7. Ruiz-Hitzky, E., Ariga, K., & Lvov, Y. M. (Eds.). (2008). Bio-inorganic Hybrid Nanomaterials: Strategies, Synthesis, Characterization and Applications. John Wiley & Sons. 8. Shalaev, V. M. (Ed.). (2002). Optical properties of nanostructured random media (Vol. 82). Springer Science & Business Media. 9. Fryxell, G. E., & Cao, G. (Eds.). (2012). Environmental applications of nanomaterials: synthesis, sorbents and sensors. World Scientific. 10. Wiesner, M., &Bottero, J. Y. (2007). Environmental nanotechnology. McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing. 11. Merkoçi, A. (Ed.). (2009). Biosensing using nanomaterials. John Wiley & Sons.
ENV- 455 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 3+0 Course Objectives: This course will provide sound technical foundation for using biotechnology in solving environmental issues and cleanup of the polluted environments. After completion of this course, students will be able to understand the significance, and application of biotechnology in the environment. Course Outline: Introduction to biotechnology, Tools inenvironmental biotechnology, fundamentals of biological interventions, Recombinant DNA Technology, Genetic manipulations, GMOs: Release and Regulations, environmental applications of GMOs, biosafety concerns of GMOs, bio-strategies for pollution control, bioremediation, phytoremediation, biofilm, Biomarkers, Biosensor, Bioreactors. Ethic and legal problems in creations and use of transgenic organisms. Recommended Books: 1. Rittmann, B.E., & McCarty, P.L. (2012). Environmental biotechnology: principles and applications. Tata McGraw-Hill Education. 2. Fulekar, M. H. (2010). Environmental biotechnology. CRC Press. 3. Thakur, I. S. (2011). Environmental Biotechnology: Basic concepts and applications. New Delhi: IK International. 4. Wang, L. K., Ivanov, V., Tay, J. H., & Hung, Y. T. (Eds.). (2010). Environmental biotechnology (Vol. 10). Springer Science & Business Media. 5. Wang, L. K., Hung, Y. T., Tay, S. T. L., &Tay, J. H. (2010). Handbook of Environmental Engineering: Environmental Bioengineering; Volume 11. Springer. 6. Funk, W., Dammann, V., &Donnevert, G. (2007). Quality assurance in analytical chemistry: applications in environmental, food and materials analysis, biotechnology, and medical engineering. John Wiley & Sons. 7. Arora, D. K. (Ed.). (2003). Fungal biotechnology in agricultural, food, and environmental applications. CRC Press. 8. Lappin-Scott, H. M., &Costerton, J. W. (Eds.). (2003). Microbial biofilms (Vol. 5). Cambridge University Press. 9. McCutcheon, S. C., &Schnoor, J. L. (2004). Phytoremediation: transformation and control of contaminants (Vol. 121). John Wiley & Sons.
ENV- 456 ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION 3+0 Course Objectives: This course develops understanding about various techniques and strategies being used in science to remediate various contaminants in environment. It provides knowledge of various types of remediation techniques and its integrated approach. Course Outline: Environmental remediation; Factors affecting remediation efficiency; Evaluating speciation and contaminant availability in polluted environment; Factors affecting contaminant degradation; Remediation strategies: Natural attenuation, Bioremediation and Phytoremediation, Conventional methods, Physical techniques, Chemical Oxidation and other chemical treatments, Photocatalytic processes, Electrochemical techniques, chemical and biological sorption, Integrated approaches for remediation, Application of nano-materials; Social and economic aspects of remediation. Recommended Books: 1. Lens, P., Grotenhuis, T., Malina,G., and Tabak,H. (2005). Soil and Sediment Remediation: Mechanisms, Technologies and Applications. IWA Publishing, London, UK. 2. Ghafoor, A., Murtaza, G., Rehman, M.Z., Sabir, M., Ahmad,H.R., and Saifullah. (2012). Environmental Pollution: Types, Sources and Management. Allied Book Centre, Lahore. 3. Bandosz, T.J. (2006). Activated carbon surfaces in environmental remediation (Vol. 7). Academic press. 4. Joo, S.H., & Cheng, F. (2006). Nanotechnology for environmental remediation. Springer Science & Business Media. 5. Aelion, C.M., Höhener, P., Hunkeler, D., &Aravena, R. (Eds.). (2009). Environmental isotopes in biodegradation and bioremediation. CRC Press 6. Ebinghaus, R., Turner, R.R., de Lacerda, L. D., Vasiliev, O., &Salomons, W. (Eds.). (2013). Mercury contaminated sites: characterization, risk assessment and remediation. Springer Science & Business Media. 7. Reddy, K.R., &Cameselle, C. (2009). Electrochemical remediation technologies for polluted soils, sediments and groundwater. John Wiley & Sons. 8. Greenwood, R., Mills, G., &Vrana, B. (Eds.). (2007). Passive sampling techniques in environmental monitoring (Vol. 48). Elsevier.
ENV- 457 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 3+0 Course Objectives: Industrial Chemistry is the branch of chemistry which applies physical and chemical processes towards the transformation of raw materials into products that are of benefit to humanity. The goal of the Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry degree program is to produce graduates who will be highly skilled in this activity. We do this by first giving the students a strong foundation in chemistry, mathematics and physics. The Industrial Chemistry graduate is a chemist with knowledge linkages in engineering, chemical processing, economics and industrial management. Course Outline: Introduction, Definition of the Chemical Industry, Characteristics of Chemical Industry, Technological orientation in Chemical Industry, Safety Considerations in Chemical Industry, Storage of Hazardous Materials, Liquefied Gas Storage, Losses from Dust Explosions, Industrial Gases, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Argon, Hydrogen, Helium, Methane, Acetylene Gas, Nitrous Oxide, Liquefied Natural Gas, Carbon Dioxide; Chlor Alkali Industry, Manufacture of Soda Ash, Caustic Soda, Chlorine, Bleaching Powder, Cell Types, Diaphragm, Membrane, Mercury; Glass Industry, Introduction, Composition, Raw Materials, Chemical Reactions, Methods of Manufacturing, Melting, Shaping and Forming, Annealing, Finishing, Manufacture of Special Glass, Colored Glass, Safety Glass, Fiber Glass; Ice Cream Industry, Classification of Ice Cream Products, Physical Structure of Ice Creams, Mix Composition, Fats, Non Fat Milk Solids, Sweetener Solids, Stabilizers and Emulsifiers, Manufacture of Mix; Surface Coating Industry, Constituents, Manufacturing Process; Paints, Enamels, Varnishes, Lacquers, Pigments, White Pigments, Black Pigment, Blue Pigment, Red Pigment, Yellow Pigment, Green Pigment; Sugar Industry; Tanning Industry; Textile Industry; Pulp and Paper Industry; Perfume Industry; Cement Industry Recommended Books: 1. Cavani, F., Centi, G., Perathoner, S., &Trifirò, F. (Eds.). (2009). Sustainable Industrial Chemistry: Principles, Tools and Industrial Examples. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Kent, J. A. (Ed.). (2013). Handbook of industrial chemistry and biotechnology. Springer Science & Business Media. 3. Weissermel, K. (2008). Industrial organic chemistry. John Wiley & Sons. 4. Zhu, J. (Ed.). (2006). Multicomponent reactions. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Cohen, S. A., &Schure, M. R. (Eds.). (2008). Multidimensional liquid chromatography: theory and applications in industrial chemistry and the life sciences. John Wiley & Sons. 6. Schramm, L. L. (Ed.). (2000). Surfactants: fundamentals and applications in the petroleum industry. Cambridge University Press. 7. Belgacem, M. N., &Gandini, A. (Eds.). (2011). Monomers, polymers and composites from renewable resources. Elsevier. 8. Kirsch, P. (2013). Modern fluoroorganic chemistry: synthesis, reactivity, applications. John Wiley & Sons. 9. Liese, A., Seelbach, K., &Wandrey, C. (Eds.). (2006). Industrial biotransformations. John Wiley & Sons. 10. Tatjewski, P. (2007). Advanced control of industrial processes: structures and algorithms. Springer Science & Business Media.
ENV- 458 LIFECYCLE ASSESSMENT 3+0 Course Objectives: During this course, you will learn to: Understand the relationship between the product life cycle and environmental impact, resource conservation, and pollution prevention Interpret and evaluate an LCA study, understanding its strengths, weaknesses and appropriate use Perform a product LCA using publicly available data and software Understand the relationship of LCA to other assessment techniques: e.g., life cycle costing, carbon foot printing, and risk assessment. Course Outline: Introduction and Overview to Life Cycle Assessment Goal and Scope Introduction to Life Cycle Inventory The Computational Structure of Life Cycle Inventory Economic Input-Output Life Cycle Inventory Impact Assessment Life Cycle Assessment Related Analysis Role of Critical Review Recommended Books: 1. Baumann, H., & Tillman, A. M. (2004). The Hitch Hiker's Guide to LCA. An orientation in life cycle assessment methodology and application. External organization. 2. Heijungs, R., &Suh, S. (2013). The computational structure of life cycle assessment (Vol. 11). Springer Science & Business Media. 3. Horne, R., Grant, T., &Verghese, K. (2009). Life cycle assessment: principles practice and prospects. Csiro Publishing. 4. Hendrickson, C. T., Lave, L. B., & Matthews, H. S. (2006). Environmental life cycle assessment of goods and services: an input-output approach. Resources for the Future. 5. Kumar, S., &Phrommathed, P. (2005). Research methodology (pp. 43-50). Springer US.
ENV- 459 GREEN CHEMISTRY 3+0 Course Objectives: The emphasis of Green Chemistry will be on the sustainability and life cycle analysis of diverse chemical processes. The principles of green chemistry, which attempts to prevent the negative impacts of chemistry on the environment, will guide our interdisciplinary investigations, and case studies will demonstrate how the principles are integrated into every day processes. Modern society relies heavily on chemistry, from the design, synthesis and pharmacology of drugs to high performance materials, and we must make these processes sustainable. Class time will supplement and complement the text; attendance and participation in class are essential. It is required that you read the appropriate textbook chapter before the classes on that topic, and work the problems later, often as group exercises during class. Green Chemistry is an interdisciplinary topic, which requires a sound basis in organic chemistry coupled with awareness of many emerging interfaces with chemistry. Course Outline: Principles and Concepts of Green Chemistry, Waste: production, problems and prevention, Measuring and controlling environmental performance, Catalysis and Green Chemistry, Review of Green Chemistry, Organic Solvents and Environmentally benign solutions, Renewable resources, Emerging Green technologies and Alternative Energy, Green Nanotechnology, Industrial case studies Recommended Books: 1. Sheldon, R. A., Arends, I., &Hanefeld, U. (2007). Green chemistry and catalysis. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Clark, J. H., &Macquarrie, D. J. (Eds.). (2008). Handbook of green chemistry and technology. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Matlack, A. (2010). Introduction to green chemistry. CRC Press. 4. Lancaster, M. (2016). Green Chemistry 3rd Edition: An Introductory Text. Royal society of chemistry. 5. Kerton, F. M., & Marriott, R. (2013). Alternative solvents for green chemistry (No. 20). Royal Society of chemistry. 6. Tao, J. A., &Kazlauskas, R. J. (Eds.). (2011). Biocatalysis for green chemistry and chemical process development. John Wiley & Sons. 7. Kalia, S., Kaith, B. S., &Kaur, I. (Eds.). (2011). Cellulose fibers: bio-and nano-polymer composites: green chemistry and technology. Springer Science & Business Media. 8. Tundo, P., Perosa, A., &Zecchini, F. (Eds.). (2007). Methods and reagents for green chemistry (p. 252). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
ENV- 460 ENVIRONMENTAL MODELING 3+0 Course Objectives: 1. Understand the role and nature of modeling environmental systems 2. Understand the basic principles of model building using both empirical and mechanistic modeling approaches 3. Have a clearer understanding of the challenges and decisions associated with model implementation and validation of model outputs 4. Have an awareness of the strengths and limitations of different types of model Course Outline: 1. What is a model and Types of Model? 2. Model Implementation, Deterministic & Stochastic Models, Model components 3. Validation 4. Compartment Flow models 5. Differential equations 6. Introduction to the Open Model software 7. Model Uncertainty 8. Model Sensitivity 9. Monte Carlo simulation 10. Overview of data analysis using Excel 11. Introduction to basic statistical tests 12. Probability theory 13. Population Dynamics Predator-Prey 14. Model Complexity, Model Fitting, Model Calibration Recommended Books: 1. Morrison, J., and Morecroft, M.D. (2006). Plant growth and climate change. Oxford; Ames, Iowa: Blackwell Pub. 2. Smith, J., and Smith, P. (2007). Introduction to Environmental Modelling. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 3. Bennett, J., & Blamey, R. (Eds.). (2001). The choice modelling approach to environmental valuation. Edward Elgar Publishing. 4. Trapp, S., &Matthies, M. (2012). Chemodynamics and environmental modeling: An introduction. Springer Science & Business Media. 5. Wainwright, J., & Mulligan, M. (Eds.). (2005). Environmental modelling: finding simplicity in complexity. John Wiley & Sons. 6. Clark, J. S. (2007). Models for ecological data: an introduction (Vol. 11). Princeton: Princeton university press. 7. Brimicombe, A. (2009). GIS, environmental modeling and engineering. CRC Press.
ENV- 461 FINAL YEAR PROJECT (FYP) 0+6
CURRICULUM OF COMPUTER SCIENCES & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
Scheme of Study for Bachelor of Science in Computer Science BS (CS) Session 2018-2022 and Onwards 4-Year program (8 Regular Semesters of 18 weeks each)
# Category # of Courses Credit Hours Computing Courses 14 51 Core Courses (Comp-Core) 10 39 1 Supporting Areas (Comp-Supp) 4 12 * Mathematics & Science Foundation Computer Science Courses 16 48 CS Core Courses (CS-Core) 7 24 2 CS Supporting Courses (CS-Supp) 3 9 CS Elective Courses (CS-Elec) 5 15 3 General Education Courses (Gen-Edu) 7 19 4 University Electives (Univ-Elec) 4 12 Total 41 130
Semester – I: (16 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-101 Comp-Core Programming Fundamentals 4(3,1) 2 CS-102 Gen-Edu Intro to Info. & Comm. 3(2,1) Technologies 3 ENG-101 Gen-Edu English Composition & 3(3,0) Comprehension 4 MATH- Comp-Supp Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3,0) 101 5 PHYS- Comp-Supp Applied Physics 3(3,0) 120
Semester – II: (17 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours Programming 1 CS-151 Comp-Core Object Oriented Programming 4(3,1) Fundamentals 2 CS-152 CS-Core Digital Logic Design 4(3,1) Communication & Presentation 3 ENG-201 Gen-Edu 3(3,0) Skills MATH- CS Supporting – I 4 CS-Supp 3(3,0) 251 (Multi-variate Calculus) 5 Univ-Elec Univ Elective – I 3(3,0)
Semester – III: (17 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-201 Comp-Core Discrete Structures 3(3,0) 2 STAT-201 Comp-Supp Probability & Statistics 3(3,0) 3 CS-202 Comp-Core Data Structures and Algorithms 4(3,1) 4 CS-203 Comp-Core Operating System 4(3,1) 5 CS-204 Comp-Core Software Engineering 3(3,0)
Semester – IV: (16 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-251 Comp-Core Database Systems 4(3,1) Data Structures 2 CS-252 CS-Core Design & Analysis of Algorithms 3(3,0) & Algorithms 3 CS-253 CS-Core Theory of Automata 3(3,0) 4 MATH-151 Comp-Supp Linear Algebra 3(3,0) 5 Univ-Elec Univ Elective – II 3(3,0)
Semester – V: (17 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours Computer Organization & Assembly 1 CS-301 CS-Core 4(3,1) Language 2 CS-308 Gen-Edu Professional Practices 3(3,0) 3 CS-302 Comp-Core Computer Networks 4(3,1) 4 CS-303 CS-Elec CS Elective – I 3(2,1) MATH- CS Supporting – II (Differential 5 CS-Supp 3(3,0) 301 Equations)
Semester – VI: (16 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-351 CS-Core Compiler Construction 3(3,0) Discrete 2 CS-352 CS-Core Artificial Intelligence 4(3,1) Structures 3 ENG-151 Gen-Edu Technical & Business Writing 3(3,0) CS Elective – II 4 CS-353 CS-Elec 3(2,1)
MATH- CS Supporting – III (Numerical 5 CS-Supp Computing) 3(3,0) 351
Semester – VII: (14 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours Operating 1 CS-401 CS-Core Parallel & Distributed Computing 3(3,0) Systems CS Elective – III 2 CS-402 CS-Elec 3(3,0)
3 CS-403 CS-Elec CS Elective – IV 3(3,0) PAKS- 4 Gen-Edu Pakistan Studies 2(2,0) 101 University Elective – III 5 Univ-Elec 3(3,0)
Semester – VIII: (17 Credit Hours) Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-451 Comp-Core Information Security 3(3,0) 2 CS-452 CS-Elec CS Elective – V 3(3,0)
3 ISL-101 Gen-Edu Islamic Studies/ Ethics 2(2,0) 4 ECON- Univ-Elec University Elective – IV 3(3,0) 101 (Economics) 5 CS-453 Comp-Core Final Year Project – II 6(0,6)
Semester Comp-Core Comp-Supp CS-Core CS-Supp CS-Elec Gen-Edu Univ-Elec Total (Math & Stat.) (Cr. Hrs.) 1 4 3+3 3+3 16 2 4 4 3 3 3 17 3 3+4+3+4 3 17 4 4 3 3+3 3 16 5 4 4 3 3 3 17 6 3+4 3 3 3 16 7 3 3+3 2 3 17 8 3+3+3 3 2 3 14 Total 39 12 24 9 15 19 12 130
Electives for BS (CS) CS Elective Courses: # Category Course Title Credit Prerequisites Hours 1 CS-Elec Computer Graphics 2-1 Programming Fundamentals 2 CS-Elec Digital Image Processing 2-1 3 CS-Elec Visual Programming 2-1 Object oriented programming 4 CS-Elec Distributed Computing 2-1 Operating Systems 5 CS-Elec Network Security 3-0 Computer networks 6 CS-Elec Computer Vision 3-0 7 CS-Elec Systems Programming 2-1 8 CS-Elec Distributed Database Systems 2-1 Intro. to Database Systems 9 CS-Elec Data Warehousing 3-0 Intro. to Database Systems 10 CS-Elec Web Engineering 2-1 Programming Fundamentals 11 CS-Elec Web Design and Development 2-1 Programming Fundamentals 12 CS-Elec Artificial Neural Networks 2-1 Discrete Structures 13 CS-Elec Expert Systems 2-1 Discrete Structures 14 CS-Elec Fuzzy Logic System 2-1 Discrete Structures 15 CS-Elec Operations Research 3-0 16 CS-Elec Network Programming 2-1 Computer networks 17 CS-Elec Wireless Networks 3-0 Computer networks 18 CS-Elec Telecommunication Systems 2-1 Computer networks 19 CS-Elec Mobile Computing 2-1 Computer networks Object oriented 20 CS-Elec Mobile Application and Development 3-0 programming Object oriented 21 CS-Elec Java Programming 2-1 programming 22 CS-Elec Android Programming 2-1 23 CS-Elec Cloud Computing 2-1 24 CS-Elec Cyber Security 3-0 25 CS-Elec Object-Oriented Analysis & Design 3-0 Software Engineering 26 CS-Elec Ethical Hacking 2-1 27 CS-Elec Social Computing 3-0 28 CS-Elec Computational Intelligence 3-0 Discrete Structures 29 CS-Elec Multi-Agent Systems 3-0 Computer Networks 30 CS-Elec Natural Language Processing 3-0 31 CS-Elec Game Development 3-0 Object-Oriented Programming 32 CS-Elec Logical Paradigms of Computing 3-0 Discrete Structures 33 CS-Elec Principles of Programming Languages 3-0 Programming Fundamentals 34 CS-Elec Formal Methods in Software Engineering 3-0 Discrete Structures 35 CS-Elec Fundamentals of Data Mining 3-0 Intro to Database Systems 36 CS-Elec Web technologies 3-0 37 CS-Elec Digital image processing 3-1 38 CS-Elec e-commerce 3-0 Web engineering 39 CS-Elec Enterprise system 3-0 Database system 40 CS-Elec Global software development 3-0 41 CS-Elec Human computer Interaction 3-0 Software engineering
University Electives Courses: # Course Category Course Title Credit Code Hours 1 MGT-101 Univ-Elec Financial Accounting 3-0 2 MGT-301 Univ-Elec Financial Management 3-0 3 MGT-202 Univ-Elec Human Resource Management 3-0 4 MGT-206 Univ-Elec Principles of Marketing 3-0 5 MGT-401 Univ-Elec Entrepreneurship 3-0 6 ECON-101 Univ-Elec Introduction to Economics 3-0 7 PSY-101 Univ-Elec Psychology 3-0 8 POL-253 Univ-Elec Introduction to International Relations 3-0
General Education Courses
# Course Title Credit Hours 1 English Composition &Comprehension 3-0 2 Technical &Business Writing 3-0 3 Communication and presentation Skills 3-0 4 Professional practices 3-0 5 Introduction to Info.&comm.Technologies 2-1 6 Pakistan Studies 2-0 7 Islamic Studies/Ethics 2-0
Course outlines are according to HEC revised curriculum CURRICULUM OF COMPUTER SCIENCE, SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Bachelors & Masters Programs) (Revised 2017)
Scheme of Study for Bachelor of Science in Computer Science – Session 2016- 2020 and onwards
BS (CS) 4-year program (8 semesters)
# Category Credit Hours # of Courses
Computing Courses 15 51
1 Core Courses (Comp-Core) 12 38
Supporting Areas (Comp-Supp) 4 12
Computer Science Courses 16 48
CS Core Courses (CS-Core) 7 21 2 CS Elective Courses (CS-Elec) 6 18
CS Supporting Courses (CS-Supp) 3 9
3 General Education (Gen-Edu) 7 19
4 University Electives (Univ-Elec) 5 15
Total 43 133
Semester-I: (18 Credit Hours)
Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours
1 CS 101 Comp-Core Programming Fundamentals 4 (3,1)
2 CS 102 Comp-Core Discrete Structures 3(3,0)
Calculus and Analytical 3 CS 103 Comp-Supp 3 (3,0) Geometry
4 CS 104 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-I 3 (3,0)
5 CS 105 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-II 2 (2,0) 6 CS 106 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-III 3
Semester-II: (18 Credit Hours)
Course # Category Course Title Credit Hours Prerequisites Code
Object Oriented 1 CS 151 Comp-Core 4 (3,1) Programming Programming Fundamentals
2 CS 152 Comp-Supp Linear Algebra 3 (3,0)
3 CS 153 Comp-Supp Probability & Statistics 3 (3,0)
4 CS 154 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-IV 3 (3,0)
5 CS 155 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-V 2 (2,0)
6 CS 156 Univ-Elec Univ Elective-1 3
Semester-III: (18 Credit Hours)
Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours
1 CS 201 Comp-Core Digital Logic Design 3 (2,1)
Data Structures and Programming 2 CS 202 Comp-Core 3 (2,1) Algorithms Fundamentals
3 CS 203 Comp-Supp Basic Electronics 3 (2,1)
4 CS 204 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-VI 3 (3,0)
5 CS 205 Univ-Elec Univ Elective-2 3
6 CS 206 Univ-Elec Univ Elective-3 3
Semester-IV: (18 Credit Hours)
Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours
1 CS 251 Comp-Core Operating Systems 3 (3,0)
Introduction to 2 CS 252 Comp-Core 3 (3,0) Software Engineering
Microprocessor& 3 CS 253 CS-Core 3 (2,1) Assembly Language Digital Logic Design
Multivariable 4 CS 254 CS-Supp 3 (3,0) Calculus and Analytical Calculus Geometry
5 CS 255 CS-Elec CS Elective-1 3
6 CS 256 Univ-Elec Univ Elective-4 3
Semester-V: (19 Credit Hours)
Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours
Introduction to 2 CS 301 Comp-Core 4 (3,1) Database Systems
Human Computer 2 CS 302 Comp-Core 3 (2,1) Interaction
3 CS 303 CS-Core Theory of Automata 3 (3,0) Discrete Structures Computer 4 CS 304 CS-Core 3 (3,0) Microprocessor & Architecture Assembly Language
5 CS 305 CS-Supp Differential Equations 3 (3,0)
6 CS 306 Univ-Elec Univ Elective-5 3
Semester-VI: (15 Credit Hours)
Credit CourseCode Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours
Computer 1 CS 351 Comp-Core Communication & 3 (2,1) Networks
Design and Analysis Data Structures and 2 CS 352 CS-Core 3 (3,0) of Algorithms Algorithms
Calculus & Analytical 3 CS 353 CS-Supp Numerical Computing 3 (2,1) Geometry
4 CS 354 CS-Elec CS Elective-2 3
5 CS 355 CS-Elec CS Elective-3 3
Semester-VII: (18 Credit Hours)
# Course Code Category Course Title Credit Prerequisites Hours
1 CS 402 CS-Core Artificial Intelligence 3 (2,1) Discrete Structures
2 CS 403 CS-Core Compiler Construction 3 (2,1) Theory of Automata
3 CS 404 CS-Elec CS Elective-4 3
4 CS 405 CS-Elec CS Elective-5 3 5 CS 406 CS-Elec CS Elective-6 3
Semester-VIII: (9 Credit Hours)
Credit # Course Code Category Course Title Prerequisites Hours
1 CS 451 Comp-Core Final Year Project 6 (0,6)
2 CS 452 CS-Core Information Security 3 (3,0)
3 CS 453 Gen-Edu Gen Edu-VII 3 (3,0)
Electives for BS (CS)
CS Elective Courses:
# Category Course Title Credit Prerequisites Hours
Introduction to Software 1 CS-Elec Software Engineering II 3 (3,0) Engineering
3 (3,0) 2 CS-Elec Data Communications
Principles of Programming 3 CS-Elec 3 (3,0) Languages
3 (2,1) 4 CS-Elec Computer Graphics
5 CS-Elec Digital Image Processing 3 (2,1) 6 CS-Elec Visual Programming 3 (2,1)
3 (2,1) 7 CS-Elec Distributed Computing
Computer Communication and 8 CS-Elec Network Security 3 (3,0) Networks
9 CS-Elec Computer Vision 3 (3,0) Data Structures& Algorithm
10 CS-Elec Systems Programming 3 (2,1) Operating Systems
Introduction to Database 11 CS-Elec Distributed Database Systems 3 (2,1) Systems
Introduction to Database 12 CS-Elec Data Warehousing 3 (3,0) Systems
13 CS-Elec Web Engineering 3 (2,1)
14 CS-Elec Artificial Neural Networks 3 (2,1) Artificial Intelligence
15 CS-Elec Expert Systems 3 (2,1)
16 CS-Elec Operations Research 3 (3,0)
Computer Communication and 17 CS-Elec Network Programming 3 (2,1) Networks
18 CS-Elec Wireless Networks 3 (3,0)
19 CS-Elec Telecommunication Systems 3 (3,0)
20 CS-Elec Mobile Computing 3 (2,1)
21 CS-Elec Java Programming 3(2,1) 22 CS-Elec Android Programming 3(2,1) Java Programming
23 CS-Elec Cloud Computing 3(2,1) Distributed Computing
24 CS-Elec Cyber Security 3 (3,0)
Object-Oriented Analysis & 25 CS-Elec 3(3,0) Intro to Software Engineering Design
26 CS-Elec Ethical Hacking 3(2,1)
University Elective Courses:
# Category Course Title Credit Hours
1 Univ-Elec Financial Accounting 3 (3,0)
2 Univ-Elec Financial Management 3 (3,0)
3 Univ-Elec Human Resource Management 3 (3,0)
4 Univ-Elec Marketing 3 (3,0)
5 Univ-Elec Economics 3 (3,0)
6 Univ-Elec Philosophy 3 (3,0)
7 Univ-Elec Psychology 3 (3,0)
8 Univ-Elec International Relations 3 (3,0)
Foreign/Regional Languages (French, German, 9 Univ-Elec Chinese, Japanese, Russian, Sindhi, Punjabi, 3 (3,0) Balochi, Pashto etc.)
General Education Courses:
# Category Course Title Credit Hours
1 Gen-Edu Functional English (English-I) 3 (3,0)
2 Gen-Edu Communication Skills (English-II) 3 (3,0)
3 Gen-Edu Technical & Report Writing (English-III) 3 (3,0)
4 Gen-Edu Islamic Studies/Ethics 2 (2,0)
5 Gen-Edu Pakistan Studies 2(2,0)
6 Gen-Edu Professional Studies 3 (3,0)
7 Gen-Edu Information and Communication Technologies 3 (2,1)
According to the study scheme of BS (CS), the courses are categorized as follows:
COMPUTING COURSES Computing Core, Computing Supporting Areas
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES Computer Science Core, Computer Science Supporting, Computer Science Elective
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES UNIVERSITY ELECTIVES
The course outline for the above categories of courses is given below except for the University Electives.
COURSE OUTLINE
Common Computing Core Courses for BS (CS)
Course Name: Discrete Structures Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Mathematical reasoning: introduction to logic, propositional and predicate calculus; negation disjunction and conjunction; implication and equivalence; truth tables; predicates; quantifiers; natural deduction; rules of Inference; methods of proofs; use in program proving; resolution principle; Set theory: Paradoxes in set theory; inductive definition of sets and proof by induction; Relations, representation of relations by graphs; properties of relations, equivalence relations and partitions; Partial orderings; Linear and well- ordered sets; Functions: mappings, injection and surjection, composition of functions; inverse functions; special functions; Peano postulates; Recursive function theory; Elementary combinatorics; counting techniques; recurrence relation; generating functions.
Graph Theory: elements of graph theory, Planar Graphs, Graph Colouring, Euler graph, Hamiltonian path, trees and their applications.
Reference Materials:
. Discrete Mathematical Structure with Application to Computer Science, J. P. Temblay and B Manohar, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition. . Discrete Mathematics, 7thedition, Richard Johnson Baugh, 2008, Prentice Hall Publishers. . Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6thedition, Kenneth H. Rosen, 2006, McGraw-Hill Book Co. . Discrete Mathematical Structures, 4thedition, Kolman, Busby & Ross, 2000, Prentice-Hall Publishers. . Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction, Ralph P. Grimaldi, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1985. . Logic and Discrete Mathematics: A Computer Science Perspective by Winifred Grassman, Jean-Paul Tremblay, Winifred Grassman, Prentice Hall, 1995 Course Name: Programming Fundamentals
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
This course covers overview of Computer Programming, Principles of Structured and Modular Programming, Overview of Structured Programming Languages, Algorithms and Problem Solving, Program Development: Analyzing Problem, Designing Algorithm/Solution, Testing Designed Solution, Translating Algorithms into Programs, Fundamental Programming Constructs, Data Types; Basics of Input and Output, Selection and Decision (If, If-Else, Nested If-Else, Switch Statement and Condition Operator), Repetition (While and For Loop, Do-While Loops), Break Statement, Continue Statement, Control Structures, Functions, Arrays, Pointers, Records, Files (Input-Output), Testing & Debugging. Reference Materials:
1. C How to Program, Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 7thedition (March 4, 2012) 2. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Addison-Wesley Professional; 4thedition (September 25, 2013). ISBN-10: 0321776410 3. Java How to Program, Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 9thedition (March, 2011) 4. C++ How to Programme, Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 9thedition (February, 2013). Course Name: Object Oriented Programming
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Evolution of Object Oriented Programming (OOP), Object Oriented concepts and principles, problem solving in Object Oriented paradigm, OOP design process, classes, functions/methods, objects and encapsulation; constructors and destructors, operator and function/method overloading, association, aggregation, composition, generalization, inheritance and its types, derived classes, function/method overriding, abstract and concrete classes, virtual functions, polymorphism, exception handling.
Reference Materials:
1. An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, C. Thomas Wu (2010). 5thEdition. McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 9780073523309 2. Java: How to Programme, 5/e, Deitel and Deitel, Prentice Hall, 0131016210/ 0131202367 International Edition. 3. Ivor Horton’s Beginning Java, 7thEdition, Ivor Horton 4. C++: How to Programme, Deitel and Deitel, 5th Edition, Pearson. 5. Object Oriented Programming in C++, 3rdEdition, Robert Lafore Course Name: Data Structures and Algorithms
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Programming fundamentals, Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithms; Complexity Analysis; Arrays; Sorting Algorithms: Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Bubble Sort, Shell Sort, Heap Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Radix Sort, Bucket Sort; Linked Lists: Singly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked Lists, Circular List; Stacks, Queues, and Priority Queue; Recursion: Function call and Recursion Implementation, Tail Recursion, Non-tail Recursion, Indirect Recursion, Nested Recursion, Backtracking. Trees: Binary Trees, Binary Heap, Binary Search. Tree Traversal, Insertion, Deletion, and Balancing a Tree; Heap; B-Tree; Spanning Tree, Splay Trees; Graphs: Representation, Traversal, Shortest Path, and Cycle Detection; Isomorphic Graphs; Graph Traversal Algorithms; Hashing; Memory Management and Garbage Collection.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis, Mark Allen Weiss, Florida International University, Addison-Wesley (latest Edition) 2. Algorithms, Robert Sedgewick, Princeton University Publisher: Addison- Wesley Professional (latest Edition) 3. Data Structures: Abstraction and Design Using Java, Koffman and Wolfgang, Wiley; 2ndEdition (or latest Edition), 2010 4. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++, Adam Drozdek, Course Technology; 4thEdition, 2012. Course Name: Digital Logic Design
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Basic Electronics
Course Outline:
Number Systems, Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra, Combination logic circuits and designs, Simplification Methods K-Maps, Quinne, Mc-Cluskey, Flip Flops and Latches, Asynchronous and Synchronous circuits, Counters, Shift Registers, Shift Registers Counters, Triggered devices & its types. Binary Arithmetic and Arithmetic Circuits, Memory Elements, State Machines. Introduction Programmable Logic Devices (CPLD, FPGA); Lab Assignments using tools such as Verilog HDL/VHDL, MultiSim, etc.
Reference Materials:
1. Digital Fundamentals by Floyd, 11/e 2. Digital Logic with Verilog Design, Stephen Brown, 2/e.
Course Name: Operating Systems
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
History and Goals, Evolution of multi-user systems. Introduction to the techniques used to implement operating systems and related kinds of systems software. Among the topics covered will be process management (creation, synchronization, and communication); Multi-Threading, processor scheduling; deadlock prevention, avoidance, and recovery; main-memory management; virtual memory management (swapping, paging, segmentation and page-replacement algorithms); control of disks and other input/output devices; file-system structure and implementation; and protection and security. Lab assignments involving different single and multithreaded OS algorithms. Reference Materials:
1. Operating System Concepts, 9thEdition, Silberschatz A., Peterson, J. L., & Galvin P. C. 2012. 2. 2. Modern Operating Systems, 3rdEdition, Tanenmaum A. S., 2008.
Course Name: Introduction to Database Systems
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Data Structures and Algorithms
Course Outline:
Basic database concepts, Database Architecture, DB Design Life Cycle, Schema Architecture, Conceptual, Logical and physical database Modelling and design, Entity Relationship diagram (ERD), Enhanced ERD,Relational data model, mapping ERD to relational model, Functional dependencies and Normalization, Relational Algebra, Structured Query language (SQL), Transaction processing, concurrency control and recovery techniques, Query optimization concepts.
Reference Materials:
1. Database Systems A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management, 4thEdition, Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, Addison Wesley, 2005. 2. Modern Database Management by Fred McFadden, Jeffrey Hoofer, Mary Prescott, Prentice Hall; 11thEdition (July 26, 2012). ISBN-10: 0132662256 3. Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S. Navathe. 6thEdition, Addison-Wesley (2010). ISBN-10: 0136086209. 4. Database Design and Relational Theory: Normal Forms and All That Jazz by C. J. Date, O'Reilly Media; 1stEdition (April 24, 2012). ISBN-10: 1449328016. Course Name: Data Communication and Networks
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Data Communication concepts, Analogue and digital Transmission, Noise, Media, Encoding, Asynchronous and Synchronous transmission. Network system architectures (OSI, TCP/IP), Error Control, Flow Control, Data Link Protocols, Bridging. Local Area Networks and MAC Layer protocols, Multiplexing, Switched and IP Networks, Inter-networking, Routing. Transport layer protocols TCP, UDP and SCTP. Application Layer Protocols. Wireless LANs.
Lab exercises using tools such as Wireshark, OpNet, Packet tracer etc.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Communications and Networking, by Behrouz A. Forouzan, 5thedition, 2013 2. Computer Networks by A. S. Tanenbaum, D. J. Wetherall, 5thEdition Prentice Hall 2010 3. Data and Computer Communications By William Stallings 9thEdition 2011 Course Name: Introduction to Software Engineering
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Structures and Algorithms
Course Outline:
Overview of SE, Practice & Myths; the Software Processes, Generic Process Models: Framework Activity, Task Set, Process Patterns, Process Improvement, CMM Prescriptive, Process Models: Waterfall Model, Incremental Process Model, Evolutionary Process Model; Specialized Process Models: Component Based Development, the Formal Methods Models, Agile Development; Business Information Systems: Components, Types, and Evaluating methods. SDLC: Phases, System Planning, Preliminary Investigation, SWOT Analysis. The Importance of Strategic Planning; Evaluation of Systems Requests, Requirements Engineering. Difference between Structured Analysis and Object Oriented Analysis, Difference between FDD Diagrams & UML Diagrams; Data & Process Modelling; Diagrams: Data Flow, Context, Conventions, Detailed Level DFD’s; Levelling and Balancing. Logical Versus Physical Models. The Design Process; Architecture Design Elements, Interface Design Elements, Component-Level Design Elements, Deployments Design Elements; System Architecture, Architectural Styles. User Interface Design. WebApps Interface Design; Software Quality Assurance. Validation Testing, System Testing; Internal and External View of Testing. Project Management. Risk Management; Maintenance and Reengineering.
Reference Materials:
1. Software Engineering 8E by Ian Sommerville, Addison Wesley; 8thEdition 2. (2006). ISBN-10: 0321313798 2. Systems Analysis and Design by Gary B. Shelly, Thomas J. Cashman and 3. Harry J. Rosenblatt, Course Technology; 7thEdition (2007). ISBN-10: 4. 1423912225 3. Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach by Roger S. Pressman, 5. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 7thEdition (2009). ISBN-10: 0073375977.
Computing Supporting Courses for Computer Science Programme
Course Name: Calculus and Analytic Geometry
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Complex Numbers, DeMoivre’s Theorem and its Applications, Simple Cartesian Curves, Functions and Graphs, Symmetrical Properties, Curve Tracing, Limit and Continuity, Differentiation of Functions. Derivative as Slope of Tangent to a Curve and as Rate of Change, Application to Tangent and Normal, Linearization, Maxima/Minima and Point of Inflexion, Taylor and Maclaurin Expansions and their convergence; Integral as Anti-derivative, Indefinite Integration of Simple Functions. Methods of Integration: Integration by Substitution, by Parts, and by Partial Fractions, Definite Integral as Limit of a Sum, Application to Area, Arc Length, Volume and Surface of Revolution. Reference Materials:
1. Calculus and Analytical Geometry, Swokowski Olinick. Pence. 1994. 6thedition. Brooks/Cole Publishers. 2. Calculus, 7thedition.2002. John Wiley and Sons (WIE). 3. Calculus, William, E. Boyce .Richard, C. Diprima. John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0471093335.
4. Calculus and Analytical Geometry 10thedition. Thomas, F. John Wiley and Sons. 5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7thedition. Erwin, K. 1993. John Wiley & Sons Inc. Course Name: Probability and Statistics
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Introduction to Statistics, Descriptive Statistics, Statistics in decision making, Graphical representation of Data Stem-and Lead plot, Box-Cox plots, measures of central tendencies and dispersion, moments of frequency distribution; Counting techniques, introduction to probability, sample space, events, laws of probability, Conditional probability and Baye’s theorem with application to random variable (Discrete and continuous) Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Negative Binomial Distributions; Exponential Gamma and Normal distributions; Regression and Correlation, Estimation and testing of hypotheses, use of elementary statistical packages for explanatory Data analysis.
Reference Materials:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineering & Scientists Ronald, W. Myres, Y. 2008, 8th Edition. Prentice Hall Publisher. 2. Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences Lay, L. Devore. 2003. Duxbury Publishers. 3. Statistical Data Analysis. G. Cowan.1998. Clarendon and Oxford.
Course Name: Linear Algebra
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Vectors, Vector Spaces, Matrices & Determinants, Cofactor and Inverse, Rank, Linear Independence, Solution of system of Linear systems, Positive Definite matrix, Linear Transformations, Operations on matrices, Inner products, orthgonality and least squares, Eigenvalue & Eigenvectors. Applications to Systems of Equations and to Geometry, Singular Value Decomposition. Reference Materials:
1. Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications 9thedition Bernard, K. David, H. 2007. Prentice Hall PTR. 2. Strang’s Linear Algebra and Its Applications, 4thedition. Gilbert, S. Strang, B. Coonley. Andy, B. Andrew, B. 2005. Brooks/Cole. 3. Elementary Linear Algebra: Applications Howard. A. Chris. 2005. Version, 9thedition. Course Name: Basic Electronics
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Fundamentals of Semiconductor physics: Band theory, semiconductors (intrinsic and extrinsic), PN junction, PN junctions as a rectifier, clipper and clamper circuits, Zener diode and voltage regulator, LED and LCD etc., Transistors: Bipolar Junction transistors, BJT biasing circuits, Q- point, BJT as a switch, BJT amplifiers, classes of amplifiers, power amplifiers, Metal oxide transistors, nMOS, pMOS and CMOS inverters circuits. Introduction to A/D and D/A conversion circuits.
Reference Materials:
1. University Physics, Freedman. Young. 10thand higher editions. 2. College Physics, Resnick. Halliday. Krane. 6thand higher editions.
Computing General Education
Course Name: English Composition and Comprehension
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Principles of writing good English, understanding the composition process: writing clearly; word, sentence and paragraph. Comprehension and expression; Use of grammar and punctuation; Process of writing, observing, audience analysis, collecting, composing, drafting and revising, persuasive writing, reading skills, listening skills and comprehension, skills for taking notes in class, skills for exams.
Reference Materials: 1. John E. Warriner. Warriner’s English Grammar and Composition.
Course Name: Technical and Business Writing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Overview of technical reporting, use of library and information gathering, administering questionnaires, reviewing the gathered information; Technical exposition; topical arrangement, exemplification, definition, classification and division, casual analysis, effective exposition, technical narration, description and argumentation, persuasive strategy, Organizing information and generation solution: brainstorming, organizing material, construction of the formal outline, outlining conventions, electronic communication, generation solutions. Polishing style: paragraphs, listening sentence structure, clarity, length and order, pomposity, empty words, pompous vocabulary, document design: document structure, preamble, summaries, abstracts, table of contents, footnotes, glossaries, cross-referencing, plagiarism, citation and bibliography, glossaries, index, appendices, typesetting systems, creating the professional report; elements, mechanical elements and graphical elements. Reports: Proposals, progress reports, Leaflets, brochures, handbooks, magazines articles, research papers, feasibility reports, project reports, technical research reports, manuals and documentation, thesis. Electronic documents, Linear verses hierarchical structure documents.
Reference Materials:
1. Technical and Business Writing for Working Professionals, Ray E. Hardesty, Xlibris Corporation, 15-Dec-2010, ISBN:1456819402 2. Successful Technical Writing/Instructor’s Guide, Bill Wesley Brown, Goodheart-Willcox Publisher, 01-Mar-193-Technology and Engineering.
Course Name: Communication Skills
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Principles of writing good English, understanding the composition process: writing clearly; words, sentence and paragraphs; Comprehension and expression; Use of grammar and punctuation. Process of writing, observing, audience collecting, composing, drafting and revising, persuasive writing, reading skills, listening skills and comprehension, skills for taking notes in class, skills for exams; Business communications; planning messages, writing concise but with impact. Letter formats, mechanics of business, letter writing, letters, memo and applications, summaries, proposals, writing resumes, styles and formats, oral communications, verbal and non- verbal communication, conducting meetings, small group communication, taking minutes. Presentation skills; presentation strategies, defining the objective, scope and audience of the presentation, material gathering material organization strategies, time management, opening and concluding, use of audio-visual aids, delivery and presentation.
Reference Materials:
1. Practical Business English, Collen Vawdrey, 1993, ISBN: 02561927402. 2. Effective Communication Skills: The Foundations for Change, John Nielsen, 2008, ISBN: 1453506748
Course Name: Pakistan Studies
Credit Hours: 2
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Historical background of Pakistan: Muslim society in Indo-Pakistan, the movement led by the societies, the downfall of Islamic society, the establishment of British Raj- Causes and consequences. Political evolution of Muslims in the twentieth century: Sir Syed Ahmed Khan; Muslim League; Nehru; Allama Iqbal: Independence Movement; Lahore Resolution; Pakistan culture and society, Constitutional and Administrative issues, Pakistan and its geo-political dimension, Pakistan and International Affairs, Pakistan and the challenges ahead.
Reference Materials:
1. The Emergence of Pakistan, Chaudary M., 1967 2. The making of Pakistan, Aziz. 1976
Course Name: Professional Practices
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Historical, social, and economic context of Computing (software engineering, Computer Science, Information Technology); Definitions of Computing (software engineering, Computer Science, Information Technology) subject areas and professional activities; professional societies; professional ethics; professional competency and life-long learning; uses, misuses, and risks of software; information security and privacy; business practices and the economics of software; intellectual property and software law (cyber law); social responsibilities, software related contracts, Software house organization.
Reference Materials:
1. Professional Issues in Software Engineering M.F. Bott et al. Course Name: Introduction to Information and Communication Technologies
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Basic Definitions & Concepts, Hardware: Computer Systems & Components. Storage Devices, Number Systems, Software: Operating Systems, Programming and Application Software, Introduction to Programming, Databases and Information Systems, Networks, Data Communication, The Internet, Browsers and Search Engines, The Internet: Email, Collaborative Computing and Social Networking, The Internet: E-Commerce, IT Security and other issues, Project Week, Review Week.
Reference Materials:
1. Introduction to Computers 6thInternational Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill. 2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6thEdition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills. 3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson. Stacey, C. Swayer. 4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.
Computer Science Core Courses
Course Name: Microprocessor and Assembly Language
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Digital Logic Design
Course Outline:
Microprocessor Bus Structure: Addressing, Data and Control, Introduction to Registers and Flags. Addressing Modes, Instruction sets including Data Movement, Arithmetic and Logic, Programme Control, Stack and its operation. Peripheral Control Interrupts. Introduction to the Assembler and Debugger, Manipulate and translate machine and assembly code, Describe actions inside the processing chip.
Reference Materials:
1. The Intel Microprocessor 8thEdition, Barry B Brey. 2. Assembly Language for Intel-based Computers, 6thEdition Irvine, http://vig.prenhall.com/catalog/academic/product/0,1144,0132383101,00.html 3. The 8086/8088 Microprocessor 4thEdition by Avtar Singh. Course Name: Theory of Automata
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Finite State Models: Language definitions preliminaries, Regular expressions/Regular languages, Finite automata (FAs), Transition graphs (TGs), NFAs, Kleene’s theorem, Transducers (automata with output), Pumping lemma and non regular language Grammars and PDA: Context free grammars, Derivations, derivation trees and ambiguity, Simplifying CFLs, Normal form grammars and parsing, Decidability, Context sensitive languages, grammars and linear bounded automata (LBA), Chomsky’s hierarchy of grammars Turing Machines Theory: Turing machines, Post machine, Variations on TM, TM encoding, Universal Turing Machine, Defining Computers by TMs.
Reference Materials:
1. Introduction to computer theory, Daniel I. A. Cohen, 2ndEdition 2. Automata, Computability and Complexity: Theory and Applications, by Elaine Rich, 2011 3. An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata, By Peter Linz, 4thedition, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2006 4. Theory of Automata, Formal Languages and Computation, By S. P. Eugene, Kavier, 2005, New Age Publishers, ISBN (10): 81-224-2334-5, ISBN (13): 978-81-224-2334-1. 5. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation, John Hopcroft and Jeffrey Ullman, 2nd Edition, 2001, Addison-Wesley. 6. Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, By John C. Martin 3rdedition, 2002, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Course Name: Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Structures and Algorithms
Course Outline:
Introduction; Asymptotic notations; Recursion and recurrence relations; Divide-and-conquer approach; Sorting; Search trees; Heaps; Hashing; Greedy approach; Dynamic programming; Graph algorithms; Shortest paths; Network flow; Disjoint Sets; Polynomial and matrix calculations; String matching; NP complete problems; Approximation algorithms.
Reference Materials:
1. Introduction to Algorithms, T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, and R. L. Rivest, MIT Press, McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, New York, NY, 2010. 2. Algorithms in C++; Robert Sedgewick Course Name: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, AI Paradigms and Hypothesis, Intelligent Agents. Difference between Cybernetic Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence, Objectives and Scope of Weak AI and Strong AI, Problem-solving: Solving Problems by Searching, Informed Search and Exploration, Constraint Satisfaction Problems, Adversarial Search. Knowledge and reasoning: Logical Agents, First-Order Logic, Inference in First-Order Logic, Knowledge Representation. Planning and Acting in the Real World. Uncertain knowledge and reasoning: Uncertainty, Probabilistic Reasoning, Probabilistic Reasoning over Time, Making Simple Decisions, Making Complex Decisions. Learning: Learning from Observations, Knowledge in Learning; Learning Methods, Reinforcement Learning. Communicating, perceiving, and acting: Communication, Probabilistic Language Processing, Perception and Robotics. Introduction to LISP/PROLOG and Expert Systems (ES) and Applications; Artificial General Intelligence, Issues in Safe AI, Introduction to Cognitive and Conscious Systems.
Reference Materials:
1. Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving: International th Edition by George F. Luger, 6 edition: Pearson Education, 2008. 2. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, by Stuart Jonathan Russell, Peter Norvig, John F. rd Canny, 3 Edition, Prentice Hall. rd 3. Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence, Ivan Bratko, 3 Edition, Addison Wesley, 2001. Course Name: Computer Architecture
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Digital Logic Design
Course Outline:
The design of computer systems and components. Processor design, instruction set design, and addressing; control structures and microprogramming; memory management, caches, and memory hierarchies; and interrupts and I/O structures. Pipelining of processor Issues and Hurdles, exception handling, Parallelism, Multiprocessor Systems.
Reference Materials:
1. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach by Hennessy & Patterson, Morgan & Kauffman Series (2006) 4thEdition. 2. Computer Organization & Design: The Hardware/Software Interface By Patterson & Hennessy, Morgan & Kauffman Series (2008) 4thEdition. Course Name: Compiler Construction
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Theory of Automata
Course Outline:
Introduction to interpreter and compiler. Compiler techniques and methodology; Organization of compilers; Lexical and syntax analysis; Parsing techniques. Types of parsers, top-down parsing, bottom-up parsing, Type checking, Semantic analyser, Object code generation and optimization, detection and recovery from errors.
Reference Materials:
1. Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools By Alfred V. Aho, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. nd Ullman, Contributor Jeffrey D. Ullman, Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 2 edition, 2006 Original from the University of Michigan 2. Modern Compiler Design, by Dick Grune, Henri E. Bal, Ceriel J. H. Jacobs, Koen G. Langendoen, John Wiley, 2000. 3. Modern Compiler Implementation in C, by Andrew W. Appel, Maia Ginsburg, Contributor Maia Ginsburg, Cambridge University Press, 2004. 4. Modern Compiler Design by Dick Grune, Henri E. Bal, Ceriel J. H. Jacobs, Koen G. Langendoen, 2003, John Wiley & Sons. Course Name: Information Security
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Communication and Computer Networks
Course Outline:
Basic notions of confidentiality, integrity, availability; authentication models; protection models; security kernels; Encryption, Hashing and Digital Signatures; audit; intrusion detection and response; database security, host- based and network-based security issues operational security issues; physical security issues; personnel security; policy formation and enforcement; access controls; information flow; legal and social issues; identification and authentication in local and distributed systems; classification and trust modeling; risk assessment.
Reference Materials:
1. Computer Security: Art and Science, Matthew Bishop 2. Cryptography and Network Security by William Stalling 6thEdition, 2012 3. Principles of Information Security 3rdEdition by Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord.
Computer Science Supporting Courses
Course Name: Numerical Computing
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Course Outline:
The concepts of efficiency, reliability and accuracy of a method; Minimising computational errors; Theory of Differences, Difference Operators, Difference Tables, Forward Differences, Backward Differences and Central Differences. Mathematical Preliminaries, Solution of Equations in one variable, Interpolation and Polynomial Approximation, Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration, Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations, Direct Methods for Solving Linear Systems, Iterative Techniques in Matrix Algebra, Solution of non-linear equations.
Reference Materials:
1. Numerical Methods in Scientific Computing by Germund, D. Åke, B. 2. Numerical Methods for Scientific Computing by J. H. Heinbockel. 3. Numerical Analysis by I. A. Khubaza. 4. Numerical Analysis and Programming by Shan S Kuo. 5. Numerical Analysis by Berden, F. 6. Numerical Analysis by Gerald.
Course Name: Multivariate Calculus
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Course Outline:
Functions of Several Variables and Partial Differentiation. Multiple Integrals, Line and Surface Integrals. Green’s and Stoke’s Theorem. Fourier Series: periodic functions, Functions of any period P-2L, Even & odd functions, Half Range expansions, Fourier Transform; Laplace Transform, Z-Transform.
Reference Materials:
1. Multivariable Calculus, 6thedition James, Stewart 2007 Cengage Learning publishers. 2. Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 6thedition. Swokowski, Olinick and Pence.1994.Thomson Learning EMEA, Ltd. 3. Multivariable Calculus, 5thedition Howard, A. Albert, H. 1995, John Wiley.
Course Name: Differential Equations
Credit Hours: 3 (3,0)
Prerequisites: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Course Outline:
Ordinary Differential Equations of the First Order: Geometrical Considerations, Isoclines, Separable Equations, Equations Reducible to Separable Form, Exact Differential Equations, Integrating Factors, Linear First-Order Differential Equations, variation of Parameters. Ordinary Linear Differential Equations; Homogeneous Linear Equations of the Second Order, Homogeneous Second-Order Equations with Constant Coefficients, General Solution, Real Roots, Complex Roots, Double Root of the Characteristic Equation, Differential Operators, Cauchy Equation, Homogeneous Linear Equations of Arbitrary Order, Homogeneous Linear Equations of Arbitrary Order with Constant Coefficients, Non-homogeneous Linear Equations. Modelling of Electrical Circuits. Systems of Differential Equations. Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Partial Differential Equations: Method of Separation of variables, wave, Heat & Laplace equations and their solutions by Fourier series method.
Reference Materials:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics Michael, G.1996, Prentice Hall Publishers. 2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7thEdition, Erwin, K. 1993, John Wiley & Sons Inc. 3. A First Course in Differential Equation Zill. Prindle. Weber. Schmidt.1996. Brooks/Cole Publishing. 4. Differential Equations with Boundary-Value Problems, Dennis. G. Zill, Michael, R. Cullen. 1996, Brooks/Cole Publishing. 5. Elementary Differential Equations with Applications C. H. Edwards. David, E. 1993. Penney, Prentice Hall.
Computer Science Electives
Course Name: Computer Graphics
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Graphics hardware. Fundamental algorithms. Applications of graphics. Interactive graphics programming — graph plotting, windows and clipping, and segmentation. Programming raster display systems, Differential Line Algorithm, panning and zooming. Raster algorithms and software — Scan- Converting lines, characters and circles. Scaling, Rotation, Translation, Region filling and clipping. Two and three dimensional imaging geometry (Perspective projection and Orthogonal projection) and transformations. Curve and surface design, rendering, shading, colour and animation.
Reference Materials:
1. Fundamentals of Computer Graphics: 2nd Edition by Peter Shirley A. K. Peters, 2005 2. Computer Graphics, Principles and Practice, J. D. Foley, A. van Dam, S. K. Feiner and J. F. Hughes, Addison-Wesley ISBN: 0-201-12110-7. 3. Computer Graphics, F. S. Hill, Maxwell MacMillan ISBN: 0-02-354860-6. 4. Interactive Computer Graphics: Functional, Procedural and Device-level methods; Peter Burger and Duncan. F. Gillies; Addison-Wesley, (2003)
Course Name: Digital Image Processing
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: -
Course Outline:
Introduction: Elements of digital image processing, Image model, Sampling and quantization, Relationships between pixels, Image Enhancement: Enhancement by point processing, Spatial filtering, Enhancement in the frequency domain, Colour Image Processing, image Segmentation: Discontinuity detection, Edge linking and boundary detection, Tresh holding, Region oriented segmentation, Use of motion for segmentation, Image Registration: Introduction to image registration, Techniques of image registration, Representation and Description: Boundary description, Regional description, Morphological Image Processing: Dilation and Erosion, Opening and Closing, Some basic morphological algorithms, Extensions to gray level images, Image Transforms: Discrete Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar Transform, Hadamard Transform Reference Materials:
1. Digital Image Processing, R. C. Gonzalez & R. E. Woods, 3rdedition, Prentice Hall, 2008, ISBN 9780131687288. 2. Digital Image Processing (3rdEdition) by Rafael C. Gonzalez, Prentice Hall; 3rdedition (2007) 3. Understanding Digital Signal Processing (3rdEdition) by Richard G. Lyons, Prentice Hall; 3rdedition (2010) Course Name: Computer Vision
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Structures and Algorithms
Course Outline:
Concepts behind computer-based recognition and extraction of features from raster images. applications of vision systems and their limitations. Overview of early, intermediate and high level vision, Segmentation: region splitting and merging; quadtree structures for segmentation; mean and variance pyramids; computing the first and second derivatives of images using the Sobel and Laplacian operators; grouping edge points into straight lines by means of the Hough transform; limitations of the Hough transform; parameterisation of conic sections. Perceptual grouping: failure of the Hough transform; perceptual criteria; improved Hough transform with perceptual features; grouping line segments into curves. 3D vision, Triangulation principle, Stereoscopy.
Reference Materials:
1. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach 2nded, By David Forsyth, Jean Ponce, Prentice Hall, 2011. 2. Computer Vision, by Linda G. Shapiro, George C. Stockman, Prentice Hall, 2001. 3. Handbook of Mathematical Models in Computer Vision, by Nikos Paragios, Yunmei Chen, Olivier Faugeras, Birkhäuser, 2006.
Course Name: Distributed Computing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Operating Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction to Parallel and Distributed Systems, Software Architectures: Threads and Shared memory, Processes and Message passing, Distributed Shared Memory (DSM), Distributed Shared Data (DSD). System Models, Networking and Internetworking, Communication Models and Abstractions (Message passing, stream-oriented communications, remote procedure calls, remote method invocation), Naming in Distributed Systems, Concurrency and Synchronization, Process Synchronization, Distributed Transaction and Concurrency Control, Distributed Data Replication, Security and Access Control, Overview of Web Services, Cloud Computing. Reference Materials:
1. Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms, Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen. Prentice-Hall, 2002. 2. Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design by 4thedition, George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg. Addison-Wesley, 2005 3. Web Services: Principles and Technology. Michael P. Papazoglou. Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007. Course Name: Social Computing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Web Programming
Course Outline:
The topics covered will reflect the latest research and development activities in social networking e.g., Service architectures for social networks; Common APIs for popular architectures (Facebook, Open Social, etc.); Open ID and Shibboleth; Linked Data for social networks (FOAF, SKOS, etc); Social network properties and analysis methodologies; Social network interoperability; Social network topologies and ecosystems.
Social networks in e-learning, enterprise and media; Identity, privacy and ownership in social networks; Aspects of recommendation engines and information retrieval in social networks; Sentiment classification, opinion extraction, social knowledge acquisition, social group identification and clustering, outlier detection.
Reference Materials:
1. Opinion Mining and Sentiment Analysis (Foundations and Trends(R) in Information Retrieval by Bo Pang Lillian Lee 2. Introduction to Social Network Theory by Kadushin, Charles. (Feb 17, 2004). 3. Social Network Analysis. Semantic studios, Morville, Peter. (Feb 21, 2002). 4. What is Web 2.0? O’Reilly, Behind the Cover. O’Reilly, Tim. (Sep 30, 2005). 5. Media Studies: The Essential Resource by Rayner, Philip et al. Routledge Taylor and Francis Group. London. 6. The Online Disinhibition Effect. The Psychology of Cyberspace. Suler, John.
Course Name: Mobile Application and Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Mobile Development Concepts, Activities, Resource Management and Media, Services and Content Providers, Data Storage, Security, Managing Evolution, Tablets Graphics Speech Sensors Networking, Processes and Threads, Deployment.
Reference Materials:
1. Android Wireless Application Development, third edition, Lauren Darcey, Shane Conder, Addison Wesley, 2012, ISBN 0321813839. 2. Mobile Design and Development: Practical concepts and techniques for creating mobile sites and web apps, by Brian Fling Publisher: O'Reilly Media, 2009.
Course Name: Web Design and Development
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
HTML, DHTML, CSS, clients side scripting, server side scripting, dynamic website development. Introduction to current technology e.g. MySQL, php, ASP, ASP.net. Introduction to related methods and tools e.g., website hosting, database connectivity, Macromedia. Overview of XML
Reference Materials:
1. Web enabled Commercial application development using HTML, DHTML, JAVASCRIPT by Ivon Bayross. BPS Publications. 2. 2. Beginning ASP by Richard Anderson, Brain Francis. Wrox series Publications.
Course Name: Data Warehousing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction of the business context for data warehousing and decision support systems. Differences between TPS and DSS environments. Data extraction, transformation and loading (ETL and ELT), Data warehouse Architecture. Data Marts. Differentiate Data Marts and Data Warehouse. Data Warehouse Design Methodology: De-normalization and Dimensional Modelling. Online analytical processing (OLAP) and data aggregations. Indexing techniques used in data warehousing. Hardware and software systems consideration for data warehousing. Data warehouse maintenance.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Warehousing Fundamentals, 2ndEdition, Paulraj Ponniah, 2010, John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY. 2. Building the Data Warehouse, 4thEdition, W. H. Inmon, 2005, John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY. 3. The Data Warehouse Toolkit, 2ndEdition Ralph Kimball and Margy Ross, 2002, John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY. Course Name: Expert Systems
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction of expert systems, Review of knowledge representation, Review of inference techniques, Study of logic, rule-based expert systems, Review of course expert system development software, Demonstration of a rule- based expert system, Workshop: Building a small rule-based expert system, Advance expert system programming techniques, Review of typical programming errors, Review of MYCIN, Overview of inexact reasoning, Study of inexact classification, intelligent database management, intelligent distributed problem solving.
Reference Materials:
1. Expert Systems: Principles and Programming, Joseph C. Giarratano, Gary D. Riley, 4thEdition, Course Technology, 2004, ISBN: 0534384471. 2. Jess in Action: Java Rule-Based Systems, Ernest Friedman-Hill, Manning Publications, July 2003, ISBN: 1930110898.
Course Name: Artificial Neural Networks (ANN)
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to cybernetics, Brain and Neural System as Cybernetics, Type of Neural Networks, Static and Dynamic Neural Networks, Neuron Models. Network Architecture and Toplogy, Training and Validation Procedure, Perceptron, Hamming Network, Feed forward Layer, Recurrent Layer, Perceptron Learning Rule, Proof of Convergence, Signals and Weight Vector Space, Linear Transformation, Performance Surface and Optimization, Hebbian and Widrow- Hoff Learning, Back-propagation and Variations. Associative Learning, Competitive Networks using SOM, Biological Motivation for Vision using Grossberg Network, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Hopfield Network, Cellular Neural Network. Evolutionary Neural Network, Spike Neural Networks, Application of Neural Networks in Signal and Image Processing, Bioinformatics, Telecommunication and High Energy Physics. Quantum Neural Networks.
Reference Materials:
Neural Network Design, Martin T. Hagan, Howard B. Demuth, Mark H. Beale, ISBN: 0- 9717321-0-8. Course Name: Fuzzy Logic System
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Mathematical introduction of fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic, A study of the fundamentals of fuzzy sets, operations on these sets, and their geometrical interpretations. Methodologies to design fuzzy models and feedback controllers for dynamical systems, fundamental concepts of dynamical systems, multi-input multi-output dynamical systems, stability, feedback- control design, and MATLAB® Control System Toolbox. Fuzzy systems and properties Fuzzifier and Defuzzifier design, Design of fuzzy systems Fuzzy controllers, Hardware and Software based design of fuzzy logic control system.
Reference Materials:
A Course in Fuzzy Systems and Control, Li-Xin Wang (Prentice-Hall) Hand out and research papers related with the subject.
Course Name: Web Engineering
Credit Hours: 3 (2+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
XML, XSL, XLink, DOM, SMIL RDF, RDF-SCHEMA, Web 3.0 and the semantic web, Web Searching, web services.
Reference Materials:
1. Ivon Bayross. Web enabled Commercial application development using HTML, DHTML, JAVASCRIPT, BPS Publications. 2. Richard Anderson, Brain Francis. Beginning ASP, Wrox series Publications. Course Name: Fundamentals of Data Mining
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Introduction to Database Systems
Course Outline:
Concepts of Data mining, data pre-processing and pre-mining,(noisy and missing data, data normalization and discretization), outlier detection, Data mining learning methods, Data mining classes (association rule mining, clustering, classification), fundamental of other algorithms related to data mining(fuzzy logic, genetic algorithm and neural network), decision trees, rules, patterns and trends.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 3rdEdition Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei; , 2011 2. Data Mning: Concepts, Models, Methods, and Algorithms, 2ndEdition, Mehmed Kantatardzic, 2011. 3. Data Mining, Introductory and Advanced Topics, 2006, Margaret H. Dunham and S. Sridhar, Pearson Education. 4. Principles of Data Mining, 2007, Max Bramer, Springer-Verlag. Course Name: Computational Intelligence
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to Computational intelligence, Applicability and history, Fundamentals of Genetic Algorithms, Encoding, Fitness Function, Tournament Selection, Truncation Selection, Elitist Selection, Crossover, Mutation, Control Parameters Estimation, Parallel Genetic Algorithms, Handling Constraints, Fundamentals and background of Particle Swarm Optimization Techniques, Discrete PSO, Hybrid PSO (HPSO), Adaptive PSO (APSO), Fundamentals of Ant Colony Search Algorithms, Behavior of Real Ants, The Max-Min Ant System, Use of Greedy Search and Constructive Heuristic Information, Fundamentals of Tabu Search, Neighbourhood Structure, Characterization of the Neighbourhood, Recency-Based Tabu Search, The Use of Long-Term Memory in Tabu Search, Fundamentals of Simulated Annealing, Cooling Schedule, Determination of Cooling Rate, Stopping Criterion, Fuzzy Systems, Creation of the Fuzzy Control, Evolutionary Algorithms, Differential Evolution, Key Operators for Differential Evolution.
Reference Materials:
1. Computational Intelligence: An Introduction, Second Edition, 2007, Andries P. Engelbrecht, Print ISBN: 9780470035610, Online ISBN: 9780470512517. 2. 2. Modern Heuristic Optimization Techniques: Theory and Applications to Power Systems, Kwang Y. Lee (Editor), Mohamed A. El-Sharkawi (Editor), IEEE Press Series on Power Engineering, Publication Date: February 8, 2008. Course Name: Multi Agent Systems
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structure
Course Outline:
Intelligent Agents Introduction, Agents and Expert Systems,Abstract Architectures for Intelligent Agents reactive agents, deliberate agents Concrete Architectures for Intelligent Agents, Multiagent Systems and Societies of Agents, Agent Communications, Distributed Problem Solving and Planning, Task Sharing, Distributed Planning, Search Algorithms for Agents, Distributed Rational Decision Making, Task Allocation Negotiation, Learning in Multiagent Systems
Reference Materials:
1. Multi-agent systems: an introduction to distributed artificial intelligence. Steven J. Ferber. Addison-Wesley, 1999. 2. Multiagent systems: a modern approach to distributed artificial intelligence. G. Weiss. The MIT Press, 1999. 3. An Introduction to Multi Agent Systems, Wooldridge, Michael, 2009, John Wiley & Sons. Course Name: Natural Language Processing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction and Overview, Ambiguity and uncertainty in language, Regular Expressions. Chomsky hierarchy, regular languages, and their limitations. Finite-state automata. Practical regular expressions for finding and counting language phenomena. A little morphology. In class demonstrations of exploring a large corpus with regex tools, String Edit Distance and Alignment, Key algorithmic tool: dynamic programming, first a simple example, then its use in optimal alignment of sequences. String edit operations, edit distance, and examples of use in spelling correction, and machine translation, Context Free Grammars, Constituency, CFG definition, use and limitations. Chomsky Normal Form. Top-down parsing; bottom-up parsing, and the problems with each. The desirability of combining evidence from both directions, Information Theory, What is information? Measuring it in bits. The "noisy channel model." The "Shannon game"-- motivated by language! Entropy, cross-entropy, information gain. Its application to some language phenomena, Language modeling and Naive Bayes, Probabilistic language modeling and its applications. Markov models. N-grams. Estimating the probability of a word, and smoothing. Generative models of language. Their application to building an automatically-trained email spam filter, and automatically determining the language, Part of Speech Tagging and Hidden Markov Models, The concept of parts-of-speech, examples, usage. The Penn Treebank and Brown Corpus. Probabilistic (weighted) finite state automata. Hidden Markov models (HMMs), definition and use, Probabilistic Context Free Grammars, Weighted context free grammars, Maximum Entropy Classifiers, The maximum entropy principle, and its relation to maximum likelihood. The need in NLP to integrate many pieces of weak evidence. Maximum entropy classifiers and their application to document classification, sentence segmentation.
Reference Materials:
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin. 2008. Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics and Speech Recognition. Second Edition. Prentice Hall. 2. Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing, Manning and Schütze, MIT Press. Cambridge, MA: May 1999.
Course Name: Game Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals, Object Oriented Programming
Course Outline:
History of Computer and Video Games, Game Design Principles, Python Programming, Pygame, Storytelling, Sprites and Animation, Game Development Methodologies, Physics, Loose Ends, Audio, Sound, and Music (PDF), 2D Game Group Project Check-In, Game Testing, Ethics, MMORPGs, and Securing Online Games, Game Engines, iOS Development, Cocos2D, Games in 2012 and Beyond
Reference Materials:
1. Agile Game Development with Scrum, by Clinton Keith (Addison-Wesley, 2010) 2. AI for Game Developers, by David Bourg and Glenn Seemann (O'Reilly Media, 2004) 3. The Art of Game Design: A Book of Lenses, by Jesse Schell (Morgan Kaufmann, 2008) 4. Fundamentals of Game Design, Second Edition, by Ernest Adams (New Riders, 2010). Course Name: Logical Paradigms of Computing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to logic, modal logic, propositional and predicate logic and their proof theories, relational and temporal logic, linear time temporal logic (LTL), Computation Tree Logic (CTL), CTL*, mu-Calculus, Introduction to Model checking and model checking algorithms, formal program verifications, partial order correctness, proof calculus for partial proof rules, introduction to statistical and stochastic processes (random walk, Markov chains, hidden Markov chains), introduction to process algebra, and evolutionary computing.
Reference Materials:
1. Logic in Computer Science Modelling and Reasoning about Systems 2nd Edition Michael Huth, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, London Mark Ryan, University of Birmingham, 2004 2. Principles of Model Checking by Christel Baier and Joost-Pieter Katoen MIT Press, 2008. Course Name: Formal Methods in Software Engineering
Credit Hours: 3 Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to formal methods, developing and acquiring formal methods, using and applying formal methods, a brief introduction to logic and set theory, Introduction to Hoare's Logic, logic and theorem proving, modelling software systems, sequential, concurrent and reactive systems, states, state spaces, transition systems, combining state spaces, fairness, partial order view, modelling formalism; Formal Specifications Linear temporal logic, automata on infinite words, specifications using Buchi-automata, completeness of specification; Automatic verification, state space verification, representing states, the automata framework, combining Buchi-automata, checking emptiness, translating LTL into automata, model checking examples, checking complexity of model checking, safety properties, state space explosion problem. Z-Specification, Structure and Schema.
Reference Materials:
1. Software Reliability Methods, Doron A. Peled , 2001 Springer-Verlag nd 2. Logic in Computer Science Modelling and Reasoning about Systems 2 Edition Michael Huth, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, London Mark Ryan, University of Birmingham, 2004 3. Principles of Model Checking, Christel Baier and Joost-Pieter Katoen MIT Press, 2008.
Scheme of Study for Bachelor of Information Technology BS (IT) Session 2018-2022 and Onwards 4-Year program (8 Regular Semesters of 18 weeks each)
# Category # of Courses Credit Hours Computing Courses 14 51 Core Courses (Comp-Core) 10 39 1 Supporting Areas (Comp-Supp) 4 12 * Mathematics & Science Foundation Information technology Courses 48 16 2 IT Core Courses (IT-Core) 7 24 IT Supporting Courses (IT-Supp) 3 9 IT Elective Courses (IT-Elec) 5 15 3 General Education Courses (Gen-Edu) 7 19 4 University Electives (Univ-Elec) 4 12 Total 41 130
Semester – I: (16 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-101 Comp-Core Programming Fundamentals 4(3,1) 2 COMP- Gen-Edu Intro to Info. & Comm. 3(2,1) 107 Technologies 3 ENG-101 Gen-Edu English Composition & 3(3,0) Comprehension 4 MATH- Comp-Supp Calculus and Analytical Geometry 3(3,0) 101 5 PHYS- Comp-Supp Applied Physics 3(3,0) 120
Semester – II: (19 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours Programming 1 IT-152 Comp-Core Object Oriented Programming 4(3,1) Fundamentals 2 ENG-201 Gen-Edu Communication & Presentation Skills 3(3,0) 3 IT-153 IT-Supp IT Supporting – I 3(3,0) (Operation Research) COMP- 4 STAT-201 Probability & Statistics 3(3,0) SUPP 5 Univ-Elec-1 3(3,0)
6 Univ-Elec-2
3(3,0)
Semester – III: (16 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-201 Comp-Core Discrete Structures 3(3,0) COMP- 2 Gen-Edu Professional Practices 3(3,0) 401 Object oriented 3 IT-202 Comp-Core Data Structures and Algorithms 4(3,1) Programming IT Supporting Course-II 4 IT-203 IT-Supp (Simulation and Modeling) 3(3,0) MATH- COMP- Linear Algebra 5 3(3,0) 151 SUPP
Semester – IV: (17Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours Data Structures 1 IT-251 Comp-Core Operating Systems 4(3,1) and Algorithms COMP- 2 IT-252 Information Security 3(3,0) Core 3 IT-253 comp-Core Computer Networks 4(3,1) 4 IT -254 IT-Core IT Project Management 3(3,0) 5 Univ-Elec Univ Elective – III 3(3,0)
Semester – V: (17 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-301 Comp-Core Database Systems 4(3,1) 2 IT-302 Comp-core Software Engineering 3(3,0) OPERATING 3 IT-303 IT-CORE System and Network Administration 4(3,1) SYSTEM IT Supporting Course-III Discrete 4 IT-304 IT-SUPP 3(3,0) (Formal Methods in Software Structures Engineering) 5 univ-Elec univ Elective – IV 3(3,0)
Semester – VI: (15 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-351 IT-Core Web Technolgies 3(3,0) 2 IT-352 IT-Elec IT Elective-I 3(3,0) 3 IT-353 IT-Elec IT Elective-II 3(3,0) 4 IT-354 IT-Core IT-Infrastructure 3(3,0) 5 ENG-151 Gen-Edu Technical and Business writing 3(3,0)
Semester – VII: (12 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-401 IT-CORE Virtual system and Services 4(3,1) 2 IT-402 IT-Elec IT Elective – III 3(3,0) 3 IT-403 IT-Elec IT Elective – IV 3(3,0) PAKS- 4 Univ-Elec Pakistan Studies 2(2,0) 101
Semester – VIII: (18 Credit Hours) Course Credit # Category Course Title Prerequisites Code Hours 1 IT-451 Comp-Core Final Year Project 6(0,6) 2 IT-452 IT-CORE Cyber Security 3(3,0) 3 IT-453 IT-Elec IT Elective – V 3(3,0)
4 ISL-101 Gen-Edu Islamic Studies/ Ethics 2(2,0) 5 IT-454 IT-CORE Database administration and 4(3,1) Database Management Systems
Semester Comp- Comp- IT- IT-Supp IT-Elec Gen- Univ- Total Core Supp Core Edu Elec (Cr. (Math & Hrs.) Stat.) 1 4 3+3 3+3 16 2 4 3 3 3 6 19 3 3+4 3 3 3 16 4 11 3 3 17 5 7 4 3 3 17 6 3+3 6 3 15 7 4 3+3 2 12 8 6 3+4 3 2 18 Total 39 12 24 9 15 19 12 130 Electives for BS (IT) IT Elective Courses: # Category Course Title Credit Prerequisites Hours
1 IT-Elec Agent Based Software Engineering 3-0
Data Structures & 2 IT-Elec Artificial Intelligence 3-1 Algorithm
Probability and statistics
3 IT-Elec Big Data Analytics 2-1 Programming fundamental
4 IT-Elec Business Process Engineering 3-0
5 IT-Elec Business Process Management 3-0
6 IT-Elec Compiler Construction 3-0
7 IT-Elec Computer Graphics 3-0
8 IT-Elec Computer Vision 3-0
9 IT-Elec Data Encryption and Security 3-0
10 IT-Elec Digital Image Processing 3-1
IT-Elec 11 E-Commerce 2-1 Web Engineering
IT-Elec 12 Global Software Development 3-0
13 IT-Elec Expert Systems 2-1 Discrete Structures
14 IT-Elec Fuzzy Logic System 2-1 Discrete Structures 15 IT-Elec Operations Research 3-0
16 IT-Elec Network Programming 2-1 Computer Networks
17 IT-Elec Wireless Networks 3-0 Computer Networks
18 IT-Elec Telecommunication Systems 2-1 Computer Networks
19 IT-Elec Mobile Computing 2-1 Computer Networks IT-Elec Object Oriented 20 Mobile Application and Development 3-0 Programming IT-Elec Programming 21 Java Programming 2-1 Fundamentals 22 IT-Elec Android Programming 2-1
23 IT-Elec Cloud Computing 2-1 IT-Elec 24 Human Computer Interaction 3-0
IT-Elec 25 Multimedia Communications 3-0
26 IT-Elec Natural Language Processing 3-0 Discrete Structures
27 IT-Elec Fundamentals of Data Mining 3-0 Intro to Database Systems
28 IT-Elec Computer Architecture 3-0 IT-Elec Object oriented analysis 29 Advance oop with java 3-0 and design IT-Elec Operating Systems 30 Parallel &Distributed Computing 3-0
IT-Elec Object Oriented 31 Visual programming 3(3-0) Programming
IT-Elec Programming 32 Web Engineering 3-0 Fundamentals
University Electives Courses: # Course Code Category Course Title Credit Hours 1 MGT-101 Univ-Elec Financial Accounting 3-0 2 MGT-301 Univ-Elec Financial Management 3-0 3 MGT-202 Univ-Elec Human Resource Management 3-0 4 MGT-206 Univ-Elec Marketing 3-0 5 MGT-401 Univ-Elec Entrepreneurship 3-0 6 ECON-101 Univ-Elec Economics 3-0 7 PSY-101 Univ-Elec Psychology 3-0 8 POL-253 Univ-Elec International Relations 3-0
General Education Courses
# Course Title Credit Hours 1 English Composition &Comprehension 3-0 2 Technical &Business Writing 3-0 3 Communication and presentation Skills 3-0 4 Professional practices 3-0 5 Introduction to Info.&comm. Technologies 2-1 6 Pakistan Studies 2-0 7 Islamic Studies/Ethics 2-0
Course outlines are according to HEC revised curriculum CURRICULUM OF COMPUTER SCIENCE, SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Bachelors & Masters Programs) (Revised 2017)
Scheme of Study for Bachelor of Science in Information Technology– Session 2016-2020 and onwards
BS (IT) 4-year programme (8 semesters)
# Category Credit Hours # of Courses
Computing Courses 16 51
1 Core Courses (Comp-Core) 12 39
Supporting Areas (Comp-Supp) 4 12
Information Technology Courses 19 57
IT Core Courses (IT-Core) 7 21 2 IT Elective Courses (IT-Elec) 7 21
IT Supporting Courses (IT-Supp) 5 15
3 General Education (Gen-Edu) 7 18
4 University Electives (Univ-Elec) 3 09
Total 45 135
Semester I: (18 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours code
1 IT 101 Gen-edu-I Computing 3(3+0) - General Education
2 IT 102 Programming Fundamentals Computing 4(3+1) - core course
3 IT 103 Calculus and Analytical Computing 3(3+0) - Geometry Supporting course
4 IT 104 Discrete Structures Computing 3(3+0) - Core course
5 IT 105 Gen-edu-II Computing 3(3+0) - General Education
6 IT 106 Gen-edu-III Computing 2(2+0) - General Education
Semester II: (17 credit hours)
Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites
# code Hours
1 IT 151 Linear Algebra Computing 3(3+0) - Supporting course
2 IT 152 Object Oriented Programming Computing 3(2+1) Programming core course Fundamentals
1 IT 153 Digital Logic Design Computing 3(3+0) core course
4 IT 154 University Elective I University 3 - Electives
5 IT 155 Gen-edu-IV Computing 3(3+0) - General Education
6 IT 156 Gen-edu-V Computing 2(2+0) - General Education
Semester III: (17 credit hours)
Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours # code
1 IT 201 Technology Management IT core 3(3+0) course
2 IT 202 Data Structures and Computing 4(3+1) Programming Algorithms core course Fundamentals
3 IT 203 Basic Electronics Computing 3(2+1) - Supporting course
4 IT 204 Gen-edu-VI Computing 3(3+0) - General Education
5 IT 205 Computer Communication Computing 3(3+0) - and Networks core course
Semester IV: (19 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours Code
1 IT 251 Operating Systems Computing 3(3+0) - core course
2 IT 252 Introduction to Database Computing 4(3+1) Systems core course
3 IT 253 (university Elective II) University 3 - Elective 4 IT 254 Probability and Statistics Computing 3(3+0) - supporting course
5 IT 255 University Elective III University 3 - Electives
6 IT 256 Internet Architecture and IT supporting 3(3+0) Computer Protocols Communication and Networks
Semester V: (18 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours Code
1 IT 301 Database Administration and IT supporting 3(3+0) Introduction to Management Course DataBase systems
2 IT 302 Introduction to Software Computing 3(3+0) Engineering core course
3 IT 303 IT Elective I IT Electives 3 -
4 IT 304 Multimedia Systems and IT core 3(2+1) Design course
5 IT 305 Web Systems and Technologies IT core 3(3+0) course
6 IT 306 Information Systems IT supporting 3(3+0) course
Semester VI: (18 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours code
1 IT 351 Object Oriented analysis and IT Supporting 3(3+0) Design Course 2 IT 352 Systems and Network IT core course 3(3+0) - Administration
3 IT 353 IT Elective II IT Electives 3 -
4 IT 354 Cloud Computing IT Core Course 3(3+0) -
5 IT 355 IT Elective –III IT Electives 3 -
6 IT 356 Human Computer Interaction Computing core 3(3+0) - course
Semester VII: (15 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours code
1 IT 401 IT Project Management IT supporting 3(3+0) course
2 IT 402 IT Elective IV IT Electives 3 -
3 IT 403 Network Security IT core 3(3+0) - course
4 IT 404 System Integration and IT core 3(3+0) Architecture course
5 IT 405 IT Elective V IT Electives 3 -
Semester VIII: (15 credit hours)
# Course Course Title Category Credit Prerequisites Hours code
1 IT 451 Final Year Project Computing 6(0+6) - core course
2 IT 452 IT Elective VI IT Elective 3 - 3 IT 453 Gen-edu-VII General 2(2+0) - education
4 IT 454 IT Elective VII IT Elective 3 -
List of University Electives
# Category Course Title Cr Hr
1. Univ-Elec Principles of Accounting 3(3+0)
2 Univ-Elec Human Resource Management 3(3+0)
3 Univ-Elec Principles of Management 3(3+0)
4 Univ-Elec Organizational Behaviour 3(3+0)
5 Univ-Elec Principles of Philosophy 3(3+0)
6 Univ-Elec Principles of Psychology 3(3+0)
7 Univ-Elec Foreign/Regional Language 3(3+0)
8 Univ-Elec Entrepreneurship 3(3+0)
List of IT Electives
# category Course Title Credit Pre-requisites hours
1 IT-Elec Telecommunication Systems 3 ComputerCommunication and Networks
2 IT-Elec Routing & Switching 3 Internet Architecture & Protocols
3 IT-Elec Network Design and 3 Computer Communication and Networks Management
4 IT-Elec Network Programming 3(3,0) Operating systems
5 IT-Elec Computer Game Development 3(3,0) Data Structures & Algorithms
6 IT-Elec Multimedia Technologies 3(3,0) None
7 IT-Elec 3D Modeling & Animation 3* Multimedia Systems and Design
8 IT-Elec Mobile Computing 3 Internet Architecture & Protocols, Web Systems andTechnologies
9 IT-Elec Software Agents Technology 3 Web Systems and Technologies
10 IT-Elec E-Commerce Applications 3 None Development
11 IT-Elec Enterprise Application 3 Introduction to Database Systems Development
12 IT-Elec Distributed Computing 3 Web Systems and Technologies
13 IT-Elec Mobile Application Development 3 Web Technologies
14 IT-Elec Web Engineering 3(3,0) Web Systems and Technologies
15 IT-Elec Data Warehousing and Mining 3 Introduction to Database Systems
16 IT-Elec Advance Object Oriented 3(3,0) Programming Fundamentals Programming Using Java
17 IT-Elec Distributed Database Systems 3 Introduction to Database Systems
18 IT-Elec Enterprise Resource Planning 3 Introduction to Database Systems Systems
19 IT-Elec Information Systems Auditing 3 Information Systems and Assurance 20 IT-Elec Business Process Management 3 Object Oriented Analysis and Design
21 IT-Elec Knowledge Management 3 Discrete Structures
22 IT-Elec Artificial Intelligence 3(3,0) Discrete Structures
23 IT-Elec RDBMS using Oracle 3(2+1) Introduction to DataBase System
24 IT-Elec Software Engineering Economics 3 Intro. to Software Engineering/Software Construction
25 IT-Elec Visual Programming 3(2+1) Programming Fundamental
26 IT-Elec Service-Oriented Architecture 3 Programming Fundamental
27 IT-Elec Computer Graphics 3 Discrete Structures
28 IT-Elec Telecommunication Systems 3 None
General Education Courses
Sr. # Category Course Title Credit Hours
1 Gen-Edu Functional English (English-I) 3 (3,0)
2 Gen-Edu Communication Skills (English-II) 3 (3,0)
3 Gen-Edu Technical & Report Writing (English-III) 3 (3,0)
4 Gen-Edu Islamic Studies/Ethics 2 (2,0)
5 Gen-Edu Pakistan Studies 2(2,0)
6 Gen-Edu Professional Practices 2(2,0)
7 Gen-Edu Information and Communication Technologies 3 (3,0)
According to the study scheme of BS (IT), the courses are categorized as follows:
COMPUTING COURSES
Computing Core
Computing Supporting Areas
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSES
Information technology core
Information technology supporting
Information technology elective
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
UNIVERSITY ELECTIVES
The Course outline for the above categories of courses is given below except for the University Electives.
BS Information Technology, BS (IT), COURSE CONTENTS
Computing Core Courses:
Course Name: Programming Fundamentals
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
This course covers overview of Computer Programming, Principles of Structured and Modular Programming, Overview of Structured Programming Languages, Algorithms and Problem Solving, Program Development: Analyzing Problem, Designing Algorithm/Solution, Testing Designed Solution,Translating Algorithms into Programs, Fundamental Programming Constructs, Data Types. Basics of Input and Output, Selection and Decision (If, If-Else, Nested If-Else, Switch Statement and Condition Operator), Repetition (While and For Loop, Do-While Loops), Break Statement, Continue Statement, Control Structures, Functions, Arrays, Pointers, Records, Files (Input-Output), Testing & Debugging.
Reference Materials:
1. C How to Program by Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 7 edition (March 4, 2012). ISBN-10: 013299044X
2. Programming in C by Stephen G. Kochan, Addison-Wesley Professional; 4 edition (September 25, 2013). ISBN-10: 0321776410 3. Java How to Program by Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 9th edition (March, 2011)
4. C++ How to Program by Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, Prentice Hall; 9th edition (February, 2013)
Course Name: Object Oriented Programming
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Evolution of Object Oriented Programming (OOP), Object Oriented concepts and principles, problem solving in Object Oriented paradigm, OOP design process, classes, functions/methods, objects and encapsulation; constructors and destructors, operator and function/method overloading, association, aggregation, composition, generalization, inheritance and its types, derived classes, function/method overriding, abstract and concrete classes, virtual functions, polymorphism, exception handling.
Reference Materials:
1. Java: How to Programme, Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, Prentice Hall; 8 edition (March 27, 2009). ISBN-10: 0136053068 127
2. C++: How to Programme, Prentice Hall; 8 edition (March 25, 2011). ISBN- 10: 0132662361
3. Object Oriented Programming in C++ by Robert Lafore, Sams Publishing; 4 edition (December 29, 2001). ISBN-10: 0672323087
4. Java Programming: From the Ground Up by Ralph Bravaco and Shai Simonson, McGraw-Hill Higher Education New York, 2010, ISBN 978–0–07–352335–4
5. Beginning Java by Ivor Horton, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 7th Edition, 2011, ISBN: 978-0-470-40414-0
Course Name: Data Structure and Algorithms
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithms. Complexity Analysis. Arrays. Sorting Algorithms: Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Bubble Sort, Shell Sort, Heap Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Radix Sort, Bucket Sort. Linked Lists: Singly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked Lists, Circular List. Stacks, Queues, and Priority Queue. Recursion: Function call and Recursion Implementation, Tail Recursion, Non-tail Recursion, Indirect Recursion, Nested Recursion, Backtracking. Trees: Binary Trees, Binary Heap, Binary Search. Tree Traversal, Insertion, Deletion, and Balancing a Tree. Heap. B-Tree, B+Tree, Spanning Tree, Splay Trees. Graphs: Representation, Treversal, Shortest Path, and Cycle Detection; Isomorphic Graphs. Graph Traversal Algorithms. Hashing. Memory Management and Garbage Collection. Reference Materials:
1. Data Structures & Problem Solving Using Java by Mark Allen Weiss, Addison-Wesley, 4th Edition (October 7, 2009). ISBN-10: 0321541405 (or Latest Edition)
2. Algorithms, Robert Sedgewick, Princeton University Publisher: Addison- Wesley Professional (latest Edition)
3. Data Structures: Abstraction and Design Using Java by Koffman and Wolfgang, Wiley; 2nd Edition (January 26, 2010). ISBN-10: 0470128704 128
4. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ by Adam Drozdek, Course Technology; 4th
Edition (August 27, 2012). ISBN-10: 1133608426 5. Data Structures Using C++ by D. S. Malik, Course Technology; 2nd Edition (July 31, 2009). ISBN-10: 0324782012
6. Data Structures and Other Objects Using C++ by Michael Main and Walter Savitch, Prentice Hall; 4th Edition (March 6, 2010). ISBN-10: 0132129485
Course Name: Digital Logic and Design
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Basic Electronics
Course Outline:
Number Systems, Logic Gates, Boolean Algebra, Combination logic circuits and designs, Simplification Methods K-Maps, Quinne, Mc-Cluskey,, Flip Flops and Latches, Asynchronous and Synchronous circuits, Counters, Shift Registers, Shift Registers Counters, Triggered devices & its types. Binary Arithmetic and Arithmetic Circuits, Memory Elements, State Machines. Introduction Programmable Logic Devices (CPLD, FPGA); Lab Assignments using tools such as Verilog HDL/VHDL, MultiSim, etc.
Reference Materials:
1. Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L. Floyd, Prentice Hall; 11th edition.
2. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design by Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, McGraw- Hill; 3rd Edition (February 12, 2013). ISBN-10: 0073380547
3. Digital Fundamentals: A Systems Approach by Thomas L. Floyd, Prentice Hall; (July 13, 2012). ISBN-10: 0132933950
4. Digital Design, by M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall (2007). ISBN-10: 0131989243
5. Fundamentals of Logic Design by Jr. Charles H. Roth and Larry L Kinney, CL Engineering; 6th Edition (March 13, 2009). ISBN-10: 0495471690
Course Name: Operating Systems
Credit Hours: 3*
Pre-requisites: None
Course Outline:
History and Goals, Evolution of operating systems. Operating System: Services, Structure, User Interface. Virtual Machines concept, System Boot, System Calls, Types of System Calls. Processes: Concept, Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter-process Communication. Threading: Multithreading Models, Thread Libraries, Threading Issues, processor scheduling; deadlock prevention, avoidance, and recovery; main-memory management; virtual memory management (swapping, paging, segmentation and page- replacement algorithms); Disks management and other 129 input/output devices; file-system structure and implementation; protection and security. Case studies: Linux/Windows Operating Systems. *Lab assignments involving different single and multithreaded OS algorithms.
Reference Materials:
1. Operating System Concepts by Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, and Greg Gagne, Wiley; 9th edition (December 17, 2012). ISBN-10: 1118063333
2. Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings, Prentice Hall; 7 edition (March 10, 2011). ISBN-10: 013230998X
3. Applied Operating Systems Concepts by Silberschatz A., Peterson, J.L., & Galvin P.C. Wiley; 8th Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 1118112733
4. Modern Operating Systems by Tanenmaum A.S., Prentice Hall; 3rd Edition (2007). ISBN-13: 978- 0136006633
Course Name: Introduction to Database Systems
Credit Hours: 4 (3+1)
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals.
Course Outline:
Basic Database Concepts, Database Architecture, DB Design Life Cycle, Schema Architecture, Conceptual, Logical and Physical Database Modelling and Design, , Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD), Enhanced ERD, Relational Data Model, Mapping ERD to Relational Model, Functional Dependencies and Normalization, Relational Algebra, Structured Query Language (SQL), Transaction Processing, Concurrency Control And Recovery Techniques, Query Optimization Concepts.
Reference Materials:
1. Database Systems A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management, homas Connolly and Carolyn Begg, Prentice Hall; 7th edition (March 10, 2011) 2. Modern Database Management by Fred McFadden, Jeffrey Hoofer, Mary Prescott, Prentice Hall; 11th Edition (July 26, 2012). ISBN-10: 0132662256
3. Fundamentals of Database Systems by R. Elmasri and S. Navathe. 6th Edition, Addison-Wesley (2010). ISBN-10: 0136086209.
4. Database Design and Relational Theory: Normal Forms and All That Jazz by C. J. Date, O'Reilly Media; 1st Edition (April 24, 2012). ISBN-10: 1449328016.
5. Modern Database Management by Fred McFadden, Jeffrey Hoofer, Mary Prescott, Prentice Hall; 11th Edition (July 26, 2012). ISBN-10: 0132662256130
Course Name: (Intro. to) Software Engineering
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Overview of SE, Practice & Myths; the Software Processes, Generic Process Models: Framework Activity, Task Set, Process Patterns, Process Improvement, CMM. Prescriptive Process Models: Waterfall Model, Incremental Process Model, Evolutionary Process Model. Specialized Process Models: Component Based Development; The Formal Methods Models, Agile Development. Business Information Systems: Components; Types; and Evaluating methods. SDLC: Phases; System Planning; Preliminary Investigation, SWOT Analysis; the Importance of Strategic Planning; Evaluation of Systems Requests; Requirements Engineering. Difference between Structured Analysis and Object Oriented Analysis; Difference between FDD Diagrams & UML Diagrams; Data & Process Modelling. Diagrams: Data Flow, Context, Conventions, Detailed Level DFD’s; the Design Process; Architecture Design Elements, Interface Design Elements, Component-Level Design Elements, Deployments Design Elements; System Architecture, Architectural Styles; User Interface Design; WebApps Interface Design; Software Quality Assurance. Validation Testing, System Testing. Internal and External View of Testing. Project Management. Risk Management; Maintenance and Reengineering.
Reference Materials:
1. Software Engineering 8E by Ian Sommerville, Addison Wesley; 8th Edition (2006). ISBN-10: 0321313798
2. Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach by Roger S. Pressman, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 7th Edition (2009). ISBN-10:0073375977
Course Name: Computer Communications and Networks Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Data Communication concepts, Analogue and digital Transmission, Noise, Media, Encoding, Asynchronous and Synchronous transmission. Network system architectures (OSI, TCP/IP), Error Control, Flow Control, Data Link Protocols, Bridging. Local Area Networks and MAC Layer protocols, Multiplexing, Switched and IP Networks, Inter-networking, Routing. Transport layer protocols TCP, UDP and SCTP. Application Layer Protocols. Wireless LANs. Lab exercises using tools such as Wireshark, OpNet, Packet tracer etc.131
Reference Materials:
1. Data Communications and Networking, by Behrouz A. Forouzan, McGraw-Hill Science; 5th edition (February 17, 2012). ISBN-10:0073376221
2. Data and Computer Communications by William Stallings, Prentice Hall; 9th Edition (August 13, 2010). ISBN-10: 0131392050
3. Computer Networks by Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, Prentice Hall; 5th Edition (October 7, 2010). ISBN-10: 0132126958
4. Computer Networks and Internets by Douglas E. Comer, Prentice Hall; 5th Edition (April 28, 2008). ISBN-10: 0136066984
Course Name: Human Computer Interaction
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
The human and the computer and their interaction, Human psychology and ergonomics, Interaction Paradigms, Interaction design basics, HCI in the software process, Design rules, Implementation support, Evaluation techniques, Universal design, User support, ,Cognitive models, Socioorganizational issues and stakeholder requirements, Communication and collaboration models, Task analysis, Dialog notations and design , Models of the system, Modeling rich interaction, Groupware, Ubiquitous computing and augmented realities
Reference Materials:
1. Human-Computer Interaction by Alan Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale, Prentice Hall; 3rd Edition (December 20, 2003). ISBN-10: 0130461091
2. Human-Computer Interaction: Concepts And Design by J. Preece, Y. Rogers, H. Sharp, D. Benyon, S. Holland, T. Carey, Addison Wesley;1st Edition (April 30, 1994).
ISBN-10: 0201627698. 3. Human-Computer Interaction Handbook: Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies, and Emerging Applications by Julie A. Jacko, CRC Press; 3 Edition (May 4, 2012).
ISBN-10: 1439829438
4. Interaction Design: Beyond Human - Computer Interaction by Yvonne Rogers, Helen Sharp, and Jenny Preece, Wiley; 3rd Edition (June 15,2011). ISBN-10: 0470665769
5. Designing with the Mind in Mind: Simple Guide to Understanding User Interface Design Rules by Jeff Johnson, Morgan Kaufmann; 1st Edition (June 3, 2010).
ISBN-10: 012375030X.132
Computing Supporting Elective Courses
Course Name: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Real Numbers and the Real Line, Coordinates, Lines, and Increments, Functions, Shifting Graphs, Trigonometric Functions. Limits and Continuity: Rates of Change and Limits, Rules for Finding Limits, Target Values and Formal Definitions of Limits, Extensions of the Limit Concept, Continuity, Tangent Lines. Derivatives: The Derivative of a Function, Differentiation Rules, Rates of Change, Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions, The Chain Rule, Implicit Differentiation and Rational Exponents. Applications of Derivatives. Integration: Indefinite Integrals, Integration by Substitution, Definite Integrals, Substitution in Definite Integrals. Numerical Integration. Applications of Integrals. Transcendental Functions: Inverse Functions and Their Derivatives, Natural Logarithms, The Exponential Function, ax and logax, Growth and Decay, L'Hôpital's Rule, Relative Rates of Growth, Inverse Trigonomic Functions, Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions; Hyperbolic Functions. Conic Sections, Parametrized Curves, and Polar Coordinates. Graphing in Polar Coordinates. Polar Equations for Conic Sections. Integration in Polar Coordinates. Vectors and Analytic Geometry in Space; Vectors in the Plane Dot Products; Vector-Valued Function Cartesian (Rectangular) Coordinates and Vectors in Space. Dot Products; Cross Products. Lines and Planes in Space; Cylinders and Quadric Surfaces; Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates.
Reference Materials:
1. Calculus and Analytic Geometry by George B. Thomas and Ross L.Finney, Addison Wesley; 10th Edition (1995) ISBN-10: 0201531747
2. Calculus and Analytical Geometry by Swokowski, Olinick and Pence, 6th Edition, 1994, Brooks/Cole Publishers.
3. Calculus by Howard Anton, Irl C. Bivens, Stephen Davis, Wiley; 10th Edition (2012), ISBN-10: 0470647728
4. Calculus with Analytic Geometry: Student Solution Manual by Howard Anton, Wiley; 5th Edition (1995). ISBN-10: 0471105899
Course Name: Probability and Statistics
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Introduction to Statistics and Data Analysis, Statistical Inference, Samples, Populations, and the Role of Probability. Sampling Procedures. Discrete and Continuous Data. Statistical Modeling. Types of Statistical Studies. Probability: Sample Space, Events, Counting Sample Points, Probability of an Event, Additive Rules, Conditional Probability, Independence, and the Product Rule, Bayes’ Rule. Random Variables and Probability Distributions. Mathematical Expectation: Mean of a Random Variable, Variance and Covariance of Random Variables, Means and Variances of Linear Combinations of Random Variables, Chebyshev’s Theorem. Discrete Probability Distributions. Continuous Probability Distributions. Fundamental Sampling Distributions and Data Descriptions: Random Sampling, Sampling Distributions, Sampling Distribution of Means and the Central Limit Theorem. Sampling Distribution of S2, t- Distribution, F-Quantile and Probability Plots. Single Sample & One- and Two-Sample Estimation Problems. Single Sample & One- and Two-Sample Tests of Hypotheses. The Use of P-Values for Decision Making in Testing Hypotheses (Single Sample & One- and Two- Sample Tests), Linear Regression and Correlation. Least Squares and the Fitted Model, Multiple Linear Regression and Certain, Nonlinear Regression Models, Linear Regression Model Using Matrices, Properties of the Least Squares Estimators.
Reference Materials:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists by Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying E. Ye, Pearson; 9th Edition (January 6, 2011). ISBN-10: 0321629116
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists by Anthony J. Hayter, Duxbury Press; 3rd Edition (February 3, 2006), ISBN-10:0495107573
3. Schaum's Outline of Probability and Statistics, by John Schiller, R. Alu Srinivasan and Murray Spiegel, McGraw-Hill; 3rd Edition (2008). ISBN-10:0071544259
4. Probability: A Very Short Introduction by John Haigh, Oxford University Press (2012). ISBN-10: 0199588481
Course Name: Linear Algebra
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Course Outline:
Introduction to Vectors. Solving Linear Equations. Elimination Factorization. Vector Spaces and Subspaces. Orthogonality. DeTerminants. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors. Linear Transformations. Linear Transformation, Applications of Matrices in Engineering. Graphs and Networks, Markov Matrices, Population, and Economics. Linear Programming. Fourier Series. Linear Algebra for Functions, Linear Algebra for Statistics and Probability, Computer Graphics. Numerical Linear Algebra. Complex Vectors and
Matrices. Discrete Transforms and Simple Applications. Cosine Transform, The Discrete Fourier Transform. Simplification and Factorization of the DFT Matrix. Fast Fourier Transforms. The Discrete Time Fourier Transform. The ZTransform.
Reference Materials:
1. Introduction to Linear Algebra by Gilbert Strang, Wellesley Cambridge Press; 4th Edition (February 10, 2009). ISBN-10: 0980232716
2. Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction by David Poole by Brooks Cole; 3rd Edition (May 25, 2010).ISBN-10: 0538735457
3. Elementary Linear Algebra with Applications by Bernard Kolman, David Hill, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall PTR, 2007. ISBN-10: 0132296543
4. Strang's Linear Algebra And Its Applications by Gilbert Strang, Strang, Brett Coonley, Andy Bulman- Fleming, Andrew Bulman-Fleming, 4th Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005
5. Elementary Linear Algebra: Applications Version by Howard Anton, Chris Rorres, 9th
Edition, Wiley, 2005.
Course Name: Basic Electronics
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Zero Reference Level, Ohm’s Law, Linear & Non-Linear Resistors, Cells in Series and Parallel. Resistive Circuits. Resistors, Inductors, Capacitors, Energy Sources. Magnetism and Electromagnetism; Theory of Solid State; PN Junction; Forward Biased P-N Junction; Forward V/I Characteristics; Reverse Biased P-N Junction; Reverse Saturation Current; Reverse V/I Characteristics, Junction Breakdown, Junction Capacitance. Opto-electronics
Devices; Spectral Response of Human Eye; Light Emitting Diode (LED); Photoemission Devices, Photomultiplier Tube, Photovoltaic Devices, Bulk Type Photoconductive Cells, Photodiodes, P-N Junction Photodiode, PIN Photodiode, and Avalanche Photodiode; DC Power Supplies; Rectifiers. Filters, Voltage Multipliers, Silicon Controlled Rectifier SCR; The Basic Transistor; Transistor Biasing, Transistor Circuit Configuration; Modulation and Demodulation; Carrier Waves; Integrated Circuits.
Reference Materials:
1. Basic Electronics Solid State by B. L. Theraja, S Chand & Co Ltd, 5th Edition, 2007, ISBN-13: 978- 8121925563
2. Electronic Principles by Albert Paul Malvino, 6th Edition, 1999, ISBN 0-07-115604-6
Contents of General Education Elective Courses
Course Name: Functional English (English I)
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Punctuation Principles. Spelling Rules. Writing Mechanics. Frequently Confused Words. Frequently Misused Words, Phrases, Synonyms, Antonyms, Idioms. General Vocabulary. Use of Articles and One, A Little/ A Few, This, That, Care, Like, Love, Hate, Prefer, Wish, All, Each, Every, Both, Neither, Either, Some, Any, No, None, etc. Interrogatives. Kins of Nouns. Prepositions. Possessive, Personal, Reflexive, and Relative Pronouns and
Clauses. Classes of Verbs. Usage of May, Can, Ought, Should, Must, Have To, Need for Obligation, Must, Have, Will and Should. The Auxiliaries Dare and Used. The Gerund & The Participles. Commands, Requests, Invitations, Advice, Suggestions. The Subjunctive. The Passive Voice. Indirect Speech. Conjunctions. Purpose. Clauses: Noun Clauses; Clauses of Reason, Result, Concession, Comparison, Time. Numerals, Dates, Weights and Measures. Phrasal Verbs. Irregular Verbs. Overview of Present, Past, Future and Perfect Tenses.
Reference Materials:
1. A Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinent,4th Edition Oxford University Press (1986).
2. Basic English Usage by Michael Swan, Oxford Univ Pr (Sd) (January 1986).
ISBN-10: 0194311872
3. Functional English In Aglobal Society: Vocabulary Building and Communicative Grammar by Nicanor L. Guintomary Ann R. Sibal Brian D. Villaverde Dept. of Languages, Literature and Humanities College of Arts and Sciences Southern Luzon State University (2012)
4. English Composition and Grammar: Complete Course by John E. Warriner, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich; Complete Course Benchmark Edition (January 1988).
ISBN-10: 0153117362 5. Companion to English: Vocabulary (Learners Companion) by George Davidson, Prim-Ed Publishing (March 1, 2003). ISBN-10: 9814070904
Course Name: Communication Skills (English II)
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
What is Communication, The Importance of Communication, Communication Skills. The Communication Process. Perspectives in Communication. Factors Affecting Communication Perspective. Language as a Representational System. Internal Representation of Our World: Visual, Auditory & Kinaesthetic Representational System. Elements of Communication. Communication Styles. Listening: Self- Awareness, Pseudo Listening, Active Listening, Effective Listening, Total Listing. Types of Expression. Rules of Effective Expression. Body Language. Para-language and Meta-messages. Hidden Agendas. Language Models. Communication Styles. Assertiveness. Responding to Criticism. Making Contact. The Art of Conversation. Negotiations. Prejudgment. The Power of Validation. Validation Strategies. Influencing Others. Public Speaking. Preparing Formal Oral Presentations: Design elements, elements of effective Delivery, Tension & Nerves, Handle Questions, Handling Tough Situations, Common Mistakes & Their Remedies, Dealing with Unexpected Disasters, Presentation for International Audience, Dealing People with Disabilities. Interviewing. Elements of Effective Written
Communication. Building Rapports.
Reference Materials:
1. Effective Communication Skills, MTD Training & Ventus Publishing ApS. (2010) ISBN 978-87-7681-598- 1 (TB1)
2. Messages: The Communication Skills Book by Matthew McKay PhD, Martha Davis PhD, and Patrick Fanning, New Harbinger Publications; 3rd Edition (March 3, 2009). ISBN-10: 1572245921
3. Secrets of Successful Presenters: A Guide for Successful Presenters by Dr. M. A. Pasha & Dr. S. Pasha, Lambert Academic Publishing (2012). ISBN-10:3659217557
4. Communication Skills in English by Prof P N Kharu, Dr Varinder Gandhi Publisher: Laxmi. EAN: 9788131806920
5. Essential Communication Skills, Teacher Edition with Talking Points by Patty Ann, Patty Ann; 1st Edition (July 5, 2012). ASIN: B008HYUDWQ
Course Name: Technical and Report Writing (English III)
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None Course Outline:
Characteristics of Academic, Public, Work and Electronic Communities. Myths and Realities about Writing. Effective Writing: Discovering and Planning; Purpose, Thesis, and Audience; Drafting: Drafting Collaboratively, Drafting in Digital Environments; Revising, Editing, and Proofreading. Paragraphs: Unfocused Paragraphs, Incoherent Paragraphs, PoorlyDeveloped Paragraphs, Special-Purpose Paragraphs. Unclear, Clear and Emphatic Sentences. Reasoning Critically. Reading Critically. Arguing Persuasively & Logically. Designing Documents. Writing in Online Communities. Speaking Effectively. Academic Writing for Social and Natural Sciences: Goals of Writing, Audiences, Writing Tasks, Types of Writing: Abstract, Informative Report, Lab Report, Research Report, Project Reports. Public Writing: Goals of Public Writing, Public Audiences, Public Writing Tasks, Types of Public Writing, Public Flyer, Letter to the Editor. Researching and Writing: Types of Research Writing, Developing a Research Question, Developing a Preliminary Thesis, Creating a Research File and a Timeline, Reading and Note taking, Summarizing, Paraphrasing,and Synthesizing. Writing a Position Paper.
Reference Materials:
1. Writer's Companion – The Longman by Chris M. Anson, Robert A. Schwegler and Marcia F. Muth, Pearson Longman, 4th Edition 2007.
ISBN10: 0-20556-252-3
2. Technical English: Writing, Reading, and Speaking by Pickett and Laster. 8th Edition
3. The Technical Writer’s Companion by Alred, Gerald, Charles T. Brusaw and Walter E. Oliu, 3rd Edition. ISBN 0-312-25978-6.
ISLAMIC STUDIES
(Compulsory)
Objectives:
This course is aimed at:
1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.
Detail of Courses:
Introduction to Quranic Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran
2) History of Quran
3) Uloom-ul-Quran Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi(Verse No-1-18)
3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful(Verse No-1-11)
4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)
5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (VerseNo.6,21,40,56,57,58.)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)
2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction To Sunnah
1) Basic Concepts of Hadith
2) History of Hadith
3) Kinds of Hadith
4) Uloom –ul-Hadith
5) Sunnah & Hadith
6) Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction To Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law
5) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science
1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science
3) Quranic & Science
Islamic Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
3) Islamic Concept of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam
Islamic History
1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida
2) Period of Ummayyads
3) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
2) Elements of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islam
Reference Books:
1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad
2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam
4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”
5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan.
6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982)
8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989)
9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)
Course Name: Professional Practices
Credit Hours: 2
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Computing Profession, Computing Ethics, Philosophy of Ethics. The Structure of Organizations, Finance and Accounting, Anatomy of a Software House, Computer Contracts, Intellectual Property Rights, The Framework of Employee Relations Law and Changing Management Practices, Human Resource Management and IT, Health and Safety at Work, Software Liability, Liability and Practice, Computer Misuse and the Criminal Law, Regulation and Control of Personal Information. Overview of the British Computer Society Code of Conduct, IEEE Code of Ethics, ACM Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, ACM/IEEE Software Engineering Code of Ethics and Professional Practice. Accountability and Auditing, Social Application of Ethics.
Reference Materials:
1. Professional Issues in VisualSoftware Engineering by Frank Bott, Allison Coleman, Jack Eaton and Diane Rowland, CRC Press; 3rd Edition (2000). ISBN-10: 0748409513
2. Computer Ethics by Deborah G. Johnson, Pearson; 4th Edition (January 3, 2009). ISBN-10: 0131112414
3. A Gift of Fire: Social, Legal, and Ethical Issues for Computing and the Internet (3rd Edition) by Sara Baase, Prentice Hall; 3rd Edition (2008). ISBN-10: 0136008488 4. Applied Professional Ethics by Gregory R. Beabout, University Press of America (1993). ISBN-10: 0819193747.142
5. The Dark Side of Software Engineering: Evil on Computing Projects by Johann Rost and Robert L. Glass, Wiley-IEEE Computer Society Pr; 1st Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 0470597178
Course Name: Principles of Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Introduction to Managers and Management. Organizational Culture and Environment. Decision Making. The Essence of Manager’s Job. Planning. Organization Structure and Design. Motivation. Leadership. Communication. Controlling. The Personnel Function. Job Design and Analysis. Human Resource Planning. Recruitment and Selections/Testing and Interview. Union and Management, Compensation Administration, Health and Safety.
Reference Materials:
1. Management by Robbins, S.P. & Coulter, Mary, Prentice Hall; 10th Edition (November 3, 2008). ISBN- 10: 0132090716 143
2. Fundamentals of Management by Robbins, S.P. & DeCenzo, David A, Prentice Hall; 7th Edition (January 13, 2010). ISBN-13: 978-0132090711 3. Principles of Management by Charles W. L. Hill and Steven McShane, McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 1st Edition (2006). ISBN-10: 0073530123
4. Management by Richard L. Daft, South-Western College Pub; 10th Edition (January 27, 2011). ISBN- 10: 0538479531
5. Fundamentals of Management by Stephen P. Robbins, David A. DeCenzo and Mary Coulter, Prentice Hall; 7th Edition (January 13, 2010). ISBN-10: 0136109829.
Course Name: Human Resources Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Managing Human Resources. Understanding the External and Organizational Environments. Ensuring Fair Treatment and Legal Compliance. HR Planning for Alignment and Change. Using Job Analysis and Competency Modeling. Recruiting and Retaining Qualified Employees. Selecting Employees to Fit the Job and the Organization. Training and Developing a Competitive Workforce. Conducting Performance Management. Developing an Approach to Total Compensation. Using Performance-Based Pay to Achieve Strategic Objectives. Providing Benefits and Services for Employees' Well-Being, Risk Management. Employee Relations. Risk Management. Health, Safety, and Employee Well-Being. Understanding Unionization and Collective Bargaining.
Reference Materials:
1. Managing Human Resources by Susan E. Jackson, Randall S. Schuler and Steve Werner, South- Western College Pub; 11th Edition (June 16, 2011).ISBN-10: 1111580227
2. Management of Human Resources by Gary Dessler, Carolin Rekar Munro and Nina D. Cole, Pearson Education Canada; 3rd Edition (February 28, 2010). ISBN-10: 0321687140
3. Human Resource Management by Robert L. Mathis and John H. Jackson, South-Western Cengage Learning; 13th Edition (August 19, 2010). ISBN- 10: 053845315X
4. Human Resource Management Applications: Cases, Exercises, Incidents, and Skill Builders by Stella M. Nkomo, Myron D. Fottler and R. Bruce McAfee, South-Western Cengage Learning; 7th Edition (September 29, 2010). ISBN-10: 0538468076144
Course Name: Organizational Behaviour
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Introduction to OB. People-Centered Organizations and Ethical Conduct. Organizational Culture. Socialization. Mentoring. Key Individual Differences. Values. Attitudes. Job Satisfaction and Counterproductive Work Behaviors. Social Perceptions and Attributions. Foundations of Motivation. Improving Job Performance with Goals, Feedback, Rewards, and Positive Reinforcement. Group Dynamics. Developing and Leading Effective Teams. Individual and Group Decision Making. Managing Conflict and Negotiating. Communicating in the Digital Age. Leadership, Influence, Empowerment, and Politics. Organizational Design, Effectiveness, and Innovation.
Reference Materials:
1. Organizational Behavior by Robert Kreitner and Angelo Kinicki, McGraw- Hill/Irwin; 10th Edition (January 17, 2012). ISBN-10: 0078029368
2. Organizational Behavior by Stephen P. Robbins and Timothy A. Judge, Prentice Hall; 15th Edition (January 16, 2012). ISBN-10: 0132834871
3. Meeting the Ethical Challenges of Leadership: Casting Light or Shadow by Craig E. Johnson, SAGE Publications, Inc; 4th Edition (February 28, 2011).
ISBN-10: 1412982227
Information Technology Core Courses
Course Name: Web Systems and Technologies
Credit Hours: 3*
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction to Web Applications, TCP/IP Application Services. Web Servers: Basic Operation, Virtual hosting, Chunked transfers, Caching support, Extensibility. SGML, HTML5, CSS3. XML Languages and Applications: Core XML, XHTML, XHTM MP. Web Service: SOAP, REST, WML, XSL. Web Services: Operations, Processing HTTP Requests, Processing HTTP Responses, Cooki Coordination, Privacy and P3P, Complex HTTP Interactions, Dynamic Content Delivery. Server Configuration. Server Security. Web Browsers Architecture and Processes. Active Browser Pages: JavaScript, DHTML, AJAX. JSON, Approaches to Web Application Development. Programing in any Scripting language. Search Technologies. Search Engine Optimization. XML Query Language, Semantic Web, Future Web Application Framework.
Reference Materials:
1. Web Application Architecture: Principles, protocols and practices by Leon Shklar and Richard Rosen, Wiley; 2nd Edition (May 5, 2009). ISBN-10: 047051860X
2. Web Technologies: A Computer Science Perspective by Jeffrey C. Jackson, Prentice all; 1st Edition (August 27, 2006). ISBN-10: 0131856030147
3. Web Technologies by Uttam Kumar Roy, Oxford University Press, USA (June 13, 2011). ISBN-10: 0198066228
Course Name: Multimedia Systems and Design
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
What is Multimedia? Multimedia Authoring Tools, Multimedia Authoring, Multimedia Production, Multimedia Presentation, Automatic Authoring, Editing and Authoring Tools- (Proprietary/open Source), VRML, Making Multimedia: Handling Images, Sound, Animation and Video, Planning & Costing, Designing and Producing. Multimedia Skills and Talent, The Internet and Multimedia. Designing for the World Wide Web. Delivering Multimedia Product. Instructors can devise a Lab work plan using a multimedia Authoring tool in line with the contents of the syllabus. Reference Materials:
1. Multimedia Making It Work, 8th Edition by Tay Vaughan, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 8th Edition (October 29, 2010). ISBN-10: 0071748466
2. Fundamentals of Multimedia by Z. M. Li and M. S. Drew, Prentice Hall (2004),
ISBN: 0-13-127256-X
3. Digital Multimedia by N. Chapman and J. Chapman. 2nd Edition, Wiley 2004,
ISBN: 0-470-85890-7
4. The Technology of Video and Audio Streaming by David Austerberry, Focal Press; 2nd Edition (2004). ISBN-10: 0240805801
5. Multimedia Foundations: Core Concepts for Digital Design by Vic Costello, Ed Youngblood and Susan Youngblood, Focal Press; 1st Edition (2012).
ISBN-10: 0240813944
Course Name: Systems and Network Administration
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Computer Communication and Networks, Operating
Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction To System Administration. SA Components. Server Environment (Microsoft and Linux). Reliable Products, Server Hardware Costing, Maintenance Contracts and Spare Parts, Maintaining Data Integrity, Client Server OS Configuration, Providing Remote Console Access. Comparative Analysis of OS: Important Attributes, Key Features, Pros and Cons. Linux Installation and Verification, Configuring Local Services and Managing Basic System Issues. Administer Users and Groups. Software Management. Managing Network Services and Network Monitoring Tools. Boot Management and Process Management. IP Tables and Filtering. Securing Network Traffic. Advanced File Systems and Logs. Bash Shell Scripting. Configuring Servers (FTP, NFS, Samba, DHCP, DNS and Apache).
Reference Materials:
1. The Practice of System and Network Administration, Second Edition by Thomas Limoncelli, Christina Hogan and Strata Chalup, Addison-Wesley Professional; 2nd Edition (2007). ISBN-10: 0321492668
2. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Bible: Administering Enterprise Linux Systems by William vonHagen, 2011
3. Studyguide for Practice of System and Network Administration by Thomas A. Limoncelli, Cram101; 2nd Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 1428851755
4. Networking Systems Design and Development by Lee Chao, CRC Press; 1st Edition (December 21, 2009). ISBN-10: 142009159X (TB2) 5. Windows Administration Latest Edition, Microsoft Press
6. Linux Administration Guide Latest Edition
Course Name: Network Security
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: System and Network Administration
Course Outline:
Security Concepts, Such as Confidentiality, Integrity, Authenticity, Availability etc. Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptography and Their Uses; Key Distribution and Digital Signatures; Discretionary and Mandatory Access Control Policies for Confidentiality and Integrity. Communication Protocols for Authentication, Confidentiality and Message Integrity. Network Security; System Security, Intrusion Detection and Malicious Code. Security Models and Security Evaluation. Administration of Security. Legal Aspects of Computer Security.
Reference Materials:
1. Security in Computing by Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Prentice Hall; 4th Edition (2006). ISBN-10: 0132390779
2. Network Security Fundamentals by Gert DeLaet and Gert Schauwers, Cisco Press; 1st Edition (September 18, 2004). ISBN-10: 1587051672
3. Network Security Bible by Eric Cole, Wiley; 2nd Edition (September 8, 2009).
ISBN-10: 0470502495
4. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards by William Stallings, Prentice Hall; 4th Edition (March 22, 2010). ISBN-10:0136108059
Course Name: Cloud Computing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Internet Architecture and Protocols
Course Outline:
Overview of Distributed Computing, Emergence of Cloud Computing, Global Nature of the Cloud, Cloud- Based Service Offerings, Grid Computing, Reliability of Cloud Model, Benefits of Cloud Model, Legal Issues, Key Characteristics of Cloud Computing, Challenges for the Cloud. The Evolution of Cloud Computing. Web Services Delivered from the Cloud: Communication-as-a-Service (CaaS), Infrastructure- as-a-Service, Monitoringas- a-Service (MaaS), Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS), Software-as-a-Service
(SaaS), Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS), Software as a Service (SaaS). Building Cloud Networks. Virtualization. Federation, Presence, Identity, and Privacy in the Cloud. Security in the Cloud. Common Standards in Cloud Computing. End-User Access to Cloud Computing. Mobile Internet Devices and the Cloud.
Reference Materials:
1. Cloud Computing Implementation, Management, and Security by John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC (2010).
ISBN 978-1-4398-0680-7.
2. Cloud Computing Explained: Implementation Handbook for Enterprises by John Rhoton, Recursive Press (2009). ISBN-10: 0956355609.
3. Cloud Computing Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley; 1st Edition (2011).
ISBN-10: 0470903562.
4. Securing the Cloud: Cloud Computer Security Techniques and Tactics by Vic (J.R.) Winkler, Syngress; 1st Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 1597495921.
Course Name: System Integration and Architecture
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Enterprise Architecture (EA) and Enterprise Engineering (EE). Balanced Scorecard and Strategy Maps (BSSM). Using Strategy Analysis (SA). Governance Analysis Using EA. Enterprise Architecture Methods. Using Business-Driven Data Mapping for Integrated Data. Strategic Modeling for Rapid Delivery of EA. Strategic Alignment, Activity and Workflow Modeling, and Business Rules. Using Business Normalization for Future Business Needs. Menu Design, Screen Design, Performance Analysis, and Process Modeling. Enterprise Application Integration Concepts. Enterprise Portal Technologies for Integration. Web Services for Real-Time Integration. Service-Oriented Architecture for Integration. Managing and Delivering EA. Future Directions in EA and Integration.
Reference Materials:
1. Enterprise Architecture for Integration: Rapid Delivery Methods and Technologies by Clive Finkelstein, Artech House Print on Demand; 1st Edition (March 31, 2006).
ISBN-10: 1580537138
2. Systems Integration (Systems Engineering) by Jeffrey Grady, CRC-Press; 1st Edition (September 30, 1994). ISBN-10: 0849378311
3. The Business of Systems Integration by Andrea Prencipe, Andrew Davies, Mike Hobday. Oxford University Press, USA (June 30, 2005). ISBN-10:019926323X 4. Enterprise Integration: An Architecture for Enterprise Application and Systems Integration by Fred A. Cummins, Wiley; 1st Edition (February 14,2002).
ISBN-10: 0471400106.
Course Title: Technology Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None
Course Outline:
Introduction to Technology Management, TM activities and tools, The TM framework, TM activities behind technological capabilities. TM Activities: Identification, Selection, Acquisition, Exploitation, Protection, Learning. TM Tools. TM Tools-Patent Analysis. TM Tools-Portfolio Management. TM Tools- Roadmapping. TM Tools-Value Analysis/Value Innovation. TM-Functions: Planning and Forecasting, Decision Making, Organizing, Leading Technical People.
Reference Materials:
1. Technology Management: Activities and Tools by Dilek Cetindamar, Rob Phaal, and David Probert, Palgrave Macmillan (April 27, 2010).
ISBN-10:0230233341 (TB1)
2. Managing Engineering and Technology by Lucy C. Morse And Daniel L. Babcock, Prentice Hall; 5th Edition (August 20, 2009). ISBN-10:0136098096 (TB2)
3. Management of Technology: Managing Effectively in Technology- Intensive Organizations by Hans J. Thamhain, Wiley; 2nd Edition (May 25,2005).
ISBN-10: 0471415510
4. Managing Information Technology by Carol V. Brown, Daniel W. DeHayes, Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Wainright E. Martin, and William C. Perkins, Prentice Hall; 7th Edition (March 18, 2011). ISBN-10: 0132146320
5. Technology Management: Activities and Tools by Dilek Cetindamar, Rob
Phaal, and David Probert, Palgrave Macmillan (April 27, 2010). ISBN-10:0230233341
Contents of Information Technology Supporting
Courses
Course Name: Information Systems
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: None Course Outline:
Information Systems Concepts, Types, Advantages, and Global Challenges. System Development Life Cycle. System Investigation, Systems Analysis, Systems Design, Environmental Design Considerations, System Implementations, Ethical and Social Issues, Systems Operations and Maintenance. Themes in information systems development. System Development Techniques. Information Systems Development Tools and toolsets. Information Systems Development Methodologies.
Reference Materials:
1. Fundamentals of Information Systems by Ralph Stair and George Reynolds, Course Technology; 6th Edition (January 1, 2011). ISBN-10:0840062184
2. Information Systems Development: Methodologies, Techniques & Tools by David Avison and Guy Fitzgerald, McGraw-Hill; 4th Edition (May 1, 2006).
ISBN-10: 0077114175
3. Introduction to Information Systems: Supporting and Transforming Business by R. Kelly Rainer and Casey G. Cegielski, Wiley; 3rd Edition (June 16, 2010).
ISBN-10: 0470473525
4. Information Systems by Richard T. Watson, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform (March 20, 2012). ISBN-10: 1475074921
Course Name: Information Technology Project Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Software Engineering, Technology Management
Course Outline:
Introduction to Project Management. The Project Management and Information Technology Context. The Project Management Process Groups. Project Integration Management. Project Scope Management. Project Time Management. Project Cost Management. Project Quality Management. Project Human Resource Management. Project Communications Management. Project Risk Management. Project Procurement Management.Project Management Tools.
Reference Materials:
1. Information Technology Project Management by Kathy Schwalbe, Course Technology; 6th Edition (July 22, 2010). ISBN-10: 1111221758
2. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, 3rd Edition (PMBOK Guides), ISBN-13: 978- 1930699458
3. IT Project Management: On Track from Start to Finish by Joseph Phillips, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 3rd Edition (February 25, 2010). ISBN-10:0071700439 4. Information Technology Project Management by Jack T. Marche, Wiley; 3rd Edition (January 6, 2009). ISBN-10: 0470371935
5. Effective Project Management: Traditional, Agile, Extreme by Robert K. Wysocki, Wiley; 6th Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 111801619X
Course Name: Internet Architecture and Protocols
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Computer Communications and Networks
Course Outline:
Terms and Concepts. Functioning of the Internet. Review of the TCP/IP Model. Network Layer Addresses (IP Addresses). DHCP. DNS Servers& Configuration. Error Recovery Operations. Internet Local Area Networks (LANs). IEEE Standards. (CSMA/CD), (CSMA/CA) LANs. CSMA/CD Protocol Stacks. Review of Ethernet. CSMA/CD Frames. Subnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP). CSMA/CD. Ethernet Layers. CSMA/CD Standards. The Token Ring Network. The Ring Configuration. FDDI. FDDI Configuration. The FDDI Layers. FDDI Backbones. Switched LANs. Fast Ethernet. Fast Ethernet and the Layered Model. Auto-Negotiation. Gigabit Ethernet. Internet Wide Area
Networks (WANs). Message Switching and Packet Switching. Frame Relay. Cell Relay. Comparing WAN Technologies. X.25, Frame Relay, and ATM Virtual Circuits. Mapping IP Addresses to “Labels”: Label or Tag Switching. IP and ICMP. Time-to-Live. Destination Unreachable. Redirect. Router Discovery. Pings. IPv6. TCP and UDP. Round Trip Time (RTT). Nagle's Algorithm. The Slow Start. Congestion Window and Threshold Size. The User Datagram Protocol (UDP). The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and The Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP). Routing Protocols. Autonomous Systems.
Multiple Routing Protocols. Operation of Internet Operates with the Routing Protocols. Levels of Access. Peering through the Routing Protocols.
Reference Materials:
1. Internet Architecture: An Introduction to IP Protocols by Uyless D. Black, Prentice Hall PTR; 1st Edition (2000). ISBN-10: 0130199060
2. Internet Routing Architectures by Sam Halabi, Cisco Press; 2nd Edition (2000).
ISBN-10: 157870233X
3. TCP/IP Protocol Suite by Behrouz A. Forouzan, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 4th Edition (2009). ISBN-10: 0073376043
4. Next-Generation Internet: Architectures and Protocols by Andrei Gurtov, Cambridge University Press (2011). ISBN-10: 0521113687
Course Name: Object-Oriented Analysis and Design Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Principles of Object Technology. OOP Review. Principles of Modeling. OOA&D Overview. OO Development Process. Requirements Engineering, Analysis, and Specification: Requirements Engineering, Use Cases, Prototyping, Class Models. Interaction Diagrams. Verification and Validation. Architectural and Detailed Design. Class Diagrams. Interaction Diagrams. State Machines and Diagrams. Implementation, Package Diagrams. Activity Diagrams. OO Patterns, Verification and Validation. Note: Students may also be introduced to Object Diagram, Component Diagram, Package Diagram, Deployment Diagram, Network Diagram.
Reference Materials:
1. Applying UML and patterns: An introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design and Iterative Development by Craig Larman, Prentice Hall; 3rd Edition (October 30, 2004). ISBN-10: 0131489062
2. Using UML: Software Engineering with Objects and Components by Perdita Stevens, Addison-Wesley; 2nd Edition (February 13, 2006). ISBN-10: 0321269675
3. Fundamental of Object-Oriented Design in UML by Meiler Page-Jones, Addison Wesley, 2000. ISBN: 020169946X.
4. The Unified Modeling Language User Guide by G. Booch, J. Rambaugh and I. Jakobson, Addison- Wesley Professional; 2nd Edition (2005). ISBN-10: 0321267974.
5. The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual by James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, Addison-Wesley Professional; 2nd Edition (2004).
ISBN-10: 032171895X.
Course Name: Database Administration & Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Installation of DBMS; SQL* Plus; DBA Tools. DBMS Physical Structure & Architectural Components: Server, Instance, SGA, Shared Pool, Library Cache, Data Dictionary Cache, Large Pool, Processes. Startup and Shutdown Database. Managing Instances. Managing Files. Creating Database and Data dictionary. Managing Tablespaces. Operations with Tablespaces. Data File Management, Segments, Block. Managing Undo Data, Undo Data Statistics: Managing Tables and Users. Indexes Management, Maintaining Data Integrity, Constraints. Managing Privileges. Server Side Configuration. Client Side Configuration. Usage and Configuration of Oracle Shared Server. Backup and Recovery. Sizing Shared Pool, Sizing Buffer Cache, I/O Issues. Tuning Rollback Segments. Tuning Shared Servers, Types of Locks, Block Efficiency, Storage hierarchy, Avoiding Dynamic allocation, Statistics, PCTFREE and PCTUSED, Monitoring Index Usage.
Reference Materials:
1. Database Administration: The Complete Guide to DBA Practices and Procedures by Craig S. Mullins, Addison-Wesley Professional; 2nd Edition(October 21, 2012).
ISBN-10: 0321822943
2. Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation and Management by Thomas M. Connolly and Carolyn E. Begg, Addison- Wesley; 5th Edition (2009). ISBN-10: 0321523067
3. Online Material URL http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/index.html
Contents of Information Technology Elective Courses
Course Name: Telecommunication Systems
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Computer Communication and Networks
Course Outline:
Communication Channel and the Communication Network Technologies. Digital Telephony. Switching and Signaling Systems. Switching Fabric Interfaces and ICs, Optics and the Future. Cellular Systems. Fixed Wireless Access Technologies. Digital Subscriber Loop. Transmission Techniques. Telecommunication Systems Testing. Embedded Systems Design for Telecommunications.
Reference Materials:
1. Essentials of Modern Telecommunications Systems by Nihal Kularatna and Dileeka Dias, Artech House (May 2004). ISBN-10: 1580534910
2. The Irwin Handbook of Telecommunications by James Harry Green, McGraw-Hill; 5th Edition (October 26, 2005). ISBN-10: 0071452222
3. Telecommunications Essentials: The Complete Global Source for Communications Fundamentals, Data Networking and the Internet, and Next-Generation Networks by Lillian Goleniewski, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1st Edition (January 5, 2002).
ISBN-10: 0201760320
4. Fundamentals of Communications Systems by Michael Fitz, McGraw-Hill Professional; 1st Edition (June 27, 2007). ISBN-10: 0071482806
Course Name: Routing & Switching
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Internet Architecture & Protocols Course Outline:
Ethernet Basic: Ethernet Layer 1, Ethernet Layer 2, Switching and Bridging Logic, SPAN and RSPAN.: VLANs, VLAN Trunking Protocols, VLAN Trunking: ISL and 802.1Q, Configuring PPPoE. Spanning Tree Protocol: 802.1d Spanning Tree Protocol, Optimizing Spanning Tree, Protecting STP, Troubleshooting Complex Layer 2 Issues. IP Addressing. IP Services. IP Forwarding (Routing). EIGRP. OSPF. IGP Routing. Fundamentals of BGP Operations. BGP Routing Policies. Wide Area Network. IP Multicasting. IP Multicast Routing.
Reference Materials:
1. CCIE Routing and Switching Certification Guide by Wendell Odom, Rus Healy and Denise Donohue, Cisco Press; 4th Edition (December 18, 2009). ISBN-10: 1587059800
2. Packet Guide to Routing and Switching by Bruce Hartpence, O'Reilly Media (September 3, 2011). ISBN- 10: 1449306551
3. CCIE Routing and Switching v4.0 Quick Reference by Brad Ellis, Jacob Uecker and Steven Means, Cisco Press (October 4, 2010). ASIN:B00452V45O
Course Name: Network Design and Management
Credit Hours: 3 (Lab may be assigned or adjusted by the University)
Prerequisites: Computer Communication and Networks
Course Outline:
Analyzing Business Goals and Constraints. Top-Down Network Design Methodology. Characterizing the Existing Internetwork. Designing a Network Topology. Designing Models for Addressing and Numbering. Selecting Switching and Routing Protocols. Developing Network Security Strategies. Developing Network Management Strategies. Physical Network Design. Selecting Technologies and Devices for Enterprise Networks. Testing Network Design. Optimizing Network Design. Documenting Network Design.
Network Management Standards & Models. SNMP Management. SNMP Management. Broadband Network Management.
Reference Materials:
1. Top-Down Network Design by Priscilla Oppenheimer, Cisco Press; 3rd Edition (September 3, 2010). ISBN-10: 1587202832 (TB1)
2. Network Management: Principles and Practice by Mani Subramanian; Timothy A. Gonsalves; N. Usha Rani, Pearson Education India (2010).ISBN-10: 81-3172-759-9
3. Networking Systems Design and Development by Lee Chao, CRC Press; 1st Edition (December 21, 2009). ISBN-10: 142009159X (TB2)
4. Networks: Design and Management by Steven Karris, Orchard Publications (August 2002). ISBN-10: 0970951140 5. Network Warrior by Gary A. Donahue, O'Reilly Media; 2nd Edition (May 13, 2011). ASIN: B004W8ZL3W.
Course Name: Network Programming
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Operating Systems
Course Outline:
The Network Programming course is aimed at developing Network programming concepts and skills in general. Unix Programming Environment, TCP Protocol suite, Socket Programming , UDP and TCP Sockets, I/O Multiplexing including Non-blocking I/O, Advanced Socket Options, Name and Address Conversions, IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability, Unix Domain Protocols, Broadcasting and Multicasting, Routing and Communication, Pipes and FIFO’s Message Queues, Mutexes and Locks, Semaphores, POSIX Shared Memory, Doors and RPC (Remote Procedure Calls).
Reference Materials:
1. UNIX Network Programming Volume I by Richard Steven, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (September 4, 1998). ISBN-10: 0130810819
2. Windows System Programming by Johnson M. Hart, Addison-Wesley Professional; 4 Edition (February 26, 2010). ISBN-10: 0321657748
3. The Linux Programming Interface: A Linux and UNIX System Programming Handbook by Michael Kerrisk, No Starch Press; 1st Edition (October 28, 2010).
ISBN-10: 1593272200
4. Linux Kernel Development by Robert Love, Addison-Wesley Professional; 3rd Edition (July 2, 2010). ISBN-10: 0672329468
5. System Software: An Introduction to Systems Programming (3rd Edition) by Leland L. Beck, Addison Wesley (1996). ASIN: B0084YEEWO.
Course Name: Computer Game Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Structures & Algorithms
Course Outline:
Introduction to Game Development, Platform and Player Modes, What Is The Framework? Goals And Genres? What Are The Possibilities? Player Elements, Player Motivation, Geographic, Psychographics. Demographics, Gender, Generation, Rating, Applying Player Market to Platform. Story and Character Development: Classic Charters, Traditional Story Structure, Story Element. Plot, Game Story Devices, Game Characters. Character Development Element, Point-of-view, Visual Character Development, Verbal
Character Development, Movement. Visual Character Development, Verbal Character Development, Movements, Character Description, Game Storytelling and Documentation. Gameplay: Rules to Play, Interactivity Modes, Game theory, Challenges, Balance. Levels: Level Design, Structure, Time, Space. Interface: Playe-Centerd Design, Interface & Game Feature, Interface Types, Usability. Audio: Importance of Game Audio, Sound Effect, Voiceover, Music. Company Role, Team Roles, Tools, Business Side of Game Development. Production and Management, Development Phases, Game Documentation.
Reference Materials:
1. Game Development Essentials by Jeannie Novak, Delmar Cengage Learning; 3rd Edition (August 17, 2011). ISBN-10: 1111307652
2. Game Development Essentials: An Introduction by Jeannie Novak, Delmar Cengage Learning; 3rd Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 1111307652
3. Game Development Essentials: Mobile Game Development by Kimberly Unger and Jeannie Novak, Delmar Cengage Learning; 1st Edition (2011).
ISBN-10: 1418052655
4. Game Development Essentials: Game Interface Design by Kevin Saunders and Jeannie Novak, Delmar Cengage Learning; 2nd Edition (2012). ISBN-10: 1111642885
5. Game Development Essentials: Online Game Development by Rick Hall and Jeannie Novak, Delmar Cengage Learning; 1st Edition (2008). ISBN-10: 1418052671
Course Title: Multimedia Technologies
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites:
Course Outline:
What is Multimedia? Text, Multimedia Authoring and Tools, Multimedia Authoring, Multimedia Production, Multimedia Presentation, Automatic Authoring; Editing and Authoring Tools- (Adobe Premiere, Macromedia Director, Macromedia Flash, Dreamweaver), VRML, Handling Images, Sound, Making Animation and Video, Making Multimedia, Multimedia Skills, Planning and Costing, Designing and Producing, Content and Talent, The Internet and Multimedia, Designing for the World Wide Web, Delivering
Multimedia Product. Instructors need to devise a content delivery and Lab work plan using a multimedia Authoring tool in line with the contents of the textbook.
Reference Materials: 1. Multimedia Making It Work 8th Edition by Tay Vaughan, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 8th Edition (October 29, 2010). ISBN-10: 0071748466
2. Fundamentals of Multimedia by Z. M. Li and M. S. Drew, Prentice Hall (2004),
ISBN: 0-13-127256-X
3. Digital Multimedia by N. Chapman and J. Chapman. 2nd Edition, Wiley 2004,
ISBN: 0-470-85890-7
4. The Technology of Video and Audio Streaming by David Austerberry, Focal Press; 2nd Edition (2004). ISBN-10: 0240805801
5. Multimedia Security: WaTermarking, Steganography, and Forensics by Frank Y. Shih, CRC Press; 1st Edition (2012), ISBN-10: 1439873313
Course Name: 3D Modeling & Animation
Credit Hours: 3*
Prerequisites: Multimedia Systems and Design
Course Outline:
Introduction to 3D Modeling & Animation, History of Computer Graphics and Special Effects. Polygons, Polygon Meshes, Extruding, Controlling Edges and Edges Loop, Subdividing and Simplifying, Combining Meshes, Polygon Count, Normals, UV Coordinates. NURBS, Advantages and Disadvantages of NURBS. Subdivision Surfaces. Deforming, Sculpting and Special Selections, Morph Targets, Lattices and Curves, Specialized Deformers, Managing Soft and Rigid Bodies. Managing Animation. Coloring, Shaders, Ray Tracing, Photon Mapping. Working with Textures, Shading, UV Mapping,
Paining in 3D, Changing Geometry, Seamless Reporting Pattern, Multiple Maps. Light Effect. Virtual Camera, Faking Camera Effects, Matching Virtual Cameras to Real One, Cameras and Image Planes, Animating the Camera, Camera Views, Camera Movements. Environments, Rendering. Procedures and Graphs. Scripting. Animation Tools.
Reference Materials:
1. 3D Art Essentials: The Fundamentals of 3D Modeling, Texturing, and Animation by Ami Chopine, Focal Press; 1st Edition (March 23, 2011). ISBN-10: 0240814711
2. 3D Modeling, Animation, and Rendering: An Illustrated Lexicon, Colour Edition by Michael E. Mortenson, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform (2010).
ISBN-10: 1453728481
3. The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling and Animation by John M. Blain, A K Peters/CRC Press; 1st Edition (2012).ISBN-10: 1466517034
4. Digital Modeling by William Vaughan, New Riders; 1st Edition (2012). ISBN-10: 0321700899
5. Blender Game Engine: Beginner's Guide by bacone Victor kuller, Packt Publishing (2012). ISBN-10: 1849517029
Course Name: Mobile Computing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Internet Architecture & Protocols, Web Systems and
Technologies
Course Outline:
Introduction to Mobile Computing, Architecture of Mobile Software Applications, Mobile Development Frameworks and Tools. Creating Consumable Web Services for Mobile Devices. Memory Management. Mobile Applications. Mobile User-Interface Design. Dynamic Linking. Concurrency. Managing Resources. Introduction to Mobile Application Development with Android. Introduction to Mobile Application Development with IOS. Introduction to Mobile Application Development with Windows
Phone. Introduction to Mobile Application Development with Blackberry.
Reference Materials:
1. Programming Mobile Devices: An Introduction for Practitioners by Tommi Mikkonen, Wiley; 1st Edition (March 19, 2007). ISBN-10: 0470057386.
2. Professional Mobile Application Development by Jeff McWherter & Scott Gowell, Wrox; 1st Edition (September 4, 2012). ISBN-10: 1118203909
3. Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile Applications with UML and XML by Reza B'Far and Roy T. Fielding, Cambridge University Press (2004). ISBN-10: 0521817331.
4. Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing by Frank Adelstein, Sandeep KS Gupta, Golden Richard III and Loren Schwiebert, McGraw- Hill Professional; 1st Edition (2004). ISBN-10: 0071412379.
Course Name: Software Agents Technology
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Web Systems and Technologies
Course Outline:
Basics of Intelligent Agents. Intelligent Agents Application. Desktop Agents. Internet Agents. Web search Agents, Information Filtering Agents, Personalized Newspaper, Offline Delivery Agents, URL-minder, BargainFinder. Intranet Agents. Mobile Agents. Technology of Intelligent Agents.Agent Machinery. Agent Content. Agent Access. Agent Security. DevelopingAgent Applications.
Reference Materials:
1. Intelligent Agent Source book by Caglayan, Alper, John Wiley and Sons Ltd (1997). ISBN: 9780471153276
2. Multiagent Systems: A Modern Approach to Distributed Artificial Intelligence by Gerhard Weiss, The MIT Press (July 31, 2000). ISBN-10:0262731312
3. Design of Agent-Based Models by Tomas Salamon, Tomas Bruckner (September 1, 2011). ISBN-10: 8090466117
4. Intelligent Software Agents: Foundations and Applications by Walter Brenner, Rüdiger Zarnekow, Hartmut Wittig and A.S. Rudd, Springer, (July 31, 2012).
ISBN-10: 3642804861
5. Agent Technology for E-Commerce by Maria Fasli, Wiley; 1st Edition (March 6, 2007). ISBN-10: 0470030305.
Course Name: E-Commerce Applications Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Web Technologies
Course Outline:
An overview of e-Commerce & Models, Planning an e-Commerce Framework, Managing Products and Categories, Product Variations and User Uploads, Enhancing the User Experience, The Shopping Basket, The Checkout and Order Process, Shipping and Tax, Discounts, Vouchers, and Referrals, Checkout, Taking Payment for Orders, User Account Management, Administration: Dashboard, Managing Products and Categories, Managing Orders, Customers, Refunds, Voucher Codes, Shipping, Deploying, Security, and Maintenance, SEO.
Reference Materials:
1. PHP 5 E-commerce Development by Michael Peacock, Packt Publishing (January 20, 2010). ISBN-10: 184719964X
2. Introduction to E-Commerce by Jeffrey F. Rayport, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edition (2007). ISBN-10: 0071232664
3. E-Commerce by Kenneth Laudon and Carol Guercio Traver, Prentice Hall;8th Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 0138018812
4. e-Business and e-Commerce How to Program by Harvey M. Deitel, Paul J. Deitel and Tem R. Nieto, Prentice Hall; 1st Edition (2000). ISBN-10:013028419X 5. The Complete E-Commerce Book: Design, Build & Maintain a Successful Web-based Business by Janice Reynolds, Cmp Books (2000). ISBN-10:157820061X
Course Name: Enterprise Application Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Object-Oriented Programming Review, Software Architectures Overview, Challenges and Platform of Enterprise Application Development, J2EE Scenarios, J2EE Platform Technologies, The Client Tier, The Web Tier,The Enterprise JavaBeans Tier, Integrating with the Enterprise Information System Tier, Packaging and Deployment, Transaction Management, Security, J2EE Internationalization and Localization, Architecture of the
Sample Application.
Reference Materials:
1. Designing Enterprise Applications with the J2EE™ Platform by Inderjeet Singh; Beth Stearns; Mark Johnson; 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall (March 25, 2002).
Print ISBN-10: 0-201-78790-3
2. Mastering Enterprise JavaBeans 3.0 by Sriganesh, R.P., Brose, G., And Silverman, M. Wiley Publishing, Indianapolis, (2006). ISBN 0-471-78541-5.
3. Core J2EE Patterns: Best Practices and Design Strategies by Deepak Alur, Dan Malks and John Crupi, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (May 10, 2003). ISBN-10: 0131422464
4. Sun Certified Enterprise Architect for Java EE Study Guide by Mark Cade and Humphrey Sheil, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (February 8, 2010). ISBN-10: 0131482033
Course Name: Distributed Computing
Credit Hours: 3(2+1)
Prerequisites: Web Systems and Technologies
Course Outline:
Centralized and Decentralized Systems, Taxonomy Dependency Considerations. Discovery Protocols. Structured Document Types. Distributed Security Techniques. Hash Functions. Digital Signature, Secure Channels, Secure Mobile Code. The Web as Distributed Environment: URI Templates, HTTP and Security, Representational State Transfer, The Semantic Web. Peer-2-Peer Environments. Volunteer Computing. Web Services: Architecture and Development, Service-Oriented Architecture. Distributed Objects and Agent Technologies. Grid Computing. P2P Applications Protocols and Architectures. Freenet. Middleware Protocols and Architectures. Web Services Protocols. Distributed Object Deployment Using Jini. P2P Deployment Using Jxta. Web Services Deployment.
Reference Materials:
1. From P2P and Grids to Services on the Web: Evolving Distributed Communities by Ian J. Taylor Ian J. Taylor and Andrew Harrison, Springer; 2nd Edition (November 14, 2008). ISBN-10: 1848001223.
2. Peer-to-Peer : Harnessing the Power of Disruptive Technologies by Andy Oram, O'Reilly Media; 1st Edition (March 15, 2001)
3. Structured Peer-to-Peer Systems: Fundamentals of Hierarchical Organization, Routing, Scaling, and Security by Dmitry Korzun and Andrei Gurtov, Springer, (November 12, 2012).
4. From P2P to Web Services and Grids by Ian Taylor, Springer-Verlag, 2005,
ISBN: 1-85233-869-5.
Course Title: Mobile Application Development
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Web Technologies
Course Outline:
What is Android? Installing and Configuring the Android SDK Manager, Creating Android Application, Anatomy of an Android Application. Eclipse. Fragments, Calling Built-In Applications Using Intents, Displaying Notifications. Components of a Screen, Adapting to Display Orientation, Managing Changes to Screen Orientation, Utilizing the Action Bar, Creating the User Interface. Listening for UI Notifications. Views, User Preferences. Presisting Data. Sharing Data. Sending SMS Messages. Getting Feedback. Sending E-mail. Displaying Maps, Consuming Web Services Using HTTP, Accessing Web Services. Creating Services. Threading. Android games Development, Publishing Android Applications. Handling Telephone Calls,Fonts.
Reference Materials:
1. Beginning Android 4 Application Development by Wei-Menge Lee, John Wiley & Sons, 2012
2. Beginning Android 4 by Grant Allen, Apress, (2011), ISBN: 1430239840.
3. Beginning Android games by Mario Zechner, Apress, (2011), ISBN:1430230428
4. Pro Android 4 by Satya Komatineni and Dave MacLean, (2012),ISBN:1430239301 Apress
5. Professional Android 4 Application Development by Reto Meier, Wiley,(2012), ISBN:1118237226
Course Name: Web Engineering
Credit Hours: 3(2+1) Prerequisites: Web Systems and Technologies
Course Outline:
An Introduction to Web Engineering. Requirements Engineering for Web Applications. Web Applications Modeling. Web Application Architectures. Technology-away Web Application Design. Technologies for Web Applications. Testing Web Applications. Operation and Maintenance of Web Application. Web Project Management. Web Application Development Process. Usability of Web Applications. Performance of Web Applications. Security for Web Applications. The Semantic Web.
Reference Materials:
1. Web Engineering: The Discipline of Systematic Development of Web Applications by Gerti Kappel, Birgit Pr ¨ oll, Siegfried Reich, Werner Retschitzegger, Springer; Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st Edition. 2008 Edition (December 10, 2010).
ISBN-10: 184996677X
2. Web Engineering by Emilia Mendes and Nile Mosley, Springer; Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st Edition. 2006 Edition (November 9, 2010). ISBN-10: 3642066453
3. Web Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach by Roger Pressman and David Lowe, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 1st Edition (January 22, 2008).
ISBN-10: 0073523291
4. Web Application Architecture: Principles, Protocols and Practices by Leon Shklar and Rich Rosen, Wiley; 2nd Edition (May 5, 2009). ISBN-10:047051860X
5. Web Engineering by Emilia Mendes and Nile Mosley, Springer; Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st Ed. 2006 Edition (November 9, 2010). ISBN-10:3642066453
6. W3C Online Resources.
Course Name: Data Warehousing
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Data Warehousing: History, Characteristics, Architecture, Data Staging and ETL, Multi-Dimensional Model, Meta-data, Accessing Data Warehouse. Data Warehouse System Lifecycle. Risk Factors, Data Mart Design Phases, Methodological Framework. Testing Data Marts. Analysis and Reconciliation of Data Sources. User Requirement Analysis. Conceptual Modeling. Conceptual Design. Workload and Data Volume. Logical Modeling: MOLAP and HOLAP Systems, ROLAP Systems, Views, Temporal Scenarios. Logical Design. Data-staging Design: Population Reconciled Databases, Cleansing
Data, Populating Dimensional Tables, Populating Fact Tables, Populating Materialized View. Indexes for the Data Warehouse: B*-Tree Indexes, Bitmap Indexes, Projection Indexes, Join & Star Indexes, Spatial Indexes, Join-Algorithm. Physical Design: Optimizers, Index Selection, Splitting a Database into Tablespaces, Allocating Data Files, Disk Block Size. Data Warehouse Project Documentation: Data Warehouse Levels, Data Mart Level, Fact Level. Case Studies and Tools for Data Warehousing.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Warehouse Design: Modern Principles and Methodologies by Matteo Golfarelli and Stefano Rizzi, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 1st Edition (May 26, 2009).
ISBN-10: 0071610391
2. Building the Data Warehouse by William H. Inmon, Wiley; 4th Edition (2005).
ISBN-10: 0764599445
3. The Data Warehouse Lifecycle Toolkit : Expert Methods for Designing, Developing, and Deploying Data Warehouses by Ralph Kimball, Laura Reeves, Margy Ross and Warren Thornthwaite, Wiley (August 13, 1998). ISBN-10:0471255475
4. Data Warehousing Fundamentals for IT Professionals by Paulraj Ponniah, Wiley; 2nd Edition (2010). ISBN-10: 0470462078
Course Name: Data Mining
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Data-Mining Concepts, Preparing the Data, Data Reduction, Learning From Data, Statistical Methods, Decision Trees and Decision Rules, Artificial Neural Networks, Ensemble Learning, Cluster Analysis, Association Rules, Web Mining and Text Mining, Genetic Algorithms, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic, Visualization Methods, Data Mining Tools: Weka, CBA and Yale, etc.
Reference Materials:
1. Data Mining: Concepts, Models, Methods, and Algorithms by Mehmed Kantardzic, Wiley-IEEE Press; 2nd Edition (August 16, 2011). ISBN-10:0470890452
2. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition (The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Data Management Systems) by Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber and Jian Pei, Morgan Kaufmann; 3rd Edition (2011). ISBN-10: 0123814790
3. Principles of Data Mining (Adaptive Computation and Machine Learning) by David J. Hand, Heikki Mannila and Padhraic Smyth, A Bradford Book (August 1,2001).
ISBN-10: 026208290X
Course Name: Business Intelligence and Analytics Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Data Warehousing, Data Mining
Course Outline:
Business Intelligence Introduction, BI Environment, Business Process and Information Flow, Data Requirements Analysis, Data Warehouses and the Technical BI Architecture, Data Profiling, Business Rules, Data Quality, Data Integration, Deriving Insight from Data, Knowledge Discovery & Delivery, BI User Types and Reports, Installations, Configuring and Maintaining the BI Server, Creating Repositories from Relational Sources, Creating Repositories from OLAP Data Sources, Creating Reports Using Answers and Dashboards.
Reference Materials:
1. Business Intelligence by David Loshi, Morgan Kaufmann; 2nd Edition (October 31, 2012). ISBN-10: 0123858895
2. Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 3/E by Brian Larson, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 3rd Edition (March 16, 2012).ISBN-10: 0071759387
3. The Data Warehouse Mentor: Practical Data Warehouse and Business Intelligence Insights, by Robert Laberge, 1st Edition, McGraw-HillCompanies, (2012). ASIN: B008UYJJ8C
4. Business Intelligence: A Managerial Approach by Turban, Sharda, Delen, King, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall (2011). ISBN: 13-978-0-136-10066-9
5. Business Intelligence in Plain Language: A practical guide to Data Mining and Business Analytics by Jeremy Kolb, Applied Data Labs Inc. (2012).ASIN: B009K7INOY
Course Title: Distributed Database Systems
Credit Hours: 3(3+0)
Prerequisites: introduction to Database Systems
Course Outline:
Distributed Data Processing, Distributed Database Systems, Design Issues,Distributed DBMS Architecture. Distributed Database Design. Database Integration. Data and Access Control. Query Processing. Query Decomposition and Data Localization. Optimization of Distributed Queries. Multidatabase Query Processing. Transaction Management. Distributed Concurrency Control. Distributed DBMS Reliability. Data Replication.
Reference Materials:
1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems by M. Tamer Özsu and Patrick Valduriez, Springer, 3rd Edition, (March 2, 2011). ISBN-10:1441988335
2. Distributed Database Management Systems: A Practical Approach by Saeed K. Rahimi, and Frank S. Haug, Wiley-IEEE Computer Society Pr; 1st Edition (May 23, 2011). ASIN: B005CDYQSC 3. Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms by Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, Prentice Hall; US Edition (January 15, 2002). ISBN-10: 0130888931
4. Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design by Jean Dollimore, Tim Kindberg and George Coulouris, Addison Wesley; 4th Edition (May 20, 2005). ISBN-10: 0321263545
5. Distributed Database Systems by Chhanda Ray, Pearson (October 3, 2012).
ASIN: B009NEMZ0W
Course Name: Enterprise Resource Planning Systems
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Database Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction to Enterprise Resource Planning Systems. ERP Technology. ERP and Business Process Reengineering. Systems Diagramming and the Process Map. ERP Life Cycle: Planning and Package Selection. ERP Life Cycle: Implementation and Operation and Maintenance. ERP Sales, CRM and Knowledge Management. ERP Financials. Human Capital Management, Self-Service and Outsourcing. Manufacturing Systems and Supply Chain. Auditing ERP. Business Intelligence and Performance Management.
Reference Materials:
1. Modern ERP: Select, Implement & Use Today's Advanced Business Systems by Marianne Bradford, lulu.com (October 19, 2009). ISBN-10:0557012910.
2. Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems by David Olson, McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 1st Edition (September 10, 2003). ISBN-10:0072861126
3. Enterprise Resource Planning by Bret Wagner by Ellen Monk, Course Technology; 3rd Edition (February 4, 2008). ISBN-10: 1423901797
4. ERP Systems by Dimpi Srivastava and Aarti Batra, I K International Publishing House (February 15, 2010). ISBN-10: 9380578148
Course Name: Information Systems Auditing and Assurance
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Information Systems
Course Outline:
Introduction to Auditing, Assurance and Internal Control, IT Governance and Management, Organization Structure and Responsibilities, Business Continuity Planning, Auditing IT Governance, The Audit Process, Internal Controls, IT Life Cycle Management, Infrastructure Development and Implementation, Maintaining Information Systems, Business Processes, Application Controls, Auditing the Software Development Life Cycle, Auditing Business Controls, Auditing Application Controls, IT Service Delivery and Infrastructure, Disaster Recovery Planning, Information Asset Protection, Network Security Controls, Over view of Popular Methodologies, Framework and Guidelines, Overview of Computer-Assisted Audit Tools and Techniques.
Reference Materials:
1. Information Systems Auditing and Assurance by James A. Hall and Tommie Singleton, South-Western College Pub; 2nd Edition (July 27,2004). ISBN-10: 0324191995
2. CISA® Certified Information Systems Auditor All-in-One Exam Guide By: Peter Gregory, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 2nd Edition (August 9, 2011).
ISBN-10: 0071769102
3. Information Technology Control and Audit, 3rd Edition by Sandra Senft and Frederick Gallegos, Auerbach Publications; 3rd Edition (2008). ISBN-10:1420065505
4. Managing the Audit Function: A Corporate Audit Department Procedures Guide by Michael P. Cangemi and Tommie W. Singleton, Wiley; 3rd Edition (2003).
ISBN-10: 0471281190
Course Name: Business Process Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Object Oriented Analysis and Design
Course Outline:
Introduction d BPM, Motivation and Definitions, Business Process Lifecycle, Classification of Business Processes, Goals, Structure, and Organization. Evolution of Enterprise Systems Architectures. Business Process Modeling. Process Orchestrations. Process Choreographies. .Modeling in BPMN. Properties of Business Processes. Workflow Management Architectures, Flexible Workflow Management, Web Services and their Composition, Advanced Service Composition, Data-Driven Processes. Business Process Management Methodology.
Reference Materials:
1. Business Process Management: Concepts, Languages, Architectures by Mathias Weske, Springer; 2nd Edition (May 3, 2012). ISBN-10:3642286151.
2. Business Process Management Common Body of Knowledge by Yvonne Lederer Antonucci, et. al., CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (March 8, 2009).
ISBN-10: 1442105666
3. Process Management: A Guide for the Design of Business Processes by Jörg Becker, Martin Kugeler and Michael Rosemann, Springer; 2nd Edition (January 21, 2011). ISBN-10: 3642151892
4. Business Process Management, 2nd Edition: Practical Guidelines to Successful Implementations by John Jeston and Johan Nelis, Butterworth- Heinemann; 2nd Edition (March 24, 2008). ISBN-10: 0750686561
Course Name: Knowledge Management
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
History and paradigms of knowledge management. Types of knowledge. Knowledge Revolution, Globalization, Knowledge Economy, Knowledge Workers, Knowledge Artifacts, Knowledge Agents. Knowledge Management: Definitions, Knowledge management Cycles, Benefits of KM, Implications for KM, KM Core Competencies. KM Processes: Discovery/Detection, Capture and Codification, Organization, Sharing, transfer, Acquisition, Verification, Utilization, Creation, Reuse. KM Frameworks and Models. KM Frameworks and Models. Knowledge Capture and Codification. Knowledge Codification. Knowledge Taxonomies. Relationships among Knowledge Management,
Competitive Intelligence, Business Intelligence, and Strategic Intelligence. Strategic and Practical Implications of Knowledge Capture and Codification. Knowledge Sharing and Communities of Practice. Knowledge Application. The Role of Organizational Culture. Knowledge Management Tools. Knowledge Management Strategy. The Value of Knowledge Management. Organizational Learning and Organizational Memory. The KM Team. The KM Profession, the Ethics of KM.
Reference Materials:
1. Essentials of Knowledge Management: Concepts, Theories and Practices by M. A. Pasha & S. Pasha, Innovators Knowledge Services (2012).ISBN:978-969-9791-04-8
2. Knowledge Management In Theory And Practice by Kimiz Dalkir, The MIT Press; 3rd Edition (March 4, 2011). ISBN-10: 0262015080
3. The Knowledge Management Toolkit: Orchestrating IT, Strategy, and Knowledge Platforms by Amrit Tiwana, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (August29, 2002).
ISBN-10: 013009224X
4. Principles of Knowledge Management: Theory, Practice and Cases by Elie Geisler and Nilmini Wickramasinghe, M. E. Sharpe (January 15, 2009). ISBN-10: 0765613220
5. Knowledge Management: Concepts, Methodologies, Tools and Applications (6-volume set) by Murray E. Jennex, IGI Global; Reprint Edition (August 10, 2007).
ISBN-10: 1599049333
Course Name: Artificial Intelligence
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to AI, Turing Test, Strong AI vs Weak AI, Heuristics, Applications and Methods, History of AI. Uninformed Search: Search in IS, Generate-and- Test Paradigm, Blind Search Algorithm. Informed Search: Heuristics, The Best-First Search, The Beam Search, The A* Search, The Bidirectional Search. Search Using Game: Game Trees and Minimum, Game Theory. Logic in AI: Logic and Representation, Propositional Logic, Predicate Logic, Other Logics. Knowledge Representation: Search Tree, Production System, Objects, Frames, Scripts & the Conceptual Dependency System, Semantic Networks, Recent Approaches, Agents. Prolog Programming. Production Systems: Strong Methods vs. Weak Methods, Production System and Inference Methods, Stochastic Processes and Markov Chain. [Uncertainty in AI: Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Inference, Probability Theory and Uncertainty. [Expert Systems: Characteristics of ES, Knowledge Engineering, Knowledge Acquisition, Classical ES, Case-Based Reasoning. Neural Networks: Introduction, The Perceptron Learning Rule, Back propagation, Discrete Hopfield Networks, Application Areas. Evolutionary Computation:
Simulated Annealing, Genetic Algorithms, Genetic, Genetic Programming. Natural Language Processing: History of NLP, Syntax and Formal Grammars, Syntax and Formal Grammar, Statistical Parsing, Hidden Markov Model, Wordnet, Question Answering System. Automated Planning: Planning Terminology, Planning as Search, Hierarchical Planning, Case-Based Planning, Planning Approaches to Learning System. Advanced Computer Games: Rote Learning and Generalization, Signature Table and Book Learning, Programing Methods, Search in Machines.
Reference Materials:
1. Artificial Intelligence in the 21st Century by Stephen Lucci by Danny Kopec, Mercury Learning and Information (May 18, 2012). ISBN-10:1936420236
2. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 2nd Edition, by Russell and Norvig, Prentice Hall
3. Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach by M. Tim Jones, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc; 1st Edition (December 26, 2008). ISBN-10:0763773379.
Course Name: Formal Methods in Software Engineering
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures
Course Outline:
Introduction to Formal methods, Introducing Z, Elements of Z, Logic, Using Predicates in Z, Schemas and Schema Calculus, Formal Reasoning, Case Studies in Z, Computer Graphics and Computational Geometry. Rule-Based Programming, Graphical User Interface, Safety-Critical Protection System, Modeling Large Systems, Object-Oriented Programming Model and Z, Concurrency and Real-time, Refinement, Program Derivation and FormalVerification, Converting Z into Code.
Reference Materials:
1. The Way of Z: Practical Programming with Formal Methods by Jonathan Jacky, Cambridge University Press (November 28, 1996). ISBN-10:0521559766
2. Z: An Introduction to Formal Methods by Antoni Diller, Wiley; 2nd Edition (July 27, 1994). ISBN-10: 0471939730
3. Model Checking by Edmund M. Clarke Jr., Orna Grumberg, Doron A. Peled , MIT Press, 1st Edition (1999). ISBN-13: 978-0262032704.
4. Reactive Systems: Modelling, Specification and Verification by Luca Aceto, Anna Ingólfsdóttir, Kim Guldstrand Larsen and Jiri Srba,
Cambridge University Press (August 13, 2007). ISBN-10: 0521875463
5. Fundamentals of Algebraic Specifications: Equations and Initial Semantics, H. Ehrig & B. Mahr, Springer-Verlag (1985), ISBN 0-387-13718-1.
6. Systems and Software Verification: Model-Checking Techniques and Tools. By B. Berard, M. Bidoit, A. Finkel, F. Laroussinie, A. Petit, L. Petrucci, and P. Schnoebelen, Springer, 1st Edition , 2001. ISBN- 10:3642074782
7. Algebraic Specifications in Software Engineering by I. Van Horebeek & J. Lewi, Springer; 1st Edition (December 19, 1989). ISBN-10: 3540516263
Course Name: Software Requirements Engineering
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Intro. to Software Engineering
Course Outline:
Basics of Requirements Engineering. RE Processes. Requirements Analyst Role, Tasks, Essential Skills & Knowledge. Dealing with Customers. Prototype Categories. Evaluation, Risks, Validating the Requirements. Documenting the Requirements. Non Functional Requirements. Software Quality Attributes. Setting Requirements Priorities. Special Requirements Challenges. Requirements Development Plans. Requirements Management
Principles and Practices. Requirements Creeping. Tracing Requirements. Tools for Requirements Management. Software Requirements Risk Management.
Reference Materials:
1. Requirements Engineering: Processes and Techniques, Kotonya and Sommerville, John Wiley Sons, 1998. ISBN-10: 0471972088
2. Software Requirements Engineering, 2nd Edition by Richard H. Thayer and Merlin Dorfman, Wiley- IEEE Computer Society Pr; 2nd Edition (1997). ISBN-10: 0818677384
3. Requirements Engineering: From System Goals to UML Models to Software Specifications by A. van Lamsweerde, Wiley; 1st Edition (2009).
ISBN-10: 0470012706.
4. Requirements Engineering: Fundamentals, Principles, and Techniques by Klaus Pohl, Springer; 1st Edition (July 23, 2010). ISBN-10: 3642125778
5. Requirements Engineering by Hull, Jackson, and Dick, Springer; 3rd Edition (October 11, 2010). ISBN- 10: 1849964041
6. Software Requirements 2 by Karl Wiegers, 2nd Edition (2003). Microsoft Press;
ISBN-10: 0735618798
Course Name: Software Design and Architecture
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Basics of Software Architecture (SA). Characteristics of SA, Importance of SA, SA Business Cycle and Software Processes, Architectural Patterns. SA Case Study. Creating Architecture, Quality Attributes, Business Qualities, Architecture Qualities. Achieving Qualities. Global Analysis. Conceptual Architecture View. Module Architecture View. Execution Architecture View. Code Architecture View. Designing & Documenting the Architecture. Analyzing Architectures. The CBAM. Reconstructing Software Architectures.
Reference Materials:
1. Applied Software Architecture by Christine Hofmeister, Robert Nord and DilipSoni, Addison-Wesley Professional (1999). ISBN-10: 0201325713.
2. Software Architecture in Practice by Len Bass, Paul Clements and Rick Kazman, Addison-Wesley Professional; 2nd Edition (April 19, 2003). ISBN-10: 0321154959
3. Software Architecture in Practice by Len Bass, Paul Clements and Rick Kazman, Addison-Wesley Professional; 3rd Edition (2012). ISBN-10:0321815734
4. Software Architecture and Design Illuminated by Kai Qian, Xiang Fu, Lixin Tao and Chong-weiXu, Jones & Bartlett Publishers; 1st Edition (2009). ISBN-10: 076375420X
5. Software Architecture: Foundations, Theory, and Practice by R. N. Taylor,
N. Medvidovic and E. M. Dashofy, Wiley; 1st Edition (2009). ISBN-10:0470167742.
Course Name: Software Quality Engineering Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Intro. to Software Engineering
Course Outline:
A Quality Principles, Benefits of Quality, Organization and Process Benchmarking. Ethical and Legal Compliance. Standards and Models. Leadership Skills. Quality Management System. Methodologies for Quality Management. Audit Types, Audit Roles and Responsibilities, Audit Process. Project Tracking and Control, Tracking Methods, Project Reviews and Program Reviews. Software Verification and Validation Method, Software Product Evaluation. Testing Planning and Design. Reviews and Inspection. Test Execution Documentation. Customer Deliverables. Configuration Control and Status Accounting.
Reference Materials:
1. The Certified Software Quality Engineer by Linda Westfall, Quality Press; (September 28, 2009), ISBN- 10: 0873897307
2. Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice by Nina S. Godbole, published by Alpha Science (2004). ISBN-10: 1842651765.
3. Software Testing: Fundamental Principles and Essential Knowledge by James D. McCaffrey, Book Surge Publishing (2009). ISBN-10:1439229074.
4. Perfect Software: And other illusions about testing by Gerald M. Weinberg, published Dorest House (2008). ISBN-10: 0932633692.
5. Software Quality Engineering: Testing, Quality Assurance, and Quantifiable Improvement by Jeff Tian, published by John Wiley & sons,(2005).
ISBN-10: 0471713457
6. Mastering Software Quality Assurance: Best Practices, Tools and Techniques for Software Developers by Murali Chemuturi, J. Ross Publishing (2010).
ISBN-10: 1604270322.
Course Name: Software CASE Tools & Applications
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Intro. to Software Engineering
Course Outline:
Introduction to CASE, Types of CASE Tools. Approaches CASE Tool Integration. Integration as a Design Activity. Service Based Model of a CASE Environment. Properties and Types of Integration Mechanism. The Role of Process in Integrated CASE Environments. Examples of Process and CASE Tool Interactions. Replacing the Message Service in a CASE Integration Framework. Integration of CASE Tools with CM Systems. Case Environments in Practice. Object-Oriented Analysis & Design Modeling.
Design Reuse, E-Commerce, ISO. Comparison of Popular CASE Tools. Practice Real Life Problem for Development Through CASE Tools. Reference Materials:
1. Principles of CASE Tool Integration by Alan W. Brown, Oxford University Press,
USA; 1st Edition, (September 1, 1994)ISBN-10: 0195094786
2. Computer Aided Software Engineering by Hausi A. Muller, Ronald J. Norman and Jacob Slonim, Springer; Softcover reprint of the original 1st Edition 1996
(September 27, 2011). ISBN-10: 1461286263.
3. Most popular software CASE tool documentation
Course Name: Software Construction
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Introduction to Software Construction. Importance of Prerequisites of Target Software. Key Construction Decisions: Choice of Programming Language, Programming Conventions, Localization Aspects of Technology, Selection of Construction Practices. Design in Software Construction. Design Building Blocks. Defensive Programming. The Software-Quality Considerations. Collaborative Construction. Refactoring. Program Size & Software Construction. Managing Software Construction. Integration. Programming
Tools. Layout and Style. Self-Documenting Code.
Reference Materials:
1. Code Complete: A Practical Handbook of Software Construction by Steve McConnell, Microsoft Press; 2nd Edition (July 7, 2004). ISBN-10: 0735619670
2. Compiler Construction (International Computer Science Series) by Niklaus Wirth, Addison-Wesley Pub (Sd); (1996). ISBN-10: 0201403536.
3. Object-Oriented Software Construction (Book/CD-ROM) (2nd Edition) by Bertrand Meyer, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (2000). ISBN-10: 0136291554.
4. The Design of Well-Structured and Correct Programs, S. Alagic & M. A. Arbib,
Springer-Verlag (1978), ISBN 0-387-90299-6.
5. Object-Oriented Software Construction, by Bertrand Meyer, 2nd Edition, Published by, Prentice Hall in 1997. Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition (March 21, 2000).
ISBN-10: 0136291554
Course Name: Software Engineering Economics
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Intro. to Software Engineering/Software Construction Course Outline:
The Software Life-Cycle. The Waterfall Model. The Software Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Software Maintenance. The Basic COCOMO 174 Model. Development Modes. Model-Product Level Estimates. Performance Models & Cost Effectiveness Models. Decision Criteria. Present vs. Future Expenditure & Income - Cost Analysis. Goals as Constraints. Coping with Unreconcilable & Un-quantified Goals. Statistical Decision Theory-The Value of Information. Alternative Software Cost Estimation Methods. Detailed COCOMO. Detailed COCOMO Cost Drivers. Detailed COCOMO Cost Drivers-Personal Attributes: ACAP, AEXP, PCAP, VEXP, LEXP. Detailed COCOMO Cost Drivers: Project Attributes–Modern Programming Practices,
Use of Software Tools, Schedule Constraint.
Reference Materials:
1. Software Engineering Economics by Boehm, Prentice Hall, 1981.ISBN-10: 0138221227
2. Estimating Software Costs: Bringing Realism to Estimating by Capers Jones, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 2nd Edition (April 19, 2007).ISBN-10: 0071483004
3. Software Cost Estimation with COCOMO II by Barry W. Boehm, Chris Abts, A. Winsor Brown and Sunita Chulani, Prentice Hall (August 11, 2000). ISBN-10:0130266922.
4. Software Cost Estimation and Sizing Methods, Issues, and Guidelines by Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Rand Publishing (September 13, 2005). ISBN-10: 0833037137.
5. Software Engineering Economics and Declining Budgets by Pamela T. Geriner, Thomas R. Gulledge, William P. Hutzler, Springer London, Limited, 31- Jul-2012
Course Name: Design Patterns
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamental
Course Outline:
Overview of Object-oriented design, Overview of UML & OCL. Introduction to design patterns. Coupling and Cohesion. Why design patterns? Creational patterns: Singleton, Abstract Factory, Builder, Prototype. Structural patterns: Facade, Composite, Bridge, Proxy, Adapter, Decorator. Behavioural patterns: Chain of responsibility, Visitor, Observer, Iterator, Command, Mediator, Strategy, Interpreter, Memento. Patterns for concurrent and distributed systems: Event handling patterns. Synchronization and Concurrency patterns. Concurrency Controller pattern. Antipatterns: Common pitfalls and antipattern examples, Recovering from bad designs, Refactoring to patterns. Introduction to Aspect-Oriented design: Aspects, themes, concerns.
Reference Materials:
1. Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object Oriented Software, E. Gamma, R. Helm, R. Johnson, and J. Vlissides, Addison -Wesley Professional, 1995 2. Java Design Pattern Essentials by Tony Bevis, Ability First Limited; 2nd Edition (October 11, 2012). ISBN-10: 0956575846 175
3. Patterns in Java: A Catalog of Reusable Design Patterns Illustrated with UML by Mark Grand, 2nd Edition, Volume 1, Wiley, 2002. ISBN-10: 0471227293
4. Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Using UML, Patterns, and Java by B. Bruegge and A. H. Dutoit, 2nd Edition , Prentice Hall, 2003. ISBN-10:0136061257.
5. Refactoring to Patterns by J. Kerievsky, Addison-Wesley, 2004. ISBN-10:
0321213351.
Course Title: Service-Oriented Architecture
Credit Hours: 3
Prerequisites: Programming Fundamentals
Course Outline:
Introducing SOA. Web Services & Primitive SOA. Web Services & Contemporary SOA (Activity Management & Composition). Web Services & Contemporary SOA (Advanced Messaging, Metadata & Security). Principles of Service-Orientation. Service Orientation & Contemporary SOA. SOA Delivery Strategies. Service Oriented Analysis. Service Modelling (Process). Service Oriented Design. WSDL- Related XML Schema Language. SOAP Language Basic, Service Interface Design Tools. Service Oriented Design Steps to Composing SOA. Considerations for Choosing Service Layers, Considerations for Positioning Core SOA Standards (Industry Standards, & SOA, XML & SOA, The WS-I Baisc Profile, WDSL & SOA, XML Schema & SOA, SOAP & SOA, Namespaces & SOA, UDDI & SOA) Considerations for Choosing SOA Extensions (Choosing SOA Characteristics, Choosing WS* Specifications, WS-BPEL & SOA). Entity Centric Business Service Design, Application Service Design, Service Design Guidelines.
Reference Materials:
1. Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA): Concepts, Technology, and Design by
Thomas Erl, Prentice Hall (August 12, 2005). ISBN-10: 0131858580
2. Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA): Concepts, Technology, and Design by
Thomas Erl, Prentice Hall (August 12, 2005). ISBN-10: 0131858580
3. SOA Design Patterns by Thomas Erl, Prentice Hall PTR; 1st Edition (January 9,
2009)
4. Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA): A Planning and Implementation Guide for
Business and Technology by Eric A. Marks and Michael Bell, Wiley; 1st Edition
(April 28, 2006). ISBN-10: 0471768944 5. Applied SOA: Service-Oriented Architecture and Design Strategies by Michael
Rosen, Boris Lublinsky, Kevin T. Smith and Marc J. Balcer, Wiley; 1st Edition
(June 16, 2008). ISBN-10: 0470223650.
Visual Programming
Credit Hours: 3(2+1)
Prerequisites:
Object Oriented Programming
Course Content:
Visual Programming Basics; Introduction to Events; Fundamentals of Event-driven Programming, message handling, user interfaces, graphics device interface, painting and drawing, windows management, input devices, resources, string and menu resource, dialogs and windows controls, common controls, dynamic link libraries, threads and synchronization, network programming, Building Class Libraries at the Command Line, Class Libraries, Using References, Assemblies, Private Assembly Deployment, Shared Assembly Deployment, Configuration Overview, Configuration Files, Programmatic Access to Configuration, Using SDK Tools for Signing and Deployment, Metadata, Reflection, Late Binding, Directories, Files, Serialization, Attributes, Memory Management and Garbage Collection, Threading and Synchronization, Asynchronous Delegates, Application Domains, Marshal by Value, Marshal by Reference, Authentication and Authorization, Configuring Security, Code Access Security, Code Groups, Evidence, Permissions, Role-Based Security, Principals and Identities, Using Data Readers, Using Data Sets, Interacting with XML Data, Tracing Event Logs, Using the Boolean Switch and Trace Switch Classes, Print Debugging Information with the Debug Class, Instrumenting Release Builds with the Trace Class, Using Listeners, and Implementing Custom Listeners.
Reference Materials:
1. Visual C#: How to Program, Deitel and Deitel, 6/e Edition, Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Programming in C# .NET, J.C. Bradley, A.C. Millspaugh, McGraw-Hill, 2014
3. Microsoft Visual C# 2013 Step by Step (Step by Step Developer), Sharp, J., 1st Edition (2013), Microsoft Press.